www.usp.ac.

fj

Produced by the Development, Marketing

& Communications & Alumni Office

2016 HANDBOOK & CALENDAR

Serving the needs of the Pacific States

Cook Islands
Fiji
Kiribati
Marshall Islands
Nauru
Niue
Samoa
Solomon Islands
Tokelau
Tonga
Tuvalu
Vanuatu

2016
HANDBOOK &
CALENDAR

TOWARDS EXCELLENCE IN LEARNING

AND KNOWLEDGE CREATION

USP GRADUATE
ATTRIBUTES
The University of the South Pacifics academic programmes will promote the development of the
following attributes in all graduates:

Academic excellence
Extensive knowledge of a particular discipline or professional area, including relevant knowledge
and skills;
Capacity for independent critical thinking and self-directed, life-long learning;
Advanced information and communication technology knowledge and skills; and
Research literacy and skills.

Intellectual curiosity and integrity

Deep respect for truth and intellectual integrity, and for the ethics of scholarship;
Intellectual curiosity and creativity; openness to new ideas;
Commitment to inter-disciplinary understanding and skills; and
Respect for the principles, values and ethics of a chosen profession.

Capacity for leadership and working with others

Effective interpersonal communication skills;
Leadership, organisational, teamwork and time management abilities; and
Personal maturity and self-confidence.

Appreciation of the cultures of the Pacific Islands

Knowledge and appreciation of both the unity and diversity of Pacific Island cultures;
Understanding of the diverse economies and environments of the Pacific Islands;
Commitment to the maintenance and strengthening of the societies of the Pacific.

Cross-Cultural Competencies
An understanding and appreciation of social, cultural and linguistic diversity;
Respect for human rights and dignity in a global context;
Commitment to accountability, ethical practice and social responsibility; and
Demonstrated oral and written proficiency in the English language.

EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS

LAUCALA CAMPUS, FIJI
Ambulance
(St John Ambulance, Suva City Area)
Sigatoka
Korolevu
Campus Emergency
Electricity
Fire
Hospital
Police
USP Health and Wellness Centre
USP Security
Main Gate
Pedestrian Gate
Back Gate
Control Room (after hours)
ALAFUA CAMPUS, SAMOA
Ambulance
Electricity
Fire
Hospital
Maritime Distress
Police
Red Cross
USP Security
Water
Weather
EMALUS CAMPUS, VANUATU
Ambulance/Hospital
Ambulance
Emergency
Fire
Police
Unelco/ Electricity & Water (24hr line)
Electricity
Water
USP Security

330 2584
922 0933
937 8394
122
913/ 339 3213
911/ 331 2877
331 3444
919/ 917
323 2362/323 2202
323 2211 ext 122
323 2211 ext 121
323 2211ext 120
323 2211/ 323 2840
994
994
994
22222
995
22676 (Ph/Fax)
21671 (ext 222)
20409
20855

Weather
enquiries)

22100
112
115/ 25566
22333
111/ 2222
26000
23182
27284
22748/24568
(Ext 166 or Ext 333)
22932 (Forecasting
22433 (24-hourline)

TOKELAU
Hospital
Police

2112
2116

EMERGENCY CONTACTS
REGIONAL CAMPUSES
NAURU
Police
Ambulance emergency
Fire emergency
National Disaster Management

110/ 674 556 2060

111
112
674 557 3101

NIUE
Niue Foou Hospital
24 hours Nurse station
Rescue Fire Service
Telecom Niue Emergency number

4100
4202
4133
4000

MARSHALL ISLANDS
Disaster management plan
Nat. Police
Local Police
Fire

692 456 7279

692 625 8666
692 625 8168
692 6911

COOK ISLANDS
Ambulance
Rarotonga Hospital
Community Health Clinic
Police
Emergencies Police/Fire/Ambulance

22664
22654
20065
22499
999

SOLOMON ISLANDS
Fire
Police
Search and rescue marine
Ambulance
National Disaster

988
999
977
911
955

KIRIBATI
Police
Fire
Ambulance
General emergency service number

992
993
994
999

TONGA
Police
Fire
Hospital
Electricity
Any other emergency service

922
999
933
944
911

LABASA
Police
Ambulance and fire
Broken power line
Labasa Hospital

917
911
913
881 1444

IMPORTANT NOTICE
This Handbook and Calendar is the Universitys document of authority. The information
contained in it is correct at the time of printing but the University reserves the right to change
its statutes, regulations, policies, procedures, programmes, courses and any other contents
of this Handbook and Calendar at any time. In particular, the University reserves the right
to cancel a course on the basis of insufficient enrolments or unavailability of staff. Unless
specifically stated otherwise, all new statutes, regulations, policies and procedures printed in
this Handbook and Calendar are effective from 1 January 2016, and supersede those in any
prior publication or correspondence.
Students will have their eligibility for conferment or award of a qualification assessed on the
basis of the relevant regulations stated in the Handbook and Calendar published in their first
year of enrolment in that qualification. However, if the regulations have changed since the
student first enrolled for the qualification, Senate may decide, in individual cases, to vary or
waive particular requirements. Students who are uncertain about whether courses passed
under previous requirements will meet current requirements should consult the relevant
academic advisor within their faculty.

All general correspondence should be addressed to:

The University of the South Pacific
Private Bag
Suva, Fiji
Telephone: (679) 323 1000
Website: www.usp.ac.fj
ISSN 1561-5421

The USP 2016 Handbook and Calendar was produced by The University of the South Pacific
Handbook and Calendar Committee.

CONTENTS

2016 Principal Dates

Terminology and Abbreviations

5
16

About The University of the South Pacific

USP Member Countries and Campuses

20

Organisational Structure

25

Academic Sections of the University

26

Summary Statistics

29

University Governance and Staff

Visitor and Officers of the University

30

Council

31

Senate

36

Chancellors, Pro Chancellors, Vice-Chancellors

41

Honorary Degrees and Titles

42

Staff of the University

44

Programmes, Requirements and Regulations

Pacific Technical and Further Education (Pacific TAFE)

72

College of Foundation Studies

78

Pacific Centre for Environment and Sustainable Development

84

Undergraduate and Postgraduate

86

Faculty of Arts, Law and Education

113

Faculty of Business and Economics

150

Faculty of Science, Technology and Environment

174

Courses

Course Descriptions

196

Regulations

Admission, Registration, Withdrawal and Auditing Regulations

438

Assessment and Associated Regulations

447

Academic Progress Regulations

458

Regulations Governing Academic Misconduct

461

Credit Transfer Regulations

466

Regulations Governing Copyright

471

Miscellaneous Regulations

472

Library Information and Regulations

475

Medals and Prizes

479

2016 Fees

483

2016 PRINCIPAL DATES

2016 PRINCIPAL DATES

JANUARY

1
Friday
Public Holiday (All Campuses):

New Year
2
Saturday
Public Holiday (Cook Islands, Samoa):

The day following New Years Day
3
Sunday
4
Monday
5
Tuesday
6
Wednesday
7
Thursday
8
Friday
9
Saturday
10
Sunday
11
Monday
12
Tuesday
13
Wednesday
14
Thursday
15
Friday
PDLP: Deadline for late registration and adding of courses
16
Saturday
Graduate School of Business Orientation begins
17
Sunday
18
Monday
PDLP: Orientation and lectures commence
19
Tuesday
20
Wednesday
Medals & Prizes Committee Meeting
21
Thursday
22
Friday
Semester 1: Applications for new students close

Applications received after this date will be charged late fee

Last day for appeals to lift academic suspension
23
Saturday
24
Sunday
25
Monday
Nominations Committee Meeting
26
Tuesday
27
Wednesday
Review Committee Meeting
28
Thursday
University Scholarships Committee Meeting
29
Friday
Graduate School of Business Orientation ends

PDLP: Deadline for withdrawal of courses with no financial

penalty

Trimester 1: Last day to add courses
30
Saturday
Trimester 1: Lectures commence
31
Sunday
Public Holiday (Nauru):

Independence Day

The day following Independence Day

FEBRUARY
1
Monday
Semester 1: Orientation and academic advisory week;

Registration continues.

Public Holiday (Nauru):

Independence Day

2016 PRINCIPAL DATES

6
2
3

Tuesday
Wednesday

4
5

Thursday
Friday

6
7
8

Saturday
Sunday
Monday

9
10

Tuesday
Wednesday

11
12

Thursday
Friday

13
14
15
16
17
18
19

Saturday
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday

20
21
22

Saturday
Sunday
Monday

23
24

Tuesday
Wednesday

25

Thursday

26

Friday

27
28
29

Saturday
Sunday
Monday

MARCH
1
Tuesday

Audit & Risk Committee Meeting

Medals & Prizes Committee Meeting
Semester 1: Late application for admission closes (late
application fee chargeable)
Semester 1: Last day of registration for all campuses.
Students who register after this date will be charged a late
registration fee
Finance & Investments Committee Meeting
Semester 1: Lectures commence
Communication, Information & Technology
Committee Meeting
Trimester 1: Last day for withdrawal from trimester 1
courses with no financial penalty

Academic Programmes Committee Meeting

Student Discipline Committee Meeting
Trimester 1: Last day for payment of Trimester 1 fees
Semester 1: Last day for late registration (late registration
fee chargeable) Last day for adding of courses for those who
registered within the registration period (no fee charged for
this cohort)
Public Holiday (Vanuatu):
In Memory of the Fr. of Independence
Executive Committee Meeting
Teaching Quality Committee Meeting
Legislation Taskforce Meeting
Staff Policy Committee Meeting
Semester 1: Last day for dropping of courses without
incurring any tuition fee. Any courses dropped after this date
will be charged the full tuition fee
PDLP: Last day for payment of fees

Public Holiday (Republic of the Marshall Islands):

Nuclear Victims Remembrance Day
Space Management Committee Meeting

2016 PRINCIPAL DATES

2
Wednesday
University Scholarships Committee Meeting
3
Thursday
4
Friday
5
Saturday
Public Holiday (Vanuatu):

Custom Chiefs' Day
6
Sunday
7
Monday
8
Tuesday
9
Wednesday
Communication, Information & Technology

Committee Meeting
10
Thursday
Centre for Flexible Learning Board Meeting
11
Friday
12
Saturday
13
Sunday
14
Monday

15
Tuesday
Audit & Risk Committee Meeting
16
Wednesday
Senate Meeting
17
Thursday
Campus Life Committee Meeting
18
Friday
Public Holiday (Nauru):

Good Friday

Semester 1: Last day for transfer of Campus

PDLP: Last day for all students to withdraw from courses that

they do not wish to be assessed for

Trimester 1: Last day for students to withdraw from trimester

1 courses they do not wish to be assessed for

Semester 1: Last day for payment of semester 1 fees for all

campuses
19
Saturday
20
Sunday
21
Monday
Public Holiday (Nauru):

Easter Monday

30 week semester commences
22
Tuesday
Public Holiday (Nauru):

Easter Tuesday

Remuneration Committee Meeting

Honorary Degrees Committee Meeting
23
Wednesday
Laucala Graduation
24
Thursday
25
Friday
Public Holiday (All Campuses):

Good Friday
26
Saturday
Public Holiday (All Campuses):

Easter Saturday/Holy Saturday
27
Sunday
28
Monday
Public Holiday (All Campuses):

Easter Monday
29
Tuesday
Mid-Semester Break begins
30
Wednesday
31
Thursday

2016 PRINCIPAL DATES

8
APRIL
1
2
3
4
5
6

Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Monday

26
27

Tuesday
Wednesday

28
29
30

Thursday
Friday
Saturday

MAY
1
2

Sunday
Monday

3
4

Tuesday
Wednesday

Thursday

6
7
8

Friday
Saturday
Sunday

Finance & Investments Committee Meeting

Mid Semester break ends
Communication, Information & Technology
Committee Meeting
University Research Committee Meeting

Executive Committee Meeting

Staff Policy Committee Meeting
Trimester 1: Lectures end
Trimester 1: Study week and examination period begins

Public Holiday (Cook Islands/Niue):

ANZAC Day
PDLP: 1st intake placement commences
Gender Mainstreaming & Advisory Committee
Meeting
Student Discipline Committee Meeting
Trimester 1: Examination period ends
Trimester 1: Break begins

Public Holiday (Vanuatu):

Labour Day
Public Holiday (Republic of the Marshall Islands):
Constitution Day
Communication, Information & Technology
Committee Meeting
Public Holiday (Vanuatu):
Ascension

JUNE
1
Wednesday
Teaching Quality Committee Meeting

Public Holiday (Samoa):

Independence Day
2
Thursday
Communication, Information & Technology

Committee Meeting
3
Friday
Trimester 2: Last day for payment of trimester 2 fees
4
Saturday
5
Sunday
6
Monday
Public Holiday (Cook Islands):

The Sovereigns Birthday

Public Holiday (Niue):

Queens (Sovereignty) birthday
7
Tuesday
Audit & Risk Committee Meeting
8
Wednesday

2016 PRINCIPAL DATES

9
Monday
Public Holiday (Samoa):

Mothers Day
10
Tuesday
11
Wednesday
University Research Ethics Committee Meeting
12
Thursday
Space Management Committee Meeting
13
Friday
Trimester 2: Last day to add courses
14
Saturday
Trimester 1: Break ends
15
Sunday
16
Monday
Public Holiday (Solomon Islands):

Whit Monday

Trimester 2: Lectures commence
17
Tuesday
Council 82nd Meeting

Public Holiday (Nauru):

Constitution Day
18
Wednesday
Council 82nd Meeting
19
Thursday
20
Friday
Semester 1: Last day of lectures

PDLP: Last day for placement

Trimester 2: Last day for withdrawal from trimester 2

courses with no financial penalty.
21
Saturday
Semester 1: Study week begins
22
Sunday
23
Monday
24
Tuesday
25
Wednesday
Academic Programmes Committee Meeting
26
Thursday
Space Management Committee Meeting
27
Friday
Semester 1: Deadline for students to withdraw from

semester 1 courses that they do not wish to be assessed for.
28
Saturday
29
Sunday
Semester 1: Study week ends
30
Monday
Semester 1: Examination period begins
31
Tuesday

2016 PRINCIPAL DATES

10
9
10

Thursday
Friday

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Saturday
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday

25
26
27
28
29
30

Saturday
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday

JULY
1
Friday

2
3
4

Saturday
Sunday
Monday

5
6

Tuesday
Wednesday

Thursday

Student Discipline Committee Meeting

Public Holiday (Solomon Islands):
Queen's Birthday
Semester 1: Examination period ends
Semester break begins

University Research Committee Meeting

PDLP: Last day for lectures

Public Holiday (Fiji):

National Sports Day
Finance & Investments Committee Meeting
PDLP: 2nd intake application deadline
Public Holiday (Republic of the Marshall Islands):
Fisherman's Day
Trimester 2: Last day for students to withdraw from
trimester 2 courses they do not wish to be assessed for
Public Holiday (Cook Islands):
Ra O Te Ui Ariki

Semester 2: Academic advisory week; Registration

continues
Semester 2: Applications for admission close. Any
application received after this date will be charged a late
application fee
Semester 2: Last day for appeals to lift academic suspension
Communication, Information & Technology
Committee Meeting
University Scholarships Committee Meeting
Semester 2: Late application for admission close
Public Holiday (Solomon Islands):
Independence Day

11

2016 PRINCIPAL DATES

8
Friday
Semester 2: Last day of registration for all campuses.

Students who register for courses after this date will be

charged a late registration fee

PDLP: Deadline for late registration (adding of courses)
9
Saturday
10
Sunday
Semester break ends
11
Monday
Semester 2: Lectures commence

PDLP: Orientation and lectures commence
12
Tuesday
13
Wednesday
Senate Meeting
14
Thursday
Space Management Committee Meeting
15
Friday
16
Saturday
17
Sunday
18
Monday
19
Tuesday
20
Wednesday
21
Thursday
Campus Life Committee Meeting
22
Friday
Semester 2: Last day for late registration (late registration

fee chargeable)

Last day for adding courses for those who registered within

the registration period (no late fee charged for this cohort of

students)

PDLP: Deadline for withdrawal of courses with no financial

penalty
23
Saturday
24
Sunday
25
Monday

Public Holiday (Vanuatu):

Childrens Day
26
Tuesday
27
Wednesday
Executive Committee Meeting
28
Thursday
29
Friday
Semester 2: Last day for dropping courses without incurring

any tuition fees. Any courses dropped after this date will be

charged the full tuition fee

Trimester 2: Lectures end
30
Saturday
Public Holiday (Vanuatu):

Independence Day

Trimester 2: Study week and examination period begins
31
Sunday

AUGUST
1
Monday
2
Tuesday
3
Wednesday
Communication, Information & Technology

Committee Meeting
4
Thursday
Public Holiday (Cook Islands):

Constitution Day

2016 PRINCIPAL DATES

12
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday

12
13
14
15

Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Monday

16
17
18
19

Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday

20
21
22
23
24
25
26

Saturday
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday

27
28
29
30
31

Saturday
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday

SEPTEMBER
1
2
Friday

3
4
5
6

Saturday
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday

Wednesday

Audit & Risk Committee Meeting

Academic Programmes Committee Meeting
University Scholarships Committee Meeting
Space Management Committee Meeting
Trimester 2: Examination period ends
Trimester 2: Break begins
Public Holiday (Vanuatu):
Assumption Day
Public Holiday (Samoa):
Fathers Day
Teaching Quality Committee Meeting
University Research Committee Meeting
PDLP: Deadline for payment of fees
Semester 2: Last day for campus transfer
Semester 2: Last day for payment of semester 2 fees

Student Discipline Committee Meeting

Laucala Graduation
Trimester 2: Break ends
Trimester 3: Last day to add courses
Mid-semester break begins
Trimester 3: Lectures commence
Remuneration Committee Meeting
Honorary Degrees Committee Meeting

Solomon Islands Graduation

Public Holiday (Republic of the Marshall Islands):
Dri-Jerbal Day
Trimester 3: Last day for withdrawal from trimester 3
courses with no financial penalty
Mid-semester break ends
Finance & Investments Committee Meeting
Communication, Information & Technology
Committee Meeting
Public Holiday (Fiji):

13

2016 PRINCIPAL DATES

Constitution Day
8
Thursday
Centre for Flexible Learning Board Meeting
9
Friday
PDLP: Last day for all students to withdraw from courses that

they do not wish to be assessed for
10
Saturday
11
Sunday
12
Monday
13
Tuesday
14
Wednesday
Senate Meeting
15
Thursday
16
Friday
Trimester 3: Deadline for payment of trimester 3 fees
17
Saturday
18
Sunday
19
Monday
20
Tuesday
21
Wednesday
University Research Ethics Committee Meeting
22
Thursday
Staff Policy Committee Meeting
23
Friday
Public Holiday (Republic of the Marshall Islands):

Manit Day
24
Saturday
25
Sunday
26
Monday
27
Tuesday
28
Wednesday
Executive Committee Meeting
29
Thursday
Gender Mainstreaming & Advisory Committee

Meeting
30
Friday

OCTOBER
1
Saturday
2
Sunday
3
Monday
4
Tuesday
5
Wednesday
Communication, Information & Technology

Committee Meeting

Public Holiday (Vanuatu):

Constitution Day
6
Thursday
7
Friday
8
Saturday
9
Sunday
10
Monday
Public Holiday (Fiji):

Fiji Day

Public Holiday (Samoa):

White Sunday
11
Tuesday
12
Wednesday
Academic Programmes Committee Meeting
13
Thursday
14
Friday
Trimester 3: Last day for students to withdraw from

trimester 3 courses they do not wish to be assessed for.

2016 PRINCIPAL DATES

14
15
16
17
18
19

Saturday
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday

20
21
22
23
24

Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Monday

25
26

Tuesday
Wednesday

27
28

Thursday
Friday

29

Saturday

30
31

Sunday
Monday

NOVEMBER
1
Tuesday
2
Wednesday
3
Thursday
4
Friday
5
Saturday
6
Sunday
7
Monday
8
Tuesday
9
Wednesday
10
Thursday
11
Friday

12
13
14
15
16
17

Saturday
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday

PDLP: 2nd intake placement commences

Teaching Quality Committee Meeting
Public Holiday (Niue):
Constitution Day
Semester 2: Last day of lectures
Semester 2: Study week begins
Public Holiday (Niue):
Gospel Day
Public Holiday (Nauru):
Angam Day
Public Holiday (Cook Islands):
Gospel Day
Student Discipline Committee Meeting
Semester 2: Last day for students to withdraw from courses
that they do not wish to be assessed for
Public Holiday (Vanuatu):
Unity Day
Semester 2: Study week ends
Public Holiday (Fiji):
Diwali
Semester 2: Examination period begins

Council 83rd Meeting

Council 83rd Meeting

University Research Committee Meeting

Semester 2: Examination period ends
PDLP: Last day for placement
Trimester 3: Lectures end
Trimester 3: Study week and examination period begins

Senate meeting
Space Management Committee Meeting
Public Holiday (Republic of the Marshall Islands):
President's Day

15

DECEMBER
1
Thursday
2
Friday
Emalus Graduation

Public Holiday (Republic of the Marshall Islands):

Gospel Day
3
Saturday
4
Sunday
5
Monday
6
Tuesday
7
Wednesday
8
Thursday
9
Friday
PDLP: Last day for lectures
10
Saturday
11
Sunday
12
Monday
Public Holiday (Fiji): Prophet Mohammeds Birthday
13
Tuesday
14
Wednesday
15
Thursday
16
Friday
17
Saturday
18
Sunday
19
Monday
20
Tuesday
21
Wednesday
22
Thursday
23
Friday
24
Saturday
25
Sunday
26
Monday
Public Holiday (All Campuses):

Christmas Day
27
Tuesday
Public Holiday (All Campuses):

Boxing Day/Family Day/Thanksgiving Day
28
Wednesday
29
Thursday
30
Friday
31
Saturday

2016 PRINCIPAL DATES

18
Friday
19
Saturday
20
Sunday
21
Monday
22
Tuesday
23
Wednesday
24
Thursday
25
Friday
Alafua Graduation

Trimester 3: Examination period ends
26
Saturday
27
Sunday
28
Monday
29
Tuesday
30
Wednesday

16

TERMINOLOGY AND ABBREVIATIONS

TERMINOLOGY AND ABBREVIATIONS

The following glossary will help new students understand terms commonly used at USP.
Admission

the assessment of the eligibility of an applicant to study a USP

programme.

Aegrotat pass

a pass granted (on application) to a student who falls ill during,

or immediately prior to, their final examination. A students
eligibility for a pass is based on their achieving a coursework
grade of B.

Blended mode

a course offered through the Blended (B) mode is one that

blends online and face-to-face delivery. Blended courses may
also have a (print) Course guide or Study guide and can be
offered to both face-to-face and Distance and Flexible Learning
students. Blended courses are also known as hybrid courses.

Compassionate pass

a pass granted (on application) to a student who, because of

the death of a close family member immediately prior to their
final examination, either missed the exam or performed poorly.
A students eligibility for a pass is based on their achieving a
coursework grade of B.

Completion

the administrative process of checking that a student has met

all the requirements of a programme in which they wish to
graduate.

Core course

a compulsory course that the students doing a particular

Programme must pass.

Course

a component of a discipline, normally one semester or trimester

long.

Credit points

an allocation of points to courses, units or a volume of work in

education, which recognises that not all such units, courses etc.
are of equal value, cover comparable level and depth of learning
outcomes and/or require equal time and or effort on the part of
students.

Credit transfer

a process for enabling students to have their learning

experiences typically, but not necessarily, whole courses from
another faculty or higher education institution recognised as
equivalent in content and, particularly, learning outcomes to
those within USPs educational offerings.

17
a USP course taken by a student for an incomplete USP
qualification, which is counted towards a USP qualification the
student is now completing.

Discipline

an area of study, such as chemistry, economics or history.

Elective course

a course chosen by the student, usually from a discipline outside

the students major(s) or minor(s), which must be passed as
part of a programme.

Enrolment

strictly speaking, the completion of the three processes of

admission, registration and fee payment, but often loosely used
to mean any one of those three, depending on the context.

Face-to-face mode

face-to-face (F) mode courses are those offered with at least

two hours of lectures per week and face-to-face tutorials during
the semester of offer. Face-to-face courses may have selected
online or multi-media components.

Faculty

a coherent grouping of academic departments and/or schools,

headed by a Dean.

Flexi-school

course formerly known as a summer school or winter school

course a course taught intensively at a local campus during
semester breaks.

Grade point average

a measure of the overall level of a students achievement,

calculated by assigning points to the grades achieved in each of
their USP courses, and finding the average of the points.

Major

a discipline in which a student can specialise when studying for

a USP degree; for example, accounting, geography, or physics.

Minor

a supplementary discipline taken in addition to and in support of

a major, for a USP degree programme.

Mode of study the medium used in the delivery and support of a course.
Moodle

the learning management system USP uses.

Online mode

a course offered through the online (O) mode is one where

most or all of the content is delivered online and typically has
no face-to-face meetings, that is, 80+% is offered in the online
mode. All multimedia components of the course will be included
in the Learning Management System (LMS) used by the course
provider.

Prerequisite course

a course that must be passed before a student can register for

another specific course, normally at a higher level.

TERMINOLOGY AND ABBREVIATIONS

Direct credit

TERMINOLOGY AND ABBREVIATIONS

18
Print mode

courses offered in the print (P) mode do not offer weekly

lectures and do not normally offer face-to-face tutorials during
the semester of offer. Print courses are those offered through
Distance and Flexible Learning and the learning materials are
provided through printed course and study guides.

Programme

an arrangement of courses fitting the requirements for a USP

qualification such as a certificate, a diploma or a degree.

Registration

the process of electronic or manual approval, by appropriate

authorities, of students chosen courses.

Restricted pass

a pass granted to a student who has marginally failed the final

course required to complete their Programme.

School

one of the administrative units into which a faculty may be

divided. Usually a school takes its name from the disciplines it
teaches. Schools generally have a large number of students and/
or are responsible for the award of a degree.

Semester

the normal duration for which a course is offered.

Trimester

the normal duration of a Graduate School of Business or other

course, which is shorter than a semester.

Tutorial

an interactive university teaching technique in which a small

group of students (not usually more than 15) meets, usually
once or twice a week, with an academic staff member to discuss
concepts covered in recent topics or work through applied
examples of theory.

University course

a compulsory interdisciplinary course for all degree programmes.

Most USP courses are offered by specific disciplines, but
University courses (coded UU) range across several disciplines.

19

ABBREVIATIONS
Bachelor of Arts

BCom

Bachelor of Commerce

BE

Bachelor of Engineering

BEd

Bachelor of Education

BNC

Bachelor of Netcentric Computing

BSc

Bachelor of Science

BSE

Bachelor of Software Engineering

CFL

Centre for Flexible Learning

CFS

College of Foundation Studies

FL

Flexible learning

ELSA

English Language Skills Assessment

FALE

Faculty of Arts, Law and Education

FBE

Faculty of Business and Economics

FSTE

Faculty of Science, Technology and Environment

GPA

Grade point average

LLB

Bachelor of Laws

LLM

Master of Laws

MA

Master of Arts

MAgr

Master of Agriculture

MBA

Master of Business Administration

MCom

Master of Commerce

MEd

Master of Education

MEL

Master of Environmental Law

Moodle

Modular object oriented dynamic learning environment

MSc

Master of Science

Pacific TAFE

Pacific Technical and Further Education

PDLP

Professional Diploma in Legal Practice

PGC

Postgraduate Certificate

PGD

Postgraduate Diploma

PhD

Doctor of Philosophy

SAS

Student Administrative Services

SOLS

Student Online Services

TVET

Technical and Vocational Education

USP

The University of the South Pacific

USPSA

The University of the South Pacific Students Association

FYE

First Year Experience

USP MEMBER COUNTRIES AND CAMPUSES

BA

USP MEMBER COUNTRIES AND CAMPUSES

20

USP MEMBER COUNTRIES AND

CAMPUSES
The University of the South Pacific (USP) is the premier provider of tertiary education in the
Pacific region and an international centre of excellence for teaching, research and consulting
on all aspects of Pacific life. USP comprises a vibrant and culturally diverse community of
staff and students from its 12 member countries: Cook Islands, Fiji, Kiribati, Marshall Islands,
Nauru, Niue, Samoa, Solomon Islands, Tokelau, Tonga, Tuvalu and Vanuatu, as well as many
other countries worldwide.
The University is governed by a Council consisting of representatives from USPs member
countries, and senior officers of the University. The Council is advised on academic matters
by the Senate. The membership of both bodies is prescribed by Statute. The Universitys
Charter defines the University's objectives as:

the maintenance, advancement and dissemination of knowledge by teaching,

consultancy and research and otherwise for the provision of appropriate levels of
education and training responsive to the well-being and needs of the communities in the
South Pacific.
The vision of USP is:

to be proactive in recognising and meeting the higher educational needs of its

member countries

to deliver quality learning and teaching, conduct research, and enhance quality in all
University services

to be highly regarded locally, regionally and internationally

to provide relevant and sustainable solutions across the spectrum of contemporary

challenges in the Pacific.

USP offers internationally recognised undergraduate and postgraduate programmes in a wide

variety of disciplines, including accounting, agriculture, banking, finance, computing science,
counselling and social services, engineering, environmental management, journalism, public
administration and management, science, teaching, tourism, and many more. In addition
to its teaching activities, the University has developed a strong track record in research,
particularly in the areas of business management, teacher education, politics, law, Pacific
studies, development, governance, marine studies, science and technology and eco-tourism.
USP is a multi-modal university, offering hundreds of courses both face-to-face and by
flexible learning (FL) in a variety of modes including print, face-to-face, blended and online.
Of the approximately 29,000 students currently enrolled at USP, more than half choose to
study by DFL. For these students, the Universitys sophisticated satellite communications
network, USPNet, serves as a gateway for interaction, information, research and higher
learning, providing links with USPs three major campuses in Fiji, Samoa and Vanuatu and 12
smaller regional campuses.

40

20

Palau

Papua New Guinea

Nauru

Australia

New Caledonia

Vanuatu

Solomon Is.

Federated States of
Micronesia

Northern Mariana Is.

Fiji Is.

Tuvalu

Tonga

Niue

South Pacific

French Polynesia

Cook Islands

USP Region
Tokelau
Samoa

New Zealand

Kiribati

Marshall Islands

Hawaii

USP MEMBER COUNTRIES AND CAMPUSES

20

40

20

20

21
21

22

CAMPUS CONTACT DETAILS

REGIONAL CAMPUSES DETAILS

COOK ISLANDS

USP COOK ISLANDS CAMPUS

Director:
Mr Roderick Dixon
Postal address: PO Box 130, Rarotonga,

Cook Islands
Tel:
+682 29415 or 29416
Fax:
+682 21315
E-mail:
[email protected]
Office hours:
Mondays to Fridays

8:30am 7:00pm
FIJI ISLANDS
USP LABASA CAMPUS
Director:
Dr Samuela Bogitini

Postal address:

Private Mail Bag,

Labasa, Fiji
Tel:
+679 881 7707

(ext 208)
Fax:
+679 881 5570
E-mail:
[email protected]
Office hours:
Mondays to Fridays,

8:00am 4:30pm

SAVUSAVU CENTRE
Coordinator:
Mr Sairusi Lui
Postal Address: Private Mail Bag,

Savusavu, Fiji
Tel:
+679 885 3708
Fax:
+679 885 3709
E-mail:
[email protected]

USP LAUTOKA CAMPUS
Director
Dr Pramila Devi
Postal address: Private Mail Bag,

Lautoka, Fiji
Tel:
+679 666 6800
Fax:
+679 666 7133
E-mail:
[email protected]

Office hours:

Mondays to Fridays,
8:00am 4:30pm
Saturdays (Library only)
9:00am 3:00pm

KIRIBATI
USP KIRIBATI CAMPUS
Director:
Dr Ueantabo Mackenzie
Postal address: PO Box 59, Bairiki,

Kiribati
Tel:
+686 21085
Direct Ext.
40401
E-mail:
[email protected]
Office hours:
Mondays to Fridays,

9:00am 6:00pm
REPUBLIC OF MARSHALL ISLANDS

USP MARSHALL ISLANDS
CAMPUS
Director:
Dr Irene Taafaki
Postal address: PO Box 3537, Majuro,

Marshall Islands
Tel:
+692 625 7279

Direct Ext.40801
Fax:
+692 625 7282
E-mail:
[email protected]
Office hours:
Mondays to Fridays,

8:00am 5:00pm
REPUBLIC OF NAURU

USP NAURU CAMPUS
Director:
Ms Alamanda Lauti
Postal address: Private Bag, Post Office,

Republic of Nauru
Tel:
+674 557 7462
Direct Ext.
40501
E-mail:
[email protected]
Office hours:
Mondays to Fridays,

8:30am 5:00pm

23
NIUE

ALAFUA CAMPUS
Director:
Ms Ruby Vaa
Postal address: Private Bag, Apia,

Samoa.
Tel:
+685 21671

Direct Ext. 40101
Fax:
+685 22933
E-mail:
[email protected] or

[email protected]
Office hours:
Mondays to Fridays,

8:00am 4:30pm
After hours:
Main gate: +685 21671

Ext 222 OR +685 23083

SAVAII CENTRE
Address:
c/o Salelologa Public Library
Contact:
Part-time Coordinator:
Email:
[email protected]
Tel:
+685 51467
SOLOMON ISLANDS
USP SOLOMON ISLANDS
CAMPUS
Director:
Mr John Usuramo
Postal address: PO Box 460, Honiara,

Solomon Islands.
Tel:
+677 21307;

21308; 21309
Fax:
+677 24024
E-mail:
[email protected]
Office hours:
Mondays to Fridays,

8:00am 4:30pm

LATA CENTRE
TEMOTU PROVINCE
Coordinator:
Mr John Peter Peniop
Postal address: PO Box 53, Lata,

Temotu Province

Solomon Islands
Tel:
+677 53150
Fax:
+677 53150
E-mail:
[email protected]
Office hours:
Mondays to Fridays,

8:00am 4:30pm
TOKELAU

USP TOKELAU CAMPUS
Coordinated by: Junior Thomas Aleta
Physical Address: Atafu, Tokelau
Tel:
+690 2178 or 2137
Direct Ext:
+41101
Fax:
+690 2108
USP Phone:
+690 4110
E-mail:
[email protected]
KINGDOM OF TONGA
USP TONGA CAMPUS
Director:
Dr Ana Haualofaia

Koloto
Postal address: PO Box 278,

Nukualofa, Tonga
Tel:
+676 29055 or 29240
E-mail:
[email protected]
Office hours:
Mondays to Fridays,

8:30am 4:30pm

CAMPUS CONTACT DETAILS

USP NIUE CAMPUS

Acting Director: Ms Maryanne Talagi
Postal address: PO Box 31, Alofi, Niue
Tel:
+679 20874 or 26954

Direct Ext. 41201
Fax:
+679 23424
E-mail:
[email protected]
Office hours:
Mondays to Fridays,

8:00am 4:00pm

SAMOA

GIZO CENTRE, WESTERN

PROVINCE
Coordinator:
Vacant
Postal address: PO Box 153, Gizo,

Western Province

Solomon Islands
Tel:
+677 60582
Fax:
+677 60732
Office hours:
Mondays to Fridays,

8:00am - 4:30pm

24

CAMPUS CONTACT DETAILS

HAAPAI CENTRE
Asst. Coordinator: Ms Talei Ulufonua
Tel:
+676 60099
E-mail:
[email protected]
VAVAU CENTRE
Coordinator
Mrs. Tupou Nonu
Tel:
+676 70545
E-mail:
[email protected]
TUVALU
USP TUVALU CAMPUS

Director:
Vacant
Postal address: PO Box 21, Funafuti,

Tuvalu
Tel:
+688 20811
Direct Ext.
40902
Fax:
+688 20704
E-mail:
[email protected]
Office hours:
Mondays to Fridays,

8:00am 4:30pm
VANUATU
EMALUS CAMPUS
Campus Manager: Ruben Bakeo Markward
Postal address: Private Mail Bag 9072

Port Vila, Vanuatu.
Tel:
+678 22748
Direct Ext.:
178
Fax:
+678 22633
Email:
[email protected]
Office hours:
Mondays to Fridays,

7.30am - 4.30pm

SANTO CENTRE
Coordinator:
Ms Gayleen George
Postal Address: Private Mail Bag 176

Luganville Santo, Vanuatu
Tel:
+678 36438
Fax:
+678 36299
Email:
[email protected]
TAFEA CENTRE
Coordinator:
Postal address:

Tel:
Email:

Ms Lesbeth Jimmy
PO Box 23,
Isangel, Taana, Vanuatu
+678 7117141 or 88726
[email protected]

MALAMPA CENTRE
Coordinator:
Damien Hophand
Postal Address: P O Box 06

Norsup, Malekula Vanuatu
Email:
[email protected]
TORBA CENTRE
Coordinator:
Ms Meri Worek
Physical Address: Sola, Vanua Lava, Vanuatu
Tel:
+678 35748
Email:
[email protected]

25

USP ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE

NOVEMBER 2015

Council

DEPUTY VICECHANCELLOR
LEARNING,
TEACHING &
STUDENT SERVICES

Undergraduate Affairs
Academic Programmes
Committee (APC)
Teaching Quality Committee
(TQC)
Student Administrative
Services
Campus Life
Scholarships & Financial
Assistance
College of Foundation Studies
Centre for Flexible Learning
Pacific Technical And
Further Education (Pacific
TAFE)

DEANS

Associate Deans &

Heads of School
Faculty Executive
Committee
Faculty APC/TQC
Faculty Research
Committee
Faculty Appointments
Committee
Faculty Assessment
Board
Centres and Institutes

ViceChancellor
& President

DEPUTY VICECHANCELLOR
RESEARCH &
INTERNATIONAL

Research
Graduate Affairs
USP International
Innovation & Knowledge
Transfer/IP
Pacific Centre for
Environment & Sustainable
Development
USP Press

EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR
FINANCE

Financial Planning &

Budgets
Financial Accounting
Management
Accounting
Financial Operations
Procurement
Payroll

DEPUTY VICECHANCELLOR
LEARNING,
TEACHING &
STUDENT SERVICES

VICE-PRESIDENT
REGIONAL
CAMPUSES AND
PROPERTIES &
FACILITIES

VICE-PRESIDENT
ADMINISTRATION

Planning
Quality
Institutional Research &
Data
Human Resources
ITS
Japan-Pacific ICT
Centre & Regional ICT
Outreach
Libraries
USP Commercial

DIRECTOR
DEVELOPMENT,
MARKETING,
COMMUNICATIONS AND
ALUMNI RELATIONS

Regional Campuses
Cook Islands, Fiji, Kiribati,
Marshall Islands, Nauru, Niue,
Samoa, Solomon Islands, Tokelau,
Tonga, Tuvalu and Vanuatu
Property & Facilities
Security

DIRECTOR
ASSURANCE,
COMPLIANCE & RISK
MANAGEMENT

Development
Marketing
Communications
Alumni Relations
Crop Engagement
Australia Awards
Pacific Scholarships
ADB Loan

DEPUTY VICECHANCELLOR
RESEARCH &
INTERNATIONAL

Audit
Insurance
Risk Management

VICE-PRESIDENT
ADMINISTRATION

DEANS

SECRETARY TO
COUNCIL AND
MANAGER, COUNCIL &
CENTRALCOMMITTEE
SECRETARIAT

Council and
Central Committee
Secretariat
Records
Management
Governance
Reviews
Mail Room

VICE-PRESIDENT
REGIONAL
CAMPUSES AND
PROPERTIES &
FACILITIES

ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE

EXECUTIVE OFFICER
VC&P OFFICE
SUPPORT STAFF

26

ACADEMIC SECTIONS OF THE UNIVERSITY

ACADEMIC SECTIONS OF THE UNIVERSITY

Teaching and research at the University of the South Pacific are conducted mainly by the three
faculties, the College of Foundation Studies and regional campuses. The faculties are: Faculty of
Arts, Law and Education; Faculty of Business and Economics: and Faculty of Science, Technology
and Environment. Schools within each faculty offer a wide range of programmes and courses at
the undergraduate and postgraduate levels. The academic staff members in each faculty are also
expected to be actively involved in research.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

The Faculty of Arts, Law and Education includes the:

School of Education
School of Language, Arts and Media
Confucius Institute
School of Law
School of Social Sciences
Oceania Centre for Arts, Culture and Pacific Studies
Institute of Education

The Faculty embraces the arts, social science, law and education disciplines. Graduates of the
Faculty either follow a clear vocational pathway into teaching, legal profession, journalism, library or
social work careers, or enter the workforce with a generic set of highly-regarded transferable skills.
The Faculty of Arts, Law and Education offers programmes at undergraduate and postgraduate
levels. Its courses are delivered face-to-face or by DFL, or both. Students can choose from a
diverse range of majors in the Bachelor of Arts, while the degree programmes of Bachelor of
Education and Bachelor of Laws impart the requisite body of knowledge to equip students for their
future professions as teachers or lawyers. The French and Chinese language courses are new
areas that promote the study of the French and Chinese languages and cultures.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

The Faculty of Business and Economics includes the:

School of Accounting and Finance

School of Agriculture and Food Technology
School of Economics
School of Government, Development and International Affairs
School of Land Management and Development
School of Management and Public Administration
School of Tourism and Hospitality Management
Graduate School of Business
Institute of Research, Extension and Teaching in Agriculture
Pacific Centre for Economic Policy and Modeling
Pacific Islands Centre for Public Administration

The Facultys academic focus is on developing professionals who can sustain and develop the
work of the public and private sectors of the regions economies. The Faculty of Business and
Economics offers programmes at undergraduate and postgraduate levels. The programmes offer
opportunities either to specialise in a particular academic discipline or alternatively to obtain a

27
general business education. Opportunities to pursue interdisciplinary studies exist and students
are encouraged to consider these. A double major including Information Systems (a discipline
offered by the School of Computing, Information and Mathematical Sciences in the Faculty of
Science, Technology and Environment) has proved to be especially popular.

The Faculty of Science, Technology and Environment include the:

School of Biological and Chemical Sciences

School of Engineering and Physics
School of Computing, Information and Mathematical Sciences
School of Geography, Earth Science and Environment
School of Marine Studies
Institute of Marine Resources
Institute of Applied Sciences

The programmes and courses offered by the schools of the Faculty of Science, Technology and
Environment place emphasis on general principles across a broad spectrum, rather than narrow
specialisation. Through this approach, the Faculty hopes to produce graduates with the flexible
outlook required to adapt to a body of knowledge that is changing at an accelerating pace, as
pure and applied scientists are in high demand in all USP member countries. Many Bachelor of
Science students take two major disciplines, or one major and one minor discipline in their degree,
providing a broad base for their future employment. The faculty also offers prescribed programmes
tailored to suit the needs of students. A strong research culture in the Faculty encourages many
science graduates to continue their studies at a postgraduate level.
Other sections of the University that are involved in teaching are:

COLLEGE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES

The College of Foundation Studies offers pre-degree programmes at Foundation level (equivalent
to Fiji Form 7 or Year 13, SPBEA South Pacific Form 7 and New Zealand National Certificate of
Educational Achievement Level 3), and Preliminary level (equivalent to Fiji Form 6, SPBEA Pacific
Senior Secondary Certificate and New Zealand National Certificate of Educational Achievement
Level 2), to all member countries of the University. There is also provision for schools in the
region to offer these programmes as part of the USP School Based foundation programme. The
foundation programme provides a direct pathway for higher education to USP as well as other
international universities.

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

The Pacific Technical and Further Education (Pacific TAFE) offers high quality skills based
qualifications that lead to entry and para professional employment opportunities, career
advancement and pathways for higher studies.All qualifications are clustered and offered in
three (3) broad disciplines namely Business, Tourism & Hospitality, Education & Humanities and
Technology & Environment.

CENTRE FOR FLEXIBLE LEARNING

The Centre for Flexible Learning (CFL) encompasses the Programme Design and Development
(PDD) Team, the Learning Systems Team (LST) and Multimedia Team (MMT). The Programme
Design and Development Team develop high quality learning materials for students in flexible
learning. The Learning Systems Team manages and maintains the Universitys Learning

ACADEMIC SECTIONS OF THE UNIVERSITY

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

ACADEMIC SECTIONS OF THE UNIVERSITY

28
Management System (Moodle) and learning technologies. The Multimedia Team offers a wide
range of services in quality and innovative production of educational media including services
in audio, video, graphics, photography, animation, multimedia and web design. The Centre for
Flexible Learning is also responsible for training students and staff in the use of Moodle and the
learning technologies and new pedagogies that are integrated with flexible learning design and
development.

STUDENT LEARNING SUPPORT

Student Learning Support (SLS) which is Faculty based provides academic support to students
in the form of workshops, mentoring, drop-in (individual consultation), ACTS, online support and
Success@USP. SLS also offers the English Language Skills Assessment (ELSA) diagnostic test
and the English Language Skills course EL001.

PACIFIC CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABLE

DEVELOPMENT
The Centre primarily works with relevant sections of the University, regional governments,
intergovernmental organizations, CROP agencies and NGOs to promote sustainable development
in the Pacific. PaCE-SD is a Centre of Excellence for teaching, training and research-based capacity
building for the Pacific Islands Region.
PaCE-SD pursues its current goals through five thematic areas:

Postgraduate Training and Teaching

Research Publications and Consultancies
Community Engagement and Outreach
Capacity Building, Workshops, Conferences and Training
Communication and Visibility

PaCE-SDs priority areas are Climate Change and Sustainable Development. Work in these areas
is carried out with support from major donor funded projects:
Supporting the European Union (EU) Global Climate Change Alliance through Capacity Building
Research, Community Engagement and Applied Research (USP EU GCCA).
The Pacific Technical Vocational Education and Training (PACTVET) project of the EU funded
Adaptation to Climate Change and Sustainable Energy (ACSE) programme being implemented in
partnership with the Secretariat of the Pacific Community (SPC).
The USAID funded Coastal Community Adaptation project being implement with Development
Alternatives International.
PaCE-SD hosts a weekly science seminar series to encourage community exchange and
application of innovative research to Pacific problems and issues.
PaCE-SD student and staff alumni are working together throughout the region and the planet to
build climate resilient sustainable futures for Pacific Island countries.

9.6%

1,473 1,670 1,724

Programme Completions**

1,754

2.0%

-3.0%

1,776 2,095 2,251

10.0% 7.0%

2,442 2,505 2,397

-4.0% -2.0% 5.0%

8.9%

2,665 2,545

8.0%

5.4%

2,604 4,454

7.8%

USP SUMMARY STATISTICS

a) 'Internal' includes only face-to-face, while 'external' includes flexi-school, print, blended and online modeenrolments.
b) Prior to 2014, programme completions excludes pre-degree and continuing education awards.
Since 2014 (inclusive), programme completions includes College of Foundation Studies and Pacific TAFE awards.
c) 2015 enrolments and programme completions is year-to-date as at 23rd September 2015.

Notes:

49.7% 52.1% 53.0% 53.0% 53.0% 53.0% 52.0% 52.0% 53.0% 54.0% 54.0% 53.4% 53.5% 53.9% 54.3%

Percentage Female

7,176

6,146 6,611

42.8% 43.8% 40.0% 39.0% 40.0% 41.0% 44.0% 40.0% 43.0% 45.0% 51.0% 50.2% 55.0% 54.1% 55.7%

5,750 6,310

Percentage External

6,313 5,828 5,858

14.5% 12.5% 9.0%

6,622 6,674 6,145

1,334

12.5%

10,337 11,063 11,338 10,959 10,498 10,254 10,721 11,625 12,658 13,648 14,390 16,190

6,354

Percentage Annual Change

9,014

7,502 7,779

7,756 8,725 9,413

13.6%

3.4%

4.9%

TOTAL

5,875 6,348

8.0%

4,436 4,906 5,649

4,185 4,426 4,863

-5.0% -3.0% 7.0%

Internal

4,441 4,664 4,814

-5.0%

3,319 3,819 3,764

3,983

1.0%

External

Equivalent Full-Time Students (EFTS)

6.0%

13.5% 16.1% 5.0%

Percentage Annual Change

1.0%

16,072 18,658 19,674 19,823 20,999 21,260 20,152 19,178 18,697 20,066 21,719 23,808 24,986 25,825 29,336

2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015

TOTAL

Students (Headcounts)

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007

(ytd)

29

VISITOR AND OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY

30

UNIVERSITY GOVERNANCE
VISITOR AND OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY
VISITOR OF THE UNIVERSITY
Sir James Bruce Robertson KNZM, VGSM, BA, LLB Otago, LLM Virginia, Hon LLD Otago

OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY

Chancellor
His Excellency Womtelo Reverend Baldwin Lonsdale, President of Vanuatu
(1 July 2015 30 June 2016)

Pro-Chancellor
Mr Winston Thompson (1 January 2016 31 December 2018)

Vice-Chancellor and President

Professor Rajesh Chandra, BA GCEd MA S.Pac. PhD Br.Col.

Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Learning, Teaching and Student Services)

Professor Richard Kevin Coll, BSc PhD Canterbury ScEdD Curtin

Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Research and International)

Professor Derrick Armstrong, BPhil Lond. MEd PhD Lanc.

Vice-President (Administration)
Dr Dilawar Singh Grewal, MS OS Univ. PhD Texas A&M Univ.

Vice-President (Regional Campuses and Property & Facilities)

Dr Giulio Masasso Tuikolongahau Paunga, BA Wesleyan MA PhD Daito Bunka

31

THE COUNCIL
(Statutes of The University of the South Pacific s12)
Updated 26 & 27 October, 2015

The Pro-Chancellor and Chair of Council

Mr Winston Thompson
Professor Rajesh Chandra, BA GCEd MA S.Pac. PhD Br.Col.

One member appointed by each of the governments of the following regional

countries Cook Islands
Minister for Education

Republic of Kiribati
Minister for Education

Republic of the Marshall Islands

Minister for Education

Republic of Nauru
Minister for Education

Niue
Minister for Social Services

Solomon Islands
Minister for Education

Tokelau
Minister for Education

Tuvalu
Minister for Education

Kingdom of Tonga
Minister for Education

Republic of Vanuatu
Minister for Education

Two members appointed by the Government of Samoa

Minister for Education
Chief Executive Officer, Ministry of Finance

COUNCIL

Vice-Chancellor and President

32
Five members appointed by the Government of the Republic of the Fiji Islands
Minister for Education
Permanent Secretary, Ministry for Education
Permanent Secretary, Ministry of Finance
Ms Fay Yee, BA CA
Mr Iowane Naiveli, BA S.Pac. CA CPP

COUNCIL

One member appointed by each of the Governments of Australia and New

Zealand
Professor Janice Reid, AM FASSA BSc Adelaide MA Hawaii MA PhD Stanford appointed by the
Government of Australia
Professor Ian Watson, ONZM JP Hon DSc Massey PhD Otago MSc New Zealand FNZIC FNZIM
appointed by the Government of New Zealand

The Secretary-General of the Pacific Islands Forum Secretariat or a Nominee

of the Secretary-General
Two professors of the University appointed by the University Senate in
accordance with Statute 29(s);
Professor Konai Helu Thaman, BA Auck. MA Calif. PhD S.Pac.
Professor Arvind Patel, BA S.Pac. MCOM NSW PhD Qld.

Two members of the University staff, at least one of whom is a member of the
non-professorial academic staff, to be elected or appointed in accordance
with the relevant Ordinance;
Dr Govinda Lingam, BA, PGDipEd MA S.Pac. PhD Griff.
Mr Dhiraj Bhartu, BInfTech C.Qld. PGDip MCIS S.Pac.

Two registered students of the University to represent the student body, one
to represent the students based at the Laucala campus, and one to represent
students at other University campuses in the region, both students to be
elected or appointed in accordance with the relevant Ordinance;
USPSA Federal Chairperson
USPSA Federal Deputy Chairperson

Up to seven persons co-opted by the Council, at least one of whom must be a

graduate of the University, in accordance with the Statute 14(1).
Dr Kabini Sanga, BA GCE S.Pac. MEd Regina PhD Saskatchewan
Ms Fekitamoeloa Utoikamanu, BCom MCom Auck. Deputy Chair of Council
Mr Digby Bossley
Ms Kate Vusoniwailala, BA (Hons) Lancaster PGD Manchester MBA S.Pac.
Ms Aloma Johansson, BCom Auck.

Secretary to Council
Ms Lily Vesikula, BA Political Sc/Admin MBA S.Pac.

33
In Attendance
Executive Director of Finance
Officers in attendance to Government representatives
Representatives of AUSAID, NZAID and ADB
Any other persons at the request of the Pro-Chancellor
Staff members at the request of the Vice-Chancellor and President

Updated 26 & 27 October 2015

(Sub-committees of the Committees of Council are not listed)

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE (EC)

Pro-Chancellor and Chair of Council (Chair)
Vice-Chancellor and President
Deputy Chair of the Council
Chairs of such other committees as the Council shall from time to time decide
Not fewer than five members of the Council appointed by the region as members, at least one of
whom must be from Fiji
Such other members of the Council, not exceeding three, as the Council may appoint for terms of
up to three years.

Secretary
Council and Central Committee Secretariat

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE (ARC)

One non-USP staff member of Council (Chair)
Two other independent persons from outside the University
Two non USP staff or student members of Council from amongst the members of Council

Secretary
Council and Central Committee Secretariat

In Attendance
Vice-Chancellor and President
Deputy Vice-Chancellors
Executive Director of Finance
Internal Auditor (where applicable)
A representative of the External Auditors (where applicable)
Other persons may be invited to attend as necessary

COUNCIL

COMMITTEES OF COUNCIL

34

FINANCE AND INVESTMENTS COMMITTEE (FIC)

COUNCIL

Ms Aloma Johansson (Chair), Council member appointed by the Council

Vice-Chancellor and President or nominee
Three Council members, one from Fiji, and at least one of whom has financial expertise
At least two independent members from outside the University with expertise in the area of
financial, governance or legal matters, appointed by the Council
One member of the Senate with financial expertise appointed by the Senate
One Laucala based student appointed by the USPSA Federal
One academic or professional member of USP Staff elected by the staff

Secretary
Council and Central Committee Secretariat

In Attendance
Executive Director of Finance

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE (Rem Com)

Pro-Chancellor & Chair of Council (Chair) Note: with the Deputy Chair of Council as the Chairs
alternate
Vice-Chancellor and President (except that the Vice-Chancellor and President will be excluded
from the Committee for matters involving him or her)
Chair of Audit and Risk Committee
Chair of Finance and Investments Committee
Two members of Council neither of whom is a staff member or a student

Secretary
Council and Central Committee Secretariat

JOINT COMMITTEES OF COUNCIL AND SENATE

APPOINTMENTS COMMITTEE
(1)

Academic Appointments
(a) Professorial appointment
Vice-Chancellor and President (Chair)
Deputy Vice-Chancellors
Dean of faculty in which the appointment is to be made
Dean of another faculty
Two professors, with one being from another faculty
One or two non-staff members of Council

35
(b) Subprofessorial appointment
Vice-Chancellor and President or nominee (Chair)
Dean of faculty in which the appointment is to be made
Dean of another faculty or nominee
Head of school or department in which the appointment is to be made

(2)

Institute Appointment

(3)

Appointments to comparable posts

Vice-Chancellor and President or nominee (Chair)
Head of section in which the appointment is to be made
Two other heads of faculties/sections/institutes
Two non-staff members of Council for an appointment at professorial level

Secretary
Human Resources

HONORARY DEGREES COMMITTEE (HDC)

Pro-Chancellor and Chair of Council (Chair)
Two members of Council who are not members of Senate to be appointed by Council
Vice-Chancellor and President
Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Learning, Teaching & Student Services)
Two members of the Senate to be appointed by Senate

Secretary
Council and Central Committee Secretariat

DISCIPLINE APPEALS COMMITTEE (DAC)

The Vice-Chancellor and President or his/her nominee;
Two members of the Discipline Committee, one of whom shall be a representative of USPSA

Secretary
Council and Central Committee Secretariat

COUNCIL

Vice-Chancellor and President or nominee (Chair)

Director of the institute
Director of another institute
Dean of a faculty

36

THE SENATE

UNIVERSITY SENATE

Under Statute 27 (1)

(a)

EXOFFICIO MEMBERS

The Vice-Chancellor and President (who shall be Chair of the Senate)

The Deputy Vice-Chancellor(s) and Vice-President(s)
The Pro Vice-Chancellor(s)
The Deans
The Director Centre for Flexible Learning
The Director Information Technology Services
The University Librarian

(b) ELECTED MEMBERS

Two Heads of School per faculty to be elected by academic staff of the faculty
Three Professors per faculty elected by academic staff of the faculty
Five non-professorial academic staff to be elected by all academic staff, at least three of
whom shall be women
Three Directors of Campus outside Fiji, at least one of whom shall be a woman, to be
elected by all Directors of Campus
Four student members, at least two of whom shall be women, to be appointed or
elected in accordance with Ordinances of the University

(c) APPOINTED MEMBER

A member appointed from any academic institution which is affiliated or otherwise

associated with the University, on such terms as the Council may from time to time
determine.

Secretary

Council and Central Committee Secretariat

In Attendance

Associate Deans (Learning and Teaching)

Associate Deans (Research and Graduate Affairs)
Associate Deans (Planning and Quality)
Group Manager, Campus Life
Group Manager, Student Administrative Services
Senior Quality Coordinator, Planning and Quality

37

COMMITTEES OF SENATE
(Sub-committees of the Committees of Senate are not listed)

ACADEMIC PROGRAMMES COMMITTEE (APC)

Secretary
Council and Central Committee Secretariat

TEACHING QUALITY COMMITTEE (TQC)

Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Learning, Teaching & Student Services), Chair
Associate Deans (Learning & Teaching)
Director, Pacific TAFE
Deputy Director, Centre for Flexible Learning
Deputy Director, College of Foundation Studies
University Librarian
One Head of School per Faculty appointed by the Dean
Two Campus Directors, appointed by the Vice-Chancellor
A representative from the e-LITE Committee, appointed by the Chair
Senior Quality Assurance Officer
President of USPSA Federal
One student representative appointed by the President of USPSA Federal

Secretary
Council and Central Committee Secretariat

STUDENT DISCIPLINE COMMITTEE (SDC)

The Vice-Chancellor or nominee on the Alafua, Emalus and Laucala Campuses, who shall be the
Permanent Chair of the Committee
Three members selected from a panel approved by the Senate and submitted to the ViceChancellor
Two executive members of the Branch Association
A member of USPSA Federal Council nominated by the Council

Secretary
Council and Central Committee Secretariat

UNIVERSITY SENATE

Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Learning, Teaching & Student Services), Chair

Two Professors of the Senate appointed by the Senate
Associate Deans (Learning & Teaching)
One Head of School per Faculty appointed by the Dean
Director, Pacific TAFE
Director, Centre for Flexible Learning
Director, College of Foundation Studies
Group Manager, Student Administrative Services
President of USPSA Federal
One student representative appointed by the President of USPSA Federal

38

UNIVERSITY SENATE

UNIVERSITY RESEARCH COMMITTEE (URC)

Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Research & International), Chair
Associate Deans for Research (Faculty Research Committees)
Research Cluster Leaders or nominee
One representative of the Institutes
University Librarian
A representative nominated by Regional Campus Directors
Postgraduate Student representative [nominated by USPSA Federal]

Secretary
Council and Central Committee Secretariat

In Attendance
Research Manager
Director of Finance or nominee
Any person requested by the Chair

UNIVERSITY RESEARCH ETHICS COMMITTEE (UREC)

Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Research & International), Chair
Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Learning, Teaching & Student Services) or nominee
Deans or nominees
Legal Representative from the School of Law

Secretary
Council and Central Committee Secretariat

In attendance
Chair to determine as necessary

UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIP COMMITTEE (USC)

Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Learning, Teaching & Student Services), Chair
Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Research & International)
Deans or nominee
Director PaCE-SD

Secretary
Council and Central Committee Secretariat

In Attendance
Director Finance or nominee
Group Manager, Student Administrative Services
Executive Officer, DVC (LTSS)

39

CAMPUS LIFE COMMITTEE (CLC)

Secretary
Council and Central Committee Secretariat

In Attendance
One Representative of Student Administrative Services

COMMUNICATIONS, INFORMATION AND TECHNOLOGY COMMITTEE

(CITC)
Vice-President (Administration), Chair
Three Regional Campus Directors to be elected by the Campus Directors
Deans or nominee
Director, Centre for Flexible Learning or nominee
University Librarian
Director, ITS
Director, Development, Marketing & Communications or nominee
Head of School of Computing, Information and Mathematical Sciences
Two students appointed by the USPSA, one being a regional representative and one being a
Laucala Campus representative

Secretary
Council and Central Committee Secretariat

EDUCATION FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT ADVISORY COMMITTEE

(ESDAC)
Director PaCE-SD, Chair
One representative per Faculty appointed by the Dean
Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Learning, Teaching & Student Services) or nominee
Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Research & International) or nominee
Director, Pacific TAFE
Director of the Pacific Islands Centre for Public Administration

UNIVERSITY SENATE

Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Learning, Teaching & Student Services), Chair

Three Senate members appointed by the Senate
Three students (two undergraduate and one postgraduate) appointed by USPSA (2 Laucala, 1
from Alafua or Emalus)
One representative per Faculty appointed by the Dean
Group Manager, Campus Life
Executive Director of Finance or nominee
A Campus Director from either Alafua or Emalus
Team Leader, Student Learning Support, CFL
USP Chaplain
Chair, Student Discipline Committee
International Students Officer
Director of Commercial nominee
Director of Properties & Facilities nominee

40
Head of School of Education
UNESCO Chair
One undergraduate student and one postgraduate student appointed by the USPSA

Secretary

UNIVERSITY SENATE

PaCE-SD
In attendance
Chair to determine as necessary

GENDER MAINSTREAMING ADVISORY COMMITTEE (GMAC)

Dr Akanisi Kedrayate, Dean FALE (Chair)
Ms Sin Joan Yee, University Librarian and CROP Gender Focal Point
One representative from each Faculty
Director Pacific TAFE
Professor Vijay Naidu, PIAS DG
Gender Co-ordinator
President USPSA or nominee
Director HR or nominee
Director CFS or nominee
Regional Campus nominee
Gender Advisor from the Pacific Islands Forum Secretariat
A representative from UN Women

Secretary
Council and Central Committee Secretariat

MEDALS AND PRIZES COMMITTEE (MPC)

Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Learning, Teaching & Student Services), Chair
Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Research & International)
Deans or Nominees

Secretary
Council & Central Committee Secretariat

In Attendance
Group Manager, Student Administrative Services

LIBRARY ADVISORY COMMITTEE (LAC)

Vice-Chancellors nominee as Chair
Vice-President (Administration)
Two representatives each from each Faculty
One representative from the Centre for Flexible Learning
Two representatives from the Federal body of USPSA
University Librarian
One representative from IT Services

Secretary
Library

41

Updated 2 November, 2015

CHANCELLORS
The Chancellor is the titular head of the University
President of Vanuatu (July 2015 June 2016)
Governor General of Tuvalu (July 2014 June 2015)
His Majesty, The King of Tonga (July 2013-June 2014)
Ulu o Tokelau (July 2012-June 2013)
Governor-General of the Solomon Islands (2011-June 2012)
Head of State of Samoa (2010-April 2011)
President of the Republic of Nauru (2009-2010)
President of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (2008-2009)
President of Kiribati (20072008)
Head of State (Queens Representative), Cook Islands (2006-2007)
Ulu o Tokelau (2003-2006)
Head of Government, Premier of Niue (20002003)
His Excellency Sir Tulaga Manuella, GovernorGeneral of Tuvalu (1997-2000)
His Excellency President Amata Kabua, Republic of Marshall Islands (1995-1996)
Rt Hon Sir Geoffrey Henry, Prime Minister of Cook Islands (1992-1995)
His Excellency President Frederick Karlomuana Timakata of Vanuatu (1989-1992)
His Highness Susuga Malietoa Tanumafili II of Samoa (1986-1989)
Rt Hon Ieremia Tabai, President of Kiribati (1983-1986)
Rt Hon Sir Baddeley Devesi, GovernorGeneral of Solomon Islands (1980-1983)
Rt Hon Ratu Sir Kamisese Mara, Prime Minister of Fiji (1977-1979)
His Excellency President Hammer DeRoburt of Nauru (1974-1976)
His Majesty King Taufaahau Tupou IV of Tonga (1971-1973)

PRO-CHANCELLORS
Mr Winston Thompson (1 January 2016 31 December 2018)
Mrs Fekitamoeloa Utoikamanu (13 April 2015 31 December 2015), Acting
Mr Ikbal Jannif (1 July 2012-12 April 2015)
Hon Fiame Naomi Mataafa of Samoa (2006-30 June 2012)
Hon Dr Senipisi Langi Kavaliku of Tonga (20002006)
Mr Savenaca Siwatibau of Fiji (19971999)
Mr Ieremia Tabai of Kiribati (19911997)
Mr Henry Naisali of Tuvalu (19851990)

CHANCELLORS, PRO CHANCELLORS, VICE-CHANCELLORS

CHANCELLORS, PRO-CHANCELLORS AND

VICE-CHANCELLORS

42
Hon Mosese Qionibaravi of Fiji (19811985)
Hon Dr Senipisi Langi Kavaliku of Tonga (19761981)
Masiofo Fetauimalemau Mataafa of Samoa (19711976)

HONORARY DEGREES AND TITLES

VICE-CHANCELLORS
Professor Rajesh Chandra (2008 present), Vice-Chancellor & President
Professor Anthony Tarr (20052007)
Mr Savenaca Siwatibau (20012003)
Mr Esekia Solofa (19922001)
Mr Geoffrey Caston (19831992)
Professor Frank Brosnahan (19821983)
Dr James Maraj (19751982)
Dr Colin Aikman (19681974)

HONORARY DEGREES AND TITLES

The following persons have been awarded the honorary degree of Doctor of
the University of the South Pacific:
His Excellency Anote Tong, President of Kiribati (2015)
Mrs Marjorie Tuainekore Crocombe of the Cook Islands (2010)
Dr John E. Randall of the United States of America (2008)
Dr Senipisi Langi Kavaliku of Tonga (2007)
Masiofo Laulu Fetauimalemau Mataafa of Samoa (2004)
Sir Geoffrey Arama Henry of the Cook Islands (2000)
Dr IIaisa Futa-i-Ha'angano Helu of Tonga (1998)
Mr Satya Nand Nandan of Fiji (1996)
Professor Yash Pal Ghai of Kenya (1995)
His Excellency Frederick Karlomuana Timakata, President of Vanuatu (1993)
Professor Kenneth Back of Australia (1992)
Dr Colin Campbell Aikman of New Zealand (1992)
His Highness Susuga Malietoa Tanumafili II, Head of State of Samoa (1989)
Dr Francis Raymond Fosberg of the United States of America (1989)
Hon Ieremia Tabai, President of Kiribati (1988)
Henry Evans Maude of Australia (1987)
Rev John A. Garrett of Fiji (1983)
Dr James Ajodhya Maraj of Fiji (1983)
Hon Mahe Tupouniua of Tonga (1983)
His Excellency Sir Baddeley Devesi, GovernorGeneral of the Solomon Islands (1983)

43
Her Excellency Mrs Indira Gandhi, Prime Minister of India (1981)
Rt Hon Ratu Sir Kamisese Mara, Prime Minister of Fiji (1980)
Rt Hon Michael Somare, Prime Minister of Papua New Guinea (1978)
His Excellency President Hammer DeRoburt of Nauru (1976)

HONORARY MASTERS OF THE UNIVERSITY

The following persons have been awarded the honorary degree of Master of
the University of the South Pacific:
Mr Sepeti Matararaba of Fiji (2008)
Mr Mana Strickland of Cook Islands (1995)
Mr Jogindar Singh Kanwal of Fiji (1993)
Mrs Susan Parkinson of Fiji (1991)
Mr Taira Rere of the Cook Islands (1990)

EMERITUS PROFESSORS OF THE UNIVERSITY

The following persons have been awarded the honorary title of Professor
Emeritus of the University of the South Pacific:
Randolph Thaman, BA MA UC Berkeley PhD UCLA (2014)
Crosbie Walsh, BA MA VUW PhD Massey (2014)
Subramaniam Sotheeswaran, BSc Ceyl. PhD DSc Hull (2008)
John Lynch, BA Syd. PhD Hawaii (2008)
Leonard Francis Brosnahan, MA NZ DLitt Phil Leiden (2004)
Donald Edgar Paterson, BA LLB LLM VUW LLM JSD Yale (2001)
Raymond Wright, OBE BSc PhD Lond. (1988)
Ronald Crocombe, BA NZ PhD ANU (1987)

HONORARY DEGREES AND TITLES

His Majesty King Taufaahau Tupou IV of Tonga (1973)

44

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

As at October 2015

SENIOR MANAGEMENT OFFICERS

Vice-Chancellor and President
Rajesh Chandra, BA GCEd MA S.Pac. PhD Br.Col.
Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Learning, Teaching & Student Services)
Richard Kevin Coll, BSc PhD Canterbury ScEdD Curtin
Vice-President (Regional Campuses and Properties & Facilities)
Giulio Masasso Tuikolongahau Paunga, BA Wesleyan MA PhD Daito Bunka
Vice-President Administration
Dilawar Singh Grewal, MS OS Univ. PhD Texas A&M Univ.
Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Research and International)
Derrick Armstrong, BPhil Lond. MEd PhD Lanc.
Dean, Faculty of Arts, Law and Education
Akanisi Kedrayate, MEd Glas. PhD NE
Dean, Faculty of Business and Economics
Franco Gandolfi, BCom MCom Swiss Ins PGDip MEd Syd. DBA SCU
Dean, Faculty of Science, Technology and Environment
Anjeela Jokhan, BSc PGDip MSc S.Pac. PhD Brist.
Executive Director Finance
Kolinio Boila BA MBA S.Pac.

45

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Dean of Faculty
Akanisi Kedrayate, MEd Glas. PhD NE
Associate Dean (Planning & Quality)
Donald Bruce Yeates, BA W.Ont. MDiv VST MA PhD PNG

Associate Dean (Learning, Teaching & Student Support)

Salanieta Bakalevu, BEd S.Pac. BEd PhD Waik.
Finance & Admin Officer
Sajal Goundar, BA PGDipAFP MCom S.Pac.
Student Learning Specialist
Siniva Laupepa, BEd GCTT S.Pac. MAAppL Waik.
Helen Tamtam, BA MA Technol.Syd.
Niseta Buatva, BEd PGDip S.Pac.
Ana Kitolelei, BEd PGDip MA S.Pac.
FYE Coordinator
Kapil Nadan, BScGCE PGDip S.Pac.

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
Professor of Pacific Education and Culture (Acting Head of School)
Konaiholeva Thaman, BA Auck. MA Calif. PhD S.Pac.
Professor in Teacher Education
vacant
Associate Professor
Subhas Chandra, BA NSW MA Syd. PhD S.Pac.
Govinda Lingam, BA PGDipEd MA S.Pac. PhD Griff.
Senior Lecturer
Akanisi Kedrayate, MEd Glas. PhD NE
Salanieta Bakalevu, BEd S.Pac. BEd PhD Waik.
Cresantia Koya-Vaka'uta, BEd MA PhD S.Pac.
Lecturer
Jeremy Dorovolomo, BEd Qld.UT MEd US Qld.
Amton Mwaraksurmes, BEd UPNG MA Curtin PhD Victoria
Sereima Naisilisili, BEd, MA PhD S.Pac.
Mesake Rawaikela, BSc S.Pac. MSc Waik. PhD Cant.
Lavinia Tiko, BEd PGDipEduLeadership Waik. MA Lond.Inst.(on Training Leave)
Ledua Waqailiti, BA S.Pac. MA TESOL Canberra PhD Griffith
Lice Taufaga, BA S.Pac. MAppLing S.Qld.
Takuia Uakeia, BEd MEd PhD UNE MMgmt Massey GCTT S.Pac.
Patricia Rodie, BSc S.Pac. MEd Curtin PhD Waik.
Fellow
Ian Thomson
Assistant Lecturer
Hem Dayal, MA PGDip BEd S.Pac.
Temalesi Maiwaikatakata, BSc S.Pac. MSc Curtin

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

Associate Dean (Postgraduate Affairs & Research)

Cresantia Koya-Vaka'uta, BEd MA PhD S.Pac.

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

46
Shikha Raturi, BSc MSc CSJM GCTT PGDip MEd PhD S.Pac.
John Rombo, BEd PGDipEd Massey BEd UOG PNG MSpEd MEd Waik.
Vulori Sarai, BEd S.Pac. PGDipAppSci. MCN Qld.
Lalesh Sharma, BEd PGDipEd PGCTT MEd S.Pac.
Kelesi Whippy, BEdPRM PGDip MA S.Pac.
Taniela Raicama, BEd PGDip MEd S.Pac.
Rosiana Lagi, BEd, MA UNE PhD S.Pac.
Mereseini Tikoduadua, BEdPRM PGDEd S.Pac. MEd Tas.
Teaching Assistant
Kusum Prakash, BA PGDip S.Pac. MEd S.Qld.

SCHOOL OF LANGUAGE, ARTS AND MEDIA

Professor
Sudesh Mishra, BA Wgong PhD Flin (Head of School)
Associate Professor
Paul Geraghty, BA MA Camb. PhD Hawaii
Senior Lecturer
Robert Early, BA Well. BD Melb. Coll.Div MA Auck PhD ANU
Mohit Prasad, BA MA S.Pac. PhD W.Aust.
Shailendra Singh, MBA PGDipBStudies S.Pac.
Rajni Chand, BA S.Pac. MA Griff. PhD Otago
Maebh Long, BA MA Ireland PhD Durh.
Lecturer
Indu Chandra, BA Delhi MA PhD Alld.
Matthew Hayward, BA Exe. MA Sus. PhD Durh.
Fiona Willans, MA PGCert PhD Lond.
Olivier Jutel, BA Auck. PGDip MA PhD Otago
Assistant Lecturer
Hannah Vari-Bogiri, BA PGDipArts MEd James Cook PhD S.Pac.
Olive Bryce, BA Tas. MA(ApplLing) S.Qld.
Sekove Degei, BA PGDip S.Pac MA Waik.
Anurag Subramani, BA PGDip MA S.Pac.
Ana Veikune, BA Auck. MA Canb.
Mereisi Kamoe, BA PGDipLing S.Pac. MA Monash
Salesh Kumar, BA PGDipTT PGDipLin S.Pac. PGDip MA Uni.Fiji
IEP Subject Coordinator
Asela Tuisawau, BA S.Pac. MA Monash
Teaching Assistant
Latileta Bolekisolomone, BA S.Pac. MA Sth. Qld.
Eliki Drugunalevu, BA PGDip S.Pac.
Premila Devi, BA PGCert S.Pac.
Arti Goundar, BA GCTT PGDip S.Pac.
Sanjana Lata, BA PGDip S.Pac.
Saa Finiasi, BEd PGDip S.Pac.
Irene Manarae
Nagin Patel, BEd PGDip S.Pac.
Renuka Prasad, BA S.Pac. PGCert Qld.
Shaleshni Prasad, BAGC S.Pac. MA Univ. of Lille

47
Rajendra Prasad, BEd PGDip S.Pac.
Alice Rore, BA PGDip MA S.Pac.
Emrana Sheikh, BEd PGDip S.Pac. MA Uni.Fiji
Sekonaia Colati, BA S.Pac.
Vicky Shandil, BEd PGDip MA S.Pac.
Kaushal Sharma, BAGCEd PGDipLit S.Pac.

Confucius Institute

SCHOOL OF LAW

Professor
Eric Colvin, BA Oxon. MA Reading LLM Tor. PhD Camb. (Head of School)
Emeritus Professor
Donald Paterson, BA LLB Well. LLM JSD Yale
Associate Professor
vacant
Senior Lecturer
Nainendra Nand, BA N.Lond LLM Lond.
Pierre-Jean Bordahandy, LLB UPPA Pau. LLM PhD Aix-Mars. LLM Stockholm PhD Qld.
Lecturer
Sunita Bois-Singh, LLB PDLP LLM PGCTT PGDTT S.Pac.
Joseph Foukona, LLB LLM S.Pac. LLM Well. (Training Leave)
Anita Jowitt, LLB Otago GCHEd UNSW
Anuleshni Neelta, LLB PDLP S.Pac.
David Naylor, BMgt LLB Canberra GDLP College of Law LLM Syd.
Margaretha Wewerinke, BSc BA Radboud E.MA EIUC LLB Nott. LLM PhD EUI
Assistant Lecturer
Nilesh Bilimoria, LLB LLM PDLP PGDTT PGDCC S.Pac. GDLP Leo Cussen
Pita Bulamainaivalu, LLB PDLP PGDip PGCertHRM S.Pac. LLM MPP Syd.
Pamela Kenilorea, LLB LLM PDLP S.Pac.
Paul Mae, LLB LLM PDLP MA S.Pac. (Training Leave)
Sofia Shah, LLB PDLP GCTT S.Pac. LLM Wgong
Pradeep Tiwari, LLB PDLP LLM S.Pac.
Lee-Anne Sackett, LLM MJur Syd. PDLP College of Law
Manager Community Legal Centre
Naomi Nawasaitoga, LLB PDLP S.Pac.

Pacific Islands Legal Information Institute (PacLII)

Director
Lenore Hamilton, LLB DLP MA Dundee
IT Manager
Wilford Lol, BSc S.Pac. MA AUT.

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

Denggui Li, BA Inner Mongolia Uni. MA Asia Uni. PhD BNU

Huali Li, BA MA Jilin Uni.
Xiaoning Lu, BA PNU MA BLCU & BNU
Xiaoshi Wang, BA BNU MA Renmin Uni.
Yuqing Luo, BA CNU MA CNU
Haiyan Li, BA MA Inner Mongolia Uni.
Xuzhe Wang, BA Xinjiang Uni. MA NSW

48

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

Project Officer
Kym Freriks, BA QUT
Research & Training Officer
Resina Senikuraciri, LLB PDLP S.Pac.

SCHOOL OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

Professor
vacant
Associate Professor
Morgan Tuimalealiifano, BA MA PhD S.Pac.
Senior Lecturer
Donald Bruce Yeates, BA W.Ont. MDiv VST MA PhD PNG
Alan Quanchi, BA MA Monash PhD Qld.
James Johnson, BA A&T State PhD Indiana (Head of School)
Yoko Kanemasu, BA Sophia MA S.Pac. PhD NSW
Jacqueline Ryle, BSc Copenhagen MSc PhD Lond.
Lecturer
Ryota Nishino, BA Rhodes CELTA Camb. PGDip Cant. PhD W.Aust.
Tuinawi Rakuita, BA PGDipSoc MA S.Pac. PhD ANU
Sara Amin, PhD, MA BSc BA McGill
Asenati Chan Tung, BA Cant. BSocSci Waik. MA S.Pac. PhD Hawaii
Jacob Mati, BA MU Kenya MA PhD Witw.
Keri Mills, BA Otago. BA Well. PhD ANU
Neeta Ramkumar, BA Austin MS PhD TAMU
Jenny Tonsing, MA India MSocSci Chinese HK PhD Lond.
Assistant Lecturer
Shazna Buksh, BA BEd PGDip, MA S.Pac.
Tima Tuvuki, BSc MSocSc Waik.
Kambati Uriam, BD MTH PTC MA PhD ANU
Waisea Vakamocea, BA MA PGCTT S.Pac.
Teaching Assistant
Kesaia Vasutoga, BA PGDip S.Pac.

OCEANIA CENTRE FOR ARTS, CULTURE & PACIFIC STUDIES

Professor and Director
vacant
Senior Lecturer
David Gegeo, BA Mass. MA Boston PhD Hawaii
Frank Thomas, BA McG. MA Oregon PhD Hawaii
Lecturer
Jara Hulkenberg, BA MA Lei. PhD UEA
Assistant Lecturer
Jackie-Anne I Ete, BA Vic. PGDip Massey MA S.Pac.
Teaching Assistant
Sangita Lal, BEd PGDip MEd S.Pac.
Narsamma Lingam, BEd PGDip S.Pac. MA Otago
Betty Manuofetoa, BEd PGDip S.Pac.
Vilimaina Navila, BA PGDip MA S.Pac.

49
Jiokapeci Qalo-Qiolevu, BEd PGDip MA S.Pac.
Rosarine Rafai, BA PGDip MEd S.Pac.
Waisale Ramoce, BA PGDip S.Pac.
Lalita Sharma, BA PGDip GCTT MA S.Pac.
Josaia Osborne, BA PGDip S.Pac.
Head of Performing Arts
Igelese Ete, BAMus Auck. MAMus Well.

Visual Arts Coordinator

Johanna Beasley, PGDipD&I PGDipStuWelfare BA RMIT
Coordinator of Music
vacant
Outreach Coordinator for Polynesia
Allan Alo, BA PGDip S.Pac.
Managing Editor, USP Press
vacant
Manager, Marketing and Communications
Ann Tarte, DipHMngt FNU

INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION
Director
Seu'ula Johansson-Fua, BA BEd DipTch Waik. MA PhD Tor.
Fellow
Ruth Toumu'a, BA PGD MA PhD Well.
Jack Maebuta, BA PGDip MA S.Pac. PhD NE

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Dean of Faculty
Franco Gandolfi, BCom MCom Swiss Ins. PGDip MEd Syd. DBA SCU
Associate Dean (Learning and Teaching)
Manoranjan Mohanty, BSc Utkal MA MPhil PhD J.Nehru U.
Associate Dean (Postgraduate Affairs & Research)
Gurmeet Singh, BCom MCom MPhil PhD J&K
Finance & Administration Officer
Annie Kaufononga, BA MBA S.Pac.
Coordinator FYE
Joseva Veresi, BA S.Pac.
Student Learning Support
Riteta Laulala, BA GCTT S.Pac.
Roshila Singh, BA PGDipLing GCTT MALing S.Pac.

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

Artistic Director
Peter Espiritu

50

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

Professor
Raghuvar Pathak, BA MBA MPhil PhD HP (Head of School)
James McMaster, BCom MCom NSW
Senior Lecturer
vacant
Senior Fellow
Mesake Nawari, BA PGDip S.Pac. MCom Syd.
Lecturer
Anna De Jong, MSc Delft MBA S.Pac.
Benedito Waqailiti, BA S.Pac. MBA Canberra PhD Griff.
Business Manager
Reshika Chandra, BCom PGDipAFP MComPA S.Pac.

SCHOOL OF ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE

Professor
Arvind Patel, BA S.Pac. MCom NSW PhD Qld (Head of School)
Thomas Muthucattu Paul, BA MA(Econ) Kerala DPhil Gujar
Senior Lecturer
Peter Fulcher, LLB Adel. LLM Qu.
Nacanieli Rika, BA MBA PGDipAFM PGDipEd(TT) MCom S.Pac., PhD ANU
Lecturer
Pallab Biswas, BBA MBA Dhaka PhD W.Aust.
Yih Tang, BBA Ohio MBA Bowling PhD Georgia GCTT S.Pac.
Uriam Timiti, BA GCEd S.Pac. MBA Canberra
Veer Varma, BA PGDipAFM MA S.Pac.
Assistant Lecturer
Glen Finau, BA PGDip(Acct) S.Pac.
Clayton Kuma, BA S.Pac. MCom GDipCom Auck.
Ronald Kumar, MA(DevStd) MCom(Econ) PGDip S.Pac.
Dharmendra Naidu, BA PGDip S.Pac.
Pranil Prasad, BA PGDip(Acct) MCom S.Pac.
Masilina Rotuivaqali, BA GCTT PGDip MCom S.Pac.
Nirmala Singh, BA PGDip MBA S.Pac.
Charlotte Taylor, BA PGDip(Acct) MCom GCTT S.Pac.
Teaching Assistant
Rajni Devi, BA PGDip(AFM) GCTT S.Pac.
Joycelyn Devi, BCom Uni.Fiji PGDip(AFM) GCTT PGDip(TT) S.Pac.
Prena Rani, BCom PGDip(Acct) S.Pac.
Tevita Veituna, BCA Well., PGDip(Acct&Fin) MCom GCTT S.Pac.
Ezaaz Hasan, BA(AF/MP) S.Pac.

SCHOOL OF AGRICULTURE AND FOOD TECHNOLOGY

Professor
vacant
Associate Professor
Mohammed Umar, BAgrSc Qld. MSc W.Virginia (Acting Head of School)

51
Senior Lecturer
Siaka Diarra, BSc Katibougou MSc Maid. PhD AT Balewa
Bhati, Jagdish, BSc MSc GBP MPhil HP PhD Hawaii

Assistant Lecturer
Sanjay Anand, BAgr MAgr S.Pac.
Tutor
Ioane Malaki, BAgr PGDipAg MAgr S.Pac.
Senior Technician
Hewage Perera, BLE Ceyl.

SCHOOL OF ECONOMICS
Professor
Satya Paul, PhD Delhi (DSE) (Head of School)
Associate Professor
vacant
Senior Lecturer
Kesaia Seniloli, BA S.Pac. MA PhD ANU
Alessio Cangiano, MA PhD Sapienza
Neelesh Gounder, BA Pune PGDipEcon MCom S.Pac. PhD Griff.
Sunil Kumar, BSc BA MA S.Pac. PhD Qld.
Rup Singh, BA PGDipDevStud PGDipEcon MA DPhil(Econ) S.Pac.
Fellow in Official Statistics
Manoj Pandey, BA BHU MA MPhilStats DU PhD ANU
Lecturer
Sanjesh Kumar, BA PGDip MCom S.Pac PhD Monash
Baljeet Singh, BEd PGDipEcon MA S.Pac. PhD S.Pac.
Assistant Lecturer
Markand Bhatt, BA PGDip MCom(Econ) GCTT S.Pac.
Nalini Lata, BA PGDip MCom S.Pac.
Seone Lolesio, BA PGDipEcon MCom(Econ) GCTT S.Pac.
Emalini Nakabea, BA S.Pac. PGDipEcDev MIDEC ANU
Lekima Nalaukai, BA PGDipEcon MCom(Econ) GCTT S.Pac.
Teaching Assistant
Pravinesh Chand, BCom PGDipEcon MCom S.Pac.
Sahlni Devi, BCom PGDip GCTT MCom S.Pac.
Kushneel Prakash, BCom MCom(Econ) S.Pac.
Khushbu Rai, BCom PGDip(Econ) S.Pac.

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

Lecturer
Falaniko Amosa, BAgr S.Pac. MS Hawaii
Sonny Lameta, BAgr S.Pac. MA Guelph PhD LaT.
Rashmi Kant, BAgri Allah. MPhil Delhi PhD Massey
Poasa Tabuaciri, BAgr PhD NE MSc Pingtung

52

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT, DEVELOPMENT AND INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS

Professor
Vijay Naidu, BA MA S.Pac. DPhil Sus.
Associate Professor
Manoranjan Mohanty, BSc Utkal MA MPhil PhD J.Nehru U.
Sandra Tarte, BA Melb. PhD ANU (Head of School)
Senior Lecturer
Gregory Fry, BCom(Econ) NSW, MA ANU
Nicola Baker, MA PhD ANU
Claire Slatter, BA S.Pac. MA ANU PhD Massey
Margaret Mishra, BA PGDip MA S.Pac. PhD Monash
Robert Nicole, BA PGDipLit MA S.Pac. PhD Cant.
Gordon Nanau, BA PgDip MA S.Pac. PhD East Anglia
Fellow
Haruo Nakagawa, BA Toyo MIntAff Col. MEcon PhD ANU
Lecturer
Erman Kaplama, BA Bilkent MSc LSE CHEd PhD Lond.
Andreea Torre, MSc PhD Lond.
Assistant Lecturer
Razeen Ali, BA PGDip MA S.Pac.
Natasha Khan, BA S.Pac. MEcon(SocSt) Wales
Anare Tuitoga, BA PGDipHP MA S.Pac.
Teaching Assistant
Romitesh Kant, BA PGDip S.Pac.
Kalivati Qolicokota, BA S.Pac.
Eroni Rakuita, BA PGDip S.Pac.
Sefanaia Sakai, BA PGDip MA(Geo) S.Pac.
Smita Singh, BA PGDip MA S.Pac.
Jope Tarai, BSc PGDip S.Pac.

SCHOOL OF LAND MANAGEMENT AND DEVELOPMENT

Senior Lecturer
Kenneth Chambers, LLB Auck. PhD S.Pac. (Acting Head of School)
Lecturer
Abdul Hassan, PGDipLMD MA GCTT PhD S.Pac.
Assistant Lecturer
Eroni Batikawai, BA PGDip S.Pac. MBus S.Aust.
Asenaca Nawaqalevu, BPlan Auck. MURP Syd.
Paula Raqeukai, BALMD S.Pac. PGDipBus Adel. MBus(Prop.) S.Aust.

SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

Professor
Shaun Goldfinch. BA BCom PGDip Otago PhD Melb. (Acting Head of School)
Associate Professor
Anand Chand, BA Tas. PGDIPSoc MA S.Pac. MA(Econ) Manc. PhD Wales
Gurmeet Singh, BCom MCom MPhil PhD J&K

53
Senior Lecturer
Rafia Naz, BA PGDipMgt MMgt PhD S.Pac.
Lecturer
Parmod Achary, BA MBA S.Pac.
Atishwar Pandaram, BA BSc S.Pac. MEcon Macq. PhD MBA MCom W'Gong.
Jashwini Narayan, BA PGDipMgmt MA PhD S.Pac.
Suwastika Naidu, BA MCom PhD S.Pac.

Teaching Assistant
Barry Ilaisa, GCTT BA S.Pac. PGDipDA MDevAdmin ANU
Kritika Devi, BCom MCom S.Pac.
Aarti Sewak, BA PGDip MCom S.Pac.

SCHOOL OF TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT

Professor
Marcus Stephenson, BSc MA Sur. DPhil Manc.Met (Head of School)
Co-ordinator, Hotel Management
Greg Cornwall, GCTT S.Pac.
Senior Lecturer
Dawn Gibson, BA MA(TH) PhD S.Pac.
Lecturer
vacant
Assistant Lecturer
Marika Kuilamu, BSc S.Pac. BAdm James Cook, MA(TS) S.Pac.
Apisalome Movono, BA GCTT MA(TH) S.Pac. (Leave without Pay)
Hupfeld Hoerder, BA S.Pac. MBus Griff.
Sera Vada-Pareti, BIHTM Qld. PGDip MADS S.Pac.
Teaching Assistant
Ilisapeci Matatolu, BA PGDip S.Pac. BA(TS) James CK
Karishma Sharma, BA(TH) S.Pac.
Student/Internship Coordinator
Ella Bennion, BA PGDipSPA S.Pac.

PACIFIC ISLAND CENTRE FOR PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

Director
vacant
Adviser
Desmond Amosa, BCom MPublPol Well. PhD Canberra
Performance Management Specialist
vacant

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

Assistant Lecturer
Maureen Karan, BA PGDipMPA MCom S.Pac.
Jone Lako, BA PGDipMngt MA GCTT S.Pac.
William Parairato, BA PGDip S.Pac. MA Massey (on Leave)
Narendra Prasad, BA PGDip(MPA) MCom S.Pac.
Ashna Prasad, BA PGDip S.Pac.

54

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

Programme Manager
Corinne Yee, BA GCEd S.Pac. GDip(Mngt.) MBA Deakin
Finance & Administration Officer
Nazmun Nisha, BA PGDipAFP MComPA S.Pac.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND

ENVIRONMENT
Dean
Anjeela Jokhan, BSc PGDip MSc S.Pac. PhD Brist.
Associate Dean (Learning & Teaching)
Bibhya Sharma, BSc PGDip MSc PhD S.Pac.
Associate Dean (Research & Graduate Affairs)
Sushil Kumar, BSc MSc Agra PhD B'tullah.
Associate Dean (Planning & Quality)
David Rohindra, BSc PGDip MSc GCTT S.Pac. PhD Tokyo
Accreditation Officer
Sujlesh Sharma, BSc PGDip MSc S.Pac.
Finance & Admin Officer
Bibi Haroon, BA S.Pac.
Industry & Community Liaison Coordinator
Oliana Nayago, BSc S.Pac.
Student Learning Specialist
Afshana Anzeg, BA PGDipLitt S.Pac.
Artila Devi, BA PGDip S.Pac. MA USQld
Aluwesi Fonolahi, BEd PGDip(Math) S.Pac.
Jai Raj, BSc PGDip MSc S.Pac.

SCHOOL OF BIOLOGICAL AND CHEMICAL SCIENCES

Professor of Biology
vacant
Professor of Chemistry
Surendra Prasad, BSc MSc Bihar PhD Kanpur (Head of School)
Associate Professor
Anjeela Jokhan, BSc PGDip MSc S.Pac. PhD Brist.
Gilianne Brodie, BAppSc C.Sturt. MSc PhD James Cook
Senior Lecturer
Ketan Christi, BVSc MVSc PhD Gurjar. (Deputy HOS, Learning & Teaching)
Jimaima Lako, BEd S.Pac. MSc Japan Women's, PhD Monash (Deputy HOS, Planning & Quality)
Matakite Maata, BSc PhD S.Pac. MSc Cant.
David Rohindra, BSc PGDip MSc GCTT S.Pac. PhD Tokyo
Lecturer
Francis Mani, PGDipChem BSc GCTT MSc S.Pac. PhD E.Anglia.
Romila Devi Gopalan, BEd S.Pac. MBioMedSc PhD Monash
Katy Soapi, BSc PGDipChem S.Pac. MSc Syd. PhD E.Anglia

55
Cara Miller, BSc Portland MApS PhD Louisiana
Krishna Kotra, PhD MSc BSc And. MPhil Annam
Sunil Singh, BSc MSc S.Pac. PhD C.Sturt
Luke Mani, BSc PGDipChem MScChem S.Pac. PhD P.Sab.

Teaching Assistant
Awei Bainivalu, PGDip(Chem) S.Pac.
Daniel Kumar, BSc S.Pac.
Roselyn Lata, BSc MSc GCTT S.Pac.
Riteshma Devi, BSc PGDip MSc GCTT S.Pac.
Prayna Maharaj, BSc MSc S.Pac.
Chief Technician
Steven Sutcliffe, MSc Salf.
Senior Technician
Shelvin Prasad, BSc(Chem) S.Pac.
Dinesh Kumar

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND PHYSICS

Professor
Maurizio Cirrincione, PhD Palermo (Head of School)
Associate Professor
Atul Raturi, BSc MSc Garh. PhD IIT Delhi
M. Rafiuddin Ahmed, BTech J.Nehru U. ME BIT(Ranchi) PhD IIT Bombay
Mansour Assaf, DPhil MApplSc Be'Sc Ott.
Sushil Kumar, BSc MSc Agra PGDSpaceSci. PhD B'tullah.
Alokanand Sharma, BTechnol S.Pac. ME PhD Griff.
Anirudh Singh, BSc S.Pac. PGDip Monash MSc Auck. PhD Leic.
Senior Lecturer
Rajeshkannan Ananthanarayanan, BE Bhr. MTech Reck. PhD Nitt
Praneel Chand, BTech PGDipEngTech S.Pac. PhD Well.
Utkal Mehta, BEng Gujar. MEngg Baroda PhD IIT Guwahati
Senior Fellow
David Aitchison, BEng MEng PhD Hull
Lecturer
Ajal Kumar, BSc PGDIP MSc PhD S.Pac.
Kabir Mamun, BScEng MEng PhD Dublin
F M Rabiul Islam, PhD NSW MSc MBA BSc Rajshahi
Assistant Lecturer
Amol Kishore, BSc PGDipPhysics MSc S.Pac.
Sumesh Narayan, BEngTech PGDipEng. MSc S.Pac.
Hamendra Reddy, BTech. PGDipEng S.Pac.
Jai Goundar, BEng MSc S.Pac.
Sheikh Izzal Azid, BEngTech MSc S.Pac.
Deepak Prasad, BSc S.Pac. MSc(MechEng) Korea
Krishnil Ram, BETech MScEngg S.Pac.

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

Assistant Lecturer
Reema Prakash, BSc PGDip MSc GCTT S.Pac.
Vinay Narayan, BSc PGDipBio MSc S.Pac.
Tamara Osborne, BSc PGDip(Geo) MSc PhD S.Pac.

56

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

Nayzel Jannif, BSc PGDipEng PGDipRE GCTT MSc S.Pac.

Teaching Assistant
Abhikesh Kumar, BEdSec PGDipPhy MSc S.Pac.
Ashneel Chandra, BSc S.Pac.
Shirleen Swapna, BSc PGDip MSc S.Pac.
Rahul Kumar, BETech S.Pac.
Chief Technician
Radesh Lal, BTech PGDipEng S.Pac.
Senior Technician
Viti Buadromo, BETech S.Pac.
Shiu Prasad, BSc S.Pac.

SCHOOL OF COMPUTING, INFORMATION AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES

Professor of Computing Science
Vacant
Associate Professor
M G M Khan, BSc Cal. MSc MPhil PhD Alig.
Jito Vanualailai, BSc S.Pac. ME Ryukyus PhD Kobe (on secondment)
Bibhya Sharma, BSc PGDip MSc PhD S.Pac.
Senior Lecturer
Sunil Lal, BSc MSc S.Pac. PhD Ryukyus
Robin Havea, BA Atenisi MSc Waik. PhD Cant.
John Kauta, BSc(Maths/CS) BSc(Maths) Malawi PhD Indiana
Ittay Weiss, BSc MSc Hebr. PhD Utrecht
Fellow
Surya Prakash, PhD ANU MSc UNE PGCE BA S.Pac.
Lecturer
Rohitash Chandra, BSc S.Pac. MSc(ComSc) Uni.Fiji PhD Well.
Shan Chen, PhD U.Tech. MA BA Monash
Dhenesh Subramanian, BSc MComp MPhil Bharathiar PhD S.Aust.
Sione Paea, BSc MMath PhD Well.
Avinesh Prasad, BSc PGDipMaths PhD S.Pac.
Anuraganand Sharma, BSc MSc S.Pac. PhD Canberra
Assistant Lecturer
Kaylash Chaudhary, BSc PGDip MSc S.Pac.
Dinesh Kumar, BA PGDipCS MSc S.Pac.
Kerese Manueli, BSc S.Pac. MA(Math) PhD Well.
Vivnesh Prasad, BSc MSc S.Pac.
Krishna Raghuwaiya, BSc PGDip MSc S.Pac.
Dinesh Rao, BEd PGDipMaths MSc S.Pac.
Tokaua Tekabu, BEd PGDipMaths MSc S.Pac.
Mosese Hunui, BSc Unitech PGDip, MSc S.Pac.
Vara Thuraisingham, BSc PGDIPCom MCom Auck. MForenIT Auck.UT
Subject Coordinator
Shaveen Singh, BSc PGDip S.Pac.

57

SCHOOL OF GEOGRAPHY, EARTH SCIENCE AND ENVIRONMENT

Professor
Juergen Hans Boehmer, BSc PhD Frie.Al.
Senior Lecturer
John Lowry, BA BYU, MS PhD Utah
Eberhard Weber, MA PhD Freib.
Holger Sommer, MSc Greib. PhD Mainz.
Lecturer
Stephen Galvin, BA PhD NUI Galway
Eleanor John, BSc S'ton PhD Leeds
Michelle McKeown, BA PhD NUI
Tolu Muliaina, BEd PGDip MA GCTT S.Pac.
Naohiro Nakamura, PhD Qu.
Nathan Wales, BSc ANU PhD Syd.
Assistant Lecturer
Camari Koto, BA PGDip MA GCTT S.Pac.
Teaching Assistant
Arti Pratap, BSc PGDipEnv MSc(EnvSc) S.Pac.
Serupepeli Tagivakatini, BA PGDip Env S.Pac MA Porto.
Neil Kumar, BSc PGDip S.Pac.

SCHOOL OF MARINE STUDIES

Professor
Ciro Rico, BSc UABCS (Mexico) Autonoma, PhD Universite Laval (Canada) (Head of School)
Associate Professor
Joeli Veitayaki, BA PGDip MA S.Pac. PhD ANU
Senior Lecturer
Leo Dutra, BSc MSc UFBA(Brazil) PhD NE
Marta Ferreira, BSc MSc PhD Porto

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

Teaching Assistant
Krishnil Chand, BSc(CS) PGDip S.Pac.
Ravinesh Chand, BSc (Ed) S.Pac.
Vishal Chand, BSc(CS) S.Pac.
Ritesh Chand, BSc PGDip(Maths) S.Pac.
Sarnesh Deo, BSc PGDIP S.Pac.
Gavin Khan, BInfTech. C.Qld. PGDip MIS S.Pac.
Krishan Kumar, BSc PGDip S.Pac.
Vinay Mehta, BSc PGDip S.Pac.
Sunaina Nair, BSc S.Pac.
Mohammed Naseem, BSc PGDip S.Pac.
Salsabil Nusair, BSc S.Pac. PGDip MIS C.Qld .
Pritika Reddy, BSc(CS) S.Pac.
Emmenual Reddy, BSc(CS) S.Pac.
Jope Takala, BSc(CS) PGDip S.Pac.
Bauro Tewareka, BSc PGDipCIS S.Pac.

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

58
Lecturer
Kiniviliame Keteca, LLM IMLI-IMO PGDipLegal QUT, LLB Bond
Satalaka Petaia, PGCert FishMgmt MApplSc Aust. Maritime
Susanna Piovano, BSc MSc PhD UNITO
Assistant Lecturer
Salote Waqairatu-Waqainabete BSc MSc PGDipMS S.Pac.
Janice Natasha, BSc PGDip MSc S.Pac.
Curator and Lecturer
vacant
Research Fellow
Amandine Marie, BSc Noumea MSc Paris PhD Sherbrooke
Senior Technician
Jone Lima

INSTITUTE OF APPLIED SCIENCES

Director
Vacant

Deputy Director
Johann Poinapen, BScAg MSc(EnvEng) Maur. PGDipEng PhD Cape Town.
Fellow
Usaia Dolodolotawake, BSc PGDIPChem MSc S.Pac.
Isoa Korovulavula, BA S.Pac. MNatRes PhD Qld.
Assistant Project Manager
Klaus Feussner, MTheol Marburg MSc S.Pac.
Quality Assurance Officer
Mereoni Gonelevu, BAppSc W.Syd. PGDipBio S.Pac.
Senior Scientific Officer
Patrick Sakiusa Fong, BSc PGDip MA S.Pac.
Senior Technician
Arun Pande
Alivereti Naikatini, BSc S.Pac.

SOUTH PACIFIC REGIONAL HERBARIUM

Curator
Marika Tuiwawa, BSc PGDIPBio MSc S.Pac.

INSTITUTE OF MARINE RESOURCES

Director, IMR
Jeremy Hills, BSc S'ton. MSc Durh. MBA Northumbria PhD Glas.
Dive Officer
Fiu Manueli
Fellow
Cherie Morris, BSc PGDipMarineSci MSc S.Pac.

59

OFFICE OF THE VICE-CHANCELLOR AND PRESIDENT

Vice Chancellor
Rajesh Chandra, BA GCEd MA S.Pac. PhD Br.Col.
Executive Officer
vacant

Executive Director Finance

Kolinio Boila, BA MBA S.Pac.
Executive Officer
Miriama Kini, BA S.Pac.
Senior Manager Financial Operations
vacant
Procurement Manager
Salesh Kumar, MA Cross. MA Sunshine
Deputy Procurement Manager
Nitendra Singh, BA S.Pac.
Team Leader Payroll
Shobhna Kiran, BCom PGDipCom S.Pac.
Finance Systems Manager
Sunil Padarath, GCBusiness MIBA
Manager Accounting
Nilesh Prasad, BA S.Pac.
Accountant
Veronica Yuen, BA S.Pac.
Binal Lal, BA PGDip MCom S.Pac.
Joan Prasad, BCom S.Pac.
Rajneeta Devi, BA S.Pac.
Sarika Singh, BA PGDip(Acct.) MCom S.Pac.
Kamal Nand, BA S.Pac.

DEVELOPMENT, MARKETING, COMMUNICATIONS AND ALUMNI OFFICE

Director, DMCA
Jaindra Karan, BA Punj. MA Reading
Development Manager
Iresh Lal, BA PGDip S.Pac.
Manager Marketing
Jenies Mudiliar, BA PGDip S.Pac.
Manager Communications
Ashley Gopal, BA PGCert S.Pac.
Monitoring & Evaluation Officer
Valda Hoerder-Howard, BA S.Pac.

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

FINANCE SECTION

60

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

Alumni Officer
Irene Miller, BCom PGCHRM PGDGM MBA S.Pac.
Webmaster
Pritesh Chandra, BA PGCert PGDip S.Pac. (LWOP)
Project Manager ADB
Tevita Banuve, BA S.Pac. PGDip Brad.
Development Finance Officer
Pretishma Singh, BAIS PGDipPA S.Pac.

REGIONAL SCHOLARSHIP TEAM COORDINATOR

ReST Coordinator
Laite Waseiyaroi, BA S.Pac. PGDipHRM MMgmt Waik.

ASSURANCE AND COMPLIANCE

Director, Assurance & Compliance
Noel Lawlor, BA Brist. CPFA CMIIA MIRM
Insurance and Risk Management Manager
Sheila Sachs, BSc Alta. MBA S.Pac.

COUNCIL AND CENTRAL COMMITTEE SECRETARIAT

Secretary to Council and Manager CCS
Lily Vesikula, BA MBA S.Pac.
Assistant Manager
Rahkel Mercy, BAgr LLB PDLP PDLD LLM S.Pac.
Assistant Manager (Council)
Sangeeta Singh, PGCert PGDip MBA S.Pac.
Manager, Central Records and Archives Unit
Jason Russell Flello, BA NE MA Tas.

VICE-PRESIDENT REGIONAL CAMPUSES AND

PROPERTIES & FACILITIES
Vice President (RC and P&F)
Giulio Paunga, BA Wesleyan MA PhD Daito Bunka
Executive Officer
Renuka Singh, BA MCom S.Pac.

REGIONAL CAMPUSES
ALAFUA OFFICE
Director
Ruby Vaa, BSc Auck. MPhil S.Pac. GDipDistEd S.Aust.(Acting)
Coordinator-SAS
Seulgee Samuelu, BTch BA Waik.

61
Coordinator, Continuing and Community Education
vacant
Senior Librarian
vacant
Student Welfare Officer
Tony Siamomua, BA S.Pac. MA Hawaii

Accountant
Desmond Tauati, DB BA S.Pac.

EMALUS OFFICE
Group Manager
Ruben Markward, BA PGDipDS MA S.Pac.
Coordinator, Student Services
Naomi Bolenga, BSocSci Waik. MA ANU GCTT PGCertHRM S.Pac.
Librarian
vacant
Law Librarian
vacant
Programmer/Analyst
Nettie Collins, BE Massey
Accountant
Nitya Nand, BA S.Pac.
Co-ordinator, P & F
David Worek

USP COOK ISLAND CAMPUS

Director
Roderick Dixon, BA Essex. PGDipEd NE MA ANU (LWOP)

USP LABASA CAMPUS

Director
Samuela Bogitini, BA S.Pac. MEd PhD Qld
Accountant
Ahemad Shah, BA S.Pac.

USP LAUTOKA CAMPUS

Director
Pramila Devi, BA S.Pac. MA NY PhD Well.
Coordinator, Continuing & Community Education
Rajendra Singh, BEd MAEd S.Pac.
Accountant
Arunesh Chandra, BA S.Pac.

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

IT Manager
Sia Matalavea, BSc Flin. MSc Adel.

62

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

USP KIRIBATI CAMPUS

Director
Ueantabo Neemia-Mackenzie, BA MA S.Pac. PhD Wgong
Coordinator, Continuing Education
Tereeao Teingiia-Ratite, BEd PGDipEd S.Pac.

USP MARSHALL ISLANDS CAMPUS

Director
Irene Taafaki, BEd Reading MEd PhD Massey
Academic Program Coordinator
Yolanda Mckay, BA PGDipEd MEd S.Pac.
Manager, Continuing and Community Education
vacant

USP NAURU CAMPUS

Director
Alamanda Lauti, BA MBA S.Pac.
Manager, Continuing and Community Education
vacant

USP NIUE CAMPUS

Director
vacant
Campus Coordinator
Maryanne Talagi, BA S.Pac.

USP SOLOMON ISLANDS CAMPUS

Director
John Usuramo, BA PGDipMPA S.Pac.
Accountant
Joseph Samani, BA S.Pac.
Co-ordinator Student Administrative Services
vacant
Manager, Continuing and Community Education
vacant
Librarian/Learning Resource Co-ordinator
Tony Dadalo, BA Lough.

USP TONGA CAMPUS

Director
Ana H Koloto, BA Massey MA PhD Waik.
Manager, Continuing and Community Education
Vacant

63
Tutor
Lisiate Nuku, BSc Auck.

USP TOKELAU Campus

Coordinator
Junior Thomas Aleta

Director
Vacant

PROPERTY AND FACILITIES

Director
Ralf Zenke, BConstMgt Newcastle(NSW)
Asset Manager
Mervyn Lepper, BEng NSW, MBA PGCHRM PGDGM S.Pac.
Manager, Engineering Services
Nirajwan Chettiar, BETech S.Pac. MEngg India
OHS Coordinator
Roman Chute, PGDipSurgery MBBS S.Pac. PGDipOHS Turin
Operations Manager
Shalendra Mani Gounden, BSc PGCertHRM PGDip MBA S.Pac.
Manager Special Projects
vacant
Clerk of Works
Emosi Sadole

VICE-PRESIDENT (ADMINISTRATION)
Vice President (Administration)
Dilawar Grewal, MS OS Univ PhD Texas A&M Univ.
Executive Officer
Colette Lee-Vesikula, GCMgt GDInfmSysMgt MInfmSys CQU
Project Co-ordinator
Fane Waqa, BA S.Pac.

ICT Outreach Coordinator

vacant

PLANNING AND QUALITY OFFICE

Senior QA Coordinator
Sereana Kubuabola, BSc MSc S.Pac. PhD Wgong
Senior Data Analyst
Sunil Chand, BSc MSc MBA S.Pac.
Quality Officer Accreditation
vacant

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

USP TUVALU CAMPUS

64

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

Qualifications Framework Officer

vacant
Economic Analyst
Anshu Mala, BA PGDip MA S.Pac. PhD Melb.
Quality Officer Accreditations, Audit & Review
Rohit Deo, BTechnol Auck.
Analyst Programmer
Senitiki Rokocakau, BSc PGDip S.Pac.
Project Manager TARP
Roneel Chand, BSc PGCHR PGDip MBA S.Pac.

HUMAN RESOURCES
Director of Human Resources
vacant
Manager, Employee Relations
Jope Wainiqolo, BA S.Pac.
Manager, Organisational Development
Naomi Waqawai, BEd Griff.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SERVICES

Director
Kisione Finau, BSc Hawaii MASc QUT MBA S.Pac.
Deputy Director
Fereti Atalifo, BSc Qld. MSc Coventry
Manager-Management Information Systems
Josese Ravuvu, BSc S.Pac. MSc Sheff.
Manager, User Services
Peni Sigabalavu, BSc S.Pac.
Manager, Enterprice Systems & Network Infrastructure
Neil Sharma, BSc Well. GCert. MPMgt RMIT

Manager ICT Centre

Salanieta Tudrau Tamanikaiwaimaro, LLB PDLP PDLD S.Pac.
Manager, Projects and Regional Development
vacant
Database Administrator
Sulueti Koroiveti, BSc S.Pac
Analyst Programmer
Zeloti Hoala, BCom PNG
Seruwaia Naiova, BComp Monash PGDipC&IS S.Pac.
Gordon Chandra, BSc(CS/IS) S.Pac.
Niumaia Tabunakawai, BSc S.Pac.
Sarita Swamy, PGDip S.Pac. BComputerAppl B'lore
Nettie Collins, BE Massey MInfTech(Network) James Cook
Assistant Analyst Programmer
Yashniel Dutt, BSc S.Pac.
Jobe Tamata, BSc S.Pac.

65
Senior Systems Engineer
Shalvin Singh, BA PGDip(C/IS) S.Pac.
Assistant Systems Engineer
Sheraaz Buksh, BSc MSc S.Pac.
Systems Engineer
Navneet Maharaj, IP Tokyo Tech.

Network Analyst (Voice)

vacant
Assistant Network Engineer
Waisiki Ravula, BSc S.Pac.
Ioane Naisara, BSc S.Pac.
IT Manager
Sia Matalavea, BSc Flin. MSc Adelaide
USPNet Assistant Engineer (HW)
Marika Toroca Qalomai
User Consultant
Goru Arvind, BA S.Pac.
Joeli Logavatu, BEng MBA S.Pac.
Joeli Ramanu, BA S.Pac.
Computer Technician
Edmund Losi, BEng Anglia PU

LIBRARY
University Librarian
S. Joan Yee, BA S.Pac. PGDipLib N.Lond. MBIT RMIT
Deputy University Librarian
Elizabeth Reade-Fong, BA S.Pac. PGDipLib MA (Info Sc.) N.Lond.
Senior Librarian
Ela Qica, BA(LIS) CanberraCAE MBIT RMIT
Judith Titoko, BA Brighton Poly. MSc C.England MCLIP
Librarian
Vasiti Chambers, BA S.Pac. MIS Canberra
Shirley Devi, BEd S.Pac. Mlib&InfoSt Well.
Nellie Hazame, BA(SW) UPNG MIMSP Monash
Gwen Rounds, BTourismMgt Lincoln(NZ) MLib&InfoSt Well.
Liviana Tabalala, BA, GCTT S.Pac. PGDipLib&InfoSt, MLib&InfoSt Well.
Vilimaina Vakaciwa, BA(LIS) Canberra PGDipCom S.Pac.
Susan Rollings, BA(LIS) S.Aust. PGDipLaw S.Cross
Coordinator, Oceania Sports Information Centre
Martin Burrows, BSc Lincoln(US) MSc Conn. MLIS CAU(GA)
Co-ordinator - PIMRIS
Susana Macanawai, BAgr S.Pac. GradDipAppSc (LIM) MAppSc(LIM) C.Sturt AALIA
Library Systems Manager
vacant

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

Network Analyst
Edwin Sandys, BA PGDip(C/IS) MCIS S.Pac.

66

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

Analyst/Programmer
Gyaneshwar Narayan, BSc. S.Pac.
Copyright and IP Officer
vacant

USP COMMERCIAL/OPERATIONS
Director
vacant
Manager, Residential Halls
Dorothy Browne, DipTchg Auck.

BOOK CENTRE
Manager Book Centre
Umesh Prasad, BCom PGDip MBA S.Pac.
Deputy Manager Book Centre
Rajeshree Sundarlal, BA PGDipMPA S.Pac.
Accountant
Praveen Lata, BA S.Pac.

DEPUTY VICE CHANCELLOR (LEARNING, TEACHING &

STUDENT SERVICES)
Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Learning, Teaching and Student Services)
Richard Kevin Coll, BSc PhD Canterbury ScEdD Curtin
Executive Officer
Karyn Gibson, BBus CQU

STUDENT ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

Group Manager
Litia Konusi, BA W'gong
Manager-Assessment
Timothy Tuivaga, BA S.Pac
Manager-Enrolment
Totivi Bokini-Ratu, BSc S.Pac.
Manager-Student MIS
Paula Koli, BSc S.Pac., MComp RMIT

CAMPUS LIFE
Group Manager-Campus Life
Glenn Pope, BBu(HR) Qld.
Senior Counsellor
Esther Raudonat, BA Macq. PGDipPsy W.Syd.
Counsellor
Nicholas Fuata, BA PGDipMPA PGDipPsy S.Pac.

67
Career Counsellor & Service Co
Semi Bilitaki, BA S.Pac.
Manager, Disability Resource Centre
Raijieli Bulatale, PGDipGovn. MA(Govn.) S.Pac.

COLLEGE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES

Associate Director
Susan Sela, BA PGDipLit S.Pac.
Subject Coordinator
Veena Bilimoria, BSc GCTT PGDipChem S.Pac.
Rosalia Fatiaki, PGDIPAcct MBA,BCom S.Pac.
Nilesh Kumar, BA PGDip MCom S.Pac.
Titilia Ledua, BA PGDipEd MEd S.Pac.
Sepuloni Lolohea, BEd S.Pac. PGDipSci MEd Melb.
Louisa Manueli, GCTT BA PGDip MA S.Pac.
Shivneel Prasad, BSc PGDipPH MSc S.Pac.
Vijay Prasad, BSc PGDipCIS MCIS S.Pac.
Viliame Qiokata, BSc PGDip S.Pac.
Loriza Rafi, BSc PGDipMath MSc GCTT S.Pac.
Sereana Sasau, BEd PGDipLing S.Pac.
Tokireti Tekerau, BEd S.Pac. MEd James Cook
Semi Tikivili, IDTT FIT BA PGDipDevStu. S.Pac.
Maelin Bhagwan, BA PGCE PGDipHist S.Pac.
Tutor/Coordinator Regional
Carol Aru, BA Newcastle(NSW) PGDipLing GCTT S.Pac.
Lisiate Nuku, BSc Auck. GCTT S.Pac.
Selaphina Ioakim, BEd GCTT S.Pac.
Ronna Hadfield BBusMktg/Mgt MIT, NZ, PGCTT S.Pac.
Florence Auma BSc PGCTT S.Pac.
Instructional Designer
Katarina Foliaki, BA S.Pac. PGCert UCS Qld.
Teaching Assistant
Rehana Bibi, BSc GCEd(Biotech) PGDip S.Pac.
Meresiana Bolaivuna, BSc PGDipAMA S.Pac.
Sharneet Chand, BSc PGDipChem PGDipCC S.Pac.
Esha Chetty, BSc PGDipChem S.Pac.
Shamina Hussein BSc, PGDipCS S.Pac. DTT FNU
Komal Karishma, BA PGDipLit GCTT PGDipEd(TT) S.Pac.
Mohammed Khan, BEd BSc PGDip S.Pac. PGDipEduLead UOF
Asinate Koroi BEd PGDipEd MEd S.Pac.
Avikesh Kumar, BSCGCED(Maths/Phys) PGDip(Maths) S.Pac.
Prem Kumar, BSc S.Pac.
Bale Kurabui, BA PGDipGeo PGCTT S.Pac.
Subashni Lal, PGDip BEd PGCTT S.Pac.
Chetan Maisuria, BSc PGDip S.Pac.
Virendra Prasad, BA PGDipLit S.Pac.

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

Director
vacant

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

68
Shirleen Prasad - BSc PGDip MSc S.Pac.
Barnabas Sahayam, BSc PGDip S.Pac.
Sangeeta Sharma BEd S.Pac. PGDip MA Uni.Fiji
Zena Sherani, BA PGDip PGCTT MA S.Pac.
Sumasafu Sivo, MBA PGDIP BA S.Pac.
Tirisiani Tagivakatini, BA PGCTT PGDipLing S.Pac.
Abitara Takinana, BSc PGDipBio S.Pac.
Iowana Ma'ata Vanavana, BEd BSc PGDipChem S.Pac.
Pita Waqavesi, BEd PGDip S.Pac.
Merewalesi Yee, BEd PGDipGeo S.Pac.
Yogeeta Devi, BEd PGDip S.Pac.
Krishnam Nair, BSc PGDip S.Pac.
Emeli Tolo, BEdHist PGDipHist S.Pac.
Luisa Tegu, PGCTT PGDipEnvChem BES S.Pac.

Vanuatu
Susie Taonaru, BSc UPNG
June Joshua-Brian, BSc UPNG, BSc(VET) Melb.
Brownly Suvwa, BSc S.Pac.
Mildred Boino, BEd UOG

Solomon Islands
Clement Terewauri, BEd UOG
Michael Kuali, BSc PGDipRE PGDipCC S.Pac.
Kerryn Galokale, BEd, MEd Massey
John Paikula, BSc GCEd S.Pac.
Hazel Kopala, BSc S.Pac.
Fatima Situvavini, BSc S.Pac.
Mary Maedia, BSc S.Pac.
Catherine Liolea, BA GCED S.Pac.
Primo Ugulu, BA S.Pac.

Kiribati
Tiante Tarakia, BSc S.Pac. MSc Murd.
Iorita Uatioa, BEd S.Pac.

Tonga
Mele Faoliu, PGDipEd S.Pac. BSc TESOL BYU
Fangufangumana Latu, BSc S.Pac. PGC Teaching TIOE
Lofan Tupou, BSc S.Pac.

Samoa
Jenny Bennet-Tuionetoa, BA S.Pac.

CENTRE FOR FLEXIBLE LEARNING

Pro-Vice Chancellor Flexible Learning and Director of Centre for Flexible Learning
vacant
Senior Instructional Designer
Valentine Hazelman, BBus(HRM) PGCertEdTech MEdTech S.Qld.
Instructional Designer
Irene Yee Chief, BEd S.Pac. BSpecEd Monash MEd UNISA. PhD NMSU
Jane Kanas, BA PGDipLing MALing S.Pac.

69
Alanieta Lesuma-Fatiaki, BA S.Pac.
Neelam Narayan, BEd(Sc) S.Pac. PGCert EdOnline USQ, MEdOnline S.Qld.
Deepak Prasad, BTech BA S.Pac. PGCertEdTech MEdTech S.Qld. MIP QUT
Pita Tuisawau, BA GCTT S.Pac.
Learning Designer
Deepak Bhartu BSc PGDip(CS/IS) MCIS S.Pac.
Eroni Racule BEd PGDip MA(Gov) S.Pac.

Learning Systems Administrator

Varunesh Rao, BSc PGDipCS MCIS S.Pac.
Learning Systems Developer
Rajneel Totaram, BSc PGDipCS S.Pac.
Assistant Learning Systems Developer
Sanjeet Chand, BSc(CS&IS) S.Pac.
Manager, Multimedia
Javed Yusuf, BSc S.Pac. MEdTech S.Qld.
Multimedia Developer
Rona Finiasi, BSc S.Pac.

Pacific TAFE
Director
Hasmukh Lal, BEd PGDip(Edu) MEd S.Pac.
Training Coordinator
Pasirio Kitione, BHospMgt Auck. UT MBA S.Pac.
IT Training Coordinator
Dennis Sen, BSc PGDip(CS) S.Pac.
Manager Operations
Nilesh Kumar, BA PGDip(Com) MCom S.Pac.
Quality Coordinator
Anu Rekha Mani, BEd S.Pac. PGDipEd UoF
Student Coordinator
Praneel Dayal, BEd BCom PGDip(Com) S.Pac.

OFFICE OF THE DEPUTY VICE-CHANCELLOR (RESEARCH

& INTERNATIONAL)
Deputy Vice-Chancellor (R&I)
Derrick Armstrong, BPhil Lond. MEd PhD Lanc.
Research Office
Director of Research
Jito Vanualailai, BSc S.Pac. ME Ryukyus PhD Kobe

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

Learning Systems Manager

Dhiraj Bhartu, BInfTech C.Qld. PGDip MCIS S.Pac. (Acting Director)

70

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

Project Officer
Vacant
Research Data Analyst
Karuna Reddy, BSc PGDipMA MSc S.Pac.
Research Skills Development
Heena Lal, Bsc PGCert MSc GCTT S.Pac.
Systems Analyst/Programmer
Harsh Saini, BSc PGDipCS S.Pac.
USP International
Manager, USP International
vacant
Project Coordinator Jenesys
Ilana Burness, BA S.Pac. MHRD Syd.
PACIFIC CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
(PaCE-SD)
Professor in Climate Change & Director
Elisabeth Holland, BS MS PhD Colorado
Deputy Director
Morgan Wairiu, BAgr PNG PGCert Lond. MSc Aberd. PhD Ohio
Manager, Administration
Nirupa Ram-Tokuma, BSc PGDipEnvSci S.Pac. MEMDV ANU
Research Fellow
Viliamu Iese, BEd PGDipBio MSc S.Pac.
Lecturer
Awnesh Singh, BSc PGDipPhy. MSc PGDipMS GCTT PGDipTT S.Pac. PhD LEGOS
Teaching Assistant
Moleen Nand, BSc PGDip MSc S.Pac.
Diana Salili, BSc PGDip S.Pac.
Linda Vaike, BSc PGDip S.Pac.
EUROPEAN UNION PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND VOCATIONAL EDUCATION
TRAINING (EU-PacTVET) ON SUSTAINABLE ENERGY (SE) AND CLIMATE CHANGE
ADAPTATION (CCA)
Senior Lecturer
Tess Martin, BA PGD Curtin MA PhD W.Aust.
Helene Jacot Des Combes, BNatSc MSc PhD Universite de Lille
Regional Coordinator (TVET)
Leigh-Anne Buliruarua, BSc Victoria UT PGDipEnvSci S.Pac.
EUROPEAN UNION GLOBAL CLIMATE CHANGE ALLIANCE PROJECT (EUGCCA)
Project Team Leader
Patrina Dumaru, BA Vic.(Aust.) PGDIP S.Pac. MDevStud PhD Melb.
Project Manager
Aliti Koroi, BA PGDip S.Pac.

71
Lecturer
Keith Morrison, BE Cant. PhD Lincoln(NZ)
Antoine De Ramon N'Yeurt, BSc PGDipMS MSc PhD S.Pac.
Research Fellow
Peter Nuttall, BSocSci MSocSc Waik. PhD Well.

Junior Research Fellow (Technical)

Siu I Fanga Pouvalu, BA PGDEnvStud. S.Pac.
Project Finance Officer
Roneel Kumar, BA S.Pac.
Information Technology Officer
Jaynesh Kumar, BSc(CS/IS) S.Pac.
In-Country Project Coordinator
Semi Masilomani, BSc S.Pac. - Fiji
Moses Asitarau, BSc PGDipCC - Solomon Islands
Birtha Richmond-Togahai, BA S.Pac. GDipLT Tech.NZ MED S.Qld.- Niue
Pelenise Alofa, - Kiribati
Dustin H Langidrik - Marshall Islands
Tyrone Deiye - Nauru
Tessa Koppert, MSc Netherlands - Timor Leste
Tevita Faka'osi, BA Atenisi - Tonga
Tapulolo'u Tuailemafua, BA S.Pac. PGDipAgrS Qld. MApplSc W.Syd.- Samoa
Carol Emaurois, - Palau
Pyare Pain, MAMgt PNG UNRE - Papua New Guinea
Vaine-Iriano Wichman, Cook Islands
Teuleala Manuella Morris, MSWAP Qld. - Tuvalu
William Bani Arudovo, PGDipMEnvManDev ANU - Vanuatu
Betty Sigrah FSM
USAID COASTAL COMMUNITY ADAPTATION PROJECT (C-CAP)
Community Liaison Officer
Teddy Fong, BA S.Pac.
Community Liaison Specialist
Timoci Naivalulevu, BSc PGDip S.Pac.
Community Mobilizer
Tuverea Tuamoto, BSc PGDEBI S.Pac. - Fiji
vacant - Nauru
vacant PNG
Yvette Tari, B.A S.Pac. - Vanuatu
Timaio Auega, B.ComS.Pac. - Tuvalu
Cecilia Amosa, BScS.Pac. - Samoa
Vivolyn Stanley, BScS.Pac. - Solomon Islands
Toaki Arinoko, BEdPNG - Kiribati
Unaloto Puloka, PGCertHRM MBA S.Pac. - Tonga

STAFF OF THE UNIVERSITY

Monitoring and Evaluation Officer

Tupeope Samani, BEnvSc MBA S.Pac.

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

72

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER

EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE) PROGRAMME
REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS
The Pacific Technical and Further Education (Pacific TAFE) offers high quality skills based
qualifications that lead to entry and para professional employment opportunities, career
advancement and pathways for higher studies. All qualifications are clustered in three (3)
disciplines namely Business, Tourism & Hospitality, Education & Humanities and Technology &
Environment.

BUSINESS, TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY PROGRAMMES

1.0 PROFESSIONAL DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
1.1 Admission Requirements
To be admitted to this programme a person shall have:
(I) Five (5) or more years of work experience and pass in Senate recognised Form 6/Year 12 or
equivalent with English; and
(ii) Support letter from employer stating work experience and responsibilities
1.2 Courses
This programme comprises 6 courses which is made up of 4 core courses; CEB61, CEB62, CEB63,
CEB64; and 2 courses to be selected from the 4 electives; CEB65, CEB66, CEB67 and CEB68.

2.0 DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTING (LEVEL 5)

2.1 Admission Requirements
To be admitted to this programme a person shall have:
(i) Pass in Senate recognised Form 6/Year 12 or equivalent with English and Accounting; or
(ii) Two years or more relevant work experience with pass in Senate recognised Form 6/Year 12
or equivalent with English; or
(iii) Completed relevant certificate IV level from recognised institutions; or
(iv) Met the mature student admission criteria
2.2 Courses
This programme comprises 13 courses which are CEA41, CEA42, CEA43, CEA44, CEA45, CEO44,
CEA51, CEA52, CEA53, CEA54, CEA55, CEA56 and CEA57

3.0 DIPLOMA IN OFFICE MANAGEMENT (LEVEL 5)

3.1 Admission Requirements
To be admitted to this programme a person shall have:
(i) A pass in Senate recognised Form 6/Year 12 or equivalent with English; or
(ii) Two years or more relevant work experience with pass in Senate recognised Form 6/Year 12
or equivalent with English; or
(iii) Completed relevant Certificate IV level from recognised institutions; or
(iv) Met the mature student admission criteria

73

4.0. DIPLOMA OF PROJECT MANAGEMENT (LEVEL 5)

4.1 Admission Requirements
To be admitted to this programme a person shall have:
i) Two (2) years of work experience with pass in Senate recognized Form6/Year 12 or
equivalent with English or;
ii) Five (5) or more years of relevant work experience with employer recommendation and/or
sponsorship if criteria (i) not met.
This programme comprises 8 courses which are CEP41, CEP42, CEP43, CEP44, CEP51, CEP52,
CEP53, and CEP54.

5.0. DIPLOMA OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (LEVEL 5)

5.1 Admission Requirements
To be admitted to this programme a person shall have:
i) Pass in Senate recognized Form6/Year 12 or equivalent with English; or
ii) Met the mature student admission criteria.
This programme comprises 13 courses which are CEH41, CEH42, CEH43, CEH44, CEH45, CEH46,
CEH51, CEH52, CEH53, CEH54, CEH55, CEH56, and CEH57.

6.0 CERTIFICATE IV IN PROJECT MANAGEMENT PRACTICE

6.1 Admission Requirements
To be admitted to this programme, a person shall have:
(i) Pass in Senate recognised Form 6/Year 12 or equivalent with English; or USP Preliminary
studies with English and a minimum of two years work experience.
6.2 Courses
This programme comprises 4 courses which are CEP41, CEP42, CEP43 and CEP44

7.0 CERTIFICATE IV IN OFFICE MANAGEMENT

7.1 Admission Requirements
To be admitted to this programme, a person shall have:
(i) Pass in Senate recognised Form 6/Year 12 or equivalent with English; or
(ii) Minimum two years relevant work experience for mature students with pass in Senate
recognised Form 6/Year 12 or equivalent with English; or
(iii) Met the mature student admission criteria
7.2 Courses
This programme comprises 6 courses which are CEO41, CEO42, CEO43, CEO44, CEO45, and
CEO46

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

3.2 Courses
This programme comprises 13 courses which are CEO41, CEO42, CE043, CEO44, CEO45, CEO46,
CEO51, CEO52, CEO53, CEO54, CEO55, CEO56 and CEO57

74

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

8.0 CERTIFICATE IV IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

8.1 Admission Requirements
To be admitted to this programme, a person shall have:
(i) Pass in Senate recognised Form 6/Year 12 or equivalent with English; or
(ii) Two years relevant work experience for students who do not meet criteria (i).
8.2 Courses
This programme comprises 6 courses which are CEH41, CEH42, CEH43, CEH44, CEH45 and
CEH46

9.0 CERTIFICATE IV IN ACCOUNTING

9.1 Admission Requirements
To be admitted to this programme a person shall have:
(i) Pass in Senate recognised Form 6/Year 12 or equivalent with English and Accounting; or
(ii) Two years or more relevant work experience with pass in Senate recognised Form 6/Year 12
or equivalent with English; or
(iii) Completed relevant certificate IV level from recognised institutions; or
(iv) Met the mature student admission criteria
9.2 Courses
This programme comprises 6 courses which are CEA41, CEA42, CEA43, CEA44, CEA45 and
CEO44

10.0. CERTIFICATE IV IN COMMERCIAL COOKERY

10.1 Admission Requirements
To be admitted to this programme a person shall have:
i) Pass in Senate recognized Year 12/ Form 6 or equivalent with English or;
ii) Successful completion of a Level II/III Cookery qualification from a national provider or;
iii) Met the mature student admission criteria
This programme comprises 9 courses which are CETH31, CETH32, CETH33, CETH34, CETH35,
CECC41, CECC42, CECC43, and CECC44.

11.0 CERTIFICATE III IN COMMERCIAL COOKERY

11.1 Admission Requirements
To be admitted to this programme, a person shall have:
(i) Pass in Senate recognised Form 6/Year 12 or equivalent with English; or
(ii) Two years or more relevant work experience with pass in Senate recognised Form 6/Year 12
or equivalent with English; or
(iii) Recommendation letter from the employer with financial study support for those who do not
meet criteria 1 and 2 with applicants' detailed CV and three professional referees.
11.2 Courses
This programme comprises 5 courses which are CETH31, CETH32, CETH33, CETH34 and CETH35

75

12.1 Admission Requirements

To be admitted to this programme, a person shall have:
(i) Pass in Senate recognised Form 6/Year 12 or equivalent with English; or
(ii) Two years or more relevant work experience with pass in Senate recognised Form 6/Year
12 or equivalent with English; or
(iii) Recommendation letter from the employer with financial study support for those who do not
meet criteria 1 and 2 with applicants' detailed CV and three professional referees.
12.2 Courses
This programme comprises 8 courses which are CETH41, CETH42, CETH43, CETH44, CETH45,
CETH46, CETH47 and CETH48

EDUCATION AND HUMANITIES PROGRAMMES

13.0 CERTIFICATE IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (LEVEL III)
13.1 Admission Requirements
To be admitted to this programme, a person shall have:
(i) A pass in Senate recognised Form 4/Year 10 or equivalent with English and must be 18
years and over; or
(ii) Met the mature student admission criteria; or
(iii) Three (3) years early childhood teaching experience.
13.2 Courses
This programme comprises 5 courses which are CEE31, CEE32, CEE33, LLP14 and LLP13.
Exemptions to students from doing both Preliminary English courses that have passed Year 12
and 13 English with 60%.

14.0 CERTIFICATE IV IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION & CARE

14.1 Admission Requirements
To be admitted to this programme a person shall have:
a. Pass in Senate recognised Form 6/Year 12 or equivalent with English; or
b. Completed Certificate in Early Childhood Education (Level 3);or
c. Three years relevant work experience; or
d. Met the mature student admission criteria.
14.2 Courses
This programme comprises 6 courses which are CEE41, CEE42, CEE43, CEE44, CEE45, and CEE46

15.0 CERTIFICATE IN COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT (LEVEL III)

15.1 Admission Requirements
To be admitted to this programme a person shall have:
(i) Pass in Senate recognised Form 4/Year 10 or equivalent with English and must be 18 years
and over; or
(ii) Relevant work experience in Community Development; or
(iii) Met the mature student admission criteria

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

12.0 CERTIFICATE IV IN HOSPITALITY OPERATIONS (EVENTS, FOOD

& BEVERAGE AND FRONT OFFICE)

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

76
15.2 Courses
This programme comprises 5 courses which are CEC31, CEC32, CEC33, LLP14 and LLP13. LLP14
to be completed before LLP13.

16.0 CERTIFICATE IN LIBRARY/INFORMATION STUDIES (LEVEL IV)

(This programme is offered in partnership with University Library)
16.1 Admission Requirements
To be admitted to this programme, a person shall have:
(i) A pass in Senate recognised Form 6/Year 12 or equivalent with English; or
(ii) Relevant work experience; or
(iii) Met the mature student admission criteria.
16.2 Courses
This programme comprises 5 courses which are CEL41, CEL42, CEL43, CEL44, and CEL45

17.0 CERTIFICATE IV IN PROFESSIONAL TRAINING, ASSESSMENT &

EVALUATION
17.1 Admission Requirements
To be admitted to this programme a person shall have:
(i) A pass in Senate recognised Form 6/Year 12 or equivalent with English; or
(ii) Extensive workplace, TVET or adult training experience with recommendation from the
employer
17.2 Courses
This programme comprises 4 courses which are CET41, CET42, CET43 and CET44

TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMMES

18.0 CERTIFICATE IV IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (SUPPORT)
18.1 Admission Requirements
To be admitted to this programme a person shall have:
(i) Pass in Senate recognised Form 6/Year 12 or equivalent with English; or
(ii) Minimum of two years of relevant work experience; or
(iii) Met the mature student admission criteria
18.2 Courses
This programme comprises 6 courses which are CEI41, CEI42, CEI43, CEI44, CEI45, and CEI46

77

19.0 DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (LEVEL 5)

19.2 Courses
This programme comprises 13 courses which are CEI41, CEI42, CEI43, CEI44, CEI45, CEI46,
CEI51, CEI52, CEI53, CEI54, CEI55, CEI56 and CEI57
19.3 Students exiting either 18.0 Certificate IV in Information Technology (Support) Programme
or 19.0 Diploma in Information Technology (Level 5) Programme has to complete compulsory
International Computer Driving License (ICDL) Testing.

20.0 CERTIFICATE IV IN FISHERIES ENFORCEMENT AND COMPLIANCE

20.1

Admission Requirements

To be admitted to this programme a person shall have:

(i) A Pass in Senate recognised Form 6/Year 12 or equivalent with English and 2 years relevant
work experience
(ii) Met the mature student criteria with relevant work experience.
This programme comprises 4 courses which are CEFC41, CEFC42, CEFC43 and CEFC44.

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

19.1 Admission Requirements

To be admitted to this programme a person shall have:
(i) Pass in Senate recognised Form 6/Year 12 or equivalent with English; or
(ii) Two years of relevant work experience with pass in Senate recognised Form 6/Year 12 or
equivalent with English; or
(iii) Completed the relevant Certificate III or IV from recognised institutions.
(iv) Met the mature student admission criteria

78

COLLEGE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

COLLEGE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES

PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND
REGULATIONS
Note:
(i)

The Ministry of Education, Fiji, removed the scaling of F6 /Y12 and F7/ Y13 marks in 2015
and as a consequence, USP lowered its admission marks from 250 to 200 marks out of
400. For persons who sat the F6 /Y12 or F7/ Y13 Examination prior to 2015, the applicable
admission marks and associated admission requirements will apply.

1.0 PRE-DEGREE PROGRAMMES

1.1
1.2

The College of Foundation Studies offers two programmes at the pre-degree level: the
Preliminary Programme and the Foundation Programme.
These pre-degree programmes provide progressive pathways to higher programmes
at USP. Although the pre-degree programmes are offered in all regional USP member
countries, there are qualifications offered at schools in USP member countries that are
regarded as equivalent to the USP Preliminary and Foundation programmes and these are
listed below.

Country

Form 6 or Preliminary level

Form 7 or Foundation level

Cook Islands

NZ NCEA* Level 2

NZ NCEA* Level 3

Kiribati

SPBEA** PSSC***

SPBEA South Pacific Form 7

Fiji

Fiji School Leaving Certificate/ Y12

Fiji Seventh Form Examination/ Y13

Marshall Islands

No equivalent

RMI Foundation

Nauru

QSCE

QSCE

Niue

NZ NCEA Level 2

No equivalent

Samoa

SPBEA PSSC

NUS Foundation Certificate

Solomon Islands

SPBEA PSSC

SPBEA Form 7

Tokelau

No equivalent

SPBEA Form 7

Tonga

SPBEA PSSC

SPBEA South Pacific Form 7

Tuvalu

SPBEA PSSC

No equivalent

Vanuatu

SPBEA PSSC

SPBEA South Pacific Form 7

* NZ National Certificate of Educational Achievement

** South Pacific Board for Educational Assessment
*** Pacific Senior Secondary Certificate
Key: Level Equivalence
Level 1: Form 5
Level 2: Form 6
Level 3: Form 7

79

2.0 FORM 6 AND FORM 7 EQUIVALENT EXAMINATIONS

The general admission requirements from the equivalent examinations are as follows:
Form 6 Equivalent Examinations

A person seeking admission on the basis of a Form 6 or equivalent examination shall have:
(a) in the Fiji Year 12 Certificate Examination in 2015 and thereafter, achieved:

(i)
an aggregate of not less than 200 marks out of 400; and

(ii)
at least 50% in each of four subjects, one of which is English; or
(b) in the SPBEA Pacific Senior Secondary Certificate, achieved:

(i)
an aggregate of not more than 3 in English plus three other subjects;

and

(ii)
not more than 4 in any of the four subjects; or
(c) passed the two preliminary English and six other courses in the USP Preliminary
Programme; and
(d) completed studies at Form 6 level deemed equivalent to the above.

2.2

Form 7 Equivalent Examinations

A person seeking admission on the basis of a Form 7 or equivalent examination shall have:
(a) in the Fiji Year 13 Examination in 2015 and thereafter, achieved:

(i)
an aggregate of not less than 200 marks out of 400; and

(ii)
at least 50% in each of the four subjects, one of which is English; or
(b) in the South Pacific Board for Education Assessment (SPBEA) South Pacific Form
Seven or Year 13 Certificate, achieved:

(i)
at least three B grades and one C grade in four subjects; and

(ii)
at least a C grade in English; or
(c) in the New Zealand National Certificate of Educational Achievement (NCEA),
achieved at least 62 credits at Level 3 or higher, including at least 16 credits at Level
3 in each of three subjects and 14 credits at Level 3 in English.
(d) been awarded a National University of Samoa Foundation Certificate; or
(e) completed the requirements for a USP Certificate in Foundation Studies; or
(f) completed studies at Form 7 level deemed equivalent to the above.

3.0 PRELIMINARY PROGRAMME

3.1

The Preliminary programme provides a pathway into the USP Foundation Programme.
Students from USP member countries who have not performed well in their Form 6 (or
equivalent) examinations can take Preliminary courses under the Bridging arrangement,
with the aim of moving on to a Foundation Programme. The Preliminary programme also
prepares mature entrants who have been out of the school system for a number of years
and do not have the basic entry requirements to pursue tertiary studies.
Admission Requirements for Preliminary Programme
(a)

To be admitted to a Preliminary Programme, a person shall have successfully

Completed Form 5 or an equivalent examination. Such persons must submit a
satisfactory school report and reference from the School Principal when applying for
admission.

COLLEGE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

2.1

80

COLLEGE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

(b)
Failure to Meet USP Requirement

(i)
Persons Scoring 200 or More but Passed Less Than

Four Fiji Y12 Subjects

Persons who have taken the Senate-recognised Fiji Y12 Examination in

2015 and thereafter and obtained a score of 200 or above but failed to

obtain:



50% or more in one or more of the Fiji Y12 subject(s) and or



the required subject pass mark(s)

shall be admitted to Unclassified Preliminary Studies.

Such persons will be required to register for the Preliminary course(s)

equivalent to the Fiji Y12 subject(s):



failed and/or

may be eligible to register for Foundation course(s) equivalent to the

Fiji Y12 subject(s) passed provided their semester registration does

not exceed four courses.

(ii)

Persons Scoring Between (180 199) and Passed

Less Than Four Fiji Y12 Subjects

Persons who have taken the Senate-recognised Fiji Y12 Examination in

2015 and thereafter and obtained a score between 180 and 199 and
failed to obtain:

50% or more in one or more of the Fiji Y12 subject(s) and or

the required subject pass mark(s)
shall be admitted to Unclassified Preliminary Studies.
Such persons will be required to register for the equivalent Preliminary
year-long course(s) equivalent to the Fiji Y12 subject(s):

failed and/or
may be eligible register for Foundation course(s) equivalent to the Fiji
Y12 subject(s) passed provided their semester registration does not
exceed four courses.
In addition persons scoring in Fiji Y12 English:

between (40 and 49)% will be required to do LLP13

less than 40% will be required to take LLP13 and LLP14.

(iii)

Persons Admitted to the Unclassified Preliminary

Programme

Persons admitted to the Unclassified Preliminary Programme must

meet the following requirements:

Persons who in Fiji Y12 English:



failed and/or



failed to attain the required subject pass mark

must:



first register in the Preliminary English course(s) equivalent

to the Fiji Y12 English



before registering in any other Foundation and or Degree

course(s)

provided their semester registration does not exceed four

courses.

In addition, such persons must first pass the Preliminary English

course(s) in the first semester before attempting Foundation

course(s) in the following semester.

81
(c) Met the mature student admission criteria.
3.2

To complete the Preliminary Programme students must pass LLP13, LLP14 and six other
preliminary courses as follows:
(a) for Preliminary Science: six of BIP02, BIP03, CHP02, CHP03, GEP01, MAP12, MAP13,
PHP02, PHP03, TEP02.
(b) for Preliminary Social Science: six of AFP01, AFP02, ECP01, GEP01, GEP02, HYP01,
MAP11, MAP12, MAP13, PLP01, SOP01.
The Preliminary Programmes are available by distance and flexible learning from all USP
campuses and face-to-face at accredited schools in some USP member countries.
All Preliminary courses have a P as the third character of their course code.

3.3

Science Laboratory Classes

Some Preliminary Science courses include a component of required laboratory work.

Attendance at laboratory classes is compulsory. Students who fail to complete
at least three-quarters of the practical requirements of a course shall be awarded
a fail grade notwithstanding the fact that the student may have total marks for the
continuous assessment and final examination that are equal to or greater than the pass
mark.

3.4

Progression from Preliminary to Foundation

Students intending to pursue Foundation Studies must pass LLP13 and LLP14 and
must be fully aware of admission requirements to the Foundation programme before
registering for Preliminary courses.

4.0 FOUNDATION PROGRAMME

The Foundation Programme forms a pathway to degree-level study at USP. Students

entering the Foundation Programme will normally have passed a University Senateapproved Form 6/Y12 Certificate Examination (or equivalent), or have completed a USP
Preliminary Programme. Students enrol in either the Foundation Science Programme or
the Foundation Social Science Programme, depending on the subjects they studied at
secondary school (or in the Preliminary Programme) and also the degree programme
they want to pursue once they complete their foundation studies. Students hoping to do
a degree at USP or another university on completion of a Foundation Programme should
make sure they register for the prerequisite courses needed for their intended further
studies.

4.1

Admission Requirements for the Foundation Programme

Students who have the required aggregate for admission to a Foundation Programme
but who do not have a pass in Form 6/Y12 Certificate (or equivalent) English must
successfully complete the Preliminary English course(s) before enrolling in USPs
Foundation Programme. Similarly students with the required total for admission to a
Foundation Programme who gain a pass in Form 6/Y12 Certificate (or equivalent) English
but do not have a pass in other required Form 6/Y12 (or equivalent) subject(s), may
need to pass certain preliminary courses before gaining entry into a USP Foundation
Programme.

COLLEGE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Programme Requirements

COLLEGE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

82
(a)

(i)


(ii)
(b)

(i)
















(ii)












(iii)

To be admitted to a Foundation Programme a person shall have:

passed a Senate-recognised Form 6/Y12 Certificate Examination or
equivalent examination; or
met the mature student admission criteria.
A person admitted under clause (a) above with:
A Fiji Y12 Certificate in 2015 and thereafter must have:
an aggregate of not less than 200 marks out of 400 with at least
50% in English and in three other subjects;
for entry into the Foundation Science Programme, a person

must have an aggregate of not less than 200 marks out of 400
with at least 50% in English, Mathematics and in at least two
subjects from agricultural science, biology, chemistry, geography,
physics and technical drawing or any other approved subject.
for entry into the Foundation Social Science Programme, a person
must have an aggregate of at least 200 out of 400 with at least 50%
in English and in any three of the following subjects:
accounting, agricultural science, economics, geography, history,
mathematics or any other approved subject.
A Pacific Senior Secondary Certificate, must have:
not more than 3 in English; and
for entry into the Foundation Science Programme, individual attainment
in mathematics, and at least two subjects from agricultural science,
biology, chemistry, geography and physics shall not be above a grade
of 4; or
for entry into the Foundation Social Science Programme, individual
attainment in English and in any three subjects from accounting,
agricultural science, economics, geography, history, mathematics and
sociology shall not be above a grade of 4.
A Full Preliminary programme, must have:
LLP13 and LLP14; and
for entry into the Foundation Social Science, six Preliminary courses; or
for entry to Foundation Science, MAP12 and MAP13, plus four other
Preliminary Science courses.

4.2 Programme Requirements

To complete the Foundation Programme students must pass LLF11 and LLF14 plus six
other Foundation courses as follows:
(a)

for Foundation Science: must pass six of AGF01, BIF02, BIF03,

CHF02, CHF03, CSF12, GEF01, ISF21, MAF11, MAF12, PHF02, TEF02, TEF03,
except that in the case of biology, chemistry, mathematics or physics a pass in both
courses in the same subject is required;

(b) for Foundation Social Science: students must pass six of AFF01, AFF02, CSF12,
ECF04, GEF01, GEF02, HYF01, ISF21, LLF21, LLF22, LLF23, MAF11, MAF12,
MAF21, OSF01, PLF01, SOF01, SOF02.

The USP Foundation Programmes are available by flexible learning from all USP
campuses, and face-to-face at Laucala Campus and at accredited schools in some USP
member countries.

83

All Foundation courses have an F as the third character of their course code.
Science Laboratory Classes

Some Foundation Science courses include a component of required laboratory work.

Attendance at laboratory classes is compulsory. Students who fail to complete at least
three-quarters of the practical requirements of a course shall be awarded a fail grade
notwithstanding the fact that the student may have total marks for the continuous
assessment and final examination which are equal to or greater than the pass mark.

4.4

Progression from Foundation to Bachelor Degree Programmes

Students planning to continue to bachelors degree studies at USP on completion

of a Foundation Programme need to take into consideration the special admission
requirements for certain majors (Accounting, Economics, Law, Information Systems, etc.)
and seek academic advise on these before registering for Foundation courses. A pass
in LLF11 and LLF14 is required for admission to degree studies from the full Foundation
Programme.

COLLEGE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

4.3

PACIFIC CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT

(PaCE-SD) PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

84

PACIFIC CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENT AND

SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT (PaCESD) PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND
REGULATIONS
The Pacific Centre for Environment and Sustainable Development (PaCE-SD) works with all
faculties across the University to offer a postgraduate programme in climate change. This
programme includes:
A postgraduate diploma in climate change (PGDip CC) that consists in the completion of four
400-level courses
A MSc in climate change based on a research thesis
A PhD in climate change based on a research thesis
Because of the cross-cutting aspect of climate change and of the specificity of the region, the
courses under the PGDip CC and the MSc and PhD research thesis cover a broad range of topics,
from climate sciences to the social, financial and economic aspects of climate change, traditional
knowledge and the integration of climate change and disaster risk management.
Because of this, research students under the climate change programme are encouraged to
collaborate with external co-supervisors from other USP faculties and/or other universities.

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN CLIMATE CHANGE

(PGDip CC)
Admission Requirements
To be admitted in the Postgraduate Diploma in Climate Change either full-time or part-time, a
candidate must have a Bachelors degree from a recognised tertiary institution with a GPA of
at least 3.0.
Candidates with GPA above 2.5 may be considered in exceptional cases, but will have to
complete one or two 400-level courses under an unclassified programme before enrolling in
the PGDip CC. Depending on the grade obtained by the students these courses will either
remain qualifying courses or be credited in the PGDip CC programme. Factors relevant to
considering applications may also include professional experience.

85

The courses in the Postgraduate Diploma in Climate change are:

PC414, PC415 (core courses) plus any two of the following:

PC424, PC425, PC426, PC428 (offered by PaCE-SD),
BI442, EC415, DG414, EV402, EV405, GE407, GE409,
LW452, PH407, PH414, PH416, PL400, PL402, SC400 and
other relevant courses with the approval of the director of
PaCE-SD.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CLIMATE CHANGE (MSc CC)

The Masters programme consists of a thesis.
To be admitted in the MSc CC, a candidate must have a Postgraduate Diploma in a relevant topic
from a recognised tertiary institution with a GPA of at least 3.0.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN CLIMATE CHANGE (PhD CC)

The Pacific Centre for Environment and Sustainable Development offers a Doctor of Philosophy
(PhD) in Climate Change, covering the topics taught at Post-Graduate level at the Centre. Students
interested in progressing from a Masters programme to doctoral studies are advised to contact
the Centre Director directly. The Admission and Programme Regulations governing the Doctor of
Philosophy appear in page 107 of this publication.

PACIFIC CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT

(PaCE-SD) PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Courses

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

86

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE

PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND
REGULATIONS
Notes:
(i) The Ministry of Education, Fiji, removed the scaling of F6 /Y12 and F7/Y13 marks in 2015
and as a consequence, USP lowered its admission requirement from 250 to 200 marks
out of 400. For persons who sat the F6 /Y12 or F7/Y13 Examination prior to 2015, the
previous admission requirement and associated admission requirements will apply.
(ii) For the purposes of these regulations, the Certificates, Diplomas and Bachelors
qualifications referred herein are academic qualifications pegged at Level 7 in the
Fiji Qualifications Framework which is aligned to the Australian and New Zealand
Qualifications Frameworks.

1.0

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE AND CREDITS

1.1

New Undergraduate Degree Structure

In the context of introducing 4 mandatory University Courses (UU100, UU114, UU200,
and UU204), the Council approved a new degree structure from 2013 comprising of 24
courses in an 8-8-8 structure.

1.2

Credit Points System

(a) A credit point is the equivalent of 25-30 hours learning time.
(b) All undergraduate courses have a credit point value of 7.5 credit points.
(c) All postgraduate courses have a credit point value of 15 credit points or multiples
thereof (e.g., 30, 45, 60 cr.).
(d) For the purposes of assessing fees for a full time student, an
Academic Year is defined as 60 credit points.
(e) To be eligible for the award of a Certificate (Certificate Level 7)
qualification students will complete a minimum of 45 credit points, including at least
22.5 credits for courses at Level 7.
(f) To be eligible for the award of the Diploma (Diploma Level 7)
qualification students will complete 60 credit points from Level 5 or above, including
at least 37.5 credits for courses at Level 7.
(g) To be eligible for the award of a Bachelors Degree a student must
complete at least 180 credit points for a three year degree and 240 credit points
for a four year degree (achieved at Levels 5 & 7, including at least 37.5 credits for
courses at Level 7).
(h) To be eligible to the award of a Postgraduate Certificate a student must complete
a minimum of 22.5 credits points (achieved at Levels 7 & 8, including at least 22.5
credits for courses at Level 8.
(i) To be eligible to the award of a Postgraduate Diploma a student must
complete a minimum of 60 credit points (achieved at Levels 7 & 8, including at least
37.5 credits for courses at Level 8).

87

2.0

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMMES

2.1

The Certificate programmes provide relatively short academic courses appropriate to the
acquisition of basic knowledge and operational skills, together with an introduction to the
theoretical aspects of the areas of activity.
Certificate programmes are facilitated through flexible learning. They are also exit
qualifications for those studying full degree programmes.
USP offers a wide range of certificate qualifications, many of which require the completion
of 6 courses while some require 8 courses.
General requirements for admission into certificate programmes follow the admission
requirements for degree programmes and these are:
(a) a pass in a Senate-recognised Form 7 or equivalent examination; or
(b) the completion of a diploma or a degree at a recognised tertiary institution; or
(c) the completion of a qualification that USP recognises for credit transfer; or
(d) through the mature admission criteria.
Special admission requirements, if any, and programme regulations for the certificate
programmes, appear under the Faculty in which the Certificate is offered.

2.2
2.3
2.4

2.5

3.0

DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES

3.1

The Diploma programme is an expansion of the Certificate programme and normally takes
1.5 to 2 years of full-time studies to complete.
Students completing the Diploma may continue into the Bachelor's Degree and,
depending on the major area of study to which a student is admitted, will have courses
transferred as credits from the Diploma to the Bachelor's programme.
Diploma programmes are facilitated through flexible learning. They are also exit
qualifications for those studying full degree programmes.
USP offers a wide range of diploma qualifications, most of which will normally require
the completion of 12 courses. Diploma programmes will also require the successful
completion of 2 100-level University Courses.
General requirements for admission into diploma programmes follow the admission
requirements for degree programmes and these are:
(a) a pass in a Senate-recognised Form 7 or equivalent examination; or
(b) the completion of a diploma or a degree at a recognised tertiary institution; or
(c) the completion of a qualification that USP recognises for credit transfer; or
(d) through the mature admission criteria.
Special admission requirements, if any, and programme regulations for the diploma
programmes, appear under the Faculty in which the diploma is offered.

3.2

3.3
3.4

3.5

3.6

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

(j) To be eligible to the award of a Masters Degree, a student must

complete at least 120 credit points, except where it builds upon 4 years of prior
study successfully completed at Bachelor Degree Level of above, in which case it
can be fewer than 120 credits, but no fewer than 60 credits (all credit points for a
Masters Degree must be achieved at Levels 8 & 9, including at least 22.5 credits
for courses at Level 9).
(k) Credit points are not applied to CFS or Pacific TAFE courses.

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

88

4.0

BACHELOR DEGREE PROGRAMMES

4.1

For students commencing their programmes in 2013, USP will award the following:
3-year Bachelor programmes: 24 courses
Bachelor of Arts
Bachelor of Science
Bachelor of Commerce
Bachelor of Education
Bachelor of Agriculture
4-year Prescribed Bachelor programmes: 31-32 courses
Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical and Electrical/Electronic)
Bachelor of Laws (LLB)
Bachelor of Netcentric Computing
Bachelor of Software Engineering
Bachelor of Commerce in Hotel Management
Bachelor of Arts and Graduate Certificate in Education
Bachelor of Science and Graduate Certificate in Education
Bachelor of Commerce and Graduate Certificate in Education
5-year Combined Bachelor Programmes: (40 courses)
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws
Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Laws
Combined programmes will not be less than 5 years in duration.

4.2

BACHELOR PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS

The 3-year Bachelor programme requires the completion of 24 courses. The 4-year
prescribed programmes require between 31 to 32 courses. The joint programme requires
the completion of a maximum of 40 courses.
Students of a Bachelors degree shall follow a programme of study in 1 or more of the
faculties of the University for a period of not less than 6 semesters. Students who have
been granted credit transfers or exemptions may complete their programme of study in
such lesser time as Senate may permit.
For students admitted to the BAgr, BA, BCom, BEd or BSc each programme of study for
the degree of Bachelor shall consist of 24 courses, which must provide for concentrations
of study in areas to be designated majors and minors. These discipline areas, majors and
minors, shall be chosen from lists and combinations that have been approved by Senate.
The precise number and composition of the majors and minors are approved by Senate.
The structure of the Bachelor degree shall, subject to clause 4.2.3, be:
(a) 24 courses for the 3-year degree, which should include 8 courses

at 100-level, 8 courses at 200-level, and 8 courses at 300-level (8-8-8 structure).

The 4-year degree shall normally have 8 courses in the 4th year of study. The

5-year degree shall have 8 courses each in the 4th and the 5th year of study.

4.2.1

4.2.2

4.2.3

With the permission of Senate, a student may, in order to graduate, substitute

a course at 200-level with 1 at 300-level. Only 1 such substitution will be allowed.
Substitution at the 100-level will not normally be permitted. Students who enroll for
the BAgr may, with the approval of the Head of School, substitute appropriate
elective courses at the 200- and 300-levels taught in other schools or departments;

89

2 or more courses in each of the major disciplines must be at the 100-level;

200-level and 300-level.
4.2.4 The normal full-time course load for a Bachelors degree shall be 4 courses in each
semester. A student will not be allowed to take an overload. The normal part-time work
load would be a maximum of 50% of the full-time course load per semester.
4.2.5 A course is defined as a a component of a discipline, normally 1 semester or trimester
long. The course description is approved by Senate and appears in this Handbook and
Calendar.
4.2.6 No persons shall register in a course unless they have satisfied such prerequisites as
Senate may require for that course. Prerequisites may include:

(a) a pass grade (excluding a Restricted Pass) in a specified or unspecified course at a
lower level; or

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

(b) All students admitted to degree programmes are required to undertake the 4

University courses as part of their programme. These courses are UU100, UU114,

UU200 and UU204. Exemption will only be approved by Senate for accreditation

purposes.
(c) All students admitted to degree programmes (with the exception of LLB) are

required to pass at least 75% of their Programme course requirement at each

level, including university courses, to progress to the next level. i.e. 75% of the

100-level courses required for the programme must be passed before progressing

to the 200-level courses; 75% of 200-level courses required for the programme

must be passed before progressing to 300-level.
(d) Students who are deemed to have failed UU114 but passed the final examination,

may sit a special examination or complete the components of the course which

they have not completed.
(e) All 4-year professional (accredited programmes) will normally require successful

completion of the requirements of the first 3 years of their study before proceeding

to the fourth year of the programme.
(f) Notwithstanding the provision in 4.2.3(c) above, prerequisite requirements will also

be strictly adhered to when progressing within a programme.
(g) Progression within the LLB programme will strictly follow the programme

requirements. Please see LLB information under the Faculty of Arts, Law and

Education.
(h) Subject to clauses 4.4.2 and 4.2.3 (a) above, the BA, BCom and BSc degrees, shall

each be structured so that it consists of either:

(i)
a single major comprising a minimum of 9 courses and a maximum of

12 courses in1 discipline (hereafter referred to as the major discipline),

chosen from the list of disciplines permitted for that Bachelors degree, as

follows:
(a) 2 or more courses must be at the 100-level, and
(b) 2 or more courses must be at the 200-level, and
(c) 3 or more courses must be at the 300-level.

(ii)
a double major comprising a minimum of 6 courses and a maximum of

8 courses in each of two disciplines (hereafter referred to as the major

disciplines), 1 of which is chosen from the list of disciplines permitted

for that Bachelors degree, and the other of which is also chosen from that

list, or, in the case of the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Commerce,

may be chosen from the list for the other of those two degrees, as follows:

90

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

(b) a pass grade in a specified course at the same level.

Notwithstanding these regulations, pre-requisite waivers may be provided under the

following circumstances by the Dean or nominee:

(a) Students in their final semester of studies in which case the pre-requisite and the
course may be taken concurrently in order to complete their studies in that semester.

(b) Students who have failed the pre-requisite with a D grade and take this course
concurrently with the required course.

In addition to these general regulations, some bachelors programmes have specific

regulations. These are listed with the programmes under the Faculty in which they are

offered.

4.3

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

4.3.1 Persons shall be eligible to be admitted to study for a bachelors degree

(except the BEd) if they have:
(a) passed the Fiji Y13 Certificate Examination in accordance with 4.3.2 below or its

equivalent; or
(b) passed the USP Foundation Programme in accordance with 4.3.4 below; or

admission with standing; or
(c) met the mature student admission criteria.
4.3.2 Fiji Y13 Certificate Examination Entrants

To be eligible for admission to degree studies under clause 4.3.1(a), persons who have
taken a Senate-recognised Fiji Y13 Examination in 2015 and thereafter will be required to
obtain a minimum aggregate of two hundred (200) marks in 4 subjects with a minimum
score of fifty percent (50%) each in English and the best 3 subjects. Special admission
requirements also apply for certain degree programmes and are listed under the faculty
in which the programme is offered.
4.3.3 Alternate Pathway to Degree Studies from Fiji Y13

Persons who wish to be admitted to a bachelor's degree but fail to meet the requirements
in 4.3.2 above must first comply with the following requirements:

(a) Persons Scoring 200 or More But Passed Less Than Four Fiji Y13
Subject(s):

Persons who have taken the Senate-recognised Fiji Y13 Examination in 2015 and
thereafter and obtained 200 or above but failed to obtain:
- 50% or more in 1 or more of the Fiji Y13 subject(s) and/or

the required subject pass mark(s)

shall be admitted to Unclassified Foundation Studies.

Such persons will be required to register for the Foundation course(s) equivalent to
the Fiji Y13 subject(s):

- that they failed and/or

- that they failed to attain the required subject pass mark(s)

may be eligible to register for degree course(s) equivalent to the Y13 subject(s)
passed provided their semester registration does not exceed 4 courses.

91

(b) Persons Scoring Less Than 200 and Passed Less Than Four Fiji Y13
Subject(s)

- the required subject pass mark(s)

shall be admitted into Unclassified Foundation Studies.

Such persons will be required to register for the equivalent Foundation
year-long course(s) of the Y13 subject(s):
- failed and/or

- that they failed to attain the required subject pass mark(s)
may be eligible to register for degree course(s) equivalent to the Y13
subjects passed provided their semester registration does not exceed 4
courses.
Special Admission Requirements apply to:
- specific major(s) and/ or minor where applicable such as
Economics, Law, Science and
- programmes such as Bachelor of Netcentric Computing, etc.
as listed under the faculty in which they are offered.

Those applying for:

- a major(s) and/or minor where applicable in Literature,
Linguistics and Journalism and

- Literature & Language as a teaching subject major
will be required to score at least 60% in Fiji Y13 English.

In addition persons scoring in Fiji Y13 English:

- between (40 and 49)% will be required to do LLF11

- less than 40% will be required to take LLF11 and LLF14

(ii)
Persons Scoring Less Than 180 in the Fiji Y13 Certificate

Examination:





(iii)

Persons who have taken the Senate-recognised Fiji Y13 Examination in

2015 and thereafter and obtained less than 180 in 4 subjects irrespective
of whether or not the person attained 50% or above in 1 or more of the Fiji
Y13 subject(s) will be required to register for the Foundation programme.
Persons Admitted to the Unclassified Foundation Programme

Persons admitted to the Unclassified Foundation Programme must meet the

following requirements:
Persons who in Fiji Y13 English

- failed and/or

- failed to attain the required subject pass mark must:

- first register in the Foundation English course(s) equivalent to the Fiji
Y13 English

- before registering in any other Foundation and/or Degree course(s)

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

(i) Persons Scoring Between (180 199) and Passed Less Than
Four Fiji Y13 Subjects
Persons who have taken the Senate-recognised Fiji Y13 Examination in
2015 and thereafter and obtained a score between 180 and 199 and failed
to obtain:

- 50% or more in 1 or more of the Fiji Y13 subject(s) and/or

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

92
provided their semester registration does not exceed 4 courses.
In addition, such persons must first pass the Foundation English course(s)
in the first semester before attempting degree course(s) in the following
semester(s).
4.3.4 To be eligible for admission to degree studies under clause 4.3.1(b) the following criteria
should apply to those who are admitted from the Foundation Programme:
(a) To enter the BA, the BCom, the LLB (other than as a graduate), or the BA/
LLB or BCom/LLB combined programmes, a person must meet the following
minimum requirements:
(i) a grade of C in LLF11 (C+ for LLB) and LLF14; and
(ii) a grade of C in 6 other semester-long courses, provided that in the case
of Mathematics, an average C grade in 2 courses MAF11 and MAF12
(considered a year-long sequence), may be credited as 2 of the 6 required
courses.
(iii) Pre-requisites and Recommended courses for students completing the
Foundation Programme and intending to study at degree level are listed below:
Degree and Major

Compulsory

Bachelor of Agriculture

BIF02, BIF03, CHF02, CHF03

Accounting major

MAF11 or MAF12

Finance major

MAF11 or MAF12

Banking major
Economics major

Recommended

AFF01

AFF01
MAF11, MAF12

Management major

ECF01
CSF12, ISF21

Bachelor of Engineering

C+ in MAF11 and
MAF12, PHF02, PHF03

Bachelor of Laws

C+ in LLF11

Bachelor of Science

MAF11, MAF12

Bachelor of NetCentric Computing

C+ in MAF11 and
MAF12; pass in CSF12

Bachelor of Software
Engineering

C+ in MAF11 and
MAF12; pass in CSF12

Biology major

BIF02, BIF03

Chemistry major

CHF02, CHF03

BIF02, BIF03

Computing
Science major

CSF12, C+ in MAF11
and MAF12

ISF21

Information
Systems Majors

ISF21

CSF12

93

Compulsory

Recommended

Mathematics major

C+ in MAF11 and MAF12

CSF12, ISF21

Physics major

PHF02, PHF03,
MAF11, MAF12

CHF02, CHF03

(b)

Alternative Pathway to Degree Studies from USP Foundation Programme

Persons who wish to be admitted to a Bachelor's degree but fail to meet the
requirementsin accordance with 4.3.4 (a) above must first comply with the following
Unclassified Foundation Programme requirements:
(i) Persons who have attempted and passed 8 foundation courses but failed English,

or Math or any other relevant Foundation course(s) shall be required to repeat the

failed course(s). Such a person may subject to satisfying pre-requisites be allowed

to register for up to 2 degree courses.
(ii) Persons who have attempted 8 foundation courses and passed between 6 and

7 courses will be required to repeat the failed courses. Such a person may subject

to satisfying pre-requisites be allowed to register for 1 degree course.
(iii) Persons who have attempted 8 foundation courses and passed a maximum of

5 courses in the Foundation programme will not be allowed to register for any

degree course.
For disciplines that require the completion of the Foundation courses in both semesters,
(e.g. MAF11 and MAF12 for the Sciences), registration in degree courses will be
restricted until these requirements are met.
For the complete listing of Pre-Requisites and Recommended foundation courses for the
relevant Degree or Discipline, please refer to the table in 4.3.4 (a) (ii) above.
4.3.5 South Pacific Board for Educational Assessment (SPBEA) South Pacific
Form Seven Certificate Entrants

To be eligible for admission to degree studies under clause 4.3.1 (a), persons who have

taken the South Pacific Board for Educational Assessment (SPBEA) South Pacific Form

Seven Certificate examination shall qualify if they obtained:
(a) ACHIEVED or better in English plus 3 other subjects as the general admission

requirements;
(b) ACHIEVED or better in English plus 2 other subjects and MERIT in mathematics

for the Bachelor of Netcentric Computing, Bachelor of Software Engineering, and

majors in CS, Mathematics, Accounting and Economics;
(c) MERIT in English; and ACHIEVED or better in 3 other subjects for admission to

the Law programmes;
(d) MERIT in Physics and Mathematics; and ACHIEVED or better in English, plus

1 other subject for admission to the physics major and to the Bachelor of Engineering

Where a student has a YET TO ACHIEVE as 1 of the 4 subjects included in the

proposed course of study, the student must take the Foundation course for that subject.

The above provision is based on the assumption that the student has successfully

completed the Foundation course.

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Degree and Major

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

94
4.3.6 National Certificate of Educational Achievement (NCEA) Entrants

To be eligible for admission to degree studies under clause 4.3.1 (a), persons who have
completed the National Certificate of Educational Achievement (NCEA) assessment shall
qualify if the person has completed
(a) Minimum of 62 credits to be as follows:
Minimum of 42 credits from 3 Level-3 subjects comprising English with minimum of
14 credits and 2 other Level 3 subjects each with a minimum of 14 credits subject
to (ii) below plus Minimum of 20 credits from Level 2 subjects or above to be made
up of 2 subjects with a minimum of 10 credits each.
(b) For admission to the following programmes and majors the admission requirements
will be as follows:

- Bachelor of Science: The Level 3 subjects will be English, Maths and 1 other
Science subject

- Bachelor of Engineering: The Level 3 subjects will be English, Physics and

Mathematics

- Bachelor of Agriculture: The Level 3 subjects will be English, Chemistry and

Biology

- For majors in Accounting, Economics and Computing Science: The Level 3

subjects will be English, Mathematics and 1 other subject

4.3.7 National University of Samoa Entrants

Admission criteria into degree programmes from the Preparatory Science and Social
Science programmes of the National University of Samoa, Senate has ruled that under
clause 4.3.4 the admission criteria for the USP Foundation students shall be the norm
for the National University of Samoa students for as long as the USP Foundation
prescriptions in each of the courses continue to be used by the National University of
Samoa. In the event of substantial modifications to current National University of Samoa
course prescriptions, these criteria will be reviewed.
4.3.8 Solomon Islands College for Higher Education Entrants

Admission criteria to University programmes from the Foundation Year (Social Science)
of the Solomon Islands College for Higher Education. Senate has ruled that persons
who successfully completed the SICHE Foundation Year Social Science programme are
eligible to be admitted to University studies provided that:
(a) they meet the requirements stipulated under item 4.3.4(a) above (for admission to
non-Science bachelors degree programmes); or
(b) they meet the requirements for admission to other programmes.
This arrangement shall be subject to 2-yearly reviews.
4.3.9 Suva Christian Community High School Form 7 Entrants

To be eligible for admission to degree studies under clause 4.3.1(a), persons who have
completed the Accelerated Christian Education (ACE) Level 3 or Y13 Certificate must
have gained at least 4 Credits in English and 3 other subjects comprising of Literature,
Maths, Science and Social Studies designated Level 3 or Year 13.

For admission to the following programmes and majors the admission requirements will
be as follows:
(a) For the Bachelor of Agriculture the Level 3 subjects will be English, Science (pass in
Chemistry and Biology) and 2 other subjects.
For majors in Accounting and Economics the Level 3 subjects will be English, Maths and
2 other subjects.

95

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

(c) For the Bachelor of Science programme and majors, the initial admission will be
to the Unclassified Studies programme under which students will be required to
undertake MAF12 with 3 degree level courses.
(d) For admission to majors in Physics, Maths and Computing Science and to the
Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Software Engineering and Bachelor of
Netcentric Computing students are required to pass MAF12 with a B grade under
(c) above.
4.3.10 American International Christian School Form 7 Entrants

To be eligible for admission to degree studies under clause 4.3.1(a), persons who have
taken the American International Christian School Form 7 examinations shall qualify if
they:
(a) pass 5 year-long courses; and
(b) pass the LLF11 and LLF14 examination, for which they are not required to register
or pay fees; and
(c) for admission to programmes and majors requiring passes in a Senate-
recognised Form 7 examination or equivalent in any of mathematics, biology,
chemistry or physics or any other particular subject, they must also pass the
equivalent USP Foundation courses.
4.3.11 University of Southern Queensland Entrants

To be eligible for admission to degree studies under clause 4.3.1(a), persons shall qualify
who have completed, at the University of Southern Queensland:
(a) the UNIPREP Year, if the person had been admitted to the UNIPREP Year from
a Senate-recognised Form 7 examination or equivalent with an aggregate
mark between 220 and 249, and has attained at least a C grade in each of the 4
required subjects; or
(b) Foundation Year, if the person has attained at least a C grade in each of the 10
required courses; and
(c) also pass the equivalent USP Foundation course, for admission to programmes and
majors requiring passes in a Senate-recognised Form 7 examination or equivalent in
any of mathematics, biology, chemistry or physics or any other particular subject.
4.3.12 Global Assessment Certificate Entrants

To be eligible for admission to degree studies under clause 4.3.1(a) persons who have
taken the Global Assessment Certificate shall qualify if they have:
(a) an overall GPA of at least 2.5 and a minimum GPA of 2.5 in each subject taken; and
(b) for admission to programmes and majors passes in the Senate-recognised Form
7 examination or equivalent in any of mathematics, biology, chemistry or physics
or any other particular subject, have also passed the equivalent USP Foundation
courses.
4.4
Admission Requirements for International Applicants

International applicants are those who are citizens of non-USP member countries.
4.4.1 English Language Requirement

All international applicants from non-native English speaking countries must meet the
Universitys English language requirements for admission. When examination scores are
used to demonstrate English proficiency, these scores must have been attained within
2 years of the date of application for admissions. USP accepts the following methods as
evidence of proficient English language skills:

96

ENGLISH
EXAM OR
PREPARATION

FOUNDATION

DIPLOMA AND
UNDERGRADUATE

POSTGRADUATE

5.0 overall
(minimum of 5.0 in
writing)

6.0 overall
(minimum of 6.0 in
writing)

6.5 overall
(minimum of 6.5 in
writing)

Paper - 417 overall

(minimum of 52
in writing)

Paper - 497 overall

(minimum of 59
in writing)

Paper - 550 overall

(minimum of 61
in writing)

Computer - 107
overall (minimum
of 20 in writing)

Computer - 170
overall (minimum
of 25 in writing)

Computer - 213
overall (minimum
of 26 in writing)

iBT 35 overall

iBT 60 overall

iBT 79 overall

(minimum of 14 in
writing)

(minimum of 22 in
writing)

(minimum of 24 in
writing)

Overall score of 42
with no score less
than 35

Overall score of 50
with no score less
than 42

Overall Score of 58
with no score less
than 50

Cambridge
Certificate in
Advanced
English

47 overall

52 overall

58 overall

International
Baccalaureate

Standard Level
score of 5 or higher

Higher Level score

of 4 or higher

N/A

At least two years

of full-time study
at the secondary
education level
where the medium
of instruction was
English

At least three years of

full-time study at the
secondary education
level where the
medium of instruction
was English.

N/A

N/A

At least one year of

full-time study at the
undergraduate level,
where the medium
of instruction was
English.

At least two years of

full-time study at the
undergraduate level,
where the medium
of instruction was
English.

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

IELTS

TOEFL

Pearson Test of
Academic English

Secondary
Education
.

Tertiary
Education

* Applicants who fail to meet the English language requirement for admission into a
USP programme, but meet all other admission requirements may be entered into a

97

Bridging/ Unclassified Programme.

** Applicants to Preliminary Studies must demonstrate the equivalency of an IELTS score
of 4.0.

COUNTRY/
INSTITUTION

FOUNDATION

DIPLOMA AND
UNDERGRADUATE

POSTGRADUATE

Successful
completion of Year
11

Australian Certificate of
Education, successful
completion of Year
12 (Satisfactory in all
subjects)

Satisfactory
completion of a
Bachelor degree
from a recognised
tertiary institution

Bangladesh

Successful
completion of the
Higher School
Certificate (HSC)/
Intermediate
Certificate

Completion of Higher
School Certificate
(HSC) with First
Division Pass (60% )
or a minimum overall
grade point average
of 3.0

Satisfactory
completion of a
Bachelor degree
from a recognised
tertiary institution

Brazil

Successful
completion of
Diploma de Ensino
Mdio

Completion of Diploma
de Ensino Mdio with
an average grade of
70%

Satisfactory
completion of a
Bachelor degree
from a recognised
tertiary institution

Canada

Successful
completion of Year
11

Completion of
Provincial High School
Diploma with an
average grade of 60%

Satisfactory
completion of a
Bachelor degree
from a recognised
tertiary institution

Australia

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

4.4.2 Academic Equivalencies Guidelines

For admission into USP, international applicants must have completed an educational
qualification considered to be at least equivalent to the regional standards. As a general
guideline, the following international academic qualifications may be evaluated for
admission into The University of the South Pacific.

* Applicants with academic qualifications not listed below will be evaluated on an individual
basis.

98

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

COUNTRY/
INSTITUTION

China

France and
French
Territories

Germany

FOUNDATION

Completion of
the SM2 (Senior
Middle 2 or Gao
Er) with an average
of 70%

Successful
completion
of Secondary
schooling
equivalent to the
Fiji Form 6
Successful
completion
of Secondary
schooling
equivalent to the
Fiji Form 6

DIPLOMA AND
UNDERGRADUATE

POSTGRADUATE

Completion of
Certificate of
Graduation (High
School or Gao San)
plus a minimum of
one years study at a
recognised university,
or completion of Senior
Middle 3 with an
average of 85% in four
academic subjects, or
a minimum of 65% on
the National University
Entrance Examination
(Gao Kao)

Successful
completion
of a 4-year
undergraduate
degree from
a recognised
tertiary institution,
endorsed according
to the Regulations
Concerning
Academic Degrees
in the Peoples
Republic of China

Successful completion
of the Baccalaurat

Completion of Abitur
or Fachhochschulreife,
Zeugnis der
Allgemeitten
Hochschulreife or
Reifezeugnis with a
passing grade

Satisfactory
completion of a
Bachelor degree
from a recognised
tertiary institution

Satisfactory
completion of a
Bachelor degree
from a recognised
tertiary institution

99

COUNTRY/
INSTITUTION

FOUNDATION

India

Successful
completion
of Secondary
schooling
equivalent to the
Fiji Form 6

International
Schools

International
Baccalaureate
Certificate with
a minimum of
Satisfactory in two
subjects

Japan

Successful
completion of High
School Second
Year

Korea,
Republic of

Successful
completion of High
School Second
Year

POSTGRADUATE

Completion of the
Hong Kong Diploma of
Secondary Education
with a minimum level
of 3 in all four core
subjects and two
electives, or Hong
Kong Advanced
Level Examination
with a minimum of 2
Advanced Level passes
(minimum grade
of E) and 3 passes
(minimum grade of
E) on the Hong Kong
Certificate of Education
Examination

Satisfactory
completion of a
Bachelor degree
from a recognised
tertiary institution

All India Senior School

Certification or Higher
School Certificate
or Pre-University
Certificate (10+2) with
minimum average of
75% in best 4 subjects

Satisfactory
completion of a
Bachelor degree
from a recognised
tertiary institution

International
Baccalaureate Diploma
with a minimum of 24
points

N/A

Successful
completion of the
Upper Secondary
School Certificate of
Graduation (Kotogakko
Sotsugyo Shomeisho)

Satisfactory
completion of a
Bachelor degree
from a recognised
tertiary institution

Completion of
Immumgye Kodung
Hakkyo Choeupchang
with an average grade
of Mi

Satisfactory
completion of a
Bachelor degree
from a recognised
tertiary institution

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Hong Kong
(SAR)

Successful
completion of
the 12th year of
schooling, or
equivalent to the Fiji
Form 6, or Hong
Kong Diploma
of Secondary
Education: Senior
Middle 2 (Gao Er)
with an average of
70%

DIPLOMA AND
UNDERGRADUATE

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

100

COUNTRY/
INSTITUTION

FOUNDATION

Malaysia

Completion of
Lower 6th in
Secondary School

Nepal

Successful
completion of the
HSC or Proficiency
Certification in Pass
Class

DIPLOMA AND
UNDERGRADUATE

POSTGRADUATE

Completion of Sijil
Tinggi Pelajaran
Malaysia (STPM) with
a minimum grade point
average of 2.0 (4.0
scale)

Satisfactory
completion of a
Bachelor degree
from a recognised
tertiary institution

Successful completion
of the Proficiency
Certificate in First Class

Satisfactory
completion of a
Bachelor degree
from a recognised
tertiary institution

Completion of the
National Certificate
of Educational
Achievement (NCEA)
with a minimum of 80
credits (62 at Level 3)

Satisfactory
completion of a
Bachelor degree
from a recognised
tertiary institution

New Zealand

Successful
completion of
the 12th year of
schooling

Nigeria

Satisfactory
completion of the
Senior Secondary
Certificate
tertiary institution

Successful completion
of the Senior
Secondary Certificate
plus successful
completion of 1 year of
study at a recognised

Satisfactory
completion of a
4-year Bachelor
degree from a
recognised tertiary
institution

Successful
completion of 2
years of Upper
Secondary
schooling

Completion of Vitneml
Fra Videregende
Skole Minimum overall
grade average of 4.0
(6.0 scale)

Satisfactory
completion of a
Bachelor degree
from a recognised
tertiary institution

Completion of the
Higher Secondary
School Certificate with
an average grade of
B or 65% minimum
in each subject, or
GCE A Levels with
a passing grade in 3
subjects

Satisfactory
completion of a
3-year Honours
Bachelor degree
or 4 year Bachelor
degree from a
recognised tertiary
institution

Norway

Pakistan

Successful
completion of GCE
O levels

101

FOUNDATION

DIPLOMA AND
UNDERGRADUATE

Papua New
Guinea

Successful
completion of
the 11th year of
schooling

Completion of the
Higher School
Certificate with a
minimum GPA of B

United States
of America and
Territories

High School
Diploma with a
minimum grade
average of C

5.0
5.1

5.2

5.3
5.4

High School Diploma

with excellent
grades or successful
completion of one
year of studies at an
accredited tertiary
institution.

POSTGRADUATE
Satisfactory
completion of an
Honours Bachelor
degree from a
recognised tertiary
institution
Satisfactory
completion of a
Bachelor degree
from a recognised
tertiary institution

POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATES AND POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS

At postgraduate level, USP offers graduate certificates, postgraduate certificates and
postgraduate diplomas in a range of disciplines. Graduate certificates are offered to
students whose first degree is in a different discipline (whereas postgraduate certificates
and postgraduate diplomas are in the same discipline as the first degree). In most
instances, these can lead to master's degree programmes, and subsequently to a Doctor
of Philosophy (PhD) degree. Most postgraduate courses are available on-campus only.
Graduate Certificate and Postgraduate Certificate courses comprise of 2-3 courses. New
postgraduate students hoping to enrol at the Laucala, Alafua or Emalus Campuses must
first complete an application form, available at any campus or from the USP website.
Students requiring academic counselling can consult staff at their local USP campus or
on-campus academic advisors. Notices about counselling, admission and registration
appear in the local media within each USP member country.
Senates delegate in postgraduate matters (apart from confirming completion of a
programme) is the relevant Faculty Research and Graduate Affairs Committee.
Admission Requirements
Full details and admission requirements for postgraduate certificates appear under the
Faculty in which they are offered.
The general admission requirements for the postgraduate diploma are:
(a) a USP bachelors degree with a grade point average (GPA) of at least 3.0 in the 200
and 300-level courses of the relevant discipline;
(b) a tertiary qualification deemed by Senate or its delegate to be equivalent to clause
(a);
(c) a professional qualification deemed by Senate or its delegate to be equivalent to
clause (a);
(d) in exceptional cases, demonstrated experience or achievement deemed by Senate
or its delegate to be sufficient; or

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

COUNTRY/
INSTITUTION

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

102
(e) eligible under the mature student admission criteria.
Notwithstanding the provisions set out above, Senate or its delegate may require
applicants to demonstrate their suitability for admission by carrying out such work
and/or sitting for such examinations as it may determine. A 400-level course taken
as a qualifying course for the Postgraduate Diploma may become part of a future
postgraduate programme.
Some programmes have additional or exceptional admission or programme
requirements, which have been listed with the programmes themselves under their
respective Faculties
Programme Requirements
Full details and programme requirements for postgraduate certificates appear under the
Faculty in which Master's are offered.

The Postgraduate Diploma is the normal entry qualification for the degree of Master.
(a) The University may award the Postgraduate Diploma in areas of study offered by the
University.
(b) Each Postgraduate Diploma shall have a recognised and consistent structure in
which the core and the optional courses are clearly defined, and shall be approved
by Senate, as listed in the Programmes section of this Handbook and Calendar
under respective Faculties
(c) The maximum period of candidature for the Postgraduate Diploma shall be 2 years
of full-time study or 4 years of part-time study.
(d) Students shall not be allowed, during their candidature for the Postgraduate
Diploma, to suspend their studies for more than 6 months.
(e) A student who has obtained a GPA of at least 3.0 after completing at least 2
courses for the Postgraduate Diploma may apply for admission to the master's
degree programme.
(f) Each programme of study of the Postgraduate Diploma shall consist of a minimum
of 4 courses at 400-level.
(g) A student admitted into the Postgraduate Diploma shall not be allowed to enrol
concurrently in the master's degree programme.

In addition to the above general programme regulations some postgraduate diplomas

have specific regulations.
6.0
MASTER'S PROGRAMME
6.1
A Masters programme is 2 years, worth 120 credit points.
6.2
The degree of Master is normally taken after an appropriate postgraduate diploma, except
in the cases of the:

(a) Master of Environmental Laws (MEL);

(b) Master of Laws (LLM);

(c) Master in Business Administration (MBA); and where a candidate chooses to enrol
directly in the Masters programme, providing that the candidate qualifies for the
relevant postgraduate diploma, the candidate shall be enrolled accordingly, as part
of a special Master programme including courses for the PG Diploma as required.
6.3
Admission Requirements
6.3.1 Persons shall be eligible to be admitted to study for the degree of Master if they have:

(a) obtained an appropriate Postgraduate Diploma of the University of the South Pacific
with a GPA of at least 3.0 for master by Thesis (60 credits); or








5.5

103

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

(b) obtained an appropriate Postgraduate Diploma of the University of the South
Pacific (60 credits) and will do 2 additional postgraduate courses (30 credits) plus a
supervised research project (30 credit points); or

(c) obtained an appropriate Postgraduate Diploma of the University of the South Pacific
(60 credits) and will complete a degree of Master by coursework (60 credit points);
or

(d) obtained from some other tertiary institution a qualification deemed by Senate
or its delegate to be equivalent to the requirements set out in 5.0 (a) above for
programmes or

(e) obtained a Class B International Honours Degree; and an accredited 4-year degree;
or

(f) obtained a professional qualification deemed by Senate or its delegate to be
equivalent to the requirements set out in 6.3.1(a) above.

(g) A student who has obtained a GPA of at least 3.5 after attaining at least 30
credit points in a Postgraduate Diploma programme may apply for admission to the
Master's degree programme. In this case, the student will be required to attain a
further 90 credit points.

(h) An outstanding candidate with the degree of Bachelor of the University of the South
Pacific with a GPA of at least 4.0 in the courses in an appropriate major(s) at the
200- and 300- levels may bypass the Postgraduate Diploma and proceed to
complete the Masters programme by Thesis (120 credits). The candidate may
be required to complete some postgraduate courses as specified on admission to
some Masters programme.

(i) In exceptional cases the University may consider applications from persons who
can demonstrate that they have the experience and achievement relevant to the
proposed programme of study, which Senate or its delegate deems to be sufficient
for the person to pursue the programme at a satisfactory level.

(j) Senate or its delegate may require applicants to demonstrate their suitability for
admission as students for the degree of Master by carrying out such work and/or
sitting for such examinations as it may determine.

(k) Students proceeding to the Thesis for the degree of Master shall enrol provisionally
for a period not exceeding 3 months. Students shall during this period prepare
and develop their Thesis proposal. At the end of this period Senate or its delegate
shall decide whether as a result of the review of the students work the students
enrolment should be confirmed or cancelled.

(l) When the students enrolment is confirmed the date of registration of the student of
the degree of Master shall be the date on which they were enrolled provisionally for
the degree.
6.3.2 Additional or exceptional requirements are not part of the general regulations indicated

above. These are included here under each programme, where such requirements exist.

The composition of each Master programme is indicated per programme. The normal

course load per candidate is 60 credit points per year.
6.3.9 The selection of postgraduate courses if required for the completion of a Master

programme shall be made from the courses for the relevant PG Diploma and Master.

Regulations concerning the presentation of theses and research projects appear after

the Doctor of Philosophy Regulations in this section of the Handbook and Calendar.

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

104
6.4
6.4.1

6.4.2

6.4.3


6.4.4

6.4.5

6.4.6

6.4.7

6.4.8

6.4.9
6.4.10
6,4,11

6.4.12

6.4.13

6.4.14

6.4.15
6.4.16

Programme Requirements for the Masters Programmes

The University may award the degrees of Master approved by the Senate to candidates
who fulfil the requirements.
Admission to the degree of Master shall be in accordance with the Admission
Regulations for the degree.
A period of study and research originally approved for the degree of Master may be
considered for acceptance as part of the period of study for the degree of Doctor of
Philosophy.
Candidates are admitted into the degree of Master following the admission criteria set
out in the Admission Regulations.
Students of the degree of Master shall:
(a) normally be enrolled in one of the faculties of the University ; and
(b) complete a minimum time in residence amounting to 1 semester.
A student of the degree of Master shall follow a programme of study approved by the
Senate
After re-registration students of the degree shall be required to re-enrol each semester
until they have presented their Thesis.
A student of the degree of Master shall following appropriate admission, follow a
programme including:
(a) a Thesis; or
(b) 2 or 3 courses and a Supervised Research Project; or
(c) 2 courses and a Supervised Research Project; or
(d) coursework only.
A Thesis may not contain any material that the student has previously submitted for a
higher degree of any university.
The word limit of a Thesis or a Supervised Research Project, including notes and
bibliography, shall be specified by the relevant faculty.
The Faculty Research and Graduate Affairs Committee shall appoint a supervisor or
supervisors for every student enrolled in a Master with a Thesis or Supervised Research
Project. The principal supervisor shall be a member of the academic staff of the University
and shall be referred to as the principal supervisor.
Tenure of the degree of Master shall be from the date of registration and shall not include
any period during which, with the prior approval of the Faculty Research and Graduate
Affairs Committee, students have been allowed to suspend their studies.
Students may be allowed during their candidature for the degree of Master to suspend
their studies for up to 6 months (being 1 semester) on application showing sufficient
cause to the Chair of the Faculty Postgraduate Committee through their supervisor. Any
appeal arising should be directed to the DVC, Research and International for resolution.
A student suspending his or her studies without prior approval will be considered to have
withdrawn from the programme.
A candidate who having suspended candidature with approval as provided for above in
6.4.12 and 6.4.13 does not resume immediately in the following semester will be considered
to have withdrawn from the programme, and candidature will lapse automatically.
The normal period of candidature for the degree of Master (120 credits) shall be 2 years
full-time study and shall be 4 years for part-time study.
In exceptional cases, a Thesis may be submitted before the normal period of candidature
so long as the credit points requirement has been met and with the approval of the DVC
(R&I) on the recommendation of the Faculty Research Committee.

105

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

6.4.17 If a candidate has not submitted the Thesis after having been enrolled and paid fees for
the equivalent of 2 years full-time or 4 years part-time, the candidature may continue for
a further period of 2 years during which time the Thesis must be submitted;
6.4.18 For the purpose of these regulations, a full-time and a part-time student are defined as
follows:
(a) a full-time student is one who is undertaking no more than 8 hours per week of
paid employment, or where Senate is satisfied the student is not so employed, one
who identifies himself or herself on enrolment as a full-time student; and
(b) a part-time student is one who is undertaking paid employment for more than 8
hours per week, or where Senate is satisfied the student is so employed, one who
identifies himself or herself as a part-time student on enrolment.
6.4.19 Students enrolled in Thesis shall submit to the relevant Faculty Research and
Graduate Affairs Committee at the end of each semester reports on their progress during
the semester just ended. The report shall include a brief plan agreed to by the supervisor
and student for remaining work.
6.4.20 The following procedures shall apply in respect of the presentation of the Thesis.
(a) Students for the degree of Master shall present their Thesis for examination within 4
years (or 6 years in the case of part-time students) of initial enrolment for the degree.
Note: the maximum period for a Masters will be:
- Full time students: 4 years (2 years plus 2 years)
- Part-time students: 6 years (4 years plus 2 years)
(b) Students shall submit 2 copies of their Thesis or Supervised Research Project to the
Faculty Research and Graduate Affairs Committee.
(c) The Thesis or Supervised Research Project may be soft cover or ring-bound for the
purpose of the examination but, before the award of degree, students must deposit
for retention by the University 2 hard-bound copies that have been corrected or
otherwise modified if required by the University.
(d) When the Thesis or Supervised Research Project is forwarded to the examiners
it shall include a statement by the student, accompanied by a certificate from the
internal supervisor, stating that the Thesis or Supervised Research Project is work
carried out by the student under direct supervision of the supervisor.
(e) For a degree of Master the Faculty Research and Graduate Affairs Committee shall,
on the recommendation of the School, appoint 2 examiners for the Thesis, at least
one of whom shall be external to the University.
(f) The Faculty Research and Graduate Affairs Committee shall, on the
recommendation of the School, appoint 2 examiners for the Supervised Research
Project, both of whom may be internal to the University
(g) A supervisor(s) shall not examine a Thesis which he or she has acted as supervisor.
(h) Having considered a students Thesis or Supervised Research Project, each
examiner shall report independently to the Faculty Research and Graduate Affairs
Committee or nominee on the form provided, whether:
(ii) the degree be awarded to the student; or
(ii) Minor or major revisions to the Thesis or Supervised Research Project
be undertaken by the student be verified by the internal supervisor or re-
examined as recommended by the examiners; or
(iii) additional work to the Thesis or Supervised Research Project be undertaken by
the student and the Thesis or Supervised Research Project be re-examined by
the internal examiner (s), or both examiners; or

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

106
(iii) the degree be not awarded to the student.
The examiners shall not consult with each other before presenting their reports.
6.4.21 In submitting his or her report each examiner shall indicate whether or not the student
should be required to undergo an oral, written or practical examination and whether or
not consultation between the examiners should take place. After receiving the reports,
the Faculty Research and Graduate Affairs Committee or nominee shall arrange for any
such examination and/or consultation to take place. Following such examination and/
or consultation, each examiner shall submit a report confirming or amending his or her
original recommendation.
6.4.22 In order to qualify for the award of the degree of Master a student must
(a) complete all the required courses, in a Master by course work only; or
(b) complete all courses taken; and submit a Thesis or Supervised Research Project
adjudged by the examiners to be of at least a pass standard; and
(c) deposit with the University Library of copies of the Thesis or Supervised
Research Project as specified in the Regulations on the Presentation of Thesis
and Supervised Research Project for Higher Degrees. The University Library
must confirm in writing to the relevant Faculty Research and Graduate Affairs
Committee that the requirements have been met and that the required copies of the
Thesis or Supervised Research Project have been received by the Library.
6.4.23 After considering the recommendations of the examiners, where the Master's programme
involves a Thesis or Supervised Research Project, together with the comments thereon
from the relevant Faculty Research and Graduate Affairs Committee, Chair of the
Academic Programmes Committee shall decide:

(a) to award the degree; or

(b) not to award the degree; or

(c) to permit the student to submit either an amended or a re-written Thesis within
such further period as may be prescribed; or

(d) to take such actions as it deems appropriate (which may include appointment of an
external arbitrator).

(e) Where substantial concurrence is not achieved by the examiners, the Dean, on the
recommendation of the Faculty Research and Graduate Affairs Committee may
appoint an external arbitrator.

(f) If any of the external or internal examiners rejects a Thesis, the revised Thesis must
be sent back to that examiner for reconsideration.

(g) If agreement still cannot be reached at the Faculty Research and Graduate Affairs
Committee, the case shall be referred to the Academic Programmes Committee with
a full brief.
6.3.24 A student will not be permitted to submit a substantially re-written Thesis on more than
one occasion after the original submission.
6.3.25 The Academic Programmes Committee may, in respect of any recommendation made
under Clause 6.3.20(h)(ii), specify the period within which such additional work shall be
completed, and the Thesis re-submitted.
6.3.26 Where the degree is awarded, the area of study shall be included in the title of the degree.
6.3.27 Where students believe that proper procedures have not been followed to reach a
decision, they may appeal on the grounds of improper procedures to the Vice-Chancellor
and President.

107
7.0
7.1

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
USP offers a Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in most disciplines taught at postgraduate
level at USP. Students interested in progressing from a Masters programme to doctoral
studies are advised to contact the relevant Faculty Dean. The Admission and Programme
Regulations governing the Doctor of Philosophy appear in the appropriate section of this
publication.
7.2
The degree of Doctor of Philosophy is offered in all faculties.
7.3
Students interested in progressing from a Masters programme to doctoral studies are
advised to contact the relevant Faculty Dean.
7.4
Admission Requirements
(a) Any person who has been admitted by a Senate-recognised university to
a degree of Master or to a degree of Bachelor with First Class Honours shall,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Admission Regulations, be eligible
to apply for registration as a student of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy and,
if the application is approved, to be so registered.
(b) Applications for registration should be made to the Vice-Chancellor or delegate or
nominee and should include details required by the prescribed form, and a research
proposal.
(c) The Vice-Chancellor or delegate or nominee shall forward the application
for registration to the Secretary of the relevant committee which shall make
a recommendation to Senate or its delegate. A recommendation for registration
shall include the proposed name(s) of 1 or more supervisors.
(d) Senate or its delegate shall determine whether the application for registration shall
be approved and, if so, determine the date of registration.

(e) Students for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy shall register provisionally for
a period not exceeding 6 months. Students shall, during this period, proceed with
preparation and development of the thesis. At the end of this period Senate or its
delegate shall on the recommendation of the appropriate Postgraduate Committee
decide whether as a result of the review of the students work the students
enrolment should be confirmed or cancelled.
(f) Where the students enrolment is confirmed, the date of registration of the student
of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy shall be the date on which he or she was
enrolled provisionally for the degree.
(g) Transfer of registration from Masters degree to PhD degree:
(i) Senate or its delegate may approve a students application to transfer
their registration from a Masters degree to a PhD degree after a minimum
period of 1 years work on the Masters thesis provided that the student has
submitted documents indicating :
(a) how the original Masters thesis proposal would be upgraded to PhD level;
and
(b) the work completed to date for the Masters thesis; and
(c) how the work completed to date would support the proposed transfer.
(ii) The date of the PhD registration for a student transferred under clause (a) shall
be the date of provisional registration for the Master's degree and shall not
include the period of enrolment for the postgraduate diploma.
(iii) The regulations for PhD students shall apply from the date the transfer was
approved.

108

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

7.5

DETAILED PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS

(a) Administration
A student of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) shall be enrolled in one of
the Faculties of the University.
(b) Residence
Students enrolled for a PhD programme are required to complete time in
residence amounting to a minimum of 2 semesters. Students may apply to Senate
or its delegate for exemption from the residence requirement. Grounds for such
exemption may include: demonstrable advanced research experience
approximating doctoral standard, access to the means and materials of research
facilities elsewhere, and capacity to communicate with a USP supervisor on an
adequate basis or such grounds as seem valid. Notwithstanding the granting of
exemption, a student may be required to visit USP for face-to-face consultation
if in the judgement of the supervisor and approval of Senate or its delegate there
are compelling reasons.
(c) Supervisors
Senate or its delegate shall appoint a supervisor or supervisors for every
doctoral student. The supervisor or one of the supervisors shall be a member of the
academic staff of the University and shall be referred to as the university supervisor.
(d) Responsibilities of PhD Students
(i) After registration every student of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy shall be
required:
(a) to re-enrol each year until the thesis has been presented; and
(b) to pursue courses of advanced study and research at the University to the
satisfaction of Senate or its delegate and of his or her university supervisor
for a period of at least 2 and a half years from the date of registration,
during which the student shall work on advanced study and research
full time, provided that Senate or its delegate may permit a student to
pursue his or her studies at another institution for such period as it shall
determine, and provided also that:
(i) laboratory work may be carried out in an approved institution outside
the University for such period or periods as may be determined by
Senate or its delegate; and
(ii) field work may be carried out at such places and for such periods as
may be determined from time to time by Senate or its delegate; and
(c) to submit a thesis embodying the results of the research and to satisfy any
requirements for oral, written, practical or other work that may be required
by Senate or its delegate.
(ii) Students shall submit to Senate or its delegate twice each year, at the end of
the first semester and in January, a report on their progress with the thesis
during the semester just ended. The report shall also have comments by
the supervisor and, if necessary, comments by the student on the observations
made by the supervisor.
(e) Part-time Students
The University may accept part-time students for the degree if in its opinion the
student will have adequate opportunity to pursue research. The minimum period
for such study for part-time students shall normally be 4 years from the date of
registration.

109

(v) The maximum period of candidature for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy
shall be 5 years of full-time study and 7 years of part-time study.
(iv) If a candidate has not submitted the thesis after having been enrolled and paid
fees for the equivalent of 4 years full-time or 7 years part-time, candidature may
continue on a non-payment, non-supervisor basis for a further period of up to
3 years. The thesis may then be submitted at any time during this period on the
payment of an examination fee.
(g) Submission of thesis for Examination
(i) A student who has fulfilled the conditions prescribed in these regulations may
apply to the Vice-Chancellor or delegate or nominee to have the thesis examined.
(ii) Students shall supply with this application 3 copies of the thesis in a form
prescribed by Senate or its delegate.
(iii) The thesis may be soft cover or ring-bound for the purpose of the examination
but, before the award of the degree, students must deposit for retention by
the University 2 hardbound copies (3 in the case of students of Alafua
or Emalus Campuses) that have been corrected or otherwise modified if
required by the University.
(iv) Before a student submits a thesis the University supervisor must be satisfied
that the student has completed his or her programme of advanced study and
that the conditions specified in Clauses 6.4 and 6.6 have been fulfilled, and
a certificate to this effect from the university supervisor shall accompany the
thesis when it is submitted.
(v) Where there is disagreement over this certificate between the university
supervisor and the student, the relevant Faculty Committee shall make
an appropriate recommendation to Senate or its delegate.

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

(f) Candidature
(i) Tenure of candidature for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy shall be from the
date of registration and shall not include any period during which, with the prior
approval of Senate or its delegate, students have been allowed to suspend their
studies.
(ii) Students may be allowed during their candidature for the degree of Doctor
to suspend their studies for up to 12 months in total (being 2 semesters,
which need not be consecutive) on application showing sufficient cause to
the Chair of the Faculty Postgraduate Committee through their supervisor. Any
appeal arising should be directed to the PVC, Research and International for
resolution. A student suspending his or her studies without prior approval will
be considered to have withdrawn from the programme.
(iii) A candidate who, having suspended candidature with approval (as
provided for in 6.1 and 6.2 above), does not resume in the immediately
following semester will be considered to have withdrawn from the
programme, and candidature will lapse automatically.
(iv) The minimum period of candidature for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy shall
be 3 years of full-time study and 4 years of part-time study.

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

110
(vi) The thesis shall represent a substantial and original contribution to knowledge
and may consist of either published or unpublished material or a combination
of both, except in the case of a thesis presented in the Faculty of Arts and
Law or Faculty of Business and Economics, where the report shall not consist
exclusively of previously published work. The thesis should contain evidence of
originality, independent critical ability and matter suitable for publication.
(vii) The thesis may not contain any material that the student has previously
submitted for a higher degree of any university.
(viii)A thesis (including notes and bibliography) shall not normally exceed
100,000 words in length.
(h) Examiners of thesis
(i) Senate or its delegate shall appoint 3 examiners, one of whom shall normally
be internal to the University. The other 2 examiners shall be persons not on the
staff of the University.
(ii) Persons involved in the supervision of the thesis shall not be engaged as
examiners.
(i) Reports by Examiners of Thesis
(i) The Vice-Chancellor or delegate or nominee shall submit a copy of the thesis
and a copy of the Report Form to each examiner.
(ii) Prior to reporting, the examiners may require the student to undergo such
oral, written or practical examinations as they may specify to the Vice-
Chancellor or delegate or nominee.
(iii) The examiners shall not consult with each other before presenting their reports.
(iv) Each examiner shall submit a full written report to the Vice-Chancellor or
delegate or nominee on the form provided and shall specify whether:
(a) the degree be awarded to the student; or
(b) the degree not be awarded to the student; or
(c) additional work on the thesis or the topic thereof or both be undertaken by
the student and the thesis be re-examined by the internal examiner; or
(d) the student undertake substantial revisions to the thesis and the thesis be
re-examined by all examiners.

(j) The reports of the examiners shall initially be considered by the relevant Faculty
Committee, which shall make recommendations to Senate or its delegate.
(k) Decisions on Recommendations of Examiners
(i) After considering the recommendations of the examiners, together with the
comments thereon from the relevant Faculty Committee, Senate or its delegate
shall decide
(a) to award the degree; or
(b) not to award the degree; or
(c) to permit the student to submit either an amended or, subject to clause
12.2 below, a re-written thesis within such further period as may be
prescribed; or
(d) to take such other action as it deems appropriate (which may include the
appointment of an external arbitrator).

111

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

(ii) Where substantial concurrence is not achieved by the examiners Senate or its
delegate may appoint an external arbitrator. The report of the external arbitrator
shall be forwarded to the Vice-Chancellor or delegate or nominee who will
submit it to Senate or its delegate for consideration. The delegated committee
may report its findings to Senate for further guidance.

(l) Resubmission
(i) Senate or its delegate may, in respect of any recommendation made under
9.4 (c) and (d), specify the period within which such additional work shall be
completed, and the thesis resubmitted.
(ii) A student shall not be permitted to submit a substantially re-written thesis on
more than one occasion after the original submission except in exceptional
circumstances, with the express approval of Senate. Senate may permit the
student to revise the thesis and resubmit it for examination on one further
occasion only, and specify the period within which it must be resubmitted.
(m) Condition for Award of the Degree
Students satisfying the requirements for award of the degree as prescribed in
these regulations will not be awarded the degree until they satisfy the requirement
for the deposit with the University Librarian of copies of the thesis or supervised
project as specified in the Regulation on the Presentation of Thesis or Supervised
Research Project for Higher Degrees. To satisfy this requirement the University
Librarian must confirm in writing to the Vice-Chancellor or delegate or nominee that
the required copies of the thesis have been received by the Library.
8.0
HIGHER DEGREE DISSERTATION PRESENTATION DEADLINES
8.1
Permission to submit dissertations may, in exceptional cases, be granted until up to the
following extended deadlines:
(a) Supervised Research Project
by Head of School or Department informally, until the end of the week before the
next semesters Enrolment Week; formally, up to 1 further semester (but the student
shall in this case be required to re-register and pay fees for that extended semester
before their Project shall be received and assessed).
(b) A Masters Thesis
by Head of School or Department informally, until the end of the week before the
next semesters Enrolment Week; formally, up to 1 further semester (but the student
shall in this case be required to re-register and pay fees for that extended semester
before their thesis shall be received and assessed).
(c) A PhD Thesis
by Head of School or Department informally, until the end of the week before the
next semesters Enrolment Week; formally, up to 1 further semester (but the student
shall in this case be required to re-register and pay fees for that extended semester
before their thesis shall be received and assessed).
(d) Once a Supervised Research Project or thesis has been submitted for
examination, and the student has no other coursework or other requirements
to complete, the student is not required to register or pay any fees while
awaiting the outcome of the examination, or while making any minor corrections to
the thesis as required by the examiners before the final copy is submitted.
However, if the examiners require that the Supervised Research Project or thesis be
resubmitted for re-examination, the student must re-enrol for 1 further semester in
order to complete the resubmission of the Supervised Research Project or thesis.

112

UNDERGRADUATE AND POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

9.0
9.1

9.2
9.3

9.4

9.5


9.6

THESIS PRINTING, BINDING AND LODGEMENT REGULATIONS

These regulations are complementary to, and shall be read in conjunction with, the
programme regulations for individual postgraduate degrees and the Guidelines on the
Format and Style for the Presentation of Theses at the University of the South Pacific.
Every thesis or Supervised Research Project shall be presented in print and electronic
form as required by the University, using the referencing style required by their faculty.
For the purposes of examination the student shall submit 3 copies of their PhD thesis or 2
copies of their Masters thesis or Supervised Research Project to the Vice-Chancellor or
delegate or nominee. The copies may be soft-cover or ring-bound for this purpose.
For the award of the degree, the student shall provide to the Faculty copies of the thesis
or Supervised Research Project, corrected and/or modified according to directions of the
University, as follows:
(a) 2 hard-bound copies for those enrolled at Laucala Campus, or 3 hard-bound copies
for those enrolled at Alafua or Emalus Campus; and
(b) an electronic copy in CD or DVD format.
The Faculty should distribute the copies as follows:
(a) 1 copy with the University Library on Laucala Campus;
(b) 1 copy with the appropriate Faculty of the University; and
(c) 1 copy for the Library at Alafua or Emalus Campus, for those enrolled at those
campuses. (The Laucala Campus Library will accept and forward copies for the
Alafua or Emalus Campus Libraries).
The hard-bound copies of the thesis or Supervised Research Project
(a) be signed on the Declaration of Authenticity page by the student; and
(b) contain a statement of the students restrictions regarding accessibility.
The copyright for the thesis or Supervised Research Project shall remain with the author.

113

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMMES
VOCATIONAL CERTIFICATE PROGRAMMES
CERTIFICATES IN LAW
Two Certificates in Law are offered as vocational programmes, in the areas of criminal law and civil
law, which have a focus on paralegal studies. The programmes are for those students who do not
require degree-level knowledge of the law, but who may be working in a legal field and wish to
know more about specific areas of the law in which they work, and of the law in general.
This programme will only be offered as special country projects meeting specific
national needs with particular cohorts in a country. Countries must secure funding for the certificate
or diploma to be offered as a project or have a minimum enrolment of 15 students.

ACADEMIC CERTIFICATE PROGRAMMES

CERTIFICATE IN SOCIAL AND COMMUNITY WORK
Programme Requirements
The Certificate in Social and Community Work consists of 6 courses.
Courses:

UU100, UU114, SW100, SW101, SO100; plus 1 x 100-level

course.

CERTIFICATE IN NON-FORMAL EDUCATION

The Certificate in Non-Formal Education is designed to develop an ideological base for nonformal education practices and examines the psychology of adult learning, the principles of group
dynamics and techniques of teaching adults.
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to the Certificate in Non-Formal Education a person shall have:
a)

a pass in a Senate recognised Form 7 or equivalent; or

b)

at least two years' teaching or related employment experience; or

c)

met the mature entry admission criteria.

Programme Requirements:

The Certificate in Non-Formal Education consists of 6

courses.

Courses:

ED152, ED153, ED158, ED258, ED358; plus 1 x 200- or

300-level Education course.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

114

CERTIFICATE IN POLICING

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Special Admission Requirements

This introductory programme is designed for serving and potential police officers, and for those
interested in understanding and contributing to the function of police in a civil society.
To be admitted to the Certificate under the mature age criteria, a person shall be judged on
training qualifications including police recruit training, successful completion of other in-service
and professional development programmes, years of service, and recommendation/support from
the students respective Commissioner of Police. In addition, mature age students would normally
have at least 10 years service in a variety of areas in policing including experience as a police
supervisor/manager or equivalent.
Programme Requirements:

The Certificate in Policing consists of 6 courses.

Courses:

UU100, UU114, PP101, PP201; plus 2 other x 100-level

courses.

CERTIFICATE IN TEACHING (PRIMARY)

This programme will only be offered as special In-Country project meeting specific
national needs with particular cohorts in a country. Countries must secure funding for the
certificate to be offered as a project.
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to a Certificate in Teaching (Primary) a person shall have:
a)

at least three years of primary teaching experience as an untrained teacher

b)

a letter of recommendation from the respective head teacher

c)

special permission, which may be granted by the Head of School.

Programme Requirements:

The Certificate in Teaching (Primary) consists of

8 courses, including school practicum experience.

Courses:

ED100, ED115, ED116, ED150, ED152, ED153, ED170,

ED183 or ED184.

115

This programme will only be offered as special In-Country project meeting specific
national needs with particular cohorts in a country. Countries must secure funding for the
certificate to be offered as a project.
Note: The Certificate in Teaching (Secondary) will be a staircase into the Diploma in Teaching
(Secondary) and the Bachelor of Education (Secondary) programmes.
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to a Certificate in Teaching (Secondary) a person shall have
a)

at least a three years' teaching secondary experience as an untrained teacher

b)

a letter of recommendation from the respective head teacher

c)

special admission, which may be granted by the Head of School.

Programme Requirements:

The Certificate in Teaching (Secondary) consists of 8

courses, including school practicum experience.

Courses:

ED150, ED152, ED153, ED154, ED170, ED183 or ED184,

plus 2 x 100-level courses for the intended teaching
subject major from those listed for the Bachelor of
Education in-service (Secondary).

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

CERTIFICATE IN TEACHING (SECONDARY)

116

DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES
FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

DIPLOMA IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to the Diploma in Early Childhood Education a person shall have:
a)

gained a pass in a Senate recognised Form 7 or equivalent examination; or

b)

obtained at least a B+ grade or better in Certificate in Early Childhood Education (CECE)

and a B or better in LLF11 or LLF14; or

c)

met the mature entry admission criteria.

Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Early Childhood Education consists of 12

courses.

Courses:

UU100, UU114, ED152, ED153, ED103, ED204, ED205,

ED206, ED250, ED252, ED302; plus a 200- or 300-level
Education course recommended by Head of School of
Education.

DIPLOMA IN EDUCATIONAL EVALUATION AND ASSESSMENT

Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to a Diploma in Educational Evaluation and Assessment a person shall have:
a)

at least two years teaching experience after obtaining a diploma or degree from a
recognised Teachers College; or

b)

met the mature student admission criteria.

Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Educational Evaluation and Assessment

consists of 12 courses.

Courses:

UU100, UU114, ED152, ED153, ED154, ED252, ED254,

ED255, ED354 and ED359 plus 2 x 200- or 300-level
courses.

DIPLOMA IN EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP AND CHANGE

Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to a Diploma in Educational Leadership and Change, a person shall have at least
two years teaching experience after obtaining a certificate, diploma or degree from a recognised
Teachers college
Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Educational Leadership and Change

consists of 12 courses.

117
Courses:

DIPLOMA IN LIBRARY/INFORMATION STUDIES

Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to a Diploma in Library/Information Studies a person shall have:
a)

passed a Senate-recognised Form 7 or equivalent examination including English; or

b)

met the mature student admission criteria, which normally include at least
three years experience in a library, and a pass in LLF11 or equivalent; or

c)

completed an L/IS Certificate in Basic Skills in Library/

Information Studies, and a pass in LLF11 or equivalent.

d)

Certificate graduates must pass the first Diploma course, LS101 Introduction to
Library/Information Studies, before enrolling in other L/IS courses.

Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Library/Information Studies consists of 12

courses.

Courses:

UU100, UU114, LS101, LS102, LS203, LS204, LS205,

LS310; plus 4 x degree-level courses.
No new enrolment from 2016

DIPLOMA IN MULTILINGUAL STUDIES

Special Admission Requirements:
The Diploma in Multilingual Studies is a joint programme in Education offered by the School of
Education of the University of The South Pacific (USP), the Department of Arts and Humanities
of the University of New Caledonia (UNC) and the School of Language and Humanities of the
University of Mauritius (UM).
Note:
(i)

The students of the programme are in-service teachers who have already attained their
teaching qualifications and are mainly from francophone countries.

(ii)

The duration of the programme is three to six months.

(iii)

As a special country cohort project it is offered to those students who have English or
French Language in their pre-service education.

(iv)

The programme takes a blended mode of delivery including face-to-face, print, online with
Moodle platform and satellite.

Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Multilingual Studies consists of 8 courses/

modules of which three are from USP, three from UNC
and two from UM.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

UU100, UU114, ED191, ED192, ED255, ED291, ED292,

ED359, ED391 plus 3 x 200- or 300-level courses in
consultation with Head of School of Education.

118
Courses:

USP courses are ED153, ED255 and ED215

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

No new enrolment from 2016

DIPLOMA IN PACIFIC JOURNALISM

Special Admission Requirements:
This programme is designed for working journalists, media personnel and people in related
professions such as press relations or press attachs. Selection for admission to the programme
is on the basis of a portfolio and an interview, and credits or exemptions may be granted on the
basis of at least one years relevant work experience.
Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Pacific Journalism consists of 12

courses. Students specialise in print, radio or television
at 200-level. Students must pass the first years core
journalism courses or demonstrate sufficient industry
experience before undertaking second year intensive
practical courses.

Courses:

UU100, UU114, JN101, JN103; plus one of JN201 or

JN202 or JN203; plus UU200, UU204, JN301, JN302,
JN303; plus 2 x 200- or 300-level courses

DIPLOMA IN POLICE MANAGEMENT

This programme is an intermediate level programme in policing and police management developed
for serving and potential police officers, and for others interested in understanding and making a
contribution to policing in a civil society.
To be admitted to the diploma under the mature age criteria, a person shall be judged on training
qualifications including police recruit training, successful completion of other in-service and
professional development programmes, years of service, and recommendation/support from the
students respective Commissioner of Police. In addition, mature age students would normally
have at least 10 years service in a variety of areas in policing including experience as a police
supervisor/manager or equivalent.
Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Police Management consists of 12

courses.

Courses:

UU100, UU114, PP101, SO100, MG101, PP201, PP202,

plus 5 x degree-level courses.

DIPLOMA IN PROSECUTIONS
Special Admission Requirements
Candidates who have completed a USP Certificate in Law or equivalent shall also be eligible for
entry to the Diploma in Prosecutions programme.

119
The Diploma in Prosecutions consists of 12 courses.

Courses:

UU100, UU114, LW110, LW111, LW112, LW113, LW205,

LW206, LW207, LW307, LW393, LW334 or other courses
with the approval of the Head of School or nominee.

DIPLOMA IN SOCIAL AND COMMUNITY WORK

Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Social and Community Work consists of

12 courses.

Courses:

UU100, UU114, SW100, SW101, PS103, UU204, UU200,

SW200, SW201; plus 3 x 100-level or 200-level courses.

DIPLOMA IN SPECIAL AND INCLUSIVE EDUCATION

Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to the Diploma in Special and Inclusive Education a person shall have:
a) gained a pass in a Senate-recognised Form 7 or equivalent examination; or
b) obtained at least a B grade in a relevant Special Education Certificate or equivalent; or
c) met the mature entry admission criteria.
Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Special and Inclusive Education consists

of 12 courses.

Courses:

UU100, UU114, ED152, ED153, PS101, ED170, ED208,

ED209, ED210, ED250 plus 2 x 200- or 300-level
Education courses.

DIPLOMA IN TEACHING (SECONDARY)

This programme will be offered only as a special In-Country project meeting specific
national needs with particular cohorts in a country. Countries must secure funding for the diploma
to be offered as a project.
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to the Diploma in Teaching (Secondary) a person shall have:
a)

completed the requirements for a USP Certificate in Teaching (Secondary); or

b)

at least three years' secondary teaching experience as an untrained teacher

c)

a letter of recommendation from the respective principal

d)

special admission, which may be made by the Head of School.

Note: The Diploma in Teaching (Secondary) will be a staircase into the Bachelor of Education
(Secondary In-Service) Programme. The programme consists of 12 courses including the 8
courses for the Certificate in Teaching (Secondary).

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Programme Requirements:

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

120

Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Teaching (Secondary) consists of 12

courses.

Courses:

UU100, UU114, ED152, ED153, ED154, ED183 or ED184,

plus 2 x 100-level courses in the subject major, ED250,
ED252, plus 2 x 200-level courses in the subject major

DIPLOMA IN VERNACULAR LANGUAGE (FIJIAN)

Special Admission Requirements:

A working knowledge of Fijian.

Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Vernacular Language (Fijian) consists of

12 courses.

Courses:

UU100, UU114, LL161, LL162, LL261, LL262, LL362;

plus one 100-level course from LL102, LL104, LL122 or
another 100-level course approved by the Head of School
or nominee; plus LL215, LL331 and 2 x 200- or 300-level
courses.

DIPLOMA IN VERNACULAR LANGUAGE (HINDI)

Special Admission Requirements:

A working knowledge of Hindi and Devanagari script.

Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Vernacular Language (Hindi) consists of

12 courses.

Courses:

UU100, UU114, LL171, LL172, LL215, LL271, LL272,

LL371, LL372; plus one 100-level course and 2 x 200- or
300-level courses.
No new enrolment from 2016

121

GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN EDUCATION

The Graduate Certificate in Education (GCEd) programme provides a professional secondary
teaching qualification for graduates in a discipline that is a secondary teaching subject, who
aspire to become teachers or who are currently teaching. Most of the courses for the GCEd
are offered by distance and flexible learning and the programme can be completed in one year
provided students have already passed ED152 and ED153 before commencing full-time study.
Students doing the BA or BCom or BSc at USP who wish to take up the GCEd later are advised
to include ED152 and ED153 as electives in their degree programmes.
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to the Graduate Certificate in Education a person shall:
a)

hold a University of the South Pacific degree or its equivalent (other than a BEd or BA/
GCEd or BCom/GCEd or BSc/GCEd or their equivalents) with specialisation in two of
the following teaching subjects: Accounting, Agriculture, Biology, Chemistry, Computing
Science, Economics, Home Economics, Geography, History, Literature and Language,
Mathematics, Pacific Vernacular Languages, Physics and Technology;

b)

normally have a grade point average (GPA) of at least 2.5 in the 200- and 300-level courses
in each of their teaching subjects;

c)

pass a student-teacher interview; and

d)

provide a character reference from a USP lecturer or the head or a senior teacher of their
last school.

Note: The Dean of the Faculty of Arts, Law and Education may admit to the programme a
student with a GPA marginally below 2.5 who has a strong character reference and who has
performed well at the interview.
Programme Requirements:
1.

The Graduate Certificate in Education consists of 8 courses including a practicum (ED300)

of 17 weeks.

2.

Students must pass ED300 in order to be eligible for the award of the GCED.

Courses:

ED152, ED153, ED250 (or, for an Agriculture graduate,

AG250), ED252; plus ED300, ED350 (or, for an Agriculture
graduate, AG350), ED354; plus ED359.

This programme will be offered also in French from 2016. The French descriptor is on the next
page.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMME

122

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

CERTIFICAT POST-LICENCE EN SCIENCES DE LDUCATION

Le Certificat post-licence en Sciences de lducation (CplSE) offre une qualification
professionnelle lenseignement secondaire aux personnes titulaires dune licence dans une
des disciplines enseignes dans les coles secondaires. La plupart des cours sont proposs en
formation ouverte distance (FOAD). Ce certificat peut tre obtenu en un an si les tudiants
ont dj valid les cours ED152 et ED153.
Pour les tudiants inscrits en licence lUSP qui auraient lintention de suivre le CplSE par la
suite, il est donc vivement conseill de choisir les cours optionnels ED152 et ED153 durant leur
licence.
Critres dadmission:
Pour tre admis au Certificat post-licence en Sciences de lducation, les candidats doivent :
a)
avoir obtenu une licence de lUniversit du Pacifique Sud ou quivalente (autre que la
licence en sciences de lducation BEd ou les licences double spcialisation BA/GCEd,
BCom/GCEd, BSc/GCEd) se spcialisant dans deux des disciplines suivantes : Agriculture,
Biologie, Chimie, Comptabilit, Economie, Economie domestique, Gographie, Histoire,
Informatique, Littrature et langues, Langues vernaculaires du Pacifique, Mathmatiques,
Physique et Technologie ;
b)

avoir une moyenne gnrale (GPA) dau moins 2,5 dans les cours de niveau 200- et 300de leurs disciplines denseignement ;

c)

russir un entretien tudiant professeur ;

d)

fournir une recommandation de la part dun professeur de lUSP ou du directeur ou dun

enseignant expriment du dernier tablissement o il/elle a enseign.

Remarque: la Doyenne de la Facult dArt, de Droit et dEducation peut dcider daccepter un

candidat dont la moyenne est lgrement en dessous de 2,5 si le candidat a de trs bonnes
rfrences et a bien russi son entretien.
Exigences du programme:
1.
Le Certificat post-licence en Sciences de lducation est compos de 8 cours, dont un
stage de pratique accompagne (ED300) de 17 semaines.
2.

Cours:

Les tudiants doivent imprativement russir le cours pratique ED300 pour recevoir le
certificat.
ED152, ED153, ED250, ED252, ED300, ED350, ED354,
ED359.

123

This programme is offered as special In-country project in Solomon Islands over the next three
years. It is specifically targeted to meet the needs of school leaders (Principals of secondary
schools, Head Teachers of primary schools and Heads of ECE centres) in Solomon Islands. The
possible offer of the programme in other countries will be given due consideration.
The programme is meant as a qualifier for school leadership and provides opportunities for
participants to explore and apply the principles of school leadership, school management,
management of professional development, teaching and learning, and community
connectedness. It will use the Principals standards as well as the policies and plans of the
national Ministry of Education. The programme has an intensive face-to-face component
followed by a practicum component where participants have the opportunity to reflect on
practice and also design relevant administrative and management tools to use in their particular
context.
Special Admission Requirements
To be admitted to the Graduate Certificate in School Leadership a person shall have:
a)

a recognised teacher training qualification, and

b)

had a minimum of 10 years relevant work experience in Early Childhood Education & Care
or Primary or Secondary school environment, and

c)

experience in school leadership roles.

Programme Requirements:
The Graduate Certificate in School Leadership programme consists of five courses which
are seen to be independent focusing on specific elements of school leadership: Planning
Professional Development; School Leadership; School Management; Enhancing learning and
learning environments; Community Partnership. Each course includes an intensive face-to-face
lecture and workshop component as well as a Practicum in school.
Courses:

EDP05, EDP06, EDP07, EDP08, EDP09

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN SCHOOL LEADERSHIP

124

BACHELORS DEGREE PROGRAMMES

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

BACHELOR OF ARTS
The Bachelor of Arts (BA) programme consists of 24 courses of which 8 courses are at 100-level,
8 course are at 200-level and 8 courses are at 300-level including 2 x 100-level university courses
and 2 x 200-level university courses.
The disciplines permitted as a major for the Bachelor of Arts degree in 2016 are:

Education
Students who enrol in the three-year BA degree programme may take Education as one of their
two majors; this, however, does not lead to qualified teacher status.
Courses for a Single Major:

Not offered as a single major.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

UU100, UU114, ED152, ED153, UU200, UU204, ED255,
ED252; ED354, ED359; plus a 300-level Education course
recommended by Head of School of Education.
Courses for a Minor:

At least two 100-level and two 200-level Education

courses.

History
Courses for a Single Major:
UU100, UU114, HY101, HY102; UU200, UU204; plus three
of: HY201, HY202, HY205, HY206; plus three of HY302,
HY303, HY304, HY305.
Courses for one major in a Double Major:
UU100, UU114, HY101, HY102; UU200, UU204; plus two
or three of: HY201, HY202, HY205, HY206; plus two or
three of HY302, HY303, HY304, HY305.
Courses for a Minor:

HY101, HY102; plus three from HY201, HY202, HY205,

HY206, HY302, HY303, HY304, HY305.

Journalism
Courses for a Single Major:

Not offered as a Single Major.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

UU100, UU114, JN101, JN103; plus JN201, JN202,
JN203; plus UU200, UU204, JN301, JN302, JN303.

125
Courses for a Minor:

Not offered as a minor.

Courses for a Single Major:

UU100, UU114; plus three of: LW110, LW111,

LW112, LW113; plus UU200, UU204; plus three of:
LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206;
plus three 300-level LW courses.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

UU100, UU114; plus three of: LW110, LW111, LW112,
LW113; plus UU200, UU204; plus three of: LW201,
LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206; plus two
300-level LW courses.
Courses for a Minor:

Two of: LW110, LW111, LW112, LW113; plus three

200- or 300-level LW courses.

Linguistics
Courses for a Single Major:

Not offered as a single major.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

UU100, UU114, LL122, LL118, UU200, UU204,
LL211, LL216, LL311, LL317.
Courses for a Minor:

LL122, LL118 Plus 3 from: LL211, LL216, LL311, LL317

Literature
Courses for a Single Major:

UU100, UU114, LL102, LL104; plus UU200, UU204,

LL202, LL204, LL231, LL305, LL306, LL307; plus
LL108 or LL331.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

UU100, UU114, LL102, LL104, UU200, UU204,
LL202, LL204, LL231, LL305, LL306, LL307.
Courses for a Minor in Literature:

LL102, LL202, LL305; plus LL307 or LL331.

Literature and Language

Courses for a Single Major:

UU100, UU114, LL102, LL104, LL122, LL118, UU200,

UU204, LL211, LL216, LL202 or LL204, plus one of
LL305 or LL306 or LL307 or LL317.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Law

126

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

UU100, UU114, LL102, LL104, LL118, UU200,
UU204, LL202 or LL204, LL211, LL216, LL317, plus
one of LL305 or LL306 or LL307
Courses for a Minor in Literature and Language:
LL102, LL118, LL202, LL216, LL305 or LL317.
Courses for a Minor in French:

LL141, LL142, LL241, LL242.

Pacific Language Studies

Courses for a Single Major:

Students taking a single major in Pacific Language

Studies must pass the courses listed below for the
double major plus one or more 200- or 300-level
courses in the same discipline.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

UU100, UU114, LL122, UU200, UU204; plus
three 200-level Pacific Language courses or two
Pacific Language and one linguistics course; plus
three 300-level Pacific Language courses or two
Pacific Language and one linguistics course.
Courses for a Minor:

Not offered as a minor.

Pacific Literature
Courses for a Single Major:

UU100, UU114, LL102, LL104; plus one of: LL108, LL162;

plus UU200, UU204, LL204; plus two of LL202, LL231,
LL262, LL272; plus three of LL305, LL306, LL307, LL331,
LL362.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

UU100, UU114, LL104; plus one of: LL102, LL162; plus
UU200, UU204, LL204; plus two of LL202, LL231, LL262,
LL272; plus two of LL305, LL306, LL307, LL331, LL362.
Courses for a Minor:

Not offered as a minor.

127

Courses for a Single Major:

UU100, UU114, PP101, SO100, MG101, UU200, UU204,

PP201, PP202, PP300, PP301, PP302.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

UU100, UU114, PP101, SO100, UU200, UU204, PP201,
PP202, PP300, PP301, PP302.
Courses for a Minor:

PP101, SO100; plus any other two PP courses at 200- or

300-level.

Pacific Vernacular Language

The Pacific Vernacular Language major is currently offered in both Fijian and Hindi.
Courses for a Single Major:

Students taking a single major in Pacific Vernacular

Language must pass the courses listed below for the
double major plus one 300-level course in the same
discipline. Students should consult the Schools academic
advisor for further information.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

Fijian Studies:

UU100, UU114, LL161, LL162; plus one 100-level course

from: LL102, LL104, LL122 or another 100-level course
approved by the Head of School or nominee; plus UU200,
UU204, LL215, LL261, LL262, LL331 and LL362.

Hindi Studies:

UU100, UU114, LL171, LL172; plus another 100-level

course approved by the Head of School or nominee; plus
UU200, UU204, LL215, LL271, LL272, LL371, LL372.
No new enrolment from 2016

Courses for a Minor:

Fijian Studies: Four of: LL161, LL162, LL215, LL261,

LL262.
Hindi Studies: Four of: LL171, LL172, LL215, LL271,
LL272.
No new enrolment from 2016

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Pacific Policing

128

Psychology

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Courses for a Single Major:

UU100, UU114, PS101, PS102, PS103, UU200, UU204,

PS203, PS205, PS206, PS304, PS305, PS307, PS312.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

UU100, UU114, PS101, PS102, PS103, UU200, UU204,
PS203, PS205, PS206; plus two from PS304, PS305,
PS307, PS312.
Courses for a Minor:

Any two of PS101, PS102, PS103, plus any two courses at

200- or 300-levels provided prerequisites have been met.

Social Work
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to a major in Social Work under the mature student admission criteria a person
shall be judged on training qualifications in social work or community development, successful
completion of other in-service programmes, years of service in governmental, non-governmental,
voluntary and faith-based organisations, and recommendations where possible of past supervisors.
In addition, mature student admission applicants shall normally have at least 5 years experience
in social and community work including experience as a manager or supervisor or educator in a
social or community work setting.
Courses for a Single Major:
UU100, UU114, SW100, SW101, PS103 (or equivalent),
SO100, UU200, UU204, SW200, SW201, SO200, SW300,
SW301, SO301.
Courses for one major in a Double Major:
UU100, UU114, SW100, SW101, UU200, UU204, SW200,
SW201, SW300, SW301.
Courses for a Minor:

SW100, SW101, SW201; plus SW200 or SW301.

Sociology
Courses for a Single Major:
UU100, UU114, SO100, SO110, PS103 (or equivalent),
UU200, UU204, SO200, SO201; plus at least one 200-level
Sociology course; plus SO303; plus at least two 300-level
Sociology courses.
Courses for one major in a Double Major:
UU100, UU114, SO100, SO110, UU200, UU204, SO200,
SO201; plus one other 200-level Sociology course; plus
SO303; plus at least two 300-level Sociology courses.

129

SO100, SO110, SO200, SO201, SO303.

Technical and Vocational Education

The TVET major has two strands:

Technology, and Food and Nutrition Studies.

Technology Strand
Courses for a Single Major:

Not offered as a single major.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

UU100, UU114, TE151, TE156, TE155, UU200,
UU204, TE251, TE256, TE351 and TE356.
Courses for a Minor:

At least two 100-level and two 200-level Technology

courses.

Food and Nutrition Studies Strand

Courses for a Single Major:

Not offered as a single major.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

Courses for a Minor:

UU100, UU114, TE113 and TS109; plus UU200,

UU204, TE213, TS209 and GE202; plus TE313
and TS311.
TE113, TS109, TE213, TS209 and GE202.

BACHELOR OF EDUCATION
BACHELOR OF EDUCATION IN-SERVICE
The Bachelor of Education In-Service programme is provided in four specialist areas of study
Early Childhood Education, Special Education, Secondary Education and Primary Education.
Students wishing to do one of the specialist areas must meet the special entry requirements for
the programme and then register in the courses for their specialist area.
Special Entry Requirements:
To be admitted to a Bachelor of Education In-Service programme, a person shall have:
a)

completed the requirements for a USP Diploma in Early Childhood Education, or a USP
Diploma in Teaching (Secondary), or a USP Diploma in Special Education, or a USP
Certificate in Teaching (Primary); or

b)

an equivalent qualification from a recognised Teacher Training Institution; and

c)

taught for a minimum of two years.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Courses for a Minor:

130
Programme Requirements:

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

The Bachelor of Education In-Service degree consists of 24 courses, of which 8 courses are at
100-level, 8 courses are at 200-level and 8 courses are at 300-level.
Credit Transfer:
(i)

All students admitted with a relevant USP diploma or certificate as specified above will, on
application, be given the relevant credit transfer.

(ii)

Those admitted on the basis of other qualifications may also be eligible for some credit
transfer. Students must do the university-wide courses.

Specialist Area 1:
Courses:

Specialist Area 2:
Courses:

Specialist Area 3:
Courses:

Specialist Area 4:

EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

UU100, UU114, ED152, ED153, ED103, ED170, ED183 or
ED184, LL108, UU200, UU204, ED250, ED252, ED204,
ED205, ED206, ED208, ED300, ED302, ED304, ED321,
ED354, ED359, TE313; plus 1 300 level Education
courses recommended by HOS Education

PRIMARY EDUCATION
UU100, UU114, ED152, ED153, ED100, ED170, ED115,
ED116, UU200, UU204, ED215, ED216, ED217, ED250,
ED252, ED284, ED300, ED325, ED327, ED328, ED336,
ED354, ED359; plus 1 x 300-level Education course
recommended by HOS Education.

SPECIAL AND INCLUSIVE EDUCATION

UU100, UU114, ED152, ED153, PS101, ED170, ED158,
ED183, UU200, UU204, ED208, ED209, ED210,
ED250, ED252, ED258, ED300, ED354, ED359, ED309,
ED321, ED323; plus 2 x 300-level Education courses
recommended by HOS Education.

SECONDARY EDUCATION

This programme should not be taken by those seeking employment in Fiji.

The BEd In-Service (Secondary) specialism consists of 24 courses including:
a)

the four compulsory university courses

b)

11 Education courses, of which 3 courses are at 100-level, 3 courses at 200-level, and 5

courses are at 300-level

c)

a teaching subject major of between 6 courses and 8 courses

d)

sufficient electives from a second teaching subject to make up 24 courses.

Note: Students are strongly advised to seek academic counselling with the Head of
School or Nominee.

131
Courses:

UU200, UU204, ED250, ED252 plus ED255 or ED258

or ED291; plus the required 200-level courses of the
teaching subject;
ED300, ED350, ED354, ED359 plus ED358 or ED391, plus
the required 300-level courses of the teaching subject.

Teaching Subject Major:

Subject

No. of Courses Courses

Accounting

AF101, AF102, AF201, AF210, AF301, AF304

Agriculture

AG111 or EC102; plus AG124, AG164, AG165, AG273, AG212,

AG364, AG373

Biology

CH105; plus BI102, B1108; plus two 200-level BI courses; Plus

three 300-level BI courses.

Chemistry

MA102, CH101, CH102; plus CH201, CH203, CH204; Plus two

300-level CH courses.

Computing
Science

CS111, IS121, MA161, IS122, CS211, IS222, IS323, IS333

Economics

EC101, EC102; plus EC201 or EC202; plus EC203; plus two

300-level EC courses.

Fijian Studies

LL161, LL162, LL261, LL262, LL362, LL331

Geography

GE101, GE102, GS100; plus GE201 or GE205; plus one of

GE202, GE203 or GE207; plus GE304; plus one of GE301,
GE302, GE303.

Hindi Studies

LL171, LL172, LL271, LL272, LL372, LL331

History

HY101, HY102; plus three 200-level HY courses; plus two

300-level HY courses.

Literature and
Language

LL102; LL122; LL118; LL202; LL204, LL211, LL311, LL305 or

LL307.

Mathematics

CS111; plus MA111, MA112, MA211, MA221, MA313, MA321;

plus any one 300-level MA course.

Physics

CH105, MA111, PH101, PH102; plus two 200-level PH courses;

plus two 300-level PH courses.

Technology

TE151, TE155, TE156, TE251, TE256, TE351, TE356.

Home Economics

TE113, TE151, TE156, TE213, TE256, TE313, TE356.

Note: No new enrolment for Hindi Studies from 2016

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

UU100, UU114, ED152, ED153 plus ED158 or ED191, plus

the required 100-level courses of the teaching subject;

132

BACHELOR OF LAWS

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

The Bachelor of Laws (LLB) degree is offered as a face-to-face four-year programme at Emalus
Campus, but is also offered online in distance and flexible learning mode.
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to a Bachelor of Laws a person shall have:
a)

passed a Senate-recognised Form 7 or equivalent examination with 60% (or equivalent) in

English; or

b)

met the mature student admission criteria; or

c)

a bachelors degree from USP, or a bachelors degree or equivalent qualification involving

at least three years' full-time study from another recognised tertiary institution. (Students
admitted under this clause are known as Graduate Entrants.)

Programme Requirements:
1

The Bachelor of Laws consists of 32 courses, of which 8 are at 100-level, 8 are at 200-level
and 16 are at 300-level, as listed below.

Graduate entrants to the Bachelor of Laws are required to complete successfully 16

compulsory LW courses listed below, plus UU204 and eight elective LW courses.

Students must successfully complete and attain a GPA of at least 2.0 in all 100-level LW
courses plus UU100 and UU114 before being able to progress to any 200-level LW
courses.

Students must successfully complete all 200-level LW courses plus UU200 and UU204
before being able to progress to any 300-level LW courses.

Courses:
Year I:

UU100, UU114, LW110, LW111, LW112, LW113; plus two

100-level non-Law courses

Year II:

UU200, UU204, LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205,

LW206

Years III and IV:

LW300, LW301, LW304, LW306, LW308, LW309; plus ten

other 300-level LW courses

133

students located in Port Vila can enrol at the Emalus Campus and complete the four
100-level Law courses on-campus and the four other 100-level courses by Print (P), Online
(O) or Blended (B);

students located in Suva can enrol at the Laucala Campus and complete the four 100-level
Law courses on-campus and the four other 100-level courses on-campus or by Print (P),
Online (O) or Blended (B);

students located elsewhere can enrol at their local USP campus and complete all 100-level
courses by Print (P), Online (O) or Blended (B).

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Students admitted to the Bachelor of Laws programme have three options available to them for
completing Year I of the LLB on a full-time basis:

134

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

COMBINED PROGRAMMES
The University offers five specific combined programmes where students can concurrently enrol
for two programmes. In each combined programme, the two qualifications are awarded only when
all the requirements below have been fulfilled. The programmes are:
a)

Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws (BA/LLB)

b)

Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Laws (BCom/LLB)

c)

Bachelor of Arts and Graduate Certificate in Education (BA/GCEd)

d)

Bachelor of Commerce and Graduate Certificate in Education (BCom/GCEd)

e)

Bachelor of Science and Graduate Certificate in Education (BSc/GCEd)

BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF LAWS OR BACHELOR OF

COMMERCE AND BACHELOR OF LAWS
Students who have already completed the requirements for either a BA or an LLB degree are
not eligible to be admitted to the combined BA/LLB programme. Instead, BA graduates can
seek admission to the LLB under the graduate admission clause, and LLB graduates can seek
admission to a BA degree and apply for up to 10 credit transfers.
Similarly, students who have already completed the requirements for either a BCom or an LLB
degree are not eligible to be admitted to the combined BCom/LLB programme. Instead, BCom
graduates can seek admission to the LLB under the graduate admission clause, and LLB graduates
can seek admission to a BCom degree and apply for up to 10 credit transfers.
In summary, the requirements for BA/LLB and BCom/LLB are:
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to a Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws combined degree, or the Bachelor of
Commerce and Bachelor of Laws combined degree a person shall have:
a)

passed a Senate-recognised Form 7 or equivalent examination with 60% (or equivalent) in

English; or

b)

met the mature student admission criteria.

Programme Requirements:
1.

Each of the Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Laws and Bachelor Commerce/Bachelor of Laws

programmes consists of 40 courses, of which 16 courses are towards the BA or BCom
component, and 24 courses are towards the LLB component.

2.

The BA or BCom component either:

a) a single major structure:
i) has to the BA or BCom requirements for a single major in one of the allowed
disciplines; and

135

b) a double major structure

i) has conforming to the BA or BCom double major requirements for majors in each
of two of the allowed disciplines; and
ii) includes elective courses from those allowed for a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor
of Commerce degree to make up the total of 16 courses for the BA or BCom
component.
3.

The LLB component consists of:

a) 16 compulsory LW courses of the LLB; and
b) 8 elective LW courses.

4.

Students must complete the BA or BCom component before attempting any 200-level LW
courses.

5.

Students must successfully complete and attain a GPA of at least 2.0 in all 100-level LW
courses plus UU100 and UU114 before being able to progress to any 200-level LW
courses.

6.

Students must successfully complete all 200-level LW courses plus UU200 and UU204
before being able to progress to any 300-level LW courses.

Courses for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Commerce:

Students must select courses from the disciplines in the above degrees fulfilling the
requirements for either a single major or a double major plus sufficient elective courses to
make up a total of 16.
Courses for the Bachelor of Laws:
Core:

LW110, LW111, LW112, LW113, LW201, LW202, LW203,

LW204, LW205, LW206, LW300, LW301, LW304, LW306,
LW308, LW309.

Elective:

Eight other 300-level LW courses.

BACHELOR OF ARTS AND GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN

EDUCATION OR BACHELOR OF COMMERCE AND GRADUATE
CERTIFICATE IN EDUCATION OR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE AND
GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN EDUCATION
This four-year combined pre-service programme is designed to prepare specialist graduate
teachers for teaching in secondary schools throughout the South Pacific region. After completion
of a Form 7 qualification or a USP Foundation Programme, students will enrol in a four-year

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

ii) includes elective courses from those allowed for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor
of Commerce degree to make up the total of 16 courses for the BA or BCom
component; or

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

136
combined programme. Depending on their selected majors, on completion of all the requirements
graduates will be awarded a Graduate Certificate in Education and either a Bachelor of Arts or
Bachelor of Commerce or Bachelor of Science degree. They will be equipped not only to teach
two subjects at secondary level; they will also have the academic experience to contribute to other
areas of study within regional secondary schools.
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to a Bachelor of Arts and Graduate Certificate in Education combined programme
a person shall have:
a)

provided a character reference from the head or a senior teacher of their last high school;
and

b)

met the mature student admission criteria; or

c)

passed a Senate-recognised Form 7 or equivalent examination.

To be admitted to a Bachelor of Commerce and Graduate Certificate in Education combined

programme a person shall have:
a)

provided a character reference from the head or a senior teacher of their last high school;
and

b)

met the mature student admission criteria; or

c)

passed a Senate-recognised Form 7 or equivalent examination.

To be admitted to a Bachelor of Science and Graduate Certificate in Education combined

programme a person shall have:
a) provided a character reference from the head or a senior teacher of their last high
school; and
b) met the mature student admission criteria; or
c) passed a Senate-recognised Form 7 or equivalent examination and in that
examination have passed English and Mathematics, plus two of Biology,
Chemistry, Physics and Technology.
Programme Requirements:
1.

The combined BA/GCEd, BCom/GCEd and BSc/GCEd programmes normally comprises 31

courses, including:
a) 4 University courses
b) 11 Education courses including ED300 Practicum
c) 7-8 courses in the first discipline major
d) 7-8 courses in the second discipline major
e) sufficient electives from the relevant discipline major to make up 31 courses.

137
To enter the second year of the programme, a student must:
a) normally have a GPA of 2.5 or better in Year I; and
b) pass the end-of-year student-teacher interview.
3.

A student with a GPA marginally below 2.5 but who has a strong character reference and
has performed well at the interview may be permitted by the Dean of the Faculty of Arts,
Law and Education to enter the second year of the programme.

4.

A student who has not been allowed to continue in the combined programme may seek
admission to a BA or BCom or BSc degree programme.

5.

Students must achieve a satisfactory performance in all the components of ED300 in order
to be eligible for the award of the GCEd.

Note: Students are strongly advised to seek academic counselling with the Head of
School or Nominee.
Courses:
Students are encouraged to follow the guidelines below for their programme:

Year

Practicum

Semester I and II

Year I

No practicum in Year I

UU100 and UU114; plus the 100-level

compulsory and service courses from the
two selected subject majors.

Year II

No practicum in Year II

ED153 and ED152; plus UU200 and

UU204; plus four 200-level courses from
two selected subject majors.

Year III

Three-week home-based

ED208, ED250, ED252, ED350;

plus 1 or 2 x 200-level courses;
plus 2 or 3 x 300-level courses required for
the two selected subject majors.

Year IV

ED300 (a 17-week practicum)

ED354, ED359; plus 3 or 4 x 300 level

courses from the two selected subjects
majors.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

2.

138

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

The two discipline majors must be selected from those listed below:
Discipline Major

No. of
Courses

Accounting

Biology

BI102, BI108; plus CH105 (except with a double major

in Chemistry); plus two 200-level BI courses; plus
three 300-level BI courses.

Chemistry

CH101, CH102; plus PH106 (except with a double

major in Physics); plus MA102; plus two of:
CH201, CH203, CH204; plus two 300-level CH
courses.

Computing Science

CS111, CS112, MA161, CS211, CS240/215, CS/IS222,

CS311; plus one of: CS310, CS317, CS324, IS333.

Economics

EC101, EC102, EC201, EC202, EC203; plus two

300-level EC courses.

Fijian Studies

LL161, LL162, LL261, LL262, LL362, LL215, LL331.

Geography

GE101, GE102, GS100; plus GE201 or GE205; plus

GE202; plus GE203 or GE207; plus GE304; plus one of:
GE301, GE302 GE303 and GE306 courses.

Hindi Studies

LL171, LL172, LL215, LL271, LL272, LL371, LL372.

History

HY101, HY102; plus two or three 200-level HY courses;

plus two or three 300-level HY courses.

Literature and
Language

LL102, LL122, LL118, LL202, LL204, LL211; LL311;

LL305 or LL307.

Mathematics

MA111, MA112, ST130, MA211, MA221, MA313,

MA321; plus one of: MA312, MA341, MA391,
MA392, ST301.

Physics

MA111 or MA112; plus PH101, PH102; plus three

200-level PH courses; plus two PH 300-level
courses.

Technology

TE151, TE155, TE156, TE251, TE256, TE351, TE356.

Food and Nutrition

Studies

TE113, TS109, TE213, TS209, GE202, TE313 and TS311.

Note:

Courses
FM101, AF101, AF102, AF201, AF210,
AF301, AF304.

No new enrolment for Hindi Studies from 2016

139

POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATES
POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN TERTIARY TEACHING
The Postgraduate Certificate in Tertiary Teaching (PGCTT) consists of 2 courses that are
intended to transform educational practice and the delivery of curriculum in higher education.
The programme will integrate the principles of a diverse range of pedagogies, current and
emerging technologies and enable educational practice-based research in higher education
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to a Postgraduate Certificate in Tertiary Teaching a person shall:
a) hold a university degree or equivalent; and
b) be currently engaged in a minimum of five hours per week of tertiary teaching.
Programme Requirements:
The Postgraduate Certificate in Tertiary Teaching consists of two courses.
Courses:

ED401, ED403

POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN GENDER STUDIES

The Postgraduate Certificate in Gender Studies consists of 2 courses. It is a part-time programme
(2 semesters) and a full-time programme (1 semester), which explores gender as a factor of
inquiry for research, policy and practice. This programme is 100% coursework requiring students
to engage in critical thinking and apply gender analysis to the analysis of diverse socio-economic
and development issues.
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to a Postgraduate Certificate in Gender Studies a person shall: a) hold a
university degree or equivalent; or b) hold a university diploma and at least three years of
experience in industry; or c) have met mature student admission criteria with exceptional
professional achievements.
Programme Requirements:
The Postgraduate Certificate in Gender Studies consists of two courses:
Courses:

GN400, GN401

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES

140

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ARTS

The Postgraduate Diploma in Arts is offered in the following majors: History, Linguistics, Literature,
Pacific Studies, Psychology, Social Policy & Administration, and Sociology.
The general admission requirements for the Postgraduate Diploma are:
a)
a USP bachelors degree with a grade point average (GPA) of at least 3.0 in the 200- and
300-level courses of the relevant discipline;
b)

a tertiary qualification deemed by Senate or its delegate to be equivalent to clause (a);

c)

a professional qualification deemed by Senate or its delegate to be equivalent to clause (a);

d)

in exceptional cases, demonstrated experience or achievement deemed by Senate or its

delegate to be sufficient; or

e)

have met the mature student admission criteria.

Notwithstanding the provisions set out above, Senate or its delegate may require applicants
to demonstrate their suitability for admission by carrying out such work and/or sitting for such
examinations as it may determine. A 400-level course taken as a qualifying course for the
Postgraduate Diploma may become part of a future postgraduate programme.

History
The History major of the Postgraduate Diploma in Arts consists of four courses.
Courses:

Four 400-level HY courses.

Linguistics
The Linguistics major of the Postgraduate Diploma in Arts consists of four courses.
Courses:

LL414, LL425, LL413, LL423.

Literature
The Literature major of the Postgraduate Diploma in Arts consists of four courses.
Courses:

Any four from: LL401, LL402, LL406, LL407, LL410.

Pacific Studies
The Pacific Studies major of the Postgraduate Diploma in Arts consists of four courses.
Courses:

PA418 and any one option from PA402, PA409, PA419,

PA423 plus two electives from the recommended
Electives below:

141

PS402, ED451, HY401, HY402, HY403, HY404.

Pacific Environment & Science Stream:
BI420, BI442, BI407, GE404, GE406, GE407, GE409,
GE420, EV414, EV420, EV424,EV426, MS411, MS441,
MS442.
Pacific Development & Governance Stream:
EC404, DG407, DG422, PL400, PL403, PL401 TS401.
It is recommended that students planning on progressing to the MA in Pacific Studies
programme complete AL400 while in their Diploma programme.

Psychology
The Psychology major of the Postgraduate Diploma in Arts (Psychology) consists of four courses:
Courses:

PS407, PS408, AL400 plus one of MG404, PS402 or

S0401.

Social Policy and Administration

The Social Policy and Administration major of the Postgraduate Diploma in Arts consists of four
courses and will be of particular interest to qualified and experienced professionals from social
work, social welfare, community development, education, health-care and related professions and
to recent graduates wishing to pursue a career in these professions.
Courses:

SO407, SO408, SO409, AL400. A different 400-level

course may be substituted for one of these with approval
of Senate or its delegate.

Sociology
The Sociology major of the Postgraduate Diploma in Arts consists of four courses.
Special Admission Requirements:
Applicants without a substantive sociology background may be considered for admission, but may
be required to undertake extra reading.
Courses:

Four of SO401, SO402, SO404, SO407, SO408, SO409,

AL400. A different 400-level course may be substituted
for one of these with approval of Senate or its delegate.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Pacific Heritage & Indigenous Stream:

142

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION

Special Programme Requirements:

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

To be admitted to a Postgraduate Diploma in Education a person shall have:

a)

obtained a degree of Bachelor of The University of the South Pacific normally with a GPA of
at least 3.0 in the 200- and 300-level courses in the appropriate major; or

b)

obtained from some other tertiary institution a qualification deemed by Senate or its
delegate to be equivalent to the requirements set out in (a) above; or

c)

obtained a professional qualification deemed by Senate to be equivalent to the requirements

set out in (a) above; or

d)

met the mature student admission criteria.

Programme Requirements:
The Postgraduate Diploma in Education consists of four courses.
Courses:

Three of: ED451, ED455, ED456, ED457, ED461, ED466,

ED468, ED491, ED492, ED493; and AL400.

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN TERTIARY TEACHING

Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to a Postgraduate Diploma in Tertiary Teaching (PGDTT) a person shall have
completed the Graduate Certificate in Tertiary Teaching or equivalent.
Programme Requirements:
The Postgraduate Diploma in Tertiary Teaching consists of two courses of the PGCTT and two
additional courses.
Courses:

Not Offered in 2016.

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN LAW

The Postgraduate Diploma in Law consists of four courses.
Special Admission Requirements:
An LLB or equivalent degree with a GPA of 3.5 or better; or a USP LLB with a GPA of 3.0 or
better and either LA326/LW390 passed with a grade of B+ or better; or professional or research
experience deemed to be equivalent to such a grade.
Programme Requirements:
The Postgraduate Diploma in Law consists of four courses:
Courses:

LW400, AL400; plus two 400-level LW courses.

143

PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATE IN EDUCATION POLICY AND

PLANNING
This programme will only be offered as special In-Country project. The primary purpose of the
award programme is to improve the skills of educational administrators working in Pacific national
ministries of education and schools. The programme will focus on specific skills in educational
leadership, policy and planning development in education and financing education
The programme is focused on three key learning outcomes: 1. Examine elements of educational
policy and planning with a sensitivity to the contextual realities of Pacific countries: 2. Design
effective and appropriate education policy and planning activities for Pacific context; 3. Evaluate
current practices of education policy and planning activities in Pacific context.
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted into the Professional Certificate in Education Policy and Planning a person shall
have:
a)

obtained a first degree and a teaching qualification;

b)

experienced heads of secondary and primary schools, educational administrators at the

systems level or experienced heads of subject departments;

c)

met the mature student admission criteria.

Programme requirements:
The Professional Certificate in Education Policy and Planning consists of four courses taught as twoweeks intensive workshops. A total of 8 weeks is needed for the completion of the Professional
Certificate. All courses will be taught face to face on campus per cohort.
Courses: EDP01, EDP02, EDP03, EDP04

PROFESSIONAL DIPLOMA IN LEGAL PRACTICE

The Professional Diploma in Legal Practice is an intensive programme designed to prepare
students for entry into legal practice in one or more of the jurisdictions of the member countries
of the university. It is open to any graduate who has successfully passed a programme of legal
studies that covered a range of knowledge and skills sufficient to enable students to commence
an intensive professional legal practice programme.
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to a Professional Diploma in Legal Practice a person shall have passed a programme
of legal studies deemed by the university to be sufficient to enable the graduate to commence an
intensive professional legal practice training programme.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATES AND

DIPLOMAS

144
Programme Requirements:

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

The Professional Diploma in Legal Practice consists of:

a)

attendance at the Laucala Campus for at least 90% of the core hours; and

b)

a period of supervised practice of not more than one month with an organisation approved
by the university; and

c)

completion of eight courses:

i)

performance in each of the courses shall be acknowledged by the awarding of the following
grades:
Pass meaning Pass or Competent
IP meaning In Progress
Fail meaning Fail or Not Competent

ii)

A provisional grade of IP (meaning In progress) shall be awarded where a student is given

an extension of time by the Academic Standards and Quality Committee to complete any
work on which assessment for the course is based. Any extension of time may only be up
to the last day of lectures of the following semester specified in the University Handbook
and Calendar. The provisional grade of IP shall be replaced by an appropriate grade based
on the work submitted by a student by the end of the extended period. Where a student
has been given a Fail grade, the maximum number of attempts allowed for the programme
is two, which consists of a first attempt followed by a second attempt if the first is not
successful. The decision to permit a third attempt at the programme shall rest with the
Chair of the Academic Standards and Quality Committee.

iii)

There are no final examinations for the programme. The performance of students shall
be assessed entirely by coursework, which shall include oral presentations, written
presentations, logs and portfolios of work, file management, attendance and general
conduct. The written and oral presentations may include work that has been prepared and
work conducted under examination conditions.

Schedule:

Initial Period of approximately 14 weeks On-campus

component (core elements at Laucala Campus)
Middle Period of approximately four weeks Off campus
component (placement in law offices primarily in Fiji, or
elsewhere in the region with permission) Final Period
of approximately four weeks On-campus component
(analysis of placement, advocacy and completion of
assessments at Laucala Campus).

Courses:

LWD01, LWD02, LWD03, LWD04, LWD05, LWD06,

LWD07, LWD08.

PROFESSIONAL DIPLOMA IN LEGISLATIVE DRAFTING

The Professional Diploma in Legislative Drafting is a two-semester programme designed for the
novice as well as for the seasoned drafter to acquire knowledge in the art and science of legislative
drafting. The aim of the programme is to introduce the participants in a progressive manner to the

145

Special Admission Requirements:

To be admitted to a Professional Diploma in Legislative Drafting a person shall:
a)

have obtained the degree of Bachelor of Laws (LLB) of The University of the South Pacific,
or

b)

have obtained from some other recognised tertiary institution a qualification deemed by
Senate or its delegate to be equivalent to the requirements set out in a), or

c)

have obtained a professional qualification deemed by Senate or its delegate to be equivalent

to the requirements set out in a) above, or

d)

in exceptional cases, have demonstrated experience or achievement Senate or its delegate

deems sufficient.

Programme Requirements:
a)

The Professional Diploma in Legislative Drafting consists of seven courses.

b)

The programme of study is a distance tuition programme of study extending over a period
of not less than two semesters.

c)

There are no final examinations for the programme. The performance of students shall be
assessed entirely by coursework, which shall include written assignments and a drafting
workshop. The assignments contribute 60% and the drafting workshop contributes 40% of
the total assessment for the programme.

d)

In order to be eligible to receive the Professional Diploma in Legislative Drafting, a student

must prove his or her competency in each and every element of each of the courses.

e)

Performance in each of the courses shall be acknowledged by the awarding of the following
grades:
Pass meaning Pass or Competent
IP meaning In Progress
Fail meaning Fail or Not Competent

A provisional grade of IP (meaning In progress) shall be awarded where a student is given

an extension of time by the Academic Programmes Committee to complete any work on which
assessment for the course is based. Any extension of time may only be up to the last day of lectures
of the following semester specified in The University Handbook and Calendar. The provisional
grade of IP shall be replaced by an appropriate grade based on the work submitted by a student
by the end of the extended period. Where a student has been given a Fail grade, the maximum
number of attempts allowed for the programme is two, comprising a first attempt followed by a
second attempt if not successful. The decision to permit a third attempt at the programme shall
rest with the Chair of the Academic Programmes Committee.
Courses:

LWD11, LWD12, LWD13, LWD14, LWD15, LWD16,

LWD17.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

legislative drafting process. Emphasis will be laid on the syntax and training will involve the linking
of sentences into meaningful units. The training will involve the drafting of statutes and regulations
including amendments and penal provisions. The students will acquire skills through hands-on
practice.

146

MASTERS DEGREE PROGRAMMES

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

MASTER OF ARTS
The Master of Arts is offered in the following majors: Education, History, Linguistics, Literature,
Pacific Studies, Psychology, Social Policy, and Sociology.

Education
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to the Masters programme a person shall have:
a)

obtained the degree of Bachelor of The University of the South Pacific with a GPA of at least
3.5 in the 200- and 300-level courses in the appropriate major; or

b)

obtained an appropriate Postgraduate Diploma of The University of the South Pacific with
a GPA of at least 3.0; or

c)

a tertiary qualification deemed by Senate or its delegate to be equivalent to the qualification

above.

Programme Requirements:
The Masters degree consists of following two programme options:
1)

Students are required to pass PGDEd with a GPA of at least 3.0 and successfully write a
thesis in about 50,000 words.

2)

Outstanding students with the degree of Bachelor of Education normally with a GPA of at
least 3.5 in the Education majors at the 200- and 300-level may bypass the PGDEd and
proceed to complete the Master of Arts in Education by thesis. However, the student may
be requested to complete postgraduate courses as specified on admission to the Master's
programme.

History
The Masters programme consists of a thesis.

Journalism
The Masters programme consists of a thesis.

Linguistics
The Masters programme consists of a thesis or two postgraduate courses and a supervised
research project.

Literature
The Masters programme consists of a thesis or two postgraduate courses plus a Supervised
Research Project.

147

The Masters programme consists of three options: (a) a thesis, or (b) two postgraduate courses
plus a Supervised Research Project, or (c) a Portfolio.
The Portfolio will have two components: (i) a Practice-based component or creative project
presentation and (ii) an Analytical Component (Exegesis). Each component will carry 50% of the
project.

Psychology
The Masters programme consists of a thesis or two postgraduate courses plus a Supervised
Research Project.

Social Policy
The Masters programme consists of a thesis or two postgraduate courses plus a Supervised
Research Project.

Sociology
The Masters programme consists of a thesis or two postgraduate courses plus a Supervised
Research Project.

MASTER OF EDUCATION
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to the Master of Education programme a person shall have:
a)

obtained the degree of Bachelor of The University of the South Pacific with a GPA of at least
3.0 in the 200- and 300-level courses in the appropriate major; or

b)

obtained an appropriate Postgraduate Diploma of The University of the South Pacific with
a GPA of at least 3.0; or

c)

obtained a tertiary qualification deemed by Senate or its delegate to be equivalent to the

qualification above.

Programme Requirements:
The Master of Education degree consists of the following two programme options:
1.)

Students are required to complete two 400-level Education courses in addition to the four
400-level Education courses they attained in their PGDEd and write a Supervised Research
Project (SRP) in about 20,000 words.

2.)

Students are required to complete four more additional 400-level Education courses in
addition to the four 400 Education courses attained in their PGDEd. Two of the additional
four courses could be taken from 400-level units of relevant subject disciplines. This MEd
is by Coursework.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Pacific Studies

148

MASTER OF ENVIRONMENTAL LAW

Special Admission Requirements:

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

To be admitted to the Master of Environmental Law Programme a person shall have:

(a)

An LLB or equivalent degree with a GPA of 3.5 or better or a USP LLB with a GPA of 3.0
or better and either LA326/LW390 passed with a grade of B+ or better, or professional or
research experience deemed to be equivalent to such a grade in LA326/LW390; or

(b)

Students who have completed an undergraduate degree in a discipline other than Law
with a GPA of 3.5 or better and evidence of professional or research experience in areas of
environmental law, environmental science or environmental planning; or

(c)

In exceptional cases candidates must demonstrate that they have the experience or
achievement relevant to the MEL programme, which Senate or its delegate deems sufficient
for undertaking the programme.

Programme Requirements:
a)

The MEL Programme by coursework consists of six 400-level LW courses: LW452; plus
three 400-level LW courses selected from the following: LW450, LW451, LW453, LW455,
LW456 or another environmental law course; plus two 400-level courses offered by USP
and approved by the Head of School.

b)

The MEL Programme by coursework consists of four 400-level LW courses) and a

supervised research project: LW452; plus three 400-level LW courses selected from the
following: LW450, LW451, LLW453, LW455, LW456 or another environmental law course;
plus a Supervised Research Project.

MASTER OF LAWS
Special Admission Requirements:
a)

LLM by coursework and Supervised Research Project: an LLB or equivalent degree with
a GPA of 3.5 or better or a USP LLB with a GPA of 3.0 or better and either LA326/LW390
passed with a grade of B+ or better, or professional or research experience deemed to be
equivalent to such a grade in LA326/LW390; or

b)

LLM by thesis only: an LLB degree or equivalent with a GPA of 3.5 or better or can provide
evidence of professional or research experience deemed to be equivalent to such a GPA.

c)

in exceptional cases, the University may consider applications from persons who can
demonstrate that they have the experience or achievement relevant to the LLM programme
that Senate or its delegate deems to be sufficient for the student to pursue at a satisfactory
level.

Programme Requirements:
a)

The LLM Programme by coursework consists of six courses: LW400, AL400; plus two
400-level LW courses; plus two 400-level courses offered by USP and approved by the
Head of School.

b)

The LLM Programme by coursework consists four courses: LW400, AL400; plus two
400-level LW courses; plus a Supervised Research Project.

c)

For an LLM by thesis only A supervised thesis.

149

USP offers a Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in most disciplines taught at postgraduate level at USP.
Students interested in progressing from a masters programme to doctoral studies are advised
to contact the relevant Faculty Dean. The Admission and Programme Regulations governing the
Doctor of Philosophy are listed on page 107 of this publication.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

150

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

ACADEMIC CERTIFICATE PROGRAMMES
CERTIFICATE IN AGRICULTURE
Programme Requirements:

The Certificate in Agriculture consists of six courses plus

six weeks of vocational practical experience.

Courses:

AG134, AG164, AG165, AG172, AG273, UU114; plus six

weeks of vocational practical experience.

CERTIFICATE IN HOTEL MANAGEMENT

Programme Requirements:

The Certificate in Hotel Management consists of eight

courses.

Courses:

TS106, TS109, UU114, TS207, TS208, TS209, TS216; plus

one practical selected from TS218, TS303, TS304.

CERTIFICATE IN LAND MANAGEMENT

Programme Requirements:

The Certificate in Land Management consists of six

courses.

Courses:

UU100, LM112, LM113, LM211, LM214, LM216

CERTIFICATE IN MANAGEMENT STUDIES

Programme Requirements:

The Certificate in Management Studies consists of six

courses.

Courses:

MG101, MG106; plus AF100 or AF101 or AF102; plus

EC100 or EC101 or EC102; plus IS121; plus MG201 or
MG206.

CERTIFICATE IN OFFICIAL STATISTICS

Programme Requirements:

The Certificate in Official Statistics consists of six courses.

Courses:

EC101, OS101, OS102, PD101, UU100, EC203.

151

CERTIFICATE IN POPULATION STUDIES AND DEMOGRAPHY

The Certificate in Population Studies and Demography
consists of six courses.

Courses:

GS100, OS101, PD101, UU100, UU114, PD200.

CERTIFICATE IN TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY

Programme Requirements:

The Certificate in Tourism and Hospitality consists of six

courses.

Courses:

TS106, TS108, UU114, TS207, TS208 and TS213.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Programme Requirements:

152

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES
DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTING STUDIES
Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Accounting Studies consists of twelve

courses.

Courses:

AF101, AF102, AF108, AF121, FM101, UU114, AF201,

AF210 plus two of BF101, EC100, MG101 plus one
200-level and one 300-level AF or BF or FM course.

DIPLOMA IN AGRICULTURE
Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Agriculture consists of twelve courses

plus 12 weeks of vocational practical experience.

Courses:

AG111 or EC102; plus AG124, AG134, AG164, AG165,

AG172, UU114, AG212, AG221, AG251, AG268, AG273,
plus 12 weeks of vocational practical experience.

DIPLOMA IN BANKING
Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Banking consists of twelve courses.

Courses:

AF101, AF102, AF121, BF101, EC101, FM101, BF201,

BF202, AF208, BF302; plus two of AF108, EC102, MG101,
EC201, MG204, EC301, EC306, MG302.

DIPLOMA IN ECONOMICS
Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Economics consists of twelve courses.

Courses:

EC101, EC102, OS101, OS102, UU100, UU114, EC201,

EC202, EC203, OS201, OS202, PD200.

DIPLOMA IN HOTEL MANAGEMENT

Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Hotel Management consists of twelve

courses.

Courses:

TS106, TS108, TS109, UU114, TS207, TS208, TS209,

TS213, TS216, TS302; plus any two practicals selected
from TS218, TS303 or TS304.

153

DIPLOMA IN LAND MANAGEMENT

The Diploma in Land Management consists of twelve
courses.

Courses:

UU100, LM112, LM113, LM 211, LM 213, LM 214, UU 114,

LM 215, LM 216, LM 311, LM 312, LM 315.

DIPLOMA IN LEADERSHIP, GOVERNANCE AND HUMAN RIGHTS

Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Leadership, Governance and Human

Rights consists of twelve courses.

Courses:

DG100, DG101, DG102, UU114, UU100, AF100, PS103,

PL101, UU200, DG200, UU204 and DG301.

DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT STUDIES

Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Management Studies consists of twelve

courses.

Courses:

100-Level: MG101, MG106 plus any three from the

following UU114; AF100 or AF101 or AF102; EC100 or
EC101 or EC102; TS106 or TS108 or TS109; IS121
200-Level: MG201, MG202, MG204, MG206, MG214
300-Level: plus any two of the following MG302; MG303
or MG305; MG309; MG318 or MG319; MG312.

DIPLOMA IN OFFICIAL STATISTICS

Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Official Statics consists of twelve courses.

Courses:

EC101, EC102, OS101, OS102, PD101, UU100, UU114,

EC202, EC203, OS201, OS202, PD200.

DIPLOMA IN POPULATION STUDIES AND DEMOGRAPHY

Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Population Studies and Demography

consists of twelve courses.

Courses:

EC100, GS100, OS101, OS102, PD101, UU100, UU114,

GS201, OS201, PD200, PD301, PD303.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Programme Requirements:

154

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

BACHELORS DEGREE PROGRAMMES

BACHELOR OF AGRICULTURE
The Bachelor of Agriculture is offered in two streams:
a)
b)

Agribusiness; or
Applied Sciences.

The courses are offered as a face-to-face full-time programme at Alafua Campus in Samoa but
most of the courses can also be completed by distance and flexible learning through any USP
campus.
The admission and programme regulations are listed in the admission and programme regulations
in this Handbook and Calendar.
In summary, the requirements are:
Admission Requirements:
To be admitted in Bachelor of Agriculture (Agribusiness or Applied Sciences) a person shall:
a) from a Senate-recognised Form 7 or equivalent examination, have passed English, biology,
chemistry and one of agricultural science, mathematics or physics in that examination; or
b) from a USP Diploma in Agriculture or equivalent have achieved a GPA of at least 3.0 or
equivalent in that programme; or
c) have met the mature student admission criteria.

Agribusiness
Programme Requirements:
The Bachelor of Agriculture (Agribusiness) degree consists of 24 courses, of which eight are at
100-level, eight at 200-level and eight at 300-level as listed below:
Courses:

Year I: AF100; plus AG111 or EC102; plus AG124,

AG164, AG172, MG101, UU100, UU114.

Year II: AG211, AG212, AG213, AG251, EC202, MG206,

UU200, UU204.

Year III: AG311, AG351, AG312, AG364, AG373, AG383,

AG384, EC307.

Applied Sciences
Programme Requirements:
The Bachelor of Agriculture (Applied Sciences) degree consists of 24 courses, of which eight are
at 100-level, eight at 200-level and eight at 300-level as listed below:

155

Year I: AG111 or EC102; plus AG124, AG134, AG164,

AG165, AG172, UU100, UU114

Year II: AG213, AG221, AG251, AG266, AG268, AG273,

UU200, UU204

Year III: AG311, AG351, AG363, AG364, AG373, AG383,

AG384, EC307

BACHELOR OF ARTS
The Bachelor of Arts is a three-year programme comprising twenty-four courses of which eight
courses are at 100-level, eight courses are at 200-level and eight courses are at 300-level including
two 100-level and two 200-level university courses.
The discipline permitted as a major for Bachelor of Arts Degree in 2016 is:

Politics
Courses for a Single Major:

PL100, PL101, UU114, UU100; PL200, PL201, PL202,

PL203; plus UU200, UU204; PL300, PL302, PL305, PL307.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

PL100, PL101, UU114, UU100; plus at least two of: PL200,
PL201, PL202, PL203; plus UU200, UU204; plus at least
three of: PL300, PL302, PL305, PL307.
Courses for a Minor:

Two 100-level PL courses; plus two 200-level PL courses.

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE
The Bachelor of Commerce is a three-year programme comprising twenty-four courses of which
eight courses are at 100-level, eight courses are at 200-level and eight courses are at 300-level
including two 100-level and two 200-level university courses.
The disciplines permitted as a major for the Bachelor of Commerce Degree in 2016 are:

Accounting
Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to an Accounting major from a Senate-recognised Form 7 or equivalent examination,
a person shall have passed mathematics in that examination.
Students undertaking a major in Accounting are exempted from UU100 but will do the Information
Literacy component (UU100A).

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Courses:

156

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Courses for a Single Major:

AF101, AF102, AF121, FM101, UU114, AF201, AF208,

AF210, UU200, UU204, AF301, AF302, AF304, AF308;
plus at least three other 300-level AF or BF, or FM
courses.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

AF101, AF102, AF121, FM101, UU114, AF201, AF208,
AF210, UU200, UU204, AF301, AF302, AF304 plus AF307
or AF308.
Courses for a Minor:

AF101, AF102, AF201 or AF208, AF210; plus one 300level AF or BF or FM course.

Agricultural Economics and Agribusiness

Courses for a Single Major:

AG111 or EC102, AG124, AG165, EC101, EC102, UU100,

UU114, AG212, AG213 or EC203; plus EC201, EC202,
UU200, UU204, AG266, AG311, AG312, EC303, EC307.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

AG111 or EC102, AG165, UU100, UU114, AG212, AG213
or EC203; plus AG266, UU200, UU204, AG311, AG312,
EC303, EC307.
Courses for a Minor:

AG111 or EC102; plus AG165, AG212, AG266, AG311,

AG312.

Recommended Electives:

AF100, BF101, MG101, GE202, GS201, MS203, EC303,

EC304, EC306, EC307, GE302, GE304, GS301, MS303.

Banking
Courses for a Single Major:

AF101, AF108, BF101, FM101; plus FM102 or AF102; plus

UU100, UU114, AF208, BF201, BF202, FM202, UU200,
UU204, BF302, FM301, FM302, FM303, FM305.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

AF101, AF108, BF101, FM101, UU100, UU114, BF201,
BF202, FM202, UU200, UU204, BF302, FM301, FM303
and FM305.
Courses for a Minor:

BF101, FM101, BF201, BF202; plus BF302.

157

Economics
Admission Requirements:

Courses for a Single Major:

EC101, EC102, UU100, UU114, plus one of FM101, MA101,

OS101, OS102, PD101, plus EC201, EC202, EC203, UU200,
UU204, plus EC301, EC302, EC303, EC304; plus at least
two from: EC306, EC307, EC308, EC311, OS301, OS302,
PD301, PD303.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

EC101, EC102, plus one of FM101, MA101, OS101, OS102,
PD101; plus UU100, UU114, EC201, EC202, EC203,
UU200, UU204; plus EC301, EC302 plus at least one from
EC303, EC304, EC306; plus one (if needed) from: EC307,
EC308, EC311, OS301, OS302, PD301, PD303.
Courses for a Minor:

EC101, EC102; plus EC201 or EC202; plus EC203; plus one

300-level EC course.

Finance
Courses for a Single Major:

AF101, EC101 or EC102, FM101, FM102, UU100, UU114,

AF208, FM201, FM202, BF201, UU200, UU204, FM301,
FM302, FM303, FM305, BF302.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

AF101, EC101 or EC102, FM101, FM102, UU100, UU114,
AF208, FM201, FM202, UU200, UU204, FM301, FM302,
FM303, FM305.
Courses for a Minor:

AF101, FM101, FM102; plus two 200-level FM courses or

one 200-level FM course and one 300-level FM course.

Human Resource Management and Employment Relations

Courses for a Single Major:

MG101, MG106, UU100, UU114, MG201, MG204, MG214,

UU200, UU204, MG302, MG309, MG315, MG312,
MG316.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

To be admitted to an Economics major from a Senate-recognised Form 7 or equivalent examination,

a person shall have passed mathematics in that examination.

158

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

MG101, MG106, UU100, UU114, MG201, MG204, MG214,
UU200, UU204, MG302, MG315, MG312, MG316.
Courses for a Minor:

MG101, MG106, MG204, MG302.

International Business and Marketing

Courses for a Single Major:

MG101, MG106, UU100, UU114, MG201, MG202, MG206,

MG214, UU200, UU204, MG303, MG309, MG321 MG301
and MG305.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

MG101, MG106, UU100, UU114, MG201, MG202, MG206,
UU200, UU204, MG303, MG321, MG305, MG301.
Courses for a minor:

MG101, MG106, MG206, MG303.

Tourism Management
Students can take Tourism Management as one major in a double major BCom programme, and
as a minor. They can also take Hospitality as a minor. Alternatively, the Bachelor of Commerce in
Tourism and Hospitality Management is a prescribed degree programme combining tourism and
hospitality management.
Courses for a Single Major:

Not offered as a single major.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

TS106, TS107, UU100, UU114, TS207, TS213, UU200,
UU204; plus three of: EC308, TS309, TS310 or TS311; plus
one 300-level elective course (such as TS302, TS309,
TS310, TS311, EC308, MG301, MG302, MG303, MG305,
MG309, MG312, GE304).
Courses for a Minor in Tourism Studies:

TS106, TS107, TS207, TS213; plus one of: TS309, TS310,
TS311 or EC308.
Courses for a Minor in Hospitality:

TS108, TS109, TS208, TS209 and TS302.

159

Land Management
Courses for a Single Major:

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

LM112, LM113, LM211, LM213 or LM214, LM215,

or LM216, LM311 or LM312, LM315, LM317 or LM318.

Courses for a minor:

LM112, LM113, LM211 or LM215, LM312 with approval

by the Dean or Nominee.

Management and Public Administration

Programme Requirements:
Related 300-level offerings in History, Politics, Sociology and Tourism may be approved by the
Head of School or nominee as part of a Management and Public Administration single major.
Students intending to double major in Management and Public Administration are strongly advised
to seek counselling , as it may be difficult to construct a second major without help.
Courses for a Single Major:

MG101, MG106, UU100, UU114, MG201 or MG204,

MG202, MG206, MG214, UU200, UU204, MG303,
MG305, MG309, MG312, MG315, MG318 or MG319.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

MG101, MG106, UU114, UU100, MG201, MG202, MG206,
MG214, UU200, UU204, MG305, MG309, MG303,
MG311
Courses for a minor:

MG101 and MG106; plus one or two of: MG201, MG202,

MG204, MG206, MG214; plus at least one of: MG301,
MG302, MG303, MG305, MG309, MG311, MG312,
MG315, MG316, MG318, MG319, MG321.

Official Statistics
Courses for a Single Major:

EC101, GS100, OS101, OS102, PD101, UU100, UU114,

ST131, OS201, OS202, OS203, UU200, UU204, OS301,
OS302, OS303.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

OS101, OS102, UU100, UU114, plus ST131 or EC203,
OS201, OS202, OS203, UU200, UU204, OS301, OS302.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

LM112, LM113, UU114, UU100, EC100, AF100, AF108,

LM211, LM213, LM214, LM215, LM216, UU200, UU204,
LM311, LM312, LM313, LM317, LM318.

160

Courses for a Minor:

OS101, OS102, or OS201 or OS202, OS203, OS301.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Population Studies and Demography

Courses for a Single Major:

Not offered as a single major.

Courses for one major in a Double Major:

GS100, OS101, PD101, UU100, UU114; plus at least one
of: EC100, GE102, OS102; plus GS201, OS201, PD200,
UU200, UU204; plus PD301, PD303, OS301 and EC307.
Courses for a Minor:

PD101, PD200, PD301, PD303.

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE PRESCRIBED PROGRAMMES

There are two interdisciplinary Bachelor of Commerce programmes that do not follow the usual
programme requirements for major and minor disciplines but instead have a largely prescribed set
of courses, across discipline boundaries.

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN HOTEL MANAGEMENT

The Bachelor of Commerce in Hotel Management is a four year programme and consists of 24
courses of which eight are at 100-level, eight are at 200-level and eight at 300-level, as listed
below. Students who are not selected by industry practitioners for one-year internship placements
on completion of their 200-level courses are required to backtrack into the Bachelor of Commerce
in Tourism and Hospitality Management programme.
Year I, Semester I:

MG101, TS106, TS108, plus one 100-level elective (such

as AF100, DG100, LL181, etc.)

Year I, Semester II:

UU114, TS107, TS109 and UU100

Year II Semester I:

TS207, TS209, and one of UU200 or UU204

Year II, Semester II:

TS210, TS213,
UU204

Year III, Semester I & II:

TS218, TS303, TS304 (the internship period is one year

and consists of 3 courses).

Year IV, Semester I:

TS309 plus two 300-level electives (such as MG303,

MG305, EC308 or TS310).

Year IV, Semester II:

TS302, TS311, plus one 300-level elective course (such as

MG301, MG302, MG309, GE304).

TS216

and

one

of

UU200

or

161
B.Com Hotel Management students must not attempt to register for four courses per semester
in Year II. You will be not allowed to register for 300-level courses without the necessary prerequisites.

Courses:

MG101, TS106, TS107, TS108, TS109, UU100, UU114; plus

one 100-level elective (such as AF100, DG100, LL181
etc.), TS207, TS208,TS209, TS213, TS216, UU200, UU204;
plus one 200-level elective course; plus TS302, TS309,
TS310, TS311; plus four 300-level elective courses (e.g.
EC308, GE304, MG301, MG302, MG303, MG305).

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTING

The Bachelor of Commerce in Professional Accounting consists of 24 courses, of which eight are
at 100-level, eight are at 200-level and eight at 300-level as listed below.
Courses:

AF101, AF102, AF108, AF121, EC101 or EC102, FM101,

UU114, UU100, AF201, AF208, AF205, AF210, UU200,
UU204 plus any two 200-level courses, AF301, AF302,
AF304, AF308 plus any four 300-level courses.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE IN TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY

MANAGEMENT

162

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
GRADUATE CERTIFICATES
Graduate certificates are offered to students whose first degree is in a different discipline (whereas
postgraduate certificates and postgraduate diplomas are in the same discipline as the first degree).

GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

The Graduate Certificate in Public Administration is offered as an on-the-job education programme
aimed at improving the management capacity of Fiji civil servants. It provides an understanding of
governance and public administration concepts vis-a-vis their practical implications in Fiji and the
South Pacific.
Admission Requirements:

To be admitted for study for a Graduate Certificate in

Public Administration, a person shall have:
- A bachelor's degree from a recognised tertiary
institution, or
- Have met the mature student admission criteria,
which shall be judged on the basis of exceptional
professional achievement.

Programme Requirements:

The Graduate Certificate in Public Administration

consists of two courses.

Courses:

Any two of: MG451, MG452, MG453.

POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATES
Within the suite of the Graduate School of Business (GSB) programmes, the Postgraduate
Certificate has been designed to open up wider opportunities for managers to improve their
administrative performance through exposure to high-level administrative training. The two
programmes are:
Postgraduate Certificate in Financial Administration
Postgraduate Certificate in Human Resource Management
Those who complete either of these Postgraduate Certificates may apply for admission to the
Postgraduate Diploma in Business Administration or the Master of Business Administration
(MBA) programmes, provided they have a GPA of 3.0, and if successful they will normally receive
credit transfer for the three Postgraduate Certificate courses.
Note: Programmes in the Graduate School of Business operate on the basis of three trimesters
per year. Refer to the Principal Dates section of this publication for academic trimester dates.

163
Admission Requirements:

a)

passed the Graduate School of Business Management Admissions Test (GSBMAT)

admitted to the Postgraduate Certificates in Business Administration Programme
and,

b)

a bachelors degree from a recognised tertiary institution and a minimum of three years of
significant work experience in an executive or professional position involving considerable
authority and decision making; or

c)

an undergraduate diploma or equivalent from a recognised tertiary institution and at least

five years of significant work experience in an executive or professional position involving
considerable authority and decision making; or

d)

have met the mature student admission criteria, which shall be judged on the basis of
exceptional professional achievements.

Programme Requirements:
Each of the Postgraduate Certificates in Business Administration consists of three courses.
Programmes:

POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION

Courses:

MBA422, MBA432, MBA436.

POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN HUMAN RESOURCE

MANAGEMENT
Courses:

MBA423, MBA433, MBA435.

The Graduate School of Business may provide a customised Graduate Certificate in Business
Administration designed to meet the capacity development needs of a client organisation. The
certificate would be composed of a selection of three MBA courses.

POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN DIPLOMACY AND

INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS
The Postgraduate Certificate in Diplomacy and International Affairs provides a core grounding in
diplomacy and international affairs. It also provides a staircase into the Postgraduate Diploma in
Diplomacy and International Affairs and the Master of Arts in Diplomacy and International Affairs.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

To be admitted to study for:

the Postgraduate Certificate in Financial Administration; or the Postgraduate Certificate in Human
Resource Management,
a person shall have:

164
Admission Requirements:

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

The admission requirement for the Postgraduate Certificate in Diplomacy and International Affairs
is a Bachelors degree from a recognised tertiary institute with a GPA of at least 3.0, or equivalent.
In judging equivalence account is taken of relevant professional experience.
Programme Requirements:
The Postgraduate Certificate in Diplomacy and International Affairs consists of two courses.
Courses:

Two of: PL409, PL410, EC416, PL400 or PL401.

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN AGRICULTURE
The Postgraduate Diploma in Agriculture is offered in three streams:
Programme Requirements:
Each Postgraduate Diploma in Agriculture consists of four courses.

Agricultural Economics
Courses:

AG401, AG411, AG412, AG415.

Animal Science
Courses:

AG471, AG472, AG473, AG474

Crop Science
Courses:

AG401, AG461, AG464, AG465

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Within the suite of Graduate School of Business (GSB) programmes, the Postgraduate Diploma
in Business Administration has been designed to open up wider opportunities for managers to
improve their administrative performance through exposure to high-level administrative training.
The two programmes are:
Postgraduate Diploma for General Managers
Postgraduate Diploma in Advanced Analytical Skills
Those who complete either of these Postgraduate Diplomas may apply for admission to the Master
of Business Administration (MBA) programme, provided they achieve a GPA of at least 3.0, and if
successful will normally receive credit transfer for the six Postgraduate Diploma courses.
Note: Programmes in the Graduate School of Business operate on the basis of three trimesters
per year. Refer to the Principal Dates section of this publication for academic trimester dates.
Admission Requirements:

165
To be admitted to study for:
the Postgraduate Diploma in Financial Administration; or the Postgraduate Diploma in Human
Resource Management, a person shall have:
passed the Graduate School of Business Management Admissions Test (GSBMAT)
for admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Business Administration programme;
and

b)

a bachelors degree from a recognised tertiary institution and a minimum of three years
significant work experience in an executive or professional position involving considerable
authority and decision making; or

c)

an undergraduate diploma or equivalent from a recognised tertiary institution and at least

five years of significant work experience in an executive or professional position involving
considerable authority and decision making; or

d)

have met the mature student admission criteria, which shall be judged on the basis of
exceptional professional achievements.

Programme Requirements:
Each of the Postgraduate Diplomas in Business Administration consists of six courses.
Programmes:

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA FOR GENERAL MANAGERS

Courses:

MBA423, MBA433, MBA435, MBA437, MBA439

plus one MBA course.

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ADVANCED ANALYTICAL SKILLS

Courses:

MBA422, MBA431, MBA432, MBA436, MBA439,

plus one other MBA course.

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMMERCE

The Postgraduate Diploma in Commerce is offered in the following majors: Accounting, Professional
Accounting, Banking and Finance, Economics, Management and Public Administration, Official
Statistics, Population Studies and Demography, and Land Management.
The general admission requirements for the Postgraduate Diploma are:
a)
b)
c)
d)

e)

a USP bachelors degree with a grade point average (GPA) of at least 3.0 in the 200- and
300-level courses of the relevant discipline;
a tertiary qualification deemed by Senate or its delegate to be equivalent to clause (a);
a professional qualification deemed by Senate or its delegate to be equivalent to clause (a);
in exceptional cases, demonstrated experience or achievement deemed by Senate or its
delegate to be sufficient; or
have met the mature student admission criteria.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

a)

166

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Notwithstanding the provisions set out above, Senate or its delegate may require applicants
to demonstrate their suitability for admission by carrying out such work and/or sitting for such
examinations as it may determine. A 400-level course taken as a qualifying course for the
Postgraduate Diploma may become part of a future postgraduate programme.

ACCOUNTING
Programme Requirements:
The Postgraduate Diploma in Commerce (Accounting) consists of four courses.
Courses:

AF413, AF418; plus two 400-level courses from the

following: AF411, AF412, AF414, AF415, AF438.

PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTING
Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to a Postgraduate Diploma in Professional Accounting a person shall: a) have at
least one year of experience in commerce, industry or government after completing a bachelors
degree with a major in Accounting from a recognised tertiary institution.
Programme Requirements:
The Postgraduate Diploma in Professional Accounting consists of five courses.
Courses:

Any five courses from the following: AF401, AF402, AF405,

AF420, AF431, AF432, AF433, AF434, AF435, AF436,
AF437, AF439, and AF440.

BANKING AND FINANCE

Programme Requirements:
The Postgraduate Diploma in Commerce (Banking and Finance) consists of four courses.
Courses:

BF401, BF402, FM401, AF418.

ECONOMICS
The Postgraduate Diploma in Commerce (Economics) consists of four courses.
Courses:

EC401, EC402, EC403, EC404.

167

LAND MANAGEMENT
The Post graduate Diploma in Land Management consists of four courses.
Admission Requirements:

Courses: LM401, LM402, LM420, PC425.

MANAGEMENT AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

The Postgraduate Diploma in Commerce (Management and Public Administration) consists of
four courses of which two courses: MG405 and MG451 are core courses. Students can choose
any remaining two from the list below:
Courses:

MG401, MG402, MG403, MG404, MG405, MG406,

MG409, MG410, MG411, MG412 and MG453.

POPULATION STUDIES AND DEMOGRAPHY

The Postgraduate Diploma in Commerce (Population Studies and Demography) consists of four
courses.
Courses:

PD401, PD402; plus two 400-level courses chosen from

the following; EC404, DG415, DG410.

TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT

The Postgraduate Diploma in Commerce (Tourism and Hospitality Management) consists of four
courses.
Courses:

DG400, TS401, plus one of TS402, TS403 or TS405; plus

one 400-level elective course (such as one of the new
TS courses or DG408, DG417, DG422, LM402, MG401,
MG402, MG412, EV414).

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN DEVELOPMENT STUDIES

The Postgraduate Diploma in Development Studies is an interdisciplinary postgraduate programme
that produces graduates able to assume creative leadership roles in shaping sustainable societies.
The postgraduate diploma critically analyses ideas about governance, civil society, urbanisation,
regionalism, and global institutions, and explores their relationships with development.
In addition the postgraduate diploma teaches students essential research skills needed for later
MA and PhD theses or for more general work-related research activities.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Applicants who are Registered Valuers who do not have a first degree may be considered for
admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Land Management, and for Registered Valuers with
alternative qualifications credit may be granted.

168
Admission Requirements:

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

To be admitted in the Postgraduate Diploma in Development Studies a full-time candidate

shall have a Bachelors degree from a recognised tertiary institution with a GPA of at least 3.0.
Consideration will be given to professional experience and related training.
Programme Requirements:
The Postgraduate Diploma in Development Studies consists of five courses.
Courses:

DG400, DG410, plus one of the following 400-level

Development Studies courses: DG413, DG415, DG416,
DG417, DG420, DG422 plus two 400-level elective courses
chosen from any related fields.

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN DIPLOMACY AND INTERNATIONAL

AFFAIRS
The Postgraduate Diploma in Diplomacy and International Affairs offers a more comprehensive
understanding of international relations and diplomacy. It provides an opportunity for students to
deepen their knowledge of global and regional developments. It also provides a staircase into the
Master of Arts in Diplomacy and International Affairs.
Admission Requirements:
The admission requirement for the Postgraduate Diploma in Diplomacy and International Affairs is
a Bachelors degree from a recognised tertiary institution with a GPA of at least 3.0, or equivalent.
In judging equivalence account is taken of relevant professional experience (Postgraduate
Certificate in Diplomacy and International Affairs graduates have to achieve a GPA of 3.0 to enter
the Postgraduate Diploma in Diplomacy and International Affairs).
Programme Requirements:
The Postgraduate Diploma in Diplomacy and International Affairs consists of four courses.
Courses:

Four of PL409, PL410, EC416 and PL400 or PL401.

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN GOVERNANCE

Admission Requirements:
To be admitted in the Postgraduate Diploma in Governance, a full time candidate must have a
Bachelors degree from a recognised tertiary institution with a GPA of at least 3.0. Candidates
with GPAs above 2.5 may be considered in exceptional cases. Factors relevant to considering
applications may include professional experience and related training.
Special Programme Requirements:
The Postgraduate Diploma in Governance consists of five courses.
Courses:

DG400; plus DG404 or DG406; plus one 400-level

Governance course chosen from the following: DG403,
DG407 and DG411 plus two 400-level elective courses
that may be in Governance or related fields.

169

MASTERS DEGREE PROGRAMMES

The Master of Agriculture is normally undertaken after completing a Postgraduate Diploma in

Agriculture. It consists of either a full thesis, or two appropriate postgraduate courses and a
Supervised Research Project.

MASTER OF ARTS IN DEVELOPMENT STUDIES

The Masters programme consists of a thesis (DG700) or following the successful completion of
the Postgraduate Diploma in Development Studies, two postgraduate courses plus a Supervised
Research Project (DG600).

MASTER OF ARTS IN DIPLOMACY AND INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS

The Master of Arts in Diplomacy and International Affairs builds on the foundational courses in
the Postgraduate Diploma in Diplomacy and International Affairs by adding an opportunity to
undertake a research essay on diplomacy and international affairs on a topic of particular interest to
the student. This programme also provides research skills and advanced writing skills. In addition,
Master of Arts in Diplomacy and International Affairs students also have the opportunity to follow
an interest in a particular academic stream by clustering their electives in particular disciplines or
subject areas such as law, environment, economics or development studies.
Admission Requirements:
The admission requirement for the Master of Arts in Diplomacy and International Affairs is
a Postgraduate Diploma in Diplomacy and International Affairs with a GPA of 3 or above, or
equivalent qualification.
Programme Requirements:
The Master of Arts in Diplomacy and International Affairs consists of eight courses including five
core and three elective courses.
Core Courses:

PL409, PL410, PL411, EC416; plus one of: PL400 or PL401.

Electives:

The electives for the Master of Arts in Diplomacy and

International Affairs include (but are not limited to) the
following: DG422, EC406, EC408, EC413, LW468, LW469,
LW473, MS441, PL402.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

MASTER OF AGRICULTURE

170

MASTER OF ARTS IN GOVERNANCE

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

The Masters programme in Governance may be completed in three ways, subject to approval:
(1)

MA thesis (DG700, thesis only), an option reserved for applicants fitting two circumstances:
they have completed the degree of bachelor at the University of the South Pacific with at
least a 3.5 cumulative GPA in courses at the 200- and 300-level; or they are students of the
Postgraduate Diploma who have completed DG400, DG404 or DG406, and one additional
400-level course in Governance with a cumulative GPA of 3.5.

(2)

Following successful completion of the Postgraduate Diploma in Governance, students

successfully complete two additional postgraduate courses in Governance, or another
approved field, plus a Supervised Research Project (DG600).

(3)

The Master of Arts in Governance consists of nine courses. Following successful completion
of the Postgraduate Diploma in Governance, students must complete four additional
courses: one 400-level course in Governance (must be DG403 if not taken before); PL400
or PL402; plus two elective 400-level courses in Governance or related fields.

MASTER OF ARTS IN POLITICS/INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS

The Masters programme consists of a thesis or two postgraduate courses plus a Supervised
Research Project.

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Persons are eligible to be admitted to study for the Master of Business Administration if they have:
a)

passed the Graduate School of Business Management Admissions Test (GSBMAT) for
admission to the Master of Business Administration programme; and

b)

a bachelors degree from a recognised tertiary institution and a minimum of three years
significant work experience in an executive of professional position involving considerable
authority and decision making; or

c)

a postgraduate certificate or postgraduate diploma from Graduate School of Business, The

University of the South Pacific with a minimum GPA of 3.0 plus 5 years significant work
experience in an executive or professional position involving considerable authority and
decision making; or

d)

have met the mature student admission criteria, which shall be judged on the basis of
exceptional professional achievements.

The Master of Business Administration consists of twelve courses. A student who obtains three
fail grades will not be allowed to continue with the Master of Business Administration programme.
Courses:

MBA423, MBA431, MBA432, MBA433, MBA434,

MBA435, MBA436, MBA437, MBA438, MBA439,
MBA440; plus one from: MBA421, MBA422, MBA430,
MBA441, MBA442, MBA443; or one from: AF420, AF433,
DG410, DG415, DG417, EC408, EC412, MG401, MG404,
MG405, MG409, MG410, MG411, MG412, LM401,
LM402, TS401 or supervised independent research
conducted within MBA425.

171
Note: Programmes in the Graduate School of Business operate on the basis of three trimesters
per year.

MASTER OF COMMERCE IN ACCOUNTING

MASTER OF COMMERCE IN PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTING

To be admitted to a Master of Commerce in Professional Accounting programme a person shall
have at least one year of experience in commerce, industry or government after completing a
Bachelor's Degree with a major in Accounting from a recognised tertiary institution.
The Masters programme consists of any ten courses from:

AF401, AF402, AF405, AF420, AF431, AF432, AF433,

AF434, AF435, AF436, AF437, AF439, AF440, BF401,
BF402, FM401.

MASTER OF COMMERCE IN BANKING AND FINANCE

The Masters programme consists of (a) a thesis or (b) two appropriate postgraduate courses and
a Supervised Research Project.

MASTER OF COMMERCE IN ECONOMICS (THESIS OR SRP)

The Masters consists of (a) a thesis or (b) two appropriate postgraduate courses and a Supervised
Research Project.

MASTER OF COMMERCE IN ECONOMICS (COURSEWORK)

Note: The MCom in Economics by coursework consists of eight courses, including the four core
courses offered under the Postgraduate Diploma in Commerce (Economics).
Courses:

EC401, EC402, EC403, EC404 plus any 4 from EC405,

EC406, EC407, EC408, EC410, EC412, EC414, EC415,
EC417.

MASTER OF COMMERCE IN LAND MANAGEMENT

The Masters programme consists of a thesis or two postgraduate courses and a Supervised
Research Project.

MASTER OF COMMERCE IN MANAGEMENT AND PUBLIC

ADMINISTRATION (THESIS OR SRP)
The Masters programme consists of a Postgraduate Diploma in Commerce (Management and
Public Administration) plus: a thesis; or two appropriate postgraduate Management 400-level
courses from: MG401, MG402, MG403, MG404, MG405, MG406, MG409, MG410, MG411,
MG412, MG451, MG453 and a Supervised Research Project.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

The Masters programme consists of a full thesis. To be admitted to a Master of Commerce in

Accounting a person shall obtain a Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting.

172

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

MASTER OF COMMERCE IN MANAGEMENT AND PUBLIC

ADMINISTRATION (COURSEWORK)
The Masters programme consists of Postgraduate Diploma in Commerce (Management and
Public Administration) plus any four additional MG 400-level courses from: MG401, MG402,
MG403, MG404, MG405, MG406, MG409, MG410, MG411, MG412, MG451 and MG453.

MASTER OF COMMERCE IN OFFICIAL STATISTICS

The Masters programme consists of a thesis or two postgraduate courses plus a Supervised
Research Project.

MASTER OF COMMERCE IN POPULATION STUDIES AND

DEMOGRAPHY
The Masters consists of a thesis.

MASTER OF COMMERCE (TOURISM AND

HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT)
Applicants to the master's programme must have completed a Postgraduate Diploma in Tourism
Studies or Postgraduate Diploma in Commerce (Tourism and Hospitality Management) or
equivalent qualification with a cumulative of GPA of 3.5.
The Masters programme consists of a thesis (TS700F or TS700P) or, following the successful
completion of the Postgraduate Diploma in Commerce (Tourism and Hospitality Management)
or (Tourism Studies), two 400-level Postgraduate courses plus a Supervised Research Project
(TS600F or TS600P).

173

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Faculty of Business and Economics offers a Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in most disciplines taught
at postgraduate level. Students interested in progressing from a masters programme to doctoral
studies are advised to contact the Faculty Dean. The Admission and Programme Regulations
governing the Doctor of Philosophy appear in page 107 of this publication.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE , TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

174

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND

ENVIRONMENT
ACADEMIC CERTIFICATE PROGRAMMES
CERTIFICATE IN COMPUTING
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to a Certificate in Computing programme from a Senate recognised Form 7
or equivalent examination, a person shall have passed Mathematics with at least 50% in that
examination.
Programme Requirements:

The Certificate in Computing comprises six courses.

Courses:

CS111, CS112, IS121, MA111, MA161, UU114.

CERTIFICATE IN FOOD SCIENCE (Not Offered in 2016)

CERTIFICATE IN GEOSPATIAL SCIENCE
Programme Requirements:

The Certificate in Geospatial Science comprises six

courses.

Courses:

GS100, GS101, IS104; plus any three of GS200, GS201,

GS211, GS231.

CERTIFICATE IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Programme Requirements:

The Certificate in Information Systems comprises six

courses.

Courses:

IS121, IS122; plus one of MA101, MA102, MA111; plus

ST130, UU114, IS222.

175

CERTIFICATE IN MATHEMATICS
To be admitted to a Certificate in Mathematics programme from a Senate-recognised Form
7 or equivalent examination, a person shall have passed Mathematics with at least 50% in
that examination.

Programme Requirements:

The Certificate in Mathematics comprises six courses.

Courses:

IS104, MA111, MA112; plus MA161 or ST131; plus MA211;

plus one of MA221, MA262.

CERTIFICATE IN OCEAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

Programme Requirements:

The Certificate in Ocean Resources Management

comprises six courses.

Courses:

EC102, plus MS111, MS101, plus MS200, plus two other

MS courses.

CERTIFICATE IN SUSTAINABLE FISHERIES

Programme Requirements:

The Certificate in Sustainable Fisheries comprises six

courses.
Courses:

BI108, EC102, MS111, MS101; plus any two 200-level MS

courses.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE , TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Special Admission Requirements:

FACULTY OF SCIENCE , TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

176

DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTING
Special Admissions Requirements
To be admitted to a Diploma in Computing programme from a Senate-recognised Form 7
or equivalent examination, a person shall have passed Mathematics with at least 50% in that
examination.
Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Computing comprises twelve courses.

Courses:

CS111, CS112, IS121, MA111, MA161, UU100, UU114,

CS211, CS215, CS240, IS222; plus one course approved
by the Dean or nominee.

DIPLOMA IN GEOSPATIAL SCIENCE

Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Geospatial Science comprises twelve

courses.

Courses:

UU114, GS100, IS104, ST130, GS101, GE101 or GE102,

UU100A, GS200, GS201, GS211, GS231; plus one of
IS222, GE201, GE202, GE203 or GE205; GS301; plus one
other course approved by the Dean or nominee.

DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Special Admission Requirements
To be admitted to the Diploma in Information Systems programme from a Senate-recognised Form
7 or equivalent examination, a person shall have achieved 50% or equivalent in Mathematics in
that examination.
Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Information Systems comprises twelve

courses.

Courses:

IS121, IS122; plus one of MA101, MA111; plus ST130,

UU100, UU114, IS221, IS222, IS224; plus three other
courses approved by the Dean or nominee.

177

DIPLOMA IN MATHEMATICS
To be admitted to a Diploma in Mathematics programme from a Senate-recognised Form 7
or equivalent examination, a person shall have passed Mathematics with at least 50% in that
examination.
Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Mathematics comprises twelve courses.

Courses:

UU100, UU114, IS104, MA111, MA112; plus MA161 or

ST131; plus MA211; plus one of MA221, MA262; plus four
100-level course approved by the Dean or nominee.

DIPLOMA IN OCEAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AND POLICY

Programme Requirements:

The Diploma in Ocean Resources Management

and Policy comprises twelve courses.

Courses:

UU100, UU114, EC102, MS111, MS101, MS200, MS205,

MS210, MS301, MS304; plus two of MG101, MS204,
MS206, MS213, MS302, MS309, MS314.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE , TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Special Admission Requirements:

FACULTY OF SCIENCE , TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

178

BACHELORS DEGREE PROGRAMMES

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR DISCIPLINES
The Bachelor of Arts is a three-year programme comprising twenty-four courses; of which eight
courses are at 100-level, eight courses at 200-level, and eight courses at 300-level. The disciplines
permitted as a major for the Bachelor of Arts degree in 2016 are:

Computing Science
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to a Computing Science major in a BA programme, a person shall have:
a)

achieved 50% or equivalent in Mathematics from a Senate-recognised form 7 or equivalent

examination, or

b)

completed USP Foundation Programme with a C+ in the courses MAF11 and MAF12 and
a pass in CSF12.

Programme Requirements:
Students are required to take UU100A - Information Literacy component of UU100
Communications and Information Literacy course before progressing to 2nd year of studies.

UU100A is fully online and offered free of charge.

Courses for a Single Major:

MA111, MA161, CS111, CS112, UU114, CS211, CS214;

plus (IS222 or CS215 or CS218 or CS240); plus UU200,
UU204, SC356; CS311; plus (CS310 or CS318 or CS341);
plus (CS317 or CS324); plus IS314.

Courses for a Double Major:

MA161, CS111, CS112, UU114, CS211, CS214, plus (IS222

or CS215 or CS218 or CS240); plus UU200, UU204,
SC356; CS311; plus (CS310 or CS318 or CS341); plus
(CS317 or CS324).

Courses for a Minor:

CS111, CS112, CS211; plus one of: IS222, CS215, CS218,

CS240; plus one of CS310, CS311, CS317, CS318, CS341.

Geography
Courses for a Single Major:

GE101, GE102, GS100, UU100, UU114; plus GE201 or

GE205; plus GE202, GE203 or GE207; plus GS201; plus
UU200, UU204, GE304; plus at least one of: GE301,
GE302, GE303, GE306, GS301, PD301, MS301.

179

GE101, GE102, GS100, UU100, UU114; plus GE201 or

GE205; plus GE202, GE203, GE207; plus UU200, UU204,
GE304; plus at least one of GE301, GE302, GE303, GE306,
GS301, PD301, MS301.

Courses for a Minor:

GE101 and GE102; plus two of: GE201, GE202, GE203,

GE205, GE207, GS201, GS211; plus one of 300-level GE or
GS course or PD301.

Information Systems
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to an Information Systems major from a Senate-recognised Form 7 or equivalent
examination, a person shall have achieved 50% or equivalent in Mathematics in that examination.

Programme Requirements:
Students are required to take the UU100A - Information Literacy component of the UU100
Communications and Information Literacy course before progressing to 2nd year of studies.

UU100A is fully online and offered free of charge.

Courses for a Single Major:

IS121, IS122, MA101, ST130, UU114, IS221, IS222, IS224,

UU200, UU204, SC356, IS314, IS323, IS328, IS333.

Courses for a Double Major:

IS121, IS122, ST130, UU114, IS221, IS222, IS224, UU200,

UU204, SC356, IS323, IS333; plus (IS314 or IS328).

Courses for a Minor:

IS121, IS122, IS222, IS323, IS333.

Mathematics
Courses for a Single Major:

IS104, MA111, MA112, MA161, UU114, UU100, MA211,

MA221, MA262, UU200, UU204, SC356, MA313,
MA321, MA312, MA341.

Courses for a Double Major:

IS104, MA111, MA112, UU114, UU100, MA211, MA221,

MA262, UU200, UU204, SC356, MA313, MA321; plus at
least one of: MA312, MA341.

Courses for a Minor:

MA111, MA112, MA211, MA313; plus at least one of:

MA312, MA341.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE , TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Courses for a Double Major:

180

FACULTY OF SCIENCE , TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

BACHELOR OF COMMERCE MAJOR DISCIPLINES

The Bachelor of Commerce is a three-year programme comprising twenty-four courses; of which
eight courses are at 100-level, eight courses are at 200-level, and eight courses at 300-level.
The disciplines permitted as a major for the Bachelor of Commerce degree in 2016 are:

Information Systems
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to an Information Systems major from a Senate-recognised Form 7 or equivalent
examination, a person shall have achieved 50% or equivalent in Mathematics in that examination.
Programme Requirements:
Students are required to take UU100A - Information Literacy component of UU100
Communications and Information Literacy course before progressing to 2nd year of studies.

UU100A is fully online and offered free of charge.

Courses for a Single Major: IS121, IS122, MA101, ST130, UU114, IS221, IS222,
IS224, UU200, UU204, SC356, IS314, IS323, IS328,
IS333.
Courses for a Double Major: IS121, IS122, ST130, UU114, IS221, IS222, IS224,
UU200, UU204, SC356, IS323, IS333; plus IS314
or IS328.
Courses for a Minor: IS121, IS122, IS222; IS323, IS333.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR DISCIPLINES

The Bachelor of Science is a three-year programme comprising twenty-four courses; of which
eight courses are at 100-level, eight courses at 200-level, and eight courses at 300-level. The
disciplines permitted as a major or minor for the Bachelor of Science degree in 2016 are:

Biology
Courses for a Single Major:

BI102, BI108, CH105 (for non-Chemistry minors), UU100,

UU114, BI205, BI206; plus at least two of: BI201, BI/
MS202, BI207; plus UU200, UU204, SC356, plus at least
four of: BI302, BI304, MS/BI305, MS/BI307, BI/MS308,
BI309.

Courses for a Double Major:

BI102, BI108, CH105 (for non-Chemistry majors), UU100,

UU114 , BI205; plus at least two of: BI201, BI/MS202,
BI206, BI207; plus UU200, UU204, SC356, plus at least
three of: BI302, BI304, MS/BI305, MS/BI307, BI/MS308,
BI309.

181

BI102, BI108, BI205; plus at least one 200-level BI course

to a maximum of five courses.

Chemistry
Courses for a Single Major:

CH101, CH102; plus PH106 and MA102 (for nonmathematics majors); plus UU100, UU114, CH201, CH203,
CH204, UU200, UU204, SC356 plus CH301 and at least
three of: CH303, CH306, CH311, CH312.

Courses for a Double Major:

CH101, CH102; plus PH106 and MA102 (for nonmathematics majors); plus UU100, UU114, CH201, CH203,
CH204, UU200, UU204, SC356 plus CH301 and at least
two of: CH303, CH306, CH311, CH312.

Courses for a Minor:

CH101, CH102, CH201, CH203, CH204.

Computing Science
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to a Computing Science Major in a BSc programme, a person shall have
a)

achieved 50% or equivalent in Mathematics from a Senate recognised form 7 or equivalent

examination, or

b)

completed USP Foundation Programme with a C+ in the courses MAF11 and MAF12 and
a pass in CSF12.

Programme Requirements:
Students are required to take UU100A - Information Literacy component of UU100
Communications and Information Literacy course before progressing to 2nd year of studies.

UU100A is fully online and offered free of charge.

Courses for a Single Major:

MA111, MA161, CS111, CS112, UU114, CS211, CS214;

plus (IS222 or CS215 or CS218 or CS240); plus UU200,
UU204, SC356, CS311; plus (CS310 or CS318 or CS341);
plus (CS317 or CS324); plus IS314.

Courses for a Double Major:

MA161, CS111, CS112, UU114, CS211, CS214, plus (IS222

or CS215 or CS218 or CS240); plus UU200, UU204,
SC356, CS311; plus (CS310 or CS318 or CS341); plus
(CS317 or CS324).

FACULTY OF SCIENCE , TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Courses for a Minor:

182

FACULTY OF SCIENCE , TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Courses for a Minor:

CS111, CS112, CS211; plus one of: IS222, CS215, CS218,

CS240; plus one of CS310, CS311, CS317, CS318, CS341.

Electrical/Electronic Engineering
Programme Requirements:
Students are required to take UU100A - Information Literacy component of UU100
Communications and Information Literacy course before progressing to 2nd year of studies.

UU100A is fully online and offered free of charge.

Courses for a Single Major:

Not offered as a single major.

Courses for a Double Major

(only offered with Computing Science major):

MA111, UU114, EE102, MM101, MM103, UU200, UU204,

plus three of (EE211, EE212, EE222, EE224, EE225),
SC356 plus three of (EE301, EE312, EE313, EE314, EE321,
EE323, EE325, EE326 and an Industrial Attachment of 10
weeks during summer vacation is compulsory.

Geography
Programme Requirements:
Allowed as a double major for the Bachelor of Science only in combination with the following other
major disciplines: Biology and Information Systems.
Courses for a Single Major:

Not offered as a single major under the BSc programme.

Courses for a Double Major:

GE101, GE102, GS100, UU100, UU114; plus GE201 or

GE205; plus any two of: GE201, GE202, GE203, GE205,
GE207, GS201, GS211; plus UU200, UU204, SC356,
GE304; plus at least two of GE301, GE302, GE303, GE306,
GS301, PD301, MS301.

Courses for a Minor:

Not offered as a minor under the BSc programme.

Geospatial Science
Courses for a Double Major:

UU114, UU100A, GS100, GS101, IS104, UU200, UU204,

GS201, GS211, GS231, SC356, GE301 plus one of GS302
or GS311.

Information Systems
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to an Information Systems major from a Senate-recognised Form 7 or equivalent
examination, a person shall have achieved 50% or equivalent in Mathematics in that examination.

183
Programme Requirements:

UU100A is fully online and offered free of charge.

Courses for a Single Major:

IS121, IS122, MA102, ST130, UU114, IS221, IS222, IS224,

UU200, UU204, SC356, IS314, IS323, IS328, IS333.

Courses for a Double Major:

IS121, IS122, ST130, MA102, UU114, IS221, IS222, IS224,

UU200, UU204, SC356, IS323, IS333; plus IS314 or IS328.

Courses for a Minor:

IS121, IS122, IS222, IS323, IS333.

Mathematics
Courses for a Single Major:

IS104, MA111, MA112, MA116, UU114, UU100, MA211,

MA221, MA262, UU200, UU204, MA313, MA321,
SC356, MA312, MA341.

Courses for a Double Major:

IS104, MA111, MA112 , UU114, UU100, MA211, MA221,

MA262, UU200, UU204, SC356, MA313, MA321; plus
one of MA312, MA341.

Courses for a Minor:

MA111, MA112, MA211, MA221; plus at least one of:

MA312, MA341, MA313.

Physics
Courses for a Single Major:

PH101, PH102, CH105 (for non-Chemistry minors),

MA112, UU100, UU114, PH202, PH204, PH206, UU200,
UU204, SC356; plus PH301, PH302, PH304, PH306.

Courses for a Double Major:

CH105 (for non-Chemistry majors), PH101, PH102,

MA112, UU100, UU114; plus PH202, PH204, PH206; plus
UU200, UU204, SC356; plus at least three of: PH301,
PH302, PH304, PH306.

Courses for a Minor:

PH101, PH102; plus two of: PH202, PH204, PH206; plus

one of: PH301, PH302, PH304, PH306.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE , TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Students are required to take UU100A - Information Literacy component of UU100

Communications and Information Literacy course before progressing to 2nd year of studies.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE , TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

184

PRESCRIBED PROGRAMMES
BACHELOR OF ARTS PRESCRIBED PROGRAMMES
The Bachelor of Arts - Prescribed Programme is a three-year programme comprising twenty-four
courses; of which eight courses are at 100-level, eight courses at 200-level, and eight courses
at 300-level. There is one interdisciplinary Bachelor of Arts programme that does not follow the
usual programme requirements for major and minor disciplines but instead has a prescribed set of
courses, across discipline boundaries.

BACHELOR OF ARTS (ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT)

Students must focus on one of the two pathways: the Environment and Management or the
Environment and Society pathway.
The Environment and Management pathway:
Year I:

UU100, UU114, BI103, EC100, GE101, GE102, GS100,

MG101

Year II:

UU200, UU204, MG214, EV201, GS201, LM216; plus two

of GS201, GE202, GE203, GE207, MS200

Year III:

SC356, EC307, GE304, EV301, EV302; plus three of

GE303, MS303, GS301, GE302, MS302, MS306

The Environment and Society pathway:

Year I:

UU100, UU114, EC100, GE101, GE102, GS100; plus two of

PD101, TS106, TS107, SO100, SO110

Year II:

UU200, UU204, EV201, GS201, GE203, GE207, LM216;

plus one of GE201, GE202, MS205, PD200, SO201, TS213

Year III:

SC356, GE304, EC307, EV301, EV302; plus three of GE301,

GE302, GE303, MS301, MS302, PD303, TS310

BACHELOR OF ARTS (MARINE MANAGEMENT)

Year I:

UU100, UU114, MS101, MS111, EC102, GS100, MG101,

ST130

Year II:

UU200, UU204, EC203, MS200, MS205, MS204, MS206,

MS210

185

SC356, MS301, MS302, MS304, MS309, MS310, MS315,

plus one of EV301, EV302 or MS314

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING
The Bachelor of Engineering degree is a four-year programme comprising thirty-two courses,
eight at the 100-level, eight at 200-level, sixteen at 300-level plus an industrial attachment
and workshop practice component.
There are two different Bachelor of Engineering (BE) programmes: Bachelor of Engineering
(Electrical and Electronics) and Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical). Both programmes
have the same admission regulations and have prescribed sets of courses plus an industrial
attachment and workshop practice component.
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to a Bachelor of Engineering a person shall:
a)
b)

from a Senate-recognised Form 7 or equivalent examination, have passed English,

Mathematics and Physics with 50% and either Chemistry or Technology, or
have met the mature student admission criteria.

Programme Requirements:
Students are required to take UU100A - Information Literacy component of UU100
Communications and Information Literacy course before progressing to 2nd year of studies.

UU100A is fully online and offered free of charge.

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS)

Courses:
Year I:

PH102, MM101, UU114, MA111, EE102,

MM103, CS111 and MA112

Year II:

CS211, EE211, EE212, EE222, EE224, EE225, MA211,

MA272; plus EN001 Industrial Work Experience
(IWE)

Year III:

EE301, EE312, EE313, EE314, EE321, EE323,

EE325, EE326

Year IV:

EE364, EE381, EE388, EE391, EE392, EE399; plus

any t wo of EE361, EE362, EE363

FACULTY OF SCIENCE , TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Year III:

186

FACULTY OF SCIENCE , TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (MECHANICAL)

Courses:
Year I:

PH102, MM101, UU114, MA111, EE102,

MM103, CS111 and MA112

Year II:

MA211, MA272, MM211, MM212, MM214,

MM221, MM222, MM223, EN001 Industrial Work
Experience (IWE)

Year III:

MM311, MM312, MM315, MM301, MM321,

MM322, MM323, MM324

Year IV:

MM365, MM381, MM388, MM391, MM392,

MM399 plus any two of MM361, MM362, MM363,
MM366

PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMMES IN ICT

The Bachelor of Net-Centric Computing and Bachelor of Software Engineering degrees are
four-year programmes comprising twenty-four courses, eight at 100-level, eight at 200-level,
six at 300-level, followed by an additional year which consists of two 400-level courses and
an industrial placement project.
Bachelor of Net-Centric Computing and Bachelor of Software Engineering are provisionally
accredited by the Australian Computer Society. Graduates of these programmes will be
eligible to become members of the Australian Computer Society and be granted the Certified
Technologist (CT) post-nominal. They will be eligible to apply for recognition as Certified
Professional (CP) after five years of suitable professional ICT experience.
Special Admission Requirements:
To be admitted to a Bachelor of Net-Centric Computing and Bachelor of Software Engineering
a person shall:
a)

from a Senate-recognised Form 7 or equivalent examination, have passed English and

Mathematics; or

b)

completed the USP Foundation Programme with a C+ in courses MAF11, MAF12, a pass
in CSF12, and at least C in LLF11.

Students must successfully complete the requirements of the first three years before
proceeding to the 4th year of the BNC and BSE programmes.

187

BACHELOR OF NET-CENTRIC COMPUTING

Year I:

CS111, CS112, MA111, MA112, MA161, ST131,

UU100, UU114

Year II:

CS211, CS214, CS215, CS218, IS221, IS222,

UU200, UU204 plus CS001 Foundations of Professional
Practice.

Year III:

CS310, CS311, CS317, CS318, IS323, IS333

Year IV:

CS427 plus one of CS412 or CS424 or IS428; plus CS400

Industry Experience Project (IEP).

BACHELOR OF SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

Courses:

Year I:

CS111, CS112, MA111, MA112, MA161,

ST131, UU100, UU114

Year II:

CS211, CS214, CS240, CS241, IS222, plus IS221

or IS224, UU200, UU204 plus CS001 Foundations of
Professional Practice.

Year III:

CS310, CS311, CS324, CS341, IS314, IS333

Year IV:

CS415, CS424 plus CS400 Industry Experience Project

(IEP).

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE PRESCRIBED PROGRAMMES

The Bachelor of Science - Prescribed Programme is a three-year programme comprising twentyfour courses; eight courses at 100-level, eight courses at 200-level, and eight courses at 300-level.
There are two interdisciplinary Bachelor of Science programmes that do not follow the usual
programme requirements for major and minor disciplines but instead have prescribed sets of
courses, across discipline boundaries.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE)

Students must focus on one of the two pathways: the Biology and Environment or the Earth
and Environment pathway.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE , TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Courses:

188

FACULTY OF SCIENCE , TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

The Biology pathway

Year I:

UU100, UU114, BI102, BI108, CH105, ES106, GE101,

MA102

Year II:

UU200, UU204, BI201, EV201, GS201, GE206, GE201;

plus LM216 or GS211

Year III:

SC356, EV301, GE304, BI304, EV302; plus three of

GS301, GE301, MS306, BI308, GE306

The Earth Science pathway

Year I:

UU100, UU114, MA102, GE101, GE102, CH101, BI103,

ES106

Year II:

UU200, UU204, MS211, GS201, EV201, ES202, CH204;

plus one of GE205, LM216, GS211

Year III:

SC356, EV301, ES301, ES302, ES303, GE306, CH312;

plus one of GS301, GE304, MS312, EV302

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (MARINE SCIENCE)

Year I:

UU100, UU114, MS101, MS111, BI108, CH101, ES106,

ST130

Year II:

UU200, UU204, BI/MS202, BI206, MS204, MS206,

MS211, MS213

Year III:

SC356, MS/BI307, MS306, MS312, MS315, MS313; plus

one of MS324 or MS314; plus one of BI/MS308, MS/
BI305, EV301

189

The Bachelor of Geospatial Science is a three-year programme comprising of twenty-four

courses, eight at 100-level, eight at 200 level and eight at 300-level. Students must focus on
one of the two pathways: Geospatial Analyst or Geospatial Developer pathway.
Geospatial Analyst pathway:
Year I:

UU114, UU100A, GS100, GS101, LM113, GE101, GE102,

IS104, ST130.

Year II:

UU200, UU204, GS200, GS211, GS201, GS231, plus two

of GE201, GE203, GE205

Year III:

SC356, GE304, EC307, EV301, EV302; plus three of

GE301, GE302, GE303, MS301, MS302, PD303, TS310

Geospatial Developer pathway:

Year I:

UU114, UU100A, GS100, GS101, LM113, GE101, GE102,

IS104, ST130.

Year II:

UU200, UU204, GS200, GS201, GS211, GS231, IS222,

IS224.

Year III:

SC356, GS302, GS301, GS311, GS350, IS333, IS328,

IS323.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE , TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

BACHELOR OF GEOSPATIAL SCIENCE - PRESCRIBED

PROGRAMMES

FACULTY OF SCIENCE , TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

190

POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS
The Postgraduate Diploma programme comprises four courses. The courses on Research
Projects (e.g. BI420, CH420) allowed under special conditions would be counted towards
the respective Postgraduate Diploma programme.

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ARTS

Environmental Management:
Courses:

GE403, GE407, GE409; plus any one of: GE404, GE406

Geography:
Courses:

GE403; plus any three of: GE402, GE404, GE406, GE407,

GE409

Marine Management:
Courses:

MS441, MS442, SC400 or any other Research Methods

course; plus any other 400-level course approved by
Senate or its delegate.

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN CLIMATE CHANGE

Courses:

EV414, EV415 plus any two of: SC400 (strongly

recommended for students intending to pursue Master of
Science in Climate Change), EV402, EV405, EV424, EV425,
EV426, EV428, BI442, EC415, DG414, DG422, LW452,
GE407, GE409, PH407, PH414, PH416, PL400, PL402,
MA420 and other relevant courses with the approval of
the Director of PaCE-SD.

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Computing Science:
Courses:

CS412, CS415, CS424, CS427.

Information Systems:
Courses:

Any four from IS413, IS414, IS421, IS428, IS431, IS432,

IS433, IS434.

191

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN SCIENCE

Courses:

SC400 plus at least two BI-400 level courses from FSTE

as approved by the HOS or their nominee

Chemistry:
Courses:

SC400 plus at least two CH400 level courses

Environmental Geoscience:
Courses:

SC400, EV402; plus two of EV405, GE404, GE407, GE409

Marine Science:
Courses:

SC400, MS411, one other MS400-level course

and any other one 400-level science course
from FSTE.

Mathematics:
Courses:

SC400 plus any three of: MA411, MA416,

MA441, MA443, ST403

Physics:
Courses:

SC400 plus three from PH407, PH414, PH416,

PH402, PH421

FACULTY OF SCIENCE , TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

Biology:

FACULTY OF SCIENCE , TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

192

MASTERS DEGREE PROGRAMMES

MASTER OF ARTS IN ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
The Master's programme consists of a thesis or two postgraduate courses plus a
Supervised Research Project.

MASTER OF ARTS IN GEOGRAPHY

The Master's programme consists of a thesis or two postgraduate courses plus a
Supervised Research Project.

MASTER OF ARTS IN MARINE MANAGEMENT

The Master's programme consists of a thesis or two postgraduate courses plus a
Supervised Research Project.

MASTER OF ARTS IN MATHEMATICS

The Master's programme consists of a thesis or two postgraduate courses plus a
Supervised Research Project.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN BIOLOGY

The Master's programme consists of a thesis or two postgraduate courses plus a
Supervised Research Project.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CLIMATE CHANGE

The Master's programme consists of a thesis.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY

The Master's programme consists of a thesis or two postgraduate courses plus a
Supervised Research Project.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN COMPUTING SCIENCE

The Master's programme consists of a thesis or two postgraduate courses plus a
Supervised Research Project.
In addition to the Senate approved requirements for the degree of Master's, a person
who has completed Bachelor of Net-Centric Computing or Bachelor of Software
Engineering with a GPA of 3.0 is eligible for direct entry in the Master's programme.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EARTH SCIENCE

The Master's programme consists of a thesis or two postgraduate courses plus a
Supervised Research Project.

193

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING

In addition to the Senate approved requirements for the degree of Master's, a person
who has completed Bachelor of Engineering with a GPA of 3.0 is eligible for direct
entry in the Master's programme by thesis. A person who has completed Bachelor of
Technology with a GPA of 3.0 must first complete four 4th year engineering courses
(selected by the school) to be eligible for entry in the Master's programme by thesis.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

The Master's programme consists of a thesis or two postgraduate courses plus a
Supervised Research Project.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Programme Requirements:
The Masters programme consists of four PG courses and a thesis; or six PG courses
and a Supervised Research Project.

Courses:

Four PG courses (SC400; plus 3 x IS400-level courses)

and a thesis; or

Six PG courses (SC400, IS431; plus four IS400-level

courses) and a Supervised Research Project.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MARINE SCIENCE

The Master's programme consists of a thesis or two postgraduate courses plus a
Supervised Research Project.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MATHEMATICS

The Master's programme consists of a thesis or two postgraduate courses plus a
Supervised Research Project.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS

The Master's programme consists of a thesis or two postgraduate courses plus a
Supervised Research Project

FACULTY OF SCIENCE , TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

The Master's programme consists of a thesis.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE , TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

194

PROFESSIONAL MASTER'S PROGRAMMES

These programmes cannot be used to enrol into PhD programmes.

MASTER OF COMPUTING AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Courses:

CS412, CS415, CS424, CS427, IS413, IS421,

IS428, IS434.

MASTER OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Programme Requirements:

The Master's of Information Systems programme

consists of eight courses.

Courses:

IS413, IS414, IS421, IS428, IS431, IS432, IS433, IS434.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT IN SMALL

ISLAND STATES
This Masters programme, is offered in partnership with the University of Malta, University
of Mauritius, University of the West Indies, University of the Virgin Islands, University of Las
Palmas de Gran Canaria and the University of Seychelles. It will consist of 90 European Credit
Transfer System (ECTS) or their equivalent, of which 30 ECTS will be assigned to a research
component and dissertation. At least 50% of the content of the Master's degree will be
offered by the Home University, based on its quality control methods, and the remaining
percentage of study units will be offered by the other members of the consortium who will
use their own quality control methods.
Entry Requirements:

Admission requirements will be based on the USP

Master's entry requirements.

(Details on this programme are available on HYPERLINK "http://www.ucsis.ac" www.ucsis.ac)

195

The Faculty of Science, Technology and Environment offers a Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in most
disciplines taught at postgraduate level in the Faculty. Students interested in progressing from a
masters programme to doctoral studies are advised to contact the Faculty Dean. The Admission
and Programme Regulations governing the Doctor of Philosophy appear in page 107 of this
publication.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE , TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

COURSE IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM

196

COURSE IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM

COURSE CODES
Preliminary, foundation, and some certificate courses have a three-letter + two-number
code. In these codes, the third letter represents the programme level. For example, GEP02
is a preliminary course, GEF02 is a foundation course. Degree-level undergraduate courses
and postgraduate courses have a two-letter + three-number code. For example, AG350 is
a degree course.
COURSE CODE LETTERS
All USP courses are identified by a two- or three-letter prefix. These code letters represent
a focused area of study (such as BI for biology, ED for education, or SO for sociology). A list
of all study area prefixes and the section of the university that teaches them appears below.
COURSE CODE NUMBERS
Preliminary, foundation, certificate, diploma and Continuing and Community Education course
codes contain a two-digit number, while other course codes contain a three-digit number.
The first of the three digits reflects the level of the course. First year courses of a degree
programme open with a 1 and are referred to as 100-level courses, second year courses
have a 2 and are known as 200-level courses, and third year courses have a 3, called
300-level courses. Taught courses for a Postgraduate Certificate or Diploma or a Masters
degree are 400-level courses. At the postgraduate level, a supervised research project has a
600 code, a masters thesis has a 700 code and a PhD thesis has an 800 code.
PREFIX

DISCIPLINE

OFFERED BY

AF

Accounting

Faculty of Business and Economics

AG

Agriculture

Faculty of Business and Economics

AL

Research Methodology

Faculty of Arts, Law and Education

BF

Banking

Faculty of Business and Economics

BI

Biology

Faculty of Science, Technology and Environment

CE

Continuing Education

Pacific Technical and Further Education (Pacific TAFE)

CH

Chemistry

Faculty of Science, Technology and Environment

CS

Computing Science

Faculty of Science, Technology and Environment

DG

Development/
Governance

Faculty of Business and Economics

EC

Economics

Faculty of Business and Economics

ED

Education

Faculty of Arts, Law and Education

197
Electrical/Electronic
Engineering

Faculty of Science, Technology and Environment

EL

English Language

Faculty of Arts, Law and Education

EM/EV

Environmental Science

Faculty of Science, Technology and Environment

ES

Earth Science

Faculty of Science, Technology and Environment

FM

Finance

Faculty of Business and Economics

FT

Food and Textiles

Faculty of Science, Technology and Environment

GE

Geography

Faculty of Science, Technology and Environment

GN

Gender Studies

Faculty of Arts, Law and Education

GS

Geospatial Science

Faculty of Science, Technology and Environment

HY

History

Faculty of Arts, Law and Education

IS

Information Systems

Faculty of Science, Technology and Environment

JN

Journalism

Faculty of Arts, Law and Education

LL

Literature and Language

Faculty of Arts, Law and Education

LM

Land Management

Faculty of Business and Economics

LS

Library Studies

Faculty of Arts, Law and Education

LW

Law

Faculty of Arts, Law and Education

MA

Mathematics

Faculty of Science, Technology and Environment

MBA

Master of Business
Administration

Faculty of Business and Economics

MG

Management and Public

Administration

Faculty of Business and Economics

MM

Mechanical/Manufacturing
Engineering

Faculty of Science, Technology and Environment

MS

Marine Studies

Faculty of Science, Technology and Environment

OS

Official Statistics

School of Economics

PA

Pacific Studies

Faculty of Arts, Law and Education

PC

Pacific Centre

Pacific Centre for Environment and Sustainable

Development (PaCE-SD)

PD

Population and Demography

Faculty of Business and Economics

COURSE IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM

EE

COURSE IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM

198
PH

Physics

Faculty of Science, Technology and Environment

PL

Politics

Faculty of Business and Economics

PP

Pacific Policing

Faculty of Arts, Law and Education

PS

Psychology

Faculty of Arts, Law and Education

SO

Sociology

Faculty of Arts, Law and Education

ST

Statistics

Faculty of Science, Technology and Environment

SW

Social Work

Faculty of Arts, Law and Education

TE

Technology

Faculty of Arts, Law and Education

TS

Tourism Studies

Faculty of Business and Economics

UU

Interdisciplinary

University

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Within the course descriptions section the courses appear in strict course code order under
the faculty or sections in which they are taught.
After the course code and course title, each course description shows codes to indicate the
semester, mode and location in which the course is offered (refer to the key below for further
explanation). A slash (/) between two semester codes or mode codes or location codes
means that all values to the left of the slash go together, as do all values to the right. Most
course prescriptions will indicate what prerequisites must have been met before registering
for the course and what percentage of the course is assigned to the continuous assessment
and the final examination.
KEY TO SEMESTER, MODE AND LOCATION CODES

Semester
I

offered in the first semester

II

offered in the second semester

I&II

offered in Semester I and Semester II, as a single-semester course

I/II

generally means offered face-to-face (F) in Semester I and by Print (P) in

Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in
other columns

II/I

generally means offered face-to-face (F) in Semester II and by Print (P) in

Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in
other columns.

199
offered by distance and flexible learning as a 30-wk course, beginning after
wk 7 in Semester I with final assessment held at the end of Semester II

TI

Trimester I

TII

Trimester II

TIII

Trimester III

TBA

to be advised: information not available at publication date

Not offered

not offered this year

Modes of delivery
The following codes provide the official modes of course delivery at the University of the South
Pacific (USP).
F = Courses offered in the face-to-face mode P = Courses offered in the print mode B =
Courses offered in the blended mode O = Courses offered in the online mode
In todays dynamic learning environment, while the above modes have specific definitions, it must
also be remembered that there may be overlapping features across the four different modes.
For example, a face-to-face course may also have selected online and multimedia components.
Similarly, print and blended courses may also have some face-to-face tutorials, either delivered by
tutors or lecturers at the regional campuses or through audio and video conferences. Furthermore,
there may also be selected online and multimedia components. Distance and flexible learning
students may be enrolled in any of the following three modes: P, B or O. Flexi-schools are also
conducted throughout the region.
The Faculties determine the mode in which a course is delivered and then the information is
published in the annual Handbook and Calendar. Moreover, the Faculties also determine
the annual flexi-school schedules. Flexi-schools include summer and winter schools that are
conducted throughout the year. The Faculty in which the flexi-school course is taught will supply
the necessary information.
The information included below provides a detailed explanation of the modes of delivery in the
USP context.

Face-to-face (F)
Face-to-face courses are those offered with at least two hours of lectures per week and Face-toface tutorials during the semester of offer; these courses may include the following:

Moodle (1-29%: see the Appendix at the end of this document); and

other forms of learning technologies, for example, mLearning.

COURSE IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM

30-wk

COURSE IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM

200

Print (P)

Courses offered in the print mode do not offer weekly lectures and face-to-face tutorials during
the semester of offer. Print courses are those offered through Distance and Flexible Learning and
where the learning materials are provided in a combination of the following course components:

Introduction and Assignments book;

Course book(s)

Course or Study Guide (book)

Any other printed materials that are developed by a course writer or subject specialist and
the Course Design and Development (CDD-CFDL) team.

Some courses have regional tutors, in which case, there may be face-to-face tutorials at the
regional campuses. However, this is not generally the case. The majority of print courses have
videoconference tutorials conducted through REACT.

offer satellite tutorials (REACT)

may have a regional tutor (in which case, there may be some face to face tutorials)

have a Moodle presence (1-29%)

may have other forms of learning technologies, for example, mLearning

may have selected multimedia, for example, DVD, CDs, etc.

Blended (B)
A blended course is one that blends online and face-to-face delivery. Sometimes blended courses
are referred to as hybrid courses. Furthermore, a blended course is one where a substantial
proportion of the content, that is, 30-79%, is delivered online, typically uses online discussions, and
typically has some face-to-face interaction between student and lecturer or tutor. Blended courses
may also have a (print) Course guide or Study guide and can be offered to both Face-to-face- and
Distance and Flexible Learning students.
Online (O)
An online course is one where most or all of the content is delivered online and typically has no
face-to-face meetings, that is, 80+% is offered in the online mode. All multimedia components
of the course will be included in the Learning Management System (LMS) used by the course
provider. Moodle is USPs selected LMS.

201

A
E
L

offered at Alafua Campus, Apia, Samoa

offered at Emalus Campus, Port Vila, Vanuatu
offered at Laucala Campus, Suva, Fiji

offered through all or some USP campuses*

A/SC

offered at Alafua Campus and through selected USP campuses*

E/SC

offered at Emalus Campus and through selected USP campuses*

L/SC

offered at Laucala Campus and through selected USP campuses*

Please contact your nearest USP campus for more information on whether a
particular course is offered there.

An example of an entry in course prescriptions chapter is explained below.

Code

Title

Semester

AG363

Pest and Disease Management I

Mode

Location

F A&SC

Prerequisites: AG164
This is a multi-discipline course integrating husbandry and pesticide information together
with biological and other useful means of control to give an integrated crop pest and disease
management approach to assist students to apply to practical situations the more theoretical
previous courses.
Explanation
This course has a course code of AG363, the AG prefix meaning it is an Agriculture course,
and the first digit of the three-number suffix indicating it is a 300-level (a third-year course).
It is offered in Semester I in two ways face-to-face at Alafua Campus, and by distance and
flexible learning at campuses around the region.
The prerequisite for the course is AG164. This means a student must have already passed
the course AG164 before being permitted to register for AG363. The material in AG164 is an
essential foundation for understanding AG363.

COURSE IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM

Location

COURSE IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM

202

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS FOR COMPULSORY

UNIVERSITY COURSES
All students admitted to an undergraduate Bachelor Degree Programme are required to
complete these four University courses.
UU100 Communications and Information Literacy

I&II
B/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: None
UU100 is one of the four compulsory generic courses being offered by USP and is to be taken
in the first year of full-time study and before enrolling in 200 and 300-level courses. The aim
of this course is to ensure that all incoming students develop knowledge and competence in
the use of computers and information resources. The course covers fundamental concepts
of computers and their applications and addresses the broader imperative for students to
develop the capacity to effectively locate, access, evaluate and use information effectively.
UU100A is the Information Literacy component of UU100 and is required to be taken by
students majoring in CS or IS and students enrolled in the BE programme. Students are
required to complete UU100A before progressing to second year of studies. It is fully online
and offered free of charge.
UU114

English for Academic Purposes

I/II

F/O/P

L/C/C

Prerequisites: None
By the end of this course students will be expected to have achieved a proficiency in
academic writing, reading and speaking sufficient to support their language needs in courses
in the humanities, social sciences or sciences and in future professional tasks. The course is
designed with sufficient flexibility to cater for the practical language requirements of students
studying in all of the above areas. UU114 is one of the core courses for undergraduate
students admitted to studies from 2010 and is to be taken in the first year of full-time study
and before enrolling in 200-and 300-level courses.
UU200

Ethics and Governance

I&II

F&B/B&O

L/SC

Prerequisites: UU100 and LL114 or UU114

This generic course offers an exploratory and interdisciplinary insight into ethics and the the
ethics of governance. It introduces students to ethical theories and philosophies (in terms of
virtues, consequences and duties) and links these to structures of governance, in particular,
self, political, corporate , and global fgovernance. The theoretical framework is then used to
delve into the fascinating and controversial field of applied ethics, ranging through the law,
corporate and workplace ethics, social justice issues and controversial ethical dilemmas.
Students will be encouraged to think critically, develop self-awareness and make responsible
ethical decisions in personal, professional and applied contexts.

203
Pacific Worlds

I/II

Prerequisites: UU100 and UU114 or LL114

In this course you will be introduced to the places, histories, cultures, arts and politics of
Oceania. Our interdisciplinary approach weaves together first-hand information from
people of the area, supplemented with historical writings, contemporary documents and
visual representations as they relate to the region. To draw upon such a range of diverse
knowledges requires a navigational concept and in this class we engage the model of the
waka or canoe to steer our course through five thematic areas of learning and knowing.

UNIVERSITY SCREENING COURSES

EL001

English Language Skills

I/II

F/P

L/SC

Prerequisites: None
The broad aim of the course is to enable first year students to improve their English language
proficiency in listening, speaking, reading and writing skills, in the context of their fields of
study. Students will participate in a variety of interactive language learning tasks, practising
the targeted skills and receiving feedback and guidance from teachers. By the end of the
course, students will be able to produce and understand both spoken and written English
more accurately, fluently and appropriately.
Topics
Listening skills: - follow spoken instructions - understand lectures accurately - take useful
notes from lectures . Speaking skills: - speak clearly in tutorials and seminars - prepare and
deliver a tutorial presentation - incorporate visuals in presentations. Reading skills: - read
more efficiently - use strategies to understand books and journal articles - understand how
ideas are linked together - make useful notes while reading - read critically. Writing skills: use grammar and vocabulary more accurately - proof-read and edit drafts - organise and link
ideas logically - write clear, unified texts that are easy for readers to understand - summarise
texts accurately, analyse and write accurate data commentaries.

COURSE IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM

UU204

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

204

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Note: UU100 and UU114 must be passed, in addition to prerequisite requirements, before students
progress to the 200-level courses. UU200 and UU204 must be passed, in addition to prerequisite
requirements, before students progress to the 300-level courses. Only approved programmes may be
exempt from this requirement.

AL400

Research Methodologies in the Humanities and Social

Sciences
I/II
F

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites:PGDip admission
This mandatory entry level postgraduate diploma course in the Faculty of Arts, Law and
Education provides students with a blended generic and discipline-based training in research
design and methodologies. It is a prerequisite course for students undertaking independent
research at the postgraduate level in the humanities and social sciences and related
discipline areas. The course delivers training in a range of generic transferable research
skills, linking them to relevant research, pedagogical, epistemological and scholarship issues
at the discipline level.

ED100 Social Science for Teachers
TBA
Prerequisites:None
This course serves as an introduction to the basic concepts of the social sciences and will help
prepare students teach social studies at primary and early secondary levels. The course uses
a problem-solving approach in both content organisation and pedagogy, and the 'problems'
identified for study will be derived from three major themes - Economy, Environment, and
Society - underpinned by Culture. Knowledge and skills necessary for addressing selected
problem situations will be sourced from the Social Sciences and Humanities, as well as Pacific
Knowledge Systems, as appropriate. Students will be expected to develop skills in problemsolving and decision making.

ED103 Understanding and Managing Young Children's Behaviour

II
B
C
Prerequisites:None
This course enables students to understand, respond to and improve young children`s
challenging behaviour in addition to safeguarding the emotional needs of those involved.
Foundations for a guidance approach will be examined. Everyday behaviours such as
inconsiderate behaviour, social and play difficulties, developmental challenges and family
issues will be examined. Students will also learn how to work with families and support staff
members.

ED115 Numeracy Education for Teachers
TBA
Prerequisites:None
One of the aims of school mathematics is to develop students' number sense, which
concerns a level of comfortableness and familiarity with numbers. Number sense and flexible

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

Prerequisites:None
The main focus of this course is on developing primary school teachers' science content
knowledge so that they can include science in their pupils' work and also promote it through
any curricular areas at the primary level. Specifically, this course aims at further developing
teachers' understanding of the following fundamental science concepts: 1. Particle theory
of matter; 2. Changes: chemical and physical; 3. The cell, variation and classification; 4.
Food, environment and human health; 5. Waves: light and sound; 6. Energy and forces; 7.
Electricity and magnetism. Teachers who enrol in this course will learn about how to use
inquiry strategies to understand these concepts.
ED150

Introduction to Teaching

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

thinking about numbers are critical for meaningful and efficient mathematical computations.
This course aims to create consciousness of these traits in teachers. It will help them to
develop activities and strategies that build upon and promote number sense, and the ability
to work flexibly with numbers. Developing teaching strategies that capitalise on the number
knowledge that students bring to the learning situation and providing further activities in
classifying, patterning and subitising will be important tasks. The course lays an important
foundation for working with and teaching mathematics.

ED116 Science for Primary School Teachers
TBA

205

TBA

ED152 Human Development: A Lifespan Approach

I/II
O

Prerequisites:None
This is a common core course for all teacher education undergraduate programmes. The
course introduces students to the scientific study of human development across the lifespan.
The content will focus on biological processes and underlying cognitive and emotional
development from conception to old age. Developmental issues for individuals with special
needs and disabilities are also included in this course.

ED152FR Le dveloppement humain-Une approche sur toute une

vie
I/II
O/P
E
Prrequis:Aucun
Ce cours fait partie du tronc commun pour tous les programmes en sciences de l'ducation.
Le cours reprsente une introduction l'tude scientifique du dveloppement humain au
long de la vie. Le contenu est centr sur les processus sociaux, cognitifs et biologiques
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites:None
This is the first course in the Certificate in Teaching programmes. It will introduce beginning
teachers to key ideas in teaching and learning. Beginning with teaching, the ideas will include
the reasons for becoming a teacher, the role of a teacher, the aims of the schools, good
teachers and the importance of being a reflective teacher. Questions such as: What makes a
good teacher will invite discussion, reflection and assessment. Attention will also be given to
different perceptions of learning as well as the categories of learning. Linking the teacher and
student as well as teaching will be important. Activities will point towards the development of
objectives and lesson planning in preparation for microteaching sessions.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

206

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

qui sont la base du dveloppement cognitif et motionnel des individus, de la conception

jusqu' la vieillesse. Le cours prend aussi en considration les dfis du dveloppement des
personnes handicapes ou besoins spcifiques.

ED153 Education and Society
I&II
O
C
Prerequisites:Form 7 or Foundation or Year I of BA/GCEd, BSc/GCEd.
This is a common core course for all teacher education undergraduate programmes. The
principal aim of this course is to establish a foundation by introducing students to a wider
understanding of issues related to education, schooling and the society we live in. In the
Pacific, education in the form of schooling has influenced the lives of people, thus the focus
of the course is on issues that have a marked effect on society. As a common core course,
ED153 Education and Society will be taken by all teacher trainees and is useful for those
who intend to work in Pacific schools and educational contexts. The course provides the
necessary background knowledge to understand the region and its peoples, their beliefs and
traditions, and the way they learn in society.

ED153FR Education et soci t
I/II
O&F/P E
Prrequis:13eanne ou admis(e) en BA/BSc/BCom GCED
Ce cours fait partie du tronc commun pour tous les programmes en sciences de l' ducation.
L'objectif principal du cours est de fournir aux tudiants les notions de base pour une
meilleure comprehension des problematiques qui relient l' ducation, l' cole et la soci t
actuelle. Dans le Pacifique, l'introduction de l' ducation scolaire a influenc la vie de tous
les jours et le cours se concentre donc sur l'impact de l' ducation sur la soci t . Faisant
partie du tronc commun, le cours est obligatoire pour tous les enseignants stagiaires et il
est utile pour ceux qui ont l'intention de travailler dans les coles du Pacifique et dans des
milieux d'enseignement. Le cours couvre les connaissances n cessaires pour comprendre
la r gion et ses habitants, leurs croyances et leurs coutumes et la faon dont ils apprennent
en soci t .

ED154 Introduction to Assessment and Evaluation

II
P
C
Prerequisites:Basic statistics
This is an introductory course in educational assessment. It introduces students to
assessment, its purposes and roles. Students will have the opportunities to: (i) explore the
purposes of assessing student performance, (2) develop and evaluate learning objectives,
(3) plan for formative and summative assessment tasks, (4) develop various assessing tools
and techniques, (5) interpret assessment data and (6) investigate Pacific ways of doing
assessment.

ED158 Introduction to Non-Formal Education I
O
C
Prerequisites:None
This course enables students to develop an ideological base for non-formal education
practices. It also examines terms and concepts in relation to current programmes in nonformal education in the South Pacific and the decision-making process of government and
non-government organisations.

Code

Title

Mode

Location

Prerequisites:None
This course introduces students to the structure of language and includes a brief introduction
to phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax and meaning. This course looks at social and
cultural patterns of language use.

ED183 Swimming and Aquatic Safety
I
F
L
Prerequisites:None
This course promotes safe participation in water activities through education. It covers
swimming strokes, basic water safety skills, and peer teaching.

ED184 Physical Education and Leisure Education I

I
F
L

207

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ED170 Language for Teachers

Semester

Prerequisites:None

Prerequisites:At least two years' experience

This introductory course in educational leadership and change examines decision making
and problem solving at system and school levels in developing countries.

ED192 Educational Project Planning
II
B
C
Prerequisites:None
This introductory course in educational planning examines the formulation, appraisal,
implementation, monitoring and evaluation of educational projects, programmes and
plans.
ED204

Social Competence and Emotional Health in Young

Children
II
B

Prerequisites:ED103
This course examines the importance of healthy social and emotional development in young
children. Major theories, key research findings, age specific descriptions of how children
develop temperament, body control, self regulation, morality, a sense of conscience, self
esteem, emotional regulation, planning and problem solving, social competence, empathy
and caring behaviour are studied.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

This course seeks to integrate components of physical education, games teaching, outdoor
and leisure education. It offers practical activities and draws theoretical insights from
teaching games for understanding, pedagogy, and outdoor education.

ED191 Educational Decision-Making and Problem-Solving

I
O
C

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

208

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

ED205

Programme Planning and Curriculum Integration in Early

Childhood
I
O
C

Prerequisites:ED103
This course examines the importance of the programme planning including the theory and
practice of curriculum and curriculum integration in ECE. Planning will focus on integrating
curriculum using the inquiry-based approach to enhance young children's learning. Students
will learn the suitability of a theme, propose suitable topics, anticipate the needs of children
involved, plan for first-hand experience, support children's investigation and representations,
and document and evaluate the learning that is occurring. This course includes 20 days of
embedded professional experience with 3-8 year olds within early childhood centres and in
the early years of schools.

ED206 Creative Arts in Early Childhood
I
O
C

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites:ED103
This course examines the importance of creative arts in the learning development of
young children particularly in the cognitivie, psychomotor and affective domains. Creative
arts in the form of arts, crafts, drama, music and movement are explored in detail where
knowledge, skills, interests, talents of the children are tapped and further developed for
future sustainability. This course includes 20 days of embedded professional experience with
3-8 year olds within early childhood centres and in the early years of schools.
ED208

Study of Exceptional Individuals

II

Prerequisites:ED152
Students will be given an introduction to the study of individuals with diverse educational
needs and particular reference to their own cultural context. Course topics will include
the study of persons with intellectual exceptionality, learning disability, being gifted and
talented, emotional disorders, behavioural disorders, sensory impairments, and physical
impairments. Identification procedures and educational programming/strategies for working
with these students are addressed in ED/PS 208. There is also a fieldwork component, in
which students will undertake field visits to various institutions/facilities that cater for these
individuals. Students will be introduced to the global philosophies and trends on inclusive
education/classrooms at all levels of education.

ED209 Educating Individuals with Vision Impairments

II
P
C
Prerequisites:ED152
This course is a core course in the Bachelor of Education (Special and Inclusive Education).
People with vision impairments are numerous in the Pacific and their conditions are quite
often undetected until it is too late to help them to achieve their potential or to save their
sight. Children's vision problems are often undetected, which causes them to have difficulties
accessing the curriculum, leading to school failure. Identification procedures and educational
programming/strategies for working with these students are also addressed in ED209.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Prerequisites:ED152
This course will focus on students with emotional and behavioural disorders. Teaching
strategies and technologies used for specific behavioural areas such as ADD and ADHD,
shy, withdrawn, conduct disorders, autism, emotionally disturbed and some mental health
conditions encountered in children in general in PICs will be discussed. Influences that
affect students' behaviour such as parenting style, child abuse, and issues affecting family
functioning will be examined also. Issues that affect Pacific people such as advocacy, lack of
awareness, reporting procedures for child abuse, child counselling, facilities available which
are currently in place to cater for this group, as well as professional ethics, confidentiality and
networking will also be covered.

ED215 Mathematics Education Primary I
I
B
C

Prerequisites:ED116 or equivalent
This course has two components: science and social studies. It is assumed that most students
would have taught science and social studies in primary schools in the Pacific region. Each
of the two course components comprise five study units with each unit focusing on how
concepts that are fundamental to understanding both science and social studies could be
effectively learnt and taught in the Pacific classroom. The Science component focuses on:
the nature of science, science as inquiry, constructivism and learning science, the living
environment, science and technology, and interdisciplinary teaching science. The Social
Studies component focuses on Society and learning, governance, change, conflict resolution,
and cultural differences.

ED217 Literacy Processes
II
P
C
Prerequisites:ED170
This practical course deals with the teaching and learning of reading and writing in the Pacific
context. The aim is to develop and enhance teachers` abilities in designing and conducting
effective procedures to promote literacy in their classrooms. Areas to be covered are literacy
acts, L1 and L2 literacy, development of literacy, reading processes, reading and writing
activities, process writing, spelling, handwriting, book production, text analysis, crosscurricular issues and monitoring literacy.
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites:ED115
This course extends teachers' understanding of the nature of mathematics, helps them
assess the way mathematics is typically taught, compares learning and doing mathematics,
and inculcates the notion of thinking and working mathematically. The algebraic processes
introduce the disposition to use mathematics to solve problems and tasks in a logical manner
that is based on mathematical principles. The topics in the course are important for primary
teachers as they enable reflection on current methods of teaching mathematics, and add
sufficient depth to their mathematical knowledge as well as new teaching methods.

ED216 Science and Social Studies for Primary Teachers

I
P
C

209

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ED210 Educating Individuals with Behaviour Disorders

I
P

Location

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

210

Code
Title

ED250 Curriculum Studies I

Semester
I

Mode

Location

B/O

L/C

Prerequisites:: ED152, ED153 and All 100-level core courses from subject majors
The course is based on the principle of constructivism and covers 4 modules: The Effective
Teacher, Teaching Contexts and Challenges, Strategies for Effective Teaching and Learning,
and Teachers as Professionals. Using a mixed-mode teaching approach, this course
aims to enhance the foundational pedagogical knowledge, technological skills, and good
attributes that will guide teachers towards a successful and rewarding period of practice
teaching. Students also learn a variety of generic teaching skills such as planning, instruction,
assessment and classroom management.

ED250FR Elements de didactique I
I/II
F/O
E
Prrequis:ED152 et ED153
Ce cours est fond sur le principe du constructivisme et couvre 4 modules : L'enseignant
efficace, Contextes et dfis dans l'enseignement, Stratgies d'enseignement et
d'apprentissage, L'enseignant en tant que professionnel. En promouvant plusieurs modes
d'enseignement, le cours a pour objectif de renforcer les connaissances pdagogiques de
base, les comptences technologiques et les vertus qui mnent vers une carri re russie
et enrichissante dans l'enseignement. Les tudiants vont galement dvelopper leurs
comptences pdagogiques gnrales comme la planification, l'instruction, l'valuation et la
gestion de classe.

ED252 Educational Psychology and the TeachingLearning

Process
I
B
C
Prerequisites:ED152
This course introduces students to the study of human learning in a range of educational
environments. It aims to contribute to the understanding of issues, problems and research
concerning aspects of educational psychology. This course includes the analysis of the
psychological aspects of education with reference to pre-school children and people with
special needs.

ED252FR Psychopdagogie et le processus denseignement-

apprentissage
I
F/B
E
Prrequis:ED152
Ce cours permet aux tudiants de se familiariser avec l'tude du processus d'apprentissage
chez les humains dans diffrents milieux ducatifs. Son objectif est d'quiper les tudiants
avec les notions ncessaires pour comprendre les questions, les problmes et les
recherches sous-jacents aux diffrents aspects de la psychopdagogie. Le cours inclut une
analyse des aspects psychopdagogiques dans l'ducation des enfants prscolaires et des
personnes aux besoins spcifiques.

ED254 Evaluation in Schools
I
P
C
Prerequisites:ED154
This course provides opportunities for developing practice-based theories and models of
teaching and evaluation. It adopts a unique approach for developing practical knowledge

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

ED255

Introduction to Curriculum Development II

Prerequisites:ED152 and ED153

This courses introduces students to curriculum theory and practice and provides the learning
opportunity to develop an awareness and understanding of the processes of curriculum
planning, development, implementation, assessment, evaluation and change. This course
will help students to understand the concept and role of curriculum in education. It also
provides foundational skills in curriculum mapping, identifying curriculum gaps, designing
and evaluating the curriculum.

ED258 Adult Learning
II
P
C

Prerequisites:None
This course addresses the need for regular physical activity among children; and the teaching
of structured Primary physical education and sports to reinforce this. It also attempts to
give teachers the knowledge and confidence to organise intramural sports and recreation,
another venue where school children can be actively engaged.

ED291 School Organisation and Management II
P
C
Prerequisites:ED191
This course deals with the nature of school administration, organising the work of staff,
instructional leadership, management, the school and the community, and accountability and
responsiveness of educational leaders in changing times.

ED292 Financing Education
II
P
C
Prerequisites:None
This course builds on concepts learned and skills developed in ED192. It deals with financial
planning processes at the school, local, district and national levels and with the development,
implementation and evaluation of strategies for introducing educational change appropriate
for developing societies.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites:ED158
This course builds on the principles and conceptual understanding for non-formal education
development in ED158 and further fosters relevant knowledge and understanding among
non-formal educators of the psychology of adult learning, the principles of group dynamics
and techniques of teaching adults.

ED284 Physical Education and Leisure Education II

II
F
L

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

strategies in teacher practices with special reference to classroom teaching, organising and
monitoring learning, and to reviewing institutional curricula. The course emphasises teachers
as practitioner-researchers of their own everyday practices, including organising and
monitoring learning. Attention is drawn towards the role of teaching as a reflective practice
in action. This course includes the process and use of readily available data for decision
making.

211

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

212

Code

Title

ED300

Practicum

Mode

Location

Prerequisites: All 100-level and all 200-level courses in your programme plus ED350
It is a course on school practicum for pre-service and in-service teachers and is the capstone
course for the undergraduate programmes. Students are expected to complete a 17-week
school practicum in their respective programmes. The comprehensive practicum package
provides the necessary teacher competencies, professional attributes, knowledge and skills
that are needed teachers.

ED300FR Stage de pratique accompagnee
I
B
E
Prrequis:Tous les cours obligatorie de niveau-100 et-200-dans votre programme d' en
plus de ED354 et
Ce cours suit une structure prcise des tches accomplir. Les tudiants doivent participer
un atelier de trois jours avant d'entamer le stage pratique dans des coles. Le stage
s'tend sur 17 semaines o les tudiants doivent enseigner le programme existant pour
leur discipline. Des indications spcifiques seront donnes en fonction de chaque discipline.
ED302

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Semester

Play and Early Childhood

II

Prerequisites:ED206
Focusing on ages 0-8, this course integrates contemporary theories of play with curriculum
practice. Topics relate to the quality of play in early childhood. They also discuss 'play' as
a means of expressing 'self' and communicating and interacting with one another. It also
helps achieve a social sense by looking at the relevant beliefs, perspectives and theories,
cultures, media and technology.

ED304 Families and Communities in Early Childhood

I
O
C
Prerequisites:ED204
Familieis and communities play an important role in young children's learning and development.
This course explores their role in the process. Partnership through communication, decisionmaking and the inclusion of experiences, resources and interactions that support young
children in their sociocultural context is pertinent. Social justice principles and the Convention
of the Rights of the Child are also discussed. Students are expected to engage in mini analytic
research with families and communities within their sociocultural context as a major part of
assessment.

ED309 Educating Individuals with Intellectual Differences

II
P
C
Prerequisites:Any 200-level Education courses
This course will enable students to work with people at different intellectual levels: low
cognitive functioning to gifted and talented. Students will acquire knowledge on current
research, theories and models of intellectual diversity and issues such as access to education
and support for inclusion across the general curriculum. Students will learn how to plan,
implement and evaluate IEPs and IFSPs for multilevel instruction in inclusive settings, design

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

Prerequisites:Any 200-level Education courses

This course is a core course in the Bachelor of Education (Special Education), and will
enable students to include children with physical, multiple and health impairments across
the curriculum. Students will develop positive attitudes, knowledge, skills and strategies to
enable them to work with this group as well as with their caregivers and promote awareness
and advocacy in the PIN communities. Use and care of basic equipment for this group will be
an area of focus.

ED325 Mathematics Education Primary II
II
B
C
Prerequisites:ED215 or equivalent
This course focuses on strengthening teachers' pedagogical content knowledge by analysing
typical methods of teaching the major primary mathematics topics such as the systems
of measurement, geometric figures and geometric motions, chance and data probability.
Teachers will be encouraged to investigate students' understanding of different contexts
on which to build learning. The course will investigate new assessment practices in primary
mathematics, provide practice in developing good resources, practise integrated teaching
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites:Any 200-level Education courses

This course is a core course in the Bachelor of Education (Special and Inclusive Education)
and an elective for the Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood) because it will be especially
useful for preschool, class 1 and 2 teachers. This course will assist students to identify children
with developmental and academic learning disabilities in their classrooms. Teachers will learn
how to identify students with learning disabilities, assess their individual needs, develop and
implement appropriate informal tests, develop observation skills, analyse assessment data,
develop IEPs based on assessment data, prioritise what to teach, develop available local
teaching resources and aids, explore specific strategies and activities to facilitate children's
participation and learning and implement IEPs. Problems faced by students with LD in PINs
and their caregivers will be highlighted. Students will be able to identify and programme
for children with learning disabilities (LD) in special school settings as well as in inclusive
classrooms at all levels: preschool to secondary.

ED323 Educating Individuals with Physical/Multiple/Health

Impairments
II
P
C

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

and use resources, develop teaching strategies, provide positive behavioural supports and
use and care for equipment and other technology. Also reviewed will be current issues in
the field of the education of gifted and talented individuals, characteristics of gifted and
talented students as well as the challenges of parenting, understanding and counselling of
gifted children. It addresses crucial issues in the education of gifted and talented students
and includes strategies for identifying gifted students, considerations in planning a sound
gifted and talented programme, contemporary programme models, problems of minority
groups like persons with disabilities and gifted female students, curriculum accommodations,
administrative arrangements, facilitating appropriate grouping of students for instruction and
programme evaluation with particular emphasis on PINs.

ED321 Educational Programming for Students with Learning

Disabilities
I
P
C

213

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

214

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

and manage multi-classes. The activities will add depth to teachers' pedagogical content
knowledge, enhance their understanding of students' common mistakes, and increase their
confidence in teaching mathematics.

ED327 Literacy Processes II
II
B
C
Prerequisites:ED217
This is the final language education course in the BEd Primary programme. It focuses on
developing preschool and primary teachers' understanding and skills in literacy processes
in particular in the English as a foreign language (EFL) context of the Pacific. The course will
explore the processes of reading, writing, speaking and listening and how these processes
translate to teaching pedagogies. It will also feature the development of these major language
skills in other subjects across the curriculum. Treating children with reading difficulties will be
a prominent feature of this course. A unit on the school library and information literacy is also
featured.

ED328 Social Science Education II
II
B
C
Prerequisites:ED216
This course focuses specifically on critical issues such as the impact of the outside world on
Pacific cultures, environmental and cultural sustainability of Pacific Islands, gender issues,
overpopulation of urban centres, crime, social justice and human rights. Students will use the
problem-based approach to investigate major social and environmental issues facing Pacific
societies and the world. Students will develop research and analytical skills, at the same time
valuing participatory and group approaches to learning and problem solving.

ED336 Science Education Primary II
II
B
C
Prerequisites:ED216
This course promotes the idea of epistemological pluralism and the notion of science as
human enterprise particularly in Pacific Island cultures. It investigates the challenges of
teaching and learning science in the non-Western classroom and highlights misconceptions
that arise in science and learning science. In turn, the course provides opportunities for
teachers to consider our traditional ways of explaining natural phenomena and processes
such as traditional medicine, medicine, navigation, and fishing.

ED350 Curriculum Studies II
II
O
L/C
Prerequisites:ED250. Not available as an elective
This course is a core course and the second of two teaching-methods courses in the teacher
education programs. The course builds on the themes and content covered in ED250. It
explores the unique nature of a variety of teaching areas or disciplines and emphasises
appropriate pedagogical-content knowledge that will enable students to teach their
specialised subject areas effectively. During teaching workshops in the different subject
areas, students will practice ways to infuse new ideas into teaching and effectively ground
practice in sound educational theories.

Code

Title

II

Mode

Location

Prrequis:ED250. Pas disponible en option.

Ce cours s'inscrit galement dans le tronc fondamental et il est le dernier des deux cours
sur les pratiques de l'enseignement. Le cours renforce les thmes et les contenus abords
dans ED250. Il examine le caractre unique de plusieurs disciplines et met l'accent sur des
connaissances pdagogiques adaptes au contenu pour permettre aux tudiants d'enseigner
leur discipline. A travers des ateliers d'enseignements dans les diffrentes disciplines, les
tudiants s'exerceront laborer des ides nouvelles pour la classe et ancrer leur pratique
d'enseignement dans des thories pdagogiques solides.

ED354 Assessing and Measuring Student Performance

I
B
C

Prrequis:ED252 ou ED154 ou ED254

Ce cours reprend les concepts de ED154 sur les principes d'valuation de la performance
des lves. L'objectif du cours est de prparer des enseignants professionnels pour le
monde acadmique et du personnel charg de l'valuation de la performance dans d'autres
domaines. Le cours se concentre sur (1) l'laboration de diffrentes mthodes et techniques
d'valuation, (2) les approches pour mesurer la performance des lves, et (3) le traitement
des donnes et la conception des valuations; en parallle, les tudiants intresss par
d'autres domaines seront encourags considrer et acqurir des comptences pour
le monde du travail. En outre, tous les tudiants auront l'occasion d'laborer des dispositifs
d'valuation authentiques, descriptifs et par portfolio.

ED358 Community Education
TBA
Prerequisites:ED158 OR ED258
This course is usually completed as the final course in the Certificate in Non-Formal
Education, although students may be admitted to the course at the discretion of the lecturer
if they have experience in non-formal education, community or adult education or community
development work.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites:ED252 OR ED154 OR ED254

This course is designed to build on ED154 Principles of assessing Student Performance.
Emphasis is placed on developing professional teachers for academic careers and evaluation
personnel for other professions. Although a major emphasis is on (1) developing a range of
assessment procedures and techniques, (2) approaches to measuring student performance,
and (3) processing data and assessment designs, individual students interested in other
professions will be encouraged to explore and learn related work skills. Also, students will
be provided opportunities for constructing authentic, portfolio and descriptive assessment
devices.

ED354FR Evaluation et mesure de la performance des

eleves
I
F&B
E

215

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ED350FR Elments de didactique II

Semester

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

216

Code

Title

ED359 Educational Research

Semester

Mode

Location

Prerequisites:Two 200-level Education courses

This specialised course is designed for prospective students and senior undergraduate
students with a strong interest in Educational Research. The course aims to introduce the
beginning researcher to concepts and principles of educational research. Students will be
introduced to both qualitative and quantitative approaches to research. The course also
focuses on the ethical application of the research process to Education. The major themes of
the course are basic research concepts, designs for qualitative and quantitative methodologies,
data analysis techniques, and critiques of research. The course will be particularly useful for
students who plan to continue with postgraduate studies in Education.

ED359FR Mthodologie de la recherche en ducation

I/II
F/O
E
Prrequis:None
Ce cours spcialis a t concu pour les futurs tudiants et les tudiants en dernire anne
de licence ayant un fort intrt pour la recherche pdagogique. Le but de ce cours est
de faire dcouvrir au chercheur dbutant les concepts et les principes de la recherche en
ducation. Les tudiants suivront la fois l'approche de recherche qualitative et l'approche
quantitative. Le cours prend galement en considration la conduite thique de la recherche
pdagogique. Les thmes majeurs du cours sont: les concepts de recherche de base;
les modles des mthodologies qualitatives et quantitatives; l'analyse de donnes et les
techniques d'interprtation; la revue de littrature. Le cours sera particulirement utile pour
les tudiants qui prvoient de continuer leurs tudes et de faire un master en sciences de
l'ducation.

ED391 Educational and Leadership Supervision I
P
C
Prerequisites:ED291
This course examines the roles that educational leaders are required to play as curriculum
advisors, education officers, and principals and head teachers in the countries of the region.
Factors affecting leadership and supervision are also examined, including strategies for the
promotion of appropriate staff development.

ED401 Learning and Teaching in Higher Education

I&II
O
C
Prerequisites:A University degree and Tertiary teaching experience
In this course participants will get a comprehensive idea of different learning theories
and emerging models and trends in learning and knowledge building in the Pacific and
international context. They will engage in creating and/or using emerging learning tools
and technologies to bring innovations to their own teaching. Participants will develop higher
order cognitive and interpersonal skills. They will receive regular feedback on all the activities
as they progress through the course. Participants will create e-portfolios during the course,
which will be assessed for pass or fail with feedback and feed forward at the end of the
course,

Title

Semester

Mode

ED403

Innovations in Learning Technologies and Professional

Practice
I&II
O

Location
C

Prerequisites:ED401 or equivalent approval by Dean FALE

Course participants will explore how technological innovations are changing higher
education pedagogical practice. The main theme of this course includes how researchbased practice provides evidence for new ways of learning and teaching with advancements
in technologies. Participants are required to develop course materials (including assessment
tool/s for higher-order learning) using currently available and emerging technologies.
Participants will also learn about the use of technology for disabled students. e.g. universal
design for learning (UDL), accessible instructional materials (AIMs), and assistive technology
(AT). Participants will continue to develop their activity-reflection e-portfolios for formative
and summative assessment towards continuous professional development.

ED451 Culture and Education
II
B
C

Prerequisites:ED354 and ED459 or AL400

Assessment is an essential part of the instructional process. The objectives of this course
are to develop skills to link course objectives, teaching methods, and assessment to improve
teaching and learning. Participants learn to use item analysis and qualitative statistics to
evaluate the reliability and validity of assessment instruments. The course assignments
include a student web-assignment, individual assessment paper, midterm examination,
team debate, and a team action research project in which students research, design, and
analyze the results of a classroom-based action research project. In this assignment, the
team members investigate a classroom problem, search the literature, propose a teaching
innovation, develop an appropriate assessment, analyze a database, and report the results.
This course uses the online resources and educational technology to give students access to
recent advances in educational assessment.

ED455 Advanced Curriculum Studies
I
B
C
Prerequisites:: ED350 or ED355 or ED359
The purpose of this course is to enable students to re-think curriculum development in
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites:Admission to PGDE or approval by HOS

The course will involve explorations of the relationships between education (as institution
and process), and cultural values and influences, with specific references to Pacific Island
societies. Current works from the Pacific and around the world will be examined and students
will be expected to make their own contributions to the available body of knowledge through
their own research activities. A number of themes will be studied and would include: Pacific
educational ideas and their relationships to education; school education and indigenous
education; role of culture in teaching and learning; cultural universals as markers of change
and reform; cultural gaps; teachers as agents of cultural transmission; cultural literacy and
schooling; and education and cultural identity. Consideration of the Regional Strategy for
Culture and Education (2010) and its implications for education in Pacific Islands schools and
higher education institutions will also be considered.

ED454 Advanced Educational Measurement and Evaluation

II
B
C

217

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Code

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

218

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

Pacific Island Nations, identify and explain significant issues in the current curriculum debate
globally as well as regionally. Students will be expected to reflect critically upon current
curriculum development processes and structures, develop the competency to define their
own curricular positions and make decisions about curriculum-related issues in their own
countries. They should learn to theorise their own education and recognise theoretical
underpinnings in selected curriculum reform projects in the Pacific region. An important
feature of the course is the emphasis given to national as well as regional curriculum initiatives
and the need to re-think the school curriculum in terms of curriculum concerns for a more
culturally inclusive and gender sensitive curriculum.

ED456 Studies in Science Education
II
B
C
Prerequisites:Admission to PGDE
This course is designed to meet the needs of Pacific Island Science Educators. It provides
opportunities for science teachers, science learners, advisors, curriculum developers and
administrators in primary, secondary, technical and tertiary education institutions to explore
contemporary issues and research in science education in some depth. The issues will centre
around the science teacher, the science learner, the science classroom and the science
curriculum. The course will have an international perspective, but it will also look at problems
and issues that are of particular concern in the South Pacific. The course provides students
with opportunities to develop skills in reviewing Science Education literature and evaluating
research studies. Students enrolled in this course are encouraged to pursue particular
research and explore possible thesis topics.
ED457 Advanced Study of Education in Small Island States

I
B

Prerequisites:Admission to PGDE
The course will provide opportunities for students to study the following four general themes:
recent research on the nature of the relationships between education and development; the
extent to which educational directions form and are influenced by the development process;
the influence on education of major economic, social and political issues in the region; and,
selected issues and current problems related to education. The whole course is set against
the context of small island states of the Pacific region.
ED461

Education for Sustainable Development I

Prerequisites:Admission to PGDE
The course will focus on the UN Decade of Education for Sustainable Development (DESD)
and its relationship to new sustainable development goals (SDGs), MDGs, UNDL, and EFA.
Students will examine the values and ideals underlying these global instruments, as well as
their goals and target dates, together with the reasons why these initiatives were set up,
their similarities and differences. Special focus is given to DESD and students will conduct
research on how Pacific communities conceptualise the main ideas, issues and solutions
associated with ESD and critically analyse the implications of their findings for the successful
implementation of the Pacific ESD Framework (2006) in students' home countries. The work
of monitoring and evaluation of ESD related activities will also be examined. Other topics will
include: research in and for ESD; the role of USP in ESD promotion and advocacy; climate

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

Prerequisites:ED459 or AL400
This course provides an opportunity to investigate questions and concerns about mathematics
as a school subject and mathematics education. It will consider the theories, practices and
developmental trends in mathematics learning and the mathematics curricula, including
the interconnection between curriculum development and various mathematics education
issues. Questions about curriculum relevance and issues of equity and social justice - to
do with ethnicity, culture, gender, language and technology - as they arise in mathematics
education will be critically examined. Ethnomathematical research and the examination of
mathematical knowledge and practices in Pacific societies, both traditional and modern, and
how they affect classroom learning will be vigorously pursued.

ED468 Gender and Education
I
B
C

Prerequisites:Admission to PGDE
This course is normally available to students who are qualified teachers or administrators in
the educational systems of the Pacific Island countries. It examines the theory, research and
practice in managing educational organisations and systems.

ED492 Advanced Studies on Educational Planning and

Development
II
B
C
Prerequisites:Admission to PGDE
This course is normally available to students who have experience as teachers, administrators
or leaders of education in the educational systems of the Pacific Island Countries and
beyond. The basic aim of the course is to analyse critical theories, techniques and
methods of educational planning with special reference to the experiences of both Pacific
Island and developed countries.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites:ED459 and AL400

This course provides a forum for the critical examination and understanding of the different
structures, activities and perspectives related to gender and education. It will look at the
nature of contemporary gender relations and the construction of gender and gendered
identities by educational theories, policies and provisions from various perspectives. How
'gendering' has changed over time, how it varies between cultures and social classes in
different societies including those of the region, and the implications of these changes in the
function and provision of education should create enriching discourse. Education will cover
both formal and informal. The topics are relevant to both men and women, and society as a
whole.

ED491 Advanced Studies in Educational Leadership

I
B
C

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

change education and ESD; and the work of UNESCO's Global Monitoring and Evaluation
Group (MEEG).

ED466 Studies in Mathematics Education
II
B
C

219

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

220

Code

Title

Semester

ED493

Advanced Studies in Educational Policy I

Mode

Location

Prerequisites:Admission to PGDE
This course introduces policy studies in education as a discipline of enquiry and area of
practice to educators including educational leaders, planners, policy makers and practitioners.
The educational enterprise is dynamically complex and is increasingly becoming a matter of
public interest and debate. Therefore, an appreciation and understanding of the educational
policy process is useful to the planners themselves, as well as educators generally. The
course deals with relevant theoretical perspectives, research bases and practical experiences
in various aspects of educational policy process.

ED600F Education SRP (Full-Time)
ED600P Education SRP (Part-Time)
ED700F Education Master's Thesis (Full-Time)
ED700P Education Master's Thesis (Part-Time)
ED800F Education PhD Thesis (Full-Time)

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

ED800P Education PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

EDP01

Pacific Principles in Educational Leadership

TBA

Prerequisites:None
This module presents the latest research on educational leadership in the Pacific, with focus
on school leadership for improvement. Students will explore Pacific conceptualisations of
leadership in an educational context, focusing on the values and philosophies that guide
leadership practices in Pacific schools, including the Pacific Principles' Framework. Students
learn to create visions for school improvement and processes for managing change in a
school context. Students will explore the critical roles educational leaders play as instructional
leaders and ways to support teacher development and improve student outcomes. Students
will be encouraged to appreciate the diverse cultural and social relationships that are held by
school administrators in unique island communities.

EDP02 Educational Policy Studies in the Pacific
TBA
Prerequisites:None
This module introduces students to Policy formulation drawing on international theories and
current practices from regional Ministries of Education. The course will explore dialectical
approaches to understanding educational policy frameworks used by national Ministries of
Education. The module will include approaches to drafting a school policy, strategies for
monitoring a school policy and implementing such a policy in a school context. The module
will draw on examples from school policies around the region. The module will also highlight
emerging policy frameworks evident around the region that are based on indigenous Pacific
epistemologies.

Code

Title

Semester

Location

TBA

Prerequisites:None
The module introduces students to the dimensions of educational planning at ministerial
and education system wide level, drawing on examples of national education plans across
the region.Through a case study approach, students will be encouraged to examine current
processes for planning used by national ministries of education, including the use of
EMIS and available data for formulating education plans.

EDP04 Financing Education in the Pacific
TBA
Prerequisites:None
This module provides students with knowledge necessary for successful planning and
management of educational finances within a school system and an education system.
Students will be presented with learning opportunities for refining their skills in managing
finances, developing their competency in budgeting and allocating resources, and enriching
their conceptual understanding of fiscal stewardship and responsibility. A particular
emphasis is placed on managing and utilising statistical school data in supporting financial
planning.
EDP05

Planning Professional Development

TBA

School Leadership

TBA

Prerequisites:None
This course encourages school leaders to acquire skills and knowledge of school leadership;
ethical leadership; visionary leadership; and school leaders as agents of change. It also
provides opportunities for them to improve their practice. With an improved understanding
of school leadership, they are encouraged to apply lessons learnt in their pratice to improving
schools.

EDP07 School Management
TBA
Prerequisites:None
This course encourages school leaders to explore the following topics: School Management,
Resource Management, Operational Management and Disaster and Risk Management.
It also provides opportunities for them to apply the knowledge gained in managing their
schools

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites:None
This course encourages school leaders to take responsibility for the development and
managing of teachers' professional learning. It also provides opportunities for them to improve
their practice in the application of: professional standards, evaluate training needs, planning
for professional development and planning professional development activities.
EDP06

221

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EDP03 Educational Planning in the Pacific

Mode

222

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EDP08 Enhancing Learning & Teaching Environment
TBA
Prerequisites:None
This course encourages school leaders to explore the following topics: Beginning teacher;
Learners and learning; Conducive learning environment; and Curriculum Instruction. It also
provides opportunities for them to apply learning from the course to their school context
to improve learning environment.

EDP09 Community Partnership
TBA
Prerequisites:None
This course explores the following topics: Understanding School Community Dynamics,
Inclusive collaboration, Community Involvement and Learning community. It also provides
opportunities for school leaders to apply the knowledge from the course to building stronger
community partnerships.

GN400 Contemporary Feminism, Theory, Methods and Debates for

Gender Research
I&II
B
C
Prerequisites:Bachelor's Degree and Approval of Programme Coordinator
This course explores current issues and debates regarding feminist theory, methodology
and epistemology and applying it to gender-related topics of study. The goal is to provide
an introductory framework for gendered research using a feminist perspective and
methodology. The course is to assist the prospective postgraduate researcher in engaging
with contemporary feminist theory, research methods, and methodology (ies). Active student
participation is required on all components of coursework.

GN401 Gender, Global Change and Development in a Comparative

Perspective
I&II
B
C
Prerequisites:Bachelor's Degree and Approval of Programme Coordinator
The course examines the emergence in the 1970s of the field of women, gender and
development, its research agenda and theoretical and policy debates. The feminist critique
of development practice is examined as well as the social, political and economic aspects
of gender relations. The course is to assist the prospective postgraduate researcher in
engaging with contemporary global gender issues in the context of development. Active
student participation is required on all components of coursework.

HY101 Pacific Islands Prehistory
II
O/F
L/SC
Prerequisites:None
HY101 covers Pacific history from the earliest times to about 1800. It surveys the original
exploration and colonisation of the Pacific Ocean by the ancestors of the Micronesians,
Melanesians and Polynesians, and the ways that they developed their societies. We will
consider the environmental impact of islanders on their new homes, the development of
sailing and navigation, the growth of warfare and chiefdoms, and finish with a survey of
traditional Pacific societies.

Code

Title

HY102

20th Century World History

Semester
I

Mode

Location

L&SC

Prerequisites:HY101 or HP105 and HY102 or HP102

The course covers the history of European administrations in the Pacific through to
independence. An additional theme is the involvement and response of Pacific Islanders to
these changing circumstances.

HY202 Pacific History: Pre-colonial Power Struggles in Western

Polynesia
I
F/P
L/SC

Prerequisites:HY101 or HP105 and HY102 or HP102

This course follows on from HY101, continuing the story of European exploration and examines
the earliest sustained European contacts with the islands by traders and missionaries. The
consequences of this contact for island societies is a major focus of the course, as well as
their varying responses up to the 1870s. The establishment of colonial government in some
islands, and its avoidance in others, is examined.

HY206 Modern East Asian History
II
B
L/SC
Prerequisites:HY101 and HY102, or equivalent
The course complements other History and related courses by providing background
knowledge of a region with historical association with the Pacific and whose impact and
importance to the Pacific Islands has been intensifying. The course examines how Asian
societies have responded to the forces of modernity since ca. 1840s and what lessons can
be learnt from their experiences.

HY302 Special Topic: History of Fiji
II
F/P
L/SC
Prerequisites:Two 200-Level HY courses or approval of Head or nominee
This course examines the history of Fiji from 1870 to 1970 and the social and political
arrangements immediately before and after British annexation. This story ends with the
events leading to independence in 1970.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites:HY101 and HY102

The course examines change and continuity in indigenous struggles for political paramountcy
in Fiji, Tonga and Samoa prior to colonial presence. What was the nature of the struggles and
why did they divest control to foreign powers? The story ends with the loss of power and
imposition of EuropeanIslander indirect rule.

HY205 Pacific History: Contact and Response II
F/P
L/SC

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites:None
The course analyses causes, effects and impacts of events in the twentieth century and
examines several of the most important changes ending with the aftermath of the Cold War.

HY201 Pacific History: Colonial Worlds to Independence

I
F/P
L/SC

223

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

224

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

HY303 Special Topic: USA in Asia Pacific Region

I
O

Location

Prerequisites:Two 200-level HY courses or approval of Head or nominee

HY303 examines the gradual involvement of the USA in the Pacific Islands, beginning
with fur traders and whaling through to annexations, nuclear testing and the granting of
independence to Micronesia. It is a study of the USA as a colonial power.

HY304 Pacific History 3: Protest and Identity II
F&O
C
Prerequisites:Two 200-level HY courses
The course examines the way Pacific Island histories have been recorded. It is a parallel study
of decolonization, a literate revolution and the changing historiography of the Pacific.

HY305 World History 2: British Empire and Commonwealth

I
F/P
L/SC
Prerequisites:Two 200-level HY courses
A large part of the world was taken into the British Empire in the 1700s and 1800s. Most
of these colonies became independent nations in the 1900s, and chose to continue their
association in the Commonwealth. This course looks at the commercial, political and religious
motivations and policy behind Britain`s imperial expansion and the effect on societies that
were colonised. It will examine the modes of government and control used to maintain the
Empire, and the causes and processes of decolonisation. Case studies will include India,
Africa, and the settler colonies of Australia and New Zealand.

HY401 Reading and Viewing in Pacific History I
F
L
Prerequisites:B average in relevant 300-level courses and approval of Head or nominee
This course questions the way in which the Pacific has been represented in early voyage art,
literature, 19th century photography and 20th century film.

HY402 Migration and Culture
II
F
L
Prerequisites:B average in two relevant 300-level courses or approval of Head or nominee
This course examines contemporary diasporic patterns of Pacific Islanders in the Pacific
region through field research with a particular emphasis on the concept and reality of identity,
relocated communities, status of minority groups and representation in the host community.

HY403 Special Topic
I
F
L
Prerequisites:B average in relevant 300-level courses and approval of Head or nominee
This course will be seminar-based and involve examination of archival sources. It will
cover indigenous and missionary beliefs and treatments concerning health and sickness,
and changes in the late nineteenth century - germ theory and tropical medicine, colonial
responsibilities for health in response to depopulation, the growth of the medical and nursing
professions, public health in the postcolonial state. The resources of the Fiji National Archives
and the Pacific collection will be used.

Code

Title

HY404

Special Topic

Semester
II

Mode

Location

Prerequisites:None
The Intensive English Programme (IEP) has been designed specifically for students from
non-English speaking countries who want to improve their communication skills in English.
The programme is divided into four-week terms a year and is offered at six levels: Beginners,
Elementary, Pre-Intermediate, Intermediate, Upper-Intermediate and Advanced. At the end
of each term students are assessed and should progress to the next level after one or two
terms. Students will focus on developing the four language skills including listening, reading,
writing and speaking.

IEP003 Intensive English Programme
IEP III
F
L
Prerequisites:None
The Intensive English Programme (IEP) has been designed specifically for students from
non-English speaking countries who want to improve their communication skills in English.
The programme is divided into four week terms a year and is offered at six levels: Beginners,
Elementary, Pre-Intermediate, Intermediate, Upper-Intermediate and Advanced. At the end
of each term students are assessed and should progress to the next level after one or two
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites:None
The Intensive English Programme (IEP) has been designed specifically for students from
non-English speaking countries who want to improve their communication skills in English.
The programme is divided into four-week terms a year and is offered at six levels: Beginners,
Elementary, Pre-Intermediate, Intermediate, Upper-Intermediate and Advanced. At the end
of each term students are assessed and should progress to the next level after one or two
terms. Students will focus on developing the four language skills including listening, reading,
writing and speaking.

IEP002 Intensive English Programme
IEP II
F
L

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites:B average in relevant 300-level courses and approval of Head or nominee

This course will be seminar-based and involve examination of archival sources. The focus
changes according to student interest, for example, in 2013 it tackled the recording
and writing of a history of the Miss Hibiscus festival.

HY600F History SRP (Full-Time)

HY600P History SRP (Part-Time)

HY700F History Master's Thesis (Full-Time)

HY700P History Master's Thesis (Part-Time)

HY800F History PhD Thesis (Full-Time)

HY800P History PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

IEP001 Intensive English Programme
IEP I
F
L

225

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

226

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

terms. Students will focus on developing the four language skills including listening, reading,
writing and speaking.

IEP004 Intensive English Programme
IEP IV
F
L
Prerequisites:None
The Intensive English Programme (IEP) has been designed specifically for students from
non-English speaking countries who want to improve their communication skills in English.
The programme is divided into four week terms a year and is offered at six levels: Beginners,
Elementary, Pre-Intermediate, Intermediate, Upper-Intermediate and Advanced. At the end
of each term students are assessed and should progress to the next level after one or two
terms. Students will focus on developing the four language skills including listening, reading,
writing and speaking.

JN101
Introduction to Journalism
I
O
C
Prerequisites:Approval of HOS or nominee
This course is offered as an elective to all students. This course is a conceptual and a practical
introduction to journalism which surveys the media in the South Pacific. It will focus on the
practical skills of news writing for print, radio and television. It will be conducted through a
combination of lectures and extensive practical workshops and assignments for the training
newspaper Wansolwara and its website. Emphasis will be placed on writing plain and clear
English.

JN103
Media Law and Ethics
II
F
L
Prerequisites:JN101
This course is offered as an elective to all students. This course examines the rights,
responsibilities and moral obligations of journalists. Students will be familiarised with the laws
of defamation, contempt of Parliament and the courts, conventions of court reporting, privacy,
breach of confidentiality, and human rights. The course will also examine media ethical
concepts, including the role of ethical codes, fairness and balance in the media. The course
will be delivered through formal lectures, group discussion and weekly reading.
JN201

Print and Online Journalism

Prerequisites:JN101 and JN103

This course will teach skills in page making and layout, photo editing and captioning, and
Internet publishing. Classes will include lectures, workshops, and current affairs news
forums. Lecture topics will include texts and images, the history and development of press
photography, cropping the photograph, image processing, computing, and online journalism.
Students will also be assigned subediting work on the training newspaper Wansolwara.

JN202
Radio Broadcasting
I
O
C
Prerequisites:JN101 and JN103
This course will teach skills in broadcast equipment use, interviewing, writing scripts,
writing news bulletins, programming and presentations. Classes will include lectures,
workshops, and current affairs news forums. Lecture topics will include the impact of radio

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

Prerequisites:JN101 and JN103

The course distinguishes the process involved in writing for television as distinct from
other media. It puts stress on teaching visual language skills. Workshops will include video
scripting, camera techniques, sound and lighting, location issues, editing with Final Cut
Pro, and producing TV news, news features, and documentaries. The focus of the course
is journalistic as well as technical. Lecture topics will include the history and development of
television/cinema in the Pacific and internationally.

JN301
International Journalism
I
F
L

Prerequisites:JN201, JN202 and JN203

Students are introduced to scientific methods of researching stories using statistics, archival
sources and written materials. The main aim is to learn how to obtain information through
the use of databases and the Internet. Students will also be introduced to more specialised
areas of journalism such as government, health and the arts. They will learn to interpret
data, obtain statistically valid poll data and report on it. Assignments will be published in the
Wansolwara.

JN303
Journalism Production
II
F
L
Prerequisites:JN201, JN202 and JN203
In this course students will learn to demonstrate their ability to take responsibility as
journalists and to professionally put into practice their journalism skills developed during the
double major.
JN700F Pacific Media Studies Master's Thesis (Full-Time)
JN700P Pacific Media Studies Master's Thesis (Part-Time)
LL102
Contemporary Literary Criticism: Key Terms and Texts I

I/II
F/O

L/C

Prerequisites:None
This course introduces students to the key terms and concepts of contemporary literary
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites:JN201, JN202 and JN203

The main theme throughout this course is international journalism with a special emphasis on
the role of the media in the Pacific and the Pacific Rim. Students will learn the various theories
of how media function in various countries. Topics will include press freedom, development
journalism, international journalism ethics, war reporting, public diplomacy, comparative
journalism, and news media ownership and control internationally and in the South Pacific.

JN302
Journalism Research
II
F
L

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

on society, broadcasting in the South Pacific and internationally, propaganda versus news,
new technologies, press freedom, and ethics. Students will also be assigned reporting and
production work on Radio Pasifik.

JN203
Television Journalism
II
F
L

227

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

228

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

criticism. Some are cannily familiar (such as plot and character) while others are uncannily
strange (such as ghosts and secrets). Students will be shown how to employ these key terms
and concepts as analytical tools for unlocking a variety of texts. They will be invited to adopt
different perspectives and viewpoints on the same text. By the end of the course, they will
have developed a sound critical approach through the art of sustained thinking, reading and
interpretation.

LL104
Islands I: Real and Imaginary
I/II
O/F
C/L
Prerequisites:None
This introductory course takes as its focus texts and concepts relating to islands. Students
will analyse a broad spectrum of material ranging from short stories, novels, diaries, memories
and histories to songs, images, plays, and films. The course is organised in two parts. The first
is a survey of different types of islands, real as well as imagined, while the second accounts
for the various character types that have become part of the familiar, often stereotyped,
dramatis personae of island literature.

LL108
Introduction to Children's Literature
II
O
C
Prerequisites:None
Students enrolled in this course will read and critically assess a selection of texts intended for
non-adult readers. They will engage with a broad spectrum of narrative types and genres:
picture books, poetry, novels, graphic texts, film and animation. This course demonstrates
how children's texts invite readers to take up a position that is never wholly innocent of
ideology, ethics, contexts and cultural assumptions.
LL118

The Languages of the Pacific

II

Prerequisites:None:
This course delves into the immense multillingual complexity of the USP region. It outlines
where the different groups of languages are spoken, noting the different levels of diversity
found in Melanesia, Polynesia and Micronesia. It then examines why there are so many
languages in the region, and considers what Linguistics can reveal about historical patterns
of migration and settlement of our islands. Finally, it looks at the typical structural patterns
of the languages spoken in the Pacific. LL118 will be of interest to students from any
discipline who want to know more about the unrivalled linguistics diversity of this region.

LL122
Introduction to Language Studies
I/II
P
C
Prerequisites:None
This course introduces the key foundations of Linguistics - the scientific study of language
and languages. We all use language every day, and yet many people know far less about
language and languages than they think they do. This course helps students appreciate the
almost infinite variety in language, and shows them how the various languages they speak fit
into their society and culture. We use examples from languages spoken throughout the world,
and particularly the Pacific, to help demonstrate a number of linguistic issues faced within this
region. LL122 will appeal to anyone with an interest in language and communication.

Code

Title

Semester

LL141

Introduction to the French Language I

I/II

Mode

Location

Prerequisites:None
The course follows on from LL141 and aims to develop a greater knowledge of basic
vocabulary, colloquial language and grammar. Listening comprehension is built upon
through exercises using audio and video documents. At the end of the course, students will
be able to use present, past and future tenses to realise more complex tasks such as giving
and asking for directions, giving advice, describing events, expressing hopes and wishes,
etc. and will have reached level A1 of the Common European Framework of Reference for
Languages. The course is entirely designed on Moodle with many interactive activities and
links to relevant websites for both Face to Face and DFL modes.

LL161
Fijian Language Studies I - Vakadidike Vosavakaviti I

I/II
O/F
C/L

Prerequisites:None
This course proceeds from the study of the Fijian language to an introduction to the verbal
arts of Fijian society. It also includes a critical history of printed literature which has been
adapted/translated from oral sources or translated from or into other literatures, and which
have shaped Fijian imagination.

LL166
Fijian for Beginners
I/II
F
L
Prerequisites:Not to be taken by students with prior knowledge of Fijian.
This course is an introduction to Fijian language and culture. It provides the student with
basic working information on the language (speaking, understanding, reading, writing) in
order to interact and communicate with other speakers while gaining an understanding of
the cultural perspectives and practices of the Fijian-speaking culture.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites:A working knowledge of Fijian is required.

This course introduces students to the study of the Fijian language, its major divisions
and varieties and the pivotal concepts of its grammar, as well as its relationship to other
Austronesian languages. The successful student will, by the end of the course, be familiar with
the broad area of Fijian language studies and be equipped with basic linguistic terminology
and analytic skills.

LL162
Fijian Orature/Literature I - Umavosa MaroroiVakaviti I

I/II
P/F
C/L

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites:None
The course will provide the student with the means of communicating in ordinary situations.
The audio-aural and visual (video) method employed will lay emphasis on oral practice, with
written skills being acquired simultaneously. Vocabulary, cultural references, examples, roleplaying will have a Pacific orientation.

LL142
Introduction to the French Language II I/II
F
L

229

230

Code

Title

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

LL176
Fiji Hindi for Beginners

Semester

Mode

Location

TBA

Prerequisites:Not to be taken by students with prior knowledge of Fiji Hindi

This course introduces Fiji Hindi language and culture to non-Hindi speakers. It provides
the student with a working knowledge of Fiji Hindi: listening, speaking, reading, and writing.
Students will interact and communicate with other speakers while gaining an understanding
of the cultural perspectives and practices of the Fiji Hindi-speaking culture.

LL181
Chinese Language I
I&II
F
L&SC
Prerequisites:None
The aim of this course is to introduce students to Chinese language studies. It is primarily
designed to train students in conversational Mandarin, but will involve other aspects of the
language, such as vocabulary, grammar, listening, reading and writing. Students will be
encouraged to draw on ideas they have been taught in other subjects. By the end of the
course, they will develop the basic requirements for daily communication in Mandarin.

LL182
Chinese Language II
I&II
F
L&SC
Prerequisites: LL181/ Social students who reach required: standard in conversational
Chinese language
The course continues to focus on conversational Mandarin. It has two parts: (i) it reviews the
work covered in LL181 and (ii) it introduces students to more complex types of vocabulary,
sentence structure and grammar. The course will assess students' abilities on a regular basis,
and adjust lessons accordingly.

LL202
Contemporary Literary Criticism: Key Terms and Text

II
I/II O/F
C/L
Prerequisites:LL102
This course is offered as an elective to all students. Building on LL102, this course introduces
students to additional, albeit more sophisticated, key terms and concepts. Students will be
asked to assess texts through new and unusual critical frameworks. Telepathy, madness,
mesmerism, hunger and villainy are some of the framework concepts to be discussed.
Students will be shown how to employ these and other key terms as analytical tools for
unlocking a variety of texts. They will be invited to adopt different perspectives and viewpoints
on the same text. By the end of the course, they will have developed a sound critical approach
through the art of sustained thinking, reading and interpretation.

LL204
Islands 2: Myths and Metaphors
I/II
F/O
L/C
Prerequisites:LL104
This course is offered as an elective to all students. Building on LL104, this course explores
the founding myths and governing metaphors of island literature. It examines the special role
of islands in various imaginative, philosophical and historical accounts: islands as spaces
inspiring narratives of fantastic voyages and encounters with fabulous creatures; islands as
locations for projecting idyllic worlds and communities; islands as testing-grounds for utopian
and dystopian projects. Students will explore the role of the castaway myth in conceptions
of the sovereign European subject, and its complex presence in colonial and postcolonial
texts.

Code

Title

I/II

Mode

Location

O/F

C/L

Prerequisites:LL122 or LL118
This course focuses on the description and analysis of the structure of English. It looks at
the way words are formed (morphology), and then examines the way words are joined
together as phrases, then clauses, and then sentences (syntax). It aims to reveal the patterns
that underlie English, in ways that will be useful for anyone studying, using or teaching the
language. LL211 will be of interest to those who use English on a daily basis, but want to
know more about how it actually works! This course is offered as an elective to students from
other programmes.

LL215
The Teaching of Pacific Languages
I
F/B
L/SC

231

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

LL211
The Structure of English

Semester

Prerequisites:LL172, LL161 for the Fijian version; LL171 for the Hindi version
This course is offered in two versions: Fijian and Hindi. A student enrolled for a Diploma
or major in Pacific Vernacular Language must take the course in the language identified in
their programme. The course builds on the students` general knowledge of linguistics and
Pacific languages and aims to acquaint them with some of the fundamental issues related to
the use of Pacific languages in education.

LL216
Language Use in the 21st Century
II
O
C

Prerequisites:None
This is a course in film history and theory. It introduces students to seminal moments in cinema
history, to important theoretical approaches in film studies as well as to key figures and
movies in world cinema. By the end of the course, students will have a better understanding
of film history, theory and film aesthetics as well as an appreciation of cinema from different
parts of the world.

LL241
Intermediate French Studies I
I&II
F
L
Prerequisites:none
By the end of this course, the student will be expected to understand normal spoken and
printed colloquial French, as presented in broadcast/recorded and published materials on
a wide variety of subjects drawn from the francophone media. They will be able to express
intention, justify choices, talk about feelings and emotions, etc. Simple literary texts will
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites:LL122 or LL118
This course examines the way language is used in the Pacific in the current, globalised era.
It introduces different frameworks through which to understand 'multilingualism', and uses
these to examine a a range of linguistic data from speech, writing, music, street signs, graffiti
and social media. It helps students to compare this real-life data with institutionalised ideas
about how language should be used, and to examine the troubling effects of mismatches
between linguistic reality and expectation. LL216 will appeal to students enrolled in a variety
of programmes who take an interest in observing social interaction through different lenses.
This course is offered as an elective to students from other programmes.

LL231
Film History and Theory
II
F
L

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

232

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

also be studied. Speaking and writing skills will be continuously exercised. The course is
entirely designed on Moodle with many interactive activities and links to relevant websites
for both Face to Face and DFL modes.

LL242
Intermediate French Studies II
I&II
F
L
Prerequisites:none
This course aims at developing the five communication skills acquired in the previous three
courses, along with socio-cultural skills. Additional study materials are drawn from the
cinema, television, advertising and include more complex texts of expository and imaginative
writing. Activities include note-taking and writing and presentation for the media. Students
will learn to organise and plan what they are wanting to communicate, in order to express
themselves in situations where one needs to introduce, inform, convince, argue and tell a
story. At the end of the course, students will have reached level A2 of the Common European
Framework of Reference for Languages. The course is entirely designed on Moodle with
many interactive activities and links to relevant websites for both Face to Face and DFL
modes.

LL261
Fijian Language Studies II
II
F
L
Prerequisites:LL161
This course builds on the work of LL161. The successful student will, by the end of the
course, have mastered the main currents of grammatical discourse and analysis and gained
a thorough appreciation of the Fijian language, studied both in its own contexts and in the
wider context of Austronesian languages.

LL262
Fijian Orature/Literature II
I
O
C
Prerequisites:LL162
This course develops the concerns of LL162 and further explores various critical issues
regarding the provenance and interpretation of inscribed oral texts. It includes a detailed
appreciation of different types of narrative and of poetry within the different vanua repertoires
as well as in library and archival collections. The course is intended to create a broader
appreciation of the extent of Fijian orature/literature, a mastery of recording methods and
analytical skills within the contexts of literature and culture studies.

LL271
Varieties of Hindi
I
F/B
L/C
Prerequisites:LL171 or LL172
There are two components to this course: a more advanced study of the Hindi language, and
the use of Hindi according to the mode of communication and the relationship between the
user and the audience. The latter will deal with the characteristics of Hindi used for different
purposes, such as formal and informal communication, instructions, administration, sports
commentary, journalistic reportage, advertising, political speeches, religious functions. The
course will also examine the relationship between standard Hindi and Fiji Hindi.

LL272
Hindi Prose Fiction
II
F/P
L/C
Prerequisites:LL171 or LL172
The course examines Hindi prose fiction as a distinctive body of writing. It traces its origin

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

Prerequisites:LL181 and LL182 or students who get the permission of the HOD or delegates/
non-USP students who complete advanced Conversational Chinese
This course builds on LL181 and LL182 and enables students to communicate with increasing
confidence in the Chinese language. Students will be asked to speak about more intricate
matters, such as their personal interests and travel plans. After learning the basic strokes,
strokes orders and character composition rules, they will be able to recognise and to write
complex characters. Chinese social customs and common expressions will be explained in
class.

LL282
Chinese Language IV
I&II
F
SC

Prerequisites:LL202 or LL204
This course is offered as an elective to all students. This course analyses representations
of ontological and social difference in gender, race, nationality, physicality and humanity.
It explores the ways in which different narrative forms present and engage with notions of
otherness, from women to slaves, from vampires to ghosts. Through close readings of novels,
short stories, plays, poems and films the course will present thorough literary and theoretical
pictures of the way in which we engage with the fear, attraction and mystique that surrounds
discourses of hierarchy, power and alterity.

LL306
Others 2: Performances of Difference I
O
L
Prerequisites:LL202 or LL204
This course is offered as an elective to all students. Building on Others I, this course continues
to analyse engagements with difference through the figure of the other, this time focusing
on more challenging notions of space, social structures, politics, dystopias and ontological
identity. The theoretical and literary texts engage with new differences caused or exacerbated
by modern power struggles and advancement in technologies. This course reads the way
in which society struggles to engage with otherness within itself, and the otherness that is
thought to threaten from without. In looking at different forms of the other it seeks to impart
to students a more sensitive and mature understanding of identity and humanity.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites:LL281
The course introduces students to a broad range of topics and a variety of text types with the
intention of improving their listening, speaking, reading, writing and related skills. Students
will be able to use the language with assurance and familiarity. There are twelve parts to the
course with each part allowing students to explore aspects relating to vocabulary, sentence
structure, grammar, reading and writing.

LL305
Others I: Figures of Difference
I/II
F/O
L/C

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

and milieu and engages in the study of the language, cultural concerns and aesthetic values
of representative texts. Students will evaluate the literary and cultural traditions, pervasive
tendencies, narrative form and critical systems of Hindi prose fiction.

LL281
Chinese Language III
I&II
F
SC

233

234

Code

Title

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

LL307
Texts and Commodities

Semester
II

Mode

Location

Prerequisites:LL202 or LL204
This course is offered as an elective to all students. The purpose of the course is to teach
students that texts and commodities are closely interwoven entities. If it is true that texts
engage imaginatively and fantastically with complex material worlds founded on the pursuit of
commodities (such as sugar, slaves, spices, ivory, whales, oil, opium, tea and perfume), then
it is equally true that cultural texts, as hard facts (say, books or films), count as commodities
within this world. Although aesthetics cannot be reduced to economics or politics (or they
to mere aesthetics), the latter are intimately bound up with the former. Students will be
shown how critical approaches to texts, together with their imaginative concerns, cannot be
decoupled from the complex history of various commodities.

LL311
Varieties of English
II
O
C
Prerequisites:LL122 or LL118
This course examines English specifically as it is used in the Pacific. It begins by tracing the
spread of English - as a colonial language, a language of globalisation, and an international
lingua franca. It considers different varieties of English, and discusses what is meant by
'Pacific English'. It examines the role that English plays throughout our region, and considers
the deep-rooted beliefs and attitudes that are held regarding this language. LL311 gives
students from a variety of programmes a valuable opportunity to reflect critically on a
language that is afforded such a high role and status in the region. This course is offered as
an elective to students from other programmes.

LL317
Applied Linguistics
I
F
L
Prerequisites:LL122 or LL118
This course introduces students to the field of Applied Linguistics, which is an interdisciplinary
area of research into a range of language-related issues. The issues covered include stylistics,
translation, dictionary making, multilingualism, language planning, and second language
learning. These are real life applications of language in operation all around us in the Pacific,
and the course will consider both theoretical and practical aspects of these endeavours.
LL317 is a course that will be of interest to students who are interested in the way language
interacts with real-world issues and problems in their own countries. This course is offered
as an elective to students from other programmes.

LL319
Selected Topics in Linguistics
II
F
L
Prerequisites:LL211 or LL212
Different topics may be the focus of this course in different semesters and may include:
sociolinguistics, history of English, discourse analysis, stylistics, comparative linguistics,
Pidgins and Creoles, World Englishes, etc.

LL331
Creative Texts
I
F
L
Prerequisites:Approval of Head of School
This aim of this course is to give students guided experience in the writing of short stories,
poems, plays, screenplays, memoir, travel essays and other imaginative genres. It is intended

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

Prerequisites:LL262 and LL162

This course builds on LL162 and LL262, studies in Fijian orature and literature in Fijian, in its
various formations and contexts. LL362 invites students to specialise in selected verbal icons
and institutions of Fijian culture, and challenges them to delve more deeply into the cultural
symbols and metaphors that underpin ritual, ceremonial and cultural behaviour. The course
will also examine issues in Fijian literacy.

LL371
Cultural Studies
II
F/B
L/C

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

as a practical exercise in creative skills and is not restricted to students of literature. Students
from any department or school within the university may apply for entry.

LL362
Orality, Literacy and Culture
II
P
C

235

Prerequisites:None
The course will introduce the field of cultural studies in Hindi, including Fiji-Hindi texts, define
its overlapping subject matter, and encourage students to work on one or two major areas
of study such as history of cultural studies, gender and sexuality, race and ethnicity, popular
culture, identity politics, global culture, post-colonialism, pedagogy, discourse and texuality,
and research on language, culture and aesthetics.

LL372
Culture, Literature and Language
I
F/B
L/C

This course is intended to offer an in-depth study of Indian culture and is not designed
exclusively for students of literature and language. The course will involve explorations of the
relationships between language, literature and cultural values and influences, with specific
reference to Fiji Island societies. Comparisons will be made between cultural value inherent
in the language(s) used and the influences from other cultures both within and outside Fiji.

LL401
Studies in Pacific Literature in English I
F
L
Prerequisites:Admission to Postgraduate Diploma in Literature
This course will look at specific aspects of the development of literature in English in the
South Pacific, observing how the new literature views the various cultures of the Pacific
and how regional writers are reshaping the conventional form to suit their individual visions.
Study will involve both original works and published literary criticism of them.

LL402
Studies of Women Authors
II
F
L
Prerequisites:Admission to Postgraduate Diploma in Literature
This is a specialized unit in gender studies that brings in the various modalities of women
authors. The texts and authors are selected on a consultative basis with students in addition
to the core materials determined by the coordinator.

LL403
Creative Texts
I
F
L
Prerequisites:Admission to Postgraduate Diploma in Literature
LL403 is a course that introduces a collaborative approach to scripting, structuring, filming,
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites:One of LL215, LL271, LL272 or approval of Head or nominee

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

236

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

acting in and editing a short film production. Prior experience of creative writing or film
production would be useful but not necessary. All aspects of training in writing and film
production will be provided during the course of the semester.

LL406
Studies in Literary Theory
II
F
L
Prerequisites:Admission to Postgraduate Diploma in Literature
This course explores major areas in the broad range of literary theory. The shape of the
course will change periodically. It may include a historical survey or it may focus on a
particular approach-like cultural studies or feminism or structuralism or deconstruction or it
may trace a given problem through the work of several theorists and periods. The course is
intended to assist the prospective postgraduate researcher in locating a theoretical construct
within which to work.

LL407
Study of a Selected Author
II
F
L

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites:Admission to Postgraduate Diploma in Literature

This course concentrates on the study of a selected author from a particular literary
period. The course moves from biography to major works and uses a broad based critical
approach.

LL410
Study of a Selected Genre
I
F
L
Prerequisites:Admission to Postgraduate Diploma in Literature
This course involves a detailed examination of a selected literary genre or sub-genre:
postcolonial novel, narrative, satire, film script, tragedy, radio drama, sonnet, romance, epic,
etc. Material may be drawn from a single tradition or from several cultural sources and may
involve cross-cultural comparative study.

LL413
Sociolinguistics
I
B
L
Prerequisites:Admission to Postgraduate Diploma in Linguistics
The course involves a detailed study of selected topics in micro- and macro-sociolinguistics.
The course examines the complex relationship of language to such social factors as age,
gender, ethnicity and social class.
LL414

Research Methods for Linguistics

Not offered in 2016

Prerequisites: Admission to Postgraduate Diploma in Linguistics

This course provides training in research design, data gathering and analysis methods for
linguistics and applied linguistics. The topics are selected from quantitative and qualitative
approaches, including field methods, text analysis, surveys and corpus research. Emphases
may vary from year to year depending on the research interests of the students and the
lecturer(s).

LL423
Comparative Linguistics
II
F
L
Prerequisites:Admission to Postgraduate Diploma in Linguistics
In this course, students will be introduced to the concept of the genetic relationship amongst
languages, language typology, the comparative method, lexicostatistics, linguistic sub-

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

LL425

Syntax and Typology

Not offered in 2016

Prerequisites: Admission to Postgraduate Diploma in Linguistics

This course will examine the nature of the grammatical structure of language, focusing on
syntax as the structural and formal response to the functional communicative requirements
of language. The range of syntactic phenomena found in language will be surveyed, with
some emphasis on how these phenomena are manifested in the languages of the region.
Examples will be drawn from English and from languages spoken in USP member countries
and neighbouring areas.

LL600F Language and Literature SRP (Full-Time)

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

grouping, reconstruction of proto-languages, and historical inference. While the techniques

will be general, the application of these techniques to the languages of the Pacific will be a
feature of this course.

237

LL600P Language and Literature SRP (Part-Time)

LL700F

Language and Literature Master's Thesis (Full-Time)

LL700P Language and Literature Master's Thesis (Part-Time)

Language and Literature PhD Thesis (Full-Time)

LL800P Language and Literature PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

LS203
Organising Library Information Resources

30-week P

L&SC

Prerequisites:LS102
LS203 runs over two semesters, commencing with the 15-week calendar in Semester I.
The course covers the full range of cataloguing concepts, beginning with descriptive
cataloguing and machine readable coding (MARC), and progressing to subject cataloguing:
subject headings and Dewey classification. The course finishes with filing principles and an
examination of current and future cataloguing issues. Practical application of standard rules
in all areas is stressed. Students will also apply cataloguing standards online, so access to a
computer and the Internet is essential.

LS204
Library Sources and Services
II
P
L&SC
Prerequisites:LS203 or Approval of HOS
LS204 investigates aspects of reference service, including effective communication particularly the reference interview, as well as reader services, reference service evaluation
and services to rural populations. The course examines both print and electronic resources.
Students study what is needed to make effective use of traditional printed resources and
then explore advanced search techniques for electronic resources, including Internet search
engines and licensed databases. Access to the Internet is essential.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

LL800F

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

238

Code

Title

Semester

LS205

Management of Library Information Centres

Mode

Location

TBA

Prerequisites:LS203 or LS204
This course studies the theories and principles of management highlighting the systems
approach as applied to libraries/information centres. It covers personnel management and
supervision, preparation of budgets and records management, describes considerations in
the physical planning of libraries and the problems of maintenance of buildings, facilities
and resources. Planning of promotional services and communication skills are highlighted.
Provides a management perspective on library automation plans and the application of
artificial intelligence systems.

LS310
Information Environment Today
TBA

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites:LS205 strongly recommended.

This course examines library management challenges for Pacific libraries in the 21st century.
Students consider concepts such as the information society, copyright and intellectual
property, as well as issues arising from automation and digitisation, and reflect on how these
affect traditional services in the Pacific. Students develop strategies to prepare academic,
public, school and special libraries to meet current and future challenges. Access to the
Internet is essential, and course materials are supplemented by web-based information.

LW110 Law and Society
I
F/O
L&E/SC
Prerequisites:None
This course considers, among other things, the question of what is law and the difference
between law, justice, ethics and morality. It also looks at the different types of legal systems
including the criminal and civil justice systems. The question of who decides law and justice
issues, the sources of law and the historical development of law in the South Pacific is also
considered as well as current issues for law and lawmakers.

LW111 Courts and Dispute Resolution I
I
F/O
L&E/SC
Prerequisites:None
This course introduces first-year students to the skills essential to the practice of law: analysis,
writing, and oral advocacy. Study of the court structure, process and personnel, the nature
of legal reasoning and the doctrine of precedent establish the framework through which
students will learn to draft clear and concise predictive legal analysis using grammatical
English. Students enrolled in face-to-face mode will also begin to develop oral advocacy skills
through presentations in tutorials.

LW112

Legislation

II

F/O

L&E/SC

Prerequisites:None
This course considers how Parliaments work as law-making bodies. It looks at the history of
Parliaments in the South Pacific and the operation of South Pacific, United Kingdom and other
statutes. Other matters to be considered include the Constitution and statutes as sources of
law; types of legislation; reporting legislation; introduction to the rules concerning statutory
interpretation; legal language.

Code

Title

LW113

Courts and Dispute Resolution II

Semester
II

Mode
F/O

Location

239

L&E/SC
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites:None
This course builds on the skills developed in LW111 Courts and Dispute Resolution I and
introduces students to legal research. The nature of legal reasoning will be examined in
greater depth, particularly with respect to the determination of issues and the resolution of
legal complexities. The focus writing exercises will shift from predictive to persuasive legal
analysis, with continued emphasis on the importance of grammatical English expression.
Finally, students enrolled in face-to-face mode will continue to develop their oral advocacy
skills through the presentation of longer, and more formal arguments in court settings.

LW201 Law of Contract I
I
F/O
L&E/SC
Prerequisites:LW110 and LW111 and LW112 and LW113, UU100 and UU114
This course is designed to be the first of two courses on the law of contract. The second
is the second semester course LW202 Law of Contract II. The course commences with an
introduction to contract law and a consideration of its place within the legal systems of the
USP region, including an examination of contract and customary law. This is followed by an
examination of the requirements that are necessary to the formation of a contract. The course
also deals with contractual terms and considers the relationship between the law of contract
and the doctrine of estoppel.

LW202 Law of Contract II
II
F/O
L&E/SC

Prerequisites:LW110 and LW111 and LW112 and LW113, UU100 and UU114
This course is designed to be the first of two courses on the law of torts and to precede
LA204. This course examines trespass to the person and related areas, principles of
negligence including special topics, e.g. defective products, defective promises, employer`s
liability to employees, statutory torts, general defences, assessment of damages, death in
relation to tort, loss distribution.

LW204 Torts II
II
F/O
L&E/SC
Prerequisites:LW110 and LW111 and LW112 and LW113 and UU100 and UU114
This course is designed to be the second of two courses on the law of torts and to follow
LW203 Torts I. It examines in detail defamation, passing off (interference with intellectual
property) nuisance and related topics. It also examines the law relating to the identification
and quantification of different damages, and the use of equitable remedies such as
injunctions.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites:LW110 and LW111 and LW112 andLW113, UU100 and UU114

This course is the second of two courses in contract law and follows LW201 Law of Contract
I. This course examines the circumstances in which a contract may be set aside by the courts.
This includes where one of the parties to the contract is under a disability, and the doctrines
of mistake, undue influence, unconscionability and illegality. This course also considers
the way in which a valid contract is discharged. Remedies for breach of contract are also
examined.

LW203 Torts I
I
F/O
L&E/SC

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

240

Code

Title

LW205

Criminal Law and Procedure I

Semester
I

Mode
F/O

Location
L&E/SC

Prerequisites:LW110, LW111, LW112, LW113, UU100 and UU114

This course commences with a general introduction to the theory and practice of criminal
law, examining the sources of criminal law in the South Pacific, and the doctrines involved
in establishing criminal liability. The course then proceeds to consider a number of
discrete areas of substantive criminal law, including homicide (murder, provocation and
manslaughter), assault and related offences, sexual offences, property offences (including
white collar crime) and public order offences.

LW206 Criminal Law and Procedure II
II
F/O
L&E/SC

Prerequisites:LW110, LW111, LW112, LW113, UU100 and UU114
There are three major parts to the course. The first is an examination of the most commonly
used criminal defences, including intoxication, self defence, insanity, automatism, duress,
coercion, mistake and also a number of issues in defences. The second part of the course
moves on to examining in detail a number of doctrines involved in criminal law, including
participation in crime and preparatory offences. The third part of the course is concerned
with criminal procedure and the criminal justice system as it operates within the South Pacific
region.

LW300 Property Law I
I
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
The aim of this course is to provide an understanding of general principles of property law.
In particular the course considers the concept of property and its significance in society, the
nature and range of interests and rights that people can have in relation to property, and the
ways in which law is used to regulate, control and protect the acquisition, use and alienation
of property. Consideration is given to personal property, including intellectual property and
real property within the context of the laws and customs of the countries within the USP
region. LW300 provides the foundation for LW301.

LW301 Property Law II
II
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
This course concentrates on introduced land law. In particular, there will be considerations
of freehold estates, perpetual estates, fixed term estates, inheritable estates, commoners`
allotments, leasehold estates; the registration system for such estates; and the physical
planning legislation that regulates the use of such land in many countries of the USP region.

LW302 Equity and Trusts
I
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
This course examines the operation of equitable doctrines and trust law principles in common
law systems with a focus on their application in the countries of the USP region. It covers
the history of the equitable jurisdiction and their local application, concepts of equitable
property, and the introduction to several of the major principles, doctrines and remedies

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

LW303 Succession
TBA

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
This course deals with the principles of law of testate and intestate succession as applied
in the countries of the South Pacific region. It examines topics such as the making of wills,
including custom and privileged wills, and the formal and substantial requirements for wills.
It also considers revocation, revival and republication of wills, the nature of testamentary
gifts, the rules relating to the construction of wills, and the rules relating to the distribution
of intestate property. The final part of the course is concerned with the legal requirements
relating to the administration of deceased estates, the duties of personal representatives, the
winding up of the estate, and family provision legislation.

LW304 Legal Drafting
II
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200
This course begins with an examination of the principles of statutory interpretation. It proceeds
to the intensive development of skills required to competently draft legal documents.
Ambiguity, vagueness, gender neutral language, plain English and tabulation of paragraphs
are considered. These and related skills are further developed in the context of specific types
of documents including contracts, deeds, sworn statements, legislation and other specific
types of documents. The course includes the identification and incorporation of clients'
instructions and policy goals into legal documents.

LW305 Current Developments in Pacific Law II
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
This course provides students with an opportunity to study and debate socio-legal
developments in Pacific countries that are of current significance. It has a focus on law reform
and prepares students to contribute to law reform initiatives in their own countries in the
future.

LW306 Legal Ethics
I
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
Any person studying for a professional degree should have some knowledge of the ethical
principles upon which the practice of all professions is based. Students of law in particular
require an understanding not only of the organisation, nature, structure, practice and
operation of the legal profession, but also an appreciation of the ethics which impact upon
their work as lawyers` and their relationship with the community. The duties imposed on the
lawyer can be seen as being grounded in ethics. These duties, to the court and to the client,
will be considered in this course.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

of equity. It also provides the students with an understanding of different types of trusts;
such as express, resulting and constructive trusts. Students are also introduced to the basic
principles relating to the creation and winding up of trusts, trust administration, the rights,
duties, powers and liabilities of a trustee and the rights and interests of trust beneficiaries.

241

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

242

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

LW307 Evidence
I
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
This course aims to provide an understanding of the law relating to the production of
evidence in courts and tribunals of first instance in countries of the USP region. This course
examines in detail the kinds of evidence, the onus and standard of proof, matters that do not
need to be proved, matters that may be proved, matters that may not be proved, evidence
which cannot be accepted without corroboration, and evidence which must be accepted
with caution and the exclusionary rules and exceptions. This course also considers skills of
advocacy relating to and the public policies that underlie the rules of evidence in relation to
the production of evidence.

LW308 Constitutional Law
I
F/O
L&E/SC

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
This course examines the law relating to the constitutions of countries of the South Pacific.
This course examines in some detail the provisions of written constitutions, relating both
to government and to fundamental rights and freedoms, also to judicial remedies for
contravention of the provisions of a written constitution. In addition this course considers
legislation, principles of common law and equity and rules of customary law to the extent that
they relate to the constitutions of countries of USP region.

LW309 Administrative Law
II
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
This course provides an understanding of administrative law and its application in the
countries of the South Pacific. The course examines in detail the principles of judicial review
of decisions by public officials and institutions, in particular the principles of lack and excess
of jurisdiction, abuse of power, error of law, unfairness, repugnancy and uncertainty. The
course also examines the scope and availability of the remedies that can be provided by the
courts.

LW310 Family Law
II
O
SC

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
The purpose of this course is to provide some understanding of the law relating to the family
in countries of the USP Region. This course will examine in some detail marriage, dissolution
of marriage, nullity of marriage, separation, legitimacy and legitimisation of children, custody,
guardianship, maintenance and adoption of children, as provided under legislation, common
law and equity and custom. The course will also consider the distribution of income and
property between family members and the recognition of overseas orders and decrees
relating to the family.

Code

Title

LW312

E-Commerce Law

Semester

Mode

Location

Not offered in 2016

Health Law and Ethics

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
This course is one which will normally be offered by an academic visitor or member of staff
in the School covering an area of specialised interest which is not otherwise provided for in
the curriculum.

LW314 Special Topic
TBA

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
LW317

243

Not offered in 2016

This course introduces students to the major categories of intellectual property, namely
copyright, patent, trademarks, designs, confidential information, trade secrets, character
merchandising and passing off. It also considers the global nature of intellectual property and
in particular examines the international agreements and conventions that govern intellectual
property in the world today. The course provokes students to examine the law of intellectual
property critically by focussing on some of the issues of relevance to the region today,
such as the role of intellectual property in protecting traditional knowledge and culture and
biological resources.
LW324 European Union Law Relating to the Pacific

Not offered in 2016
Prerequisites: LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
The aim of this course is to provide an understanding of the legal and political systems of
the European Union (EU) and its relations with Third Countries outside the EU. Students will
be introduced to the classic EU law, consisting of constitutional law and internal market law.
Moreover, EU`s role as a key player in a globalised setting will be discussed. Here, the course
will focus on current EU involvement in the South Pacific and the relevant legal arrangements
as part of EU`s external economic and development policies. In addition, current and
future challenges for the South Pacific as well as regional integration developments will be
discussed against the background of legal agreements such as PICTA, PACER and Economic
Partnership Agreements with the EU.
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites: LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
This course deals with the relationship between the law and those in the health-care
professions. The relationship between the law and medicine also involves questions of
ethics. Topic areas covered by the course include: consent to medical treatment, medical
negligence, death and dying, access to medical records, confidentiality, abortion, surrogacy,
expert medical witnesses and complaints against health care professionals and professional
misconduct.

LW322 Intellectual Property Law
II
F
E

Prerequisites: LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

244

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

LW330 Public International Law
II
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
The aim for this course is to provide an understanding of the law relating to international
and Regional relations between states, and relating to international institutions. The course
examines in detail the sources of public international law, and the rights, powers and duties
of states, Regional and international institutions and representatives.

LW331 Human Rights
I
O
E&SC

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
The aim of this course is to provide an understanding of aspects of the law relating to the rights
and freedoms of individuals in countries of the USP Region. Individual rights are considered
in the context of international and Regional human rights institutions and conventions and the
legislative provisions of the countries of the USP Region. Challenges to the formulation and
adoption of universal models of rights are examined, particularly those relevant to the Region.
The course examines in some detail matters such as rights of citizenship and residency,
rights to liberty and freedom from unlawful arrest, search and questioning, rights to freedoms
of conscience, expression, movement, association and assembly, rights of property and the
issues of equality. The course also looks at the means available for the protection of such
rights and freedoms.

LW334 Serious Financial Crimes
II
F
E

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
This course examines the complex webs which may be used as cover for the commission
of serious financial crimes. The following represent some of the topic areas included in the
course: The basic legal structure of incorporated bodies such as, companies, charities and
trusts; company and related accounts and financial statements; operations of off-shore
centres and tax havens; legal and financial aspects of money laundering; financing of major
international criminal activities such as, human trafficking; narcotics trafficking and terrorism;
internet and computer fraud; regional and global regulatory mechanisms and applicable laws
and conventions.

LW340 Pacific Land Tenure
TBA

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
The aim of this course is to provide some understanding of systems of land tenure in
countries of USP region. This course will examine in some detail the rights and interests in
land recognised under customary law in the countries. In addition this course will consider
the extent to which such rights and interests can be registered and the effect of registration
and non-registration.

LW341 Customary Law
II
O
SC

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

The object of this course is to provide an overview of the meaning and context of customary
law in countries of the USP Region. The course begins with a consideration of some general
aspects of customary law; such as the general nature and characteristics of customary law;
the extent to which it is recognised by constitutions, statutes and cases in different countries
of USP region; the ways in which customary law can be pleaded and proved, and the way
in which conflicts about it can be resolved before the courts. Then the course examines the
scope of recognition and application in Pacific Island countries of customary law in particular
subject areas such as land, personal property, succession, contracts, torts, criminal matters,
marriage, termination of marriage, legitimacy and adoption of children.

LW352 Regional Environmental Law II
II
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
The objectives of this course are to provide students with an understanding of the main
environmental issues in South Pacific nations, the environmental law regimes in South
Pacific nations, and the interaction between national and international environmental laws.
This course builds upon the knowledge and skills gained in International Environmental
Law, although it takes a national rather than international perspective. It addresses the
mechanisms by which issues debated at the international level are translated into local action
or legislation. Ways in which constitutional, administrative and judicial structures impact upon
the implementation of environmental law will be examined. Where legislation is non-existent
or largely ineffective, possible reforms will be discussed.

LW353 International Environmental Law
I
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
The general aims of this course are to raise awareness of students with respect to global
and Regional environmental law issues and to enhance critical thinking with respect to
environmental law making, its implementation and enforcement on a global and Regional
level. The objective of this course is to provide students with an understanding of the
nature of International Environmental Law and its main sources, the law of treaties and soft
law instruments, the international environmental legal system and its main actors: states,
international organisations and non-government organisations, the emergence and evolution
of environmental principles which are shaping international environmental law and policy as
well as ethics, the international and Regional environmental agreements and organisations
to which Pacific Island Countries have become contracting Parties and how these influence
domestic legal reform.

LW355 Law of the Sea
I
O
SC

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
This course focuses on the legal regime, which regulates the public aspects of marine
spaces and marine resources. It covers aspects of international law and domestic laws of
states which regulate such matters as claims to and delimitation of marine zones, functional
uses of the seas and dispute settlement. Study will be in the context of the USP region and
contemporary issues, which apply to the topic, will be examined.

245

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

246

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

LW356 Marine Law

II
O
SC

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
This is a unique course because it combines elements of traditional law courses such as Law
of the Sea, Maritime Law, Shipping Law and Admiralty Law into a single course. Therefore, it
focuses on public aspects of the seas (such as baseline demarcation, maritime boundary and
delimitation and jurisdiction of states over fishing, navigation, protection and preservation
of the marine environment) with private aspects of the use of the seas (such as operation
of ships, carriage of goods, marine insurance, admiralty jurisdiction etc). It also includes
marine environmental protection, insurance and liability for pollution and marine casualties.
Therefore, it provides a bird`s eye view of the law pertaining to the sea and its uses, especially
within the Pacific region.

LW370 Company and Partnership Law I
I
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
This course is designed to provide an understanding of law relating to companies and
partnership in the countries of the USP region. In addition, the course is aimed at developing
a more focused ability to interpret and apply the law relating to companies and partnerships
in the context of the South Pacific jurisdictions. The course examines in detail the nature and
formation of registered companies and partnerships. The course also considers issues in
capital and maintenance of capital and the management of companies and partnerships.

LW371 Company and Partnership Law II
TBA

Prerequisites:LW201,LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
The purpose of this course is to provide an understanding of the law relating to companies
and partnerships in the countries of the USP Region. In particular, the course examines
publicity, accounts and auditors of companies. The course also discusses members' rights,
corporate reconstruction and dissolution of companies. The course also considers in detail
the rights, liabilities of members and dissolution of partnership. Finally, cooperatives and
other arrangements for the conduct of business affairs in the countries of the USP Region will
be discussed.

LW372 Commercial Law
II
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206 UU200 and UU204
The purpose of this course is to provide an understanding of the laws relating to commercial
transactions in countries of the USP region. In addition, the course aims to develop a more
focused ability to interpret and apply the laws relating to commercial transactions in the
context of the South Pacific jurisdictions. The course examines in detail the law relating to
negotiable instruments, the sale of goods, agency, banking, insurance and reinsurance,
commercial securities and intellectual property. Other aspects of the course include credit,
consumer and security transactions.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

LW374

Revenue and Taxation Law

Not offered in 2016

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites: LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
The aim of this course is to provide an understanding of taxation and revenue law in countries
of the USP Region. The course examines in some detail the principles and forms of direct
taxation, particularly income tax, rent tax, turnover tax, value added tax, and the principal
forms of indirect taxation, particularly customs duty, excise duty and licence fees. In addition,
the course considers the impact of international treaties and agreements relating to taxation.

LW375 Labour Law
TBA

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
The course is designed to provide an understanding of the employment relationship. This
course examines in detail aspects of employment contracts as regulated by the common law
and statutory provision. It primarily focuses upon the individual employment contract in the
private sector. Work related issues such as occupational safety and health, equal employment
opportunities and injuries at work are also considered. The context of employment in the
Pacific, including Pacific labour history, industrial relations and the role of international
organisations is also discussed.

LW390 Research Project
I/II
O
C

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
The purpose of this course is to enable students to extend their research skills and their
knowledge and understanding of an aspect of the law in countries of the USP region which
is of particular interest to them. The student will work on an approved research project under
the supervision of a member of staff.

LW391 Law Clinic
I/II
F
E/L

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
Law Clinic is essentially a course in applied civil procedure. It is conducted at the Community
Legal Centre at Emalus Campus, Port Vila and the Community Law Centre, Suva City
(where the Centre is co-located with the Legal Aid Commission). Both Legal Centres are
fully functioning law firms charged with the provision of legal advice and assistance to, and
representation of, clients who cannot afford a private lawyer. Students are trained in legal

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

LW373 Foreign Trade and Investment Law
I
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
This course is designed to provide an understanding of the law relating to foreign trade and
investment in countries of the USP region. The course examines in detail the laws relating to
the regulation of foreign trade, the financing of such trade, and the transport and insurance
of overseas trade. In addition, the course considers the laws relating to investment from
domestic and overseas sources and some of the main forms of investment in countries of the
USP region.

247

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

248

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

skills, professional practice and ethics and gain practical experience in a law firm where they
are required, under supervision, to interview and take instructions from clients, research and
prepare legal advice, manage client files, write letters of advice to clients and correspond
with other law firms, draft court documents, brief counsel and attend the Magistrates and
Supreme/High Court with their clients. 'Law Clinic' is NOT a substitute for the Professional
Diploma in Legal Practice (PDLP), but students whose home jurisdictions do not require
completion of the PDLP will find this unit particularly useful.

LW392 Civil Procedure
TBA

Prerequisites: LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
This course is designed to provide an understanding of law regulating civil procedure and
alternative methods of dispute resolution. This course traces in detail the procedural steps
that must be followed in the conduct of civil proceedings in all the courts of countries in USP
region, from those procedures that must be taken before the commencement of proceedings
to those that are taken for the enforcement of judgments. The course also looks briefly at
special rules of procedure including judicial review and alternative methods for the resolution
of disputes such as arbitration and mediation.

LW393 Advocacy Skills and Prosecutorial Practice
TBA

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
This course aims to develop your skills of advocacy and provide you with knowledge and
understanding of the components of good advocacy including the practical application of the
rules of evidence and trial procedure and the principles of ethical and professional conduct
that apply in the trial context. In this course students will examines various advocacy skills
and ways of prosecuting offences. Areas included in the course are developing a Theory
of the Case and analysis of evidence, making an effective Opening and Closing address,
effectively conducting an Examination in Chief of your own witnesses, Cross examination of
an opponent's witness and Re examination of your witness. The course will also examine the
rules relating to Rebuttal evidence and analyse the rules governing the Taking of Objections
and meeting No Case Submissions. In addition prosecutorial practices including prosecutorial
responsibilities, ethical obligations, disclosure and calling of witnesses and the decision to
prosecute will be considered.

LW395 Special Topic
I/II
O
SC

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204

LW395A Special Topic International Fisheries Law
TBA

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204
LW395B Special Topic Childrens Right

Not offered in 2016

Prerequisites: LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

E-Commerce Law

Not offered in 2016

Prerequisites: Admission to LLM or Approval of HOS or Nominee. Restrictions: LW312

See course description under LW312

LW414 Advanced Special Topic
TBA

Prerequisites:Admission to LLM or Approval of HOS or Nominee
LW417

Advanced Health Law and Ethics

Not offered in 2016

Prerequisites: Admission to LLM or Approval of HOS or Nominee. Restrictions: LW317

See course description under LW317

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

LW412

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

LW395C Special Topic International Criminal Law

TBA

Prerequisites:LW201, LW202, LW203, LW204, LW205, LW206, UU200 and UU204

LW400 Advanced Pacific Legal System
I
O
SC

Prerequisites:Admission to LLM, or approval of Head or Nominee
This course will explores in depth the evolution of the legal systems that exist in South Pacific
countries today as well as certain of the major issues, problems and themes affecting the
operation of these systems today. This is a core course for students undertaking the LLM
degree by a combination of coursework and supervised research project.

LW402 Advanced Equity and Trusts
I
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:None

LW403 Advanced Succession
TBA

Prerequisites:Admission to LLM or Approval of HOS or Nominee. Restrictions: LW303
See course description under LW303

LW407 Advanced Evidence
I
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:None

LW410 Advanced Family Law
II
O
SC

Prerequisites:Admission to LLM or Approval of HOS or Nominee. Restrictions: LW310
See course description under LW310.

249

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

250

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

LW422 Advanced Intellectual Property Law

II
F
E

Prerequisites:Admission to LLM or Approval of HOS or Nominee. Restrictions: LW322
See course description under LW322.
LW424 Advanced European Union Law Relating to the Pacific

Not offered in 2016
Prerequisites: Admission to LLM or Approval of HOS or Nominee. Restrictions: LW324
See course description under LW324.

LW430 Advanced Public International Law
II
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:Admissions to LLM or Approval of HOS or Nominee. Restrictions: LW330
See course description under LW330.

LW431 Advanced Human Rights
I
O
SC

Prerequisites:Admission to LLM or Approval of HOS or Nominee. Restrictions: LW331
See course description under LW331.

LW434 Advanced Serious Financial Crimes
II
F
E

Prerequisites:Admission to the LLM or Approval of HOS or Nominee. Restrictions: LW334
See course description under LW334.

LW440 Advanced Pacific Land Tenure
TBA

Prerequisites:Admission to LLM or Approval of HOS or Nominee. Restrictions: LW340
See course description under LW340.

LW441 Advanced Customary Law
II
O
SC

Prerequisites:Admission to LLM or Approval of HOS or Nominee. Restrictions: LW341
See course description under LW341.
LW451

Comparative Environmental Law

Not offered in 2016

Prerequisites: Admissions to LLM or MEL or approval of Head or Nominee. Restrictions:

LW351
See course description under LW351.

LW452 Advanced Regional Environmental Law II
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:Admission to the LLM or MEL or Approval of HOS or Nominee. Restrictions:
LW352
See course description under LW352.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

LW453 Advanced International Environmental Law

I
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites: Admissions to LLM or MEL or Approval of HOS or Nominee. Restrictions:
LW353
See course description under LW353.

LW455 Advanced Law of the Sea
I
O
SC

Prerequisites:Admission to the LLM or MEL or Approval of HOS or Nominee. Restrictions:
LW355
See course description under LW355.

LW456 Advanced Marine Law
II
O
SC

Prerequisites: Admission to LLM or MEL or Approval of HOS or Nominee. Restrictions:
LW356
See course description under LW356.

LW470 Advanced Company and Partnership Law I

I
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:Admission to LLM or Approval of HOS or Nominee. Restrictions: LW370
See course description under LW370.

LW471 Advanced Company and Partnership Law II
TBA

Prerequisites:Admission to LLM or Approval of HOS or Nominee Restrictions: LW371
The purpose of this course is to provide an understanding of the law relating to companies
and partnerships in the countries of the USP Region. In particular, the course examines
publicity, accounts and auditors of companies. The course also discusses members' rights,
corporate reconstruction and dissolution of companies. The course also considers in detail
the rights, liabilities of members and dissolution of partnership. Finally, cooperatives and
other arrangements for the conduct of business affairs in the countries of the USP Region will
be discussed.

LW472 Advanced Commercial Law
II
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:Admission to the LLM or Approval of HOS of Nomine. Restrictions: LW372
See course description under LW372.

LW473 Advanced Foreign Trade and Investment Law

I
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:Admission to the LLM or Approval of HOS or Nominee. Restrictions: LW373
See course description under LW373.

251

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

252

Code

Title

LW474

Semester

Advanced Revenue and Taxation Law

Mode

Location

Not offered in 2016

Prerequisites: Admission to the LLM or Approval of HOS or Nominee. Restrictions: LW374

See course description under LW374.

LW475 Advanced Labour Law
TBA

Prerequisites:Admission to the LLM or MEL or Approval of HOS or Nominee. Restrictions:
LW375
See course description under LW375

LW490 Advanced Research Project
I/II
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:Admission to LLM or MEL or Approval of HOS or Nominee
See course description under LW390.
LW491

Law Clinic

Not offered in 2016

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

Prerequisites: Admission to LLM or MEL or Approval of HOS or Nominee Restrictions:

LW391
LW492

Civil Procedure

Not offered in 2016

Prerequisites: Admission to LLM or Approval of Head or Nominee. Restrictions: LW392

See course description under LW392.
LW493 Advocacy Skills and Prosecutional Practice

Not offered in 2016
Prerequisites: Admission to LLM or MEL or Approval of HOS or Nominee Restrictions:
LW393

LW495 Advanced Special Topic
I/II
F/O
E/SC

Prerequisites:Admission to LLM or MEL or Approval of HOS or Nominee.

LW495A Special Topic International Fisheries Law
TBA

Prerequisites: Admission to LLM or MEL or Approval of HOS or Nominee. Restrictions:
LW395A
LW495B Special Topic Childrens Rights

Not offered in 2016

Prerequisites: Admission to LLM or MEL or Approval of HOS or Nominee Restrictions:

LW395B

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

LW495C Special Topic International Criminal Law
TBA

Prerequisites: Admission to LLM or MEL or Approval of HOS or Nominee Restrictions:
LW395C

LW600F Law SRP (Full-Time)

This is the minor thesis enrolment for full time students who have been admitted to the LLM
by a combination of coursework and minor thesis.

LW600P Law SRP (Part-Time)

This is the minor thesis enrolment for part time students who have been admitted to the LLM
by a combination of coursework and minor thesis.

LW700F Law Master's Thesis (Full-Time)

This is the major thesis enrolment for full time students who have been admitted to the LLM
by thesis only.

LW700P Law Master's Thesis (Part-Time)

This is the major thesis enrolment for part time students who have been admitted to the LLM
by thesis only.

LW800F Law PhD Thesis (Full-Time)

This is the enrolment course for students admitted to PhD study in law on a full time basis

LW800P Law PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

This is the enrolment course for students admitted to PhD study in law on a part time basis

LWD01 Criminal Litigation Skills and Practice I&II/I
F/O
L/A

Prerequisites:Admission to PDLP
Introduction to criminal litigation, what the Judge expects from a criminal advocate, the
criminal prosecutor, rights of persons detained/arrested, police procedure, bail applications,
drafting criminal charges, plea in mitigation, sentencing/alternatives to prison sentence,
appealing a sentence, submissions, opinion writing, advocacy, court room practice, the
defended trial process, elements of an offence, developing a case theory, examination in
chief, cross examination, re-examination, opening speeches, no case to answer, closing
speeches.

253

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

254

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

LWD02 Civil Litigation Skills and Practice

I&II/I
F/O
L/A

Prerequisites:Admission to PDLP
This module introduces the trainees to the litigation process starting with the preparation
and filing of suits, the court rules on preparing papers and documents, the answer, and
various defendant`s pleadings such as the motion to set-aside default judgements, discovery,
interrogatories, request for production of documents, and preparation of pre-trial and trial
paperwork and documents.

LWD03 Wills and Estates Skills and Practice
I&II/I
F/O
L/A

Prerequisites:Admission to PDLP
In this module the trainees receive hands on experience in dealing with law relating to wills,
probates, inheritance and property management including negotiation in respect of disputes
over assets in a deceased estate. They learn to take instructions from clients, draft wills and
other testamentary documents and interpretation of clauses, and to draw documents for
obtaining different types of grants in estates. Administration, winding up and accounting to
the beneficiaries regarding estate matters is also dealt with.

LWD04 Conveyancing Skills and Practice
I&II/I
F/O
L/A

Prerequisites:Admission to PDLP
This module deals with transactions in buying, selling, transferring and leasing land and gives
the trainees hands on experience in drawing all necessary documents for these transactions
and handling client funds, managing client files, and dealing with appropriate registration
authorities.

LWD05 Business Law, Skills and Practice
I&II/I
F/O
L/A

Prerequisites:Admission to PDLP
This module introduces trainees to the practical applications of business law such as the
formation of the different business media (sole traders, partnerships and companies), drafting
and interpreting of partnership agreement, Articles of Association and Memorandum of
Association and related issues such as the fiduciary aspect of the stock exchange, consumer
protection, bankruptcy, trust accounting and bills of exchange.

LWD06 Family Law and Human Rights, Skills and Practice

I&II/I
F/O
L/A

Prerequisites:Admission to PDLP
Law relating marriage, separation, custody and access, divorce, matrimonial property,
maintenance, domestic application of international law and application orders.

LWD07 Ethics and Professionalism and Work Skills

I&II/I
F/O
L/A

Prerequisites:Admission to PDLP

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

In this module trainees will learn about; 1. The rules of Professional responsibility of their
jurisdictions 2. Their duties as individual lawyers to evaluate the appropriateness of their
conduct in all professional situations 3. How they can apply rules of professional conduct
in various professional contexts 4. Their professional responsibilities in specific professional
callings and responsibilities.

LWD08 Practice Placement
I&II/I
F/O
L/A

Prerequisites:Admission to PDLP
In this module trainees spend four weeks on placement in a legal environment. Placements
will take place in private legal practice, national or local government departments, in industry
and commerce, the courts, law enforcement agencies or non-governmental organisations.
Placement is usually discussed with the trainee to avail the trainee of the best training and
learning environment. They handle client files under the supervision of a practising lawyer
who is required to oversee their work and write reports on them. This module exposes the
trainees to real life in practice.

LWD11 Back to Basics
30-wk
O
L

Prerequisites:Admission to PDLD
This module provides a formal introduction to the system of legislative drafting. It outlines the
responsibilities of a Legislative Drafter, the importance of grammar and how to compose and
express legislative sentences.

LWD12 Working Within Limits
30-wk
O
L

Prerequisites:Admission to PDLD
This module contains descriptive matters on legislative practices and procedures. The
module also provides an understanding of the constraints imposed on legislative drafters by
practices arising from the way legislation is interpreted.

LWD13 Making the Right Expression
30-wk
O
L

Prerequisites:Admission to PDLD
The aim of this module is to provide students with the fundamental knowledge and skills on
how to write legislative sentences to create particular legal rules (legislative syntax) and the
pitfalls that should be avoided.

LWD14 Putting on the Style, Getting Organised 30-wk
O
L

Prerequisites:Admission to PDLD
This module is designed to provide an understanding that legislation is more than a set of
random legislative sentences and that the proposer`s requirements must be converted into
a complete instrument that is effectively organised and structured in accordance with the
legislative practice that is conventional in the student`s particular jurisdiction.

255

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

256

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

LWD15 Topping and Tailing

30-wk
O
L

Prerequisites:Admission to PDLD
In this module students will look in detail at the technical features of legislation such as writing
definitions and those things that are typically covered in preliminary and final provisions.

LWD16 Particular Cases
30-wk
O
L

Prerequisites:Admission to PDLD
This module covers particular types of legislative provisions that are typical in Commonwealth
legislation. Detailed consideration is given to legislative amendments and repeals, penal
provisions, delegated powers to legislate and the drafting of subsidiary legislation.

LWD17 Drafting Workshop
30-wk
O
L

Prerequisites:Admission to PDLD
This is a practical module that applies skills to the drafting of legislative instruments.

PA402 Pacific Thought, Philosophy and Ethics I
O
L/C

Prerequisites:Admission to PGDA or equivalent
What is the applicability of Pacific knowledge systems and worldviews in the contemporary
globalising world? This course illustrates that an understanding and recognition of the
importance of Pacific thought, philosophy and ethics is crucial for the development of
sustainable projects and policies over time. We will cover examples from the Pacific visual and
performing arts, oral tradition, theology, literature, policy making, education and community
development projects.

PA409 Representations of the Pacific
I
O
L&SC

Prerequisites:Admission to PGDA or Equivalent
This course aims to make sense of contrasting statements and images of the Pacific region,
putting them into perspective in a contemporary light. What is their impact in Pacific societies,
and to what extent do they determine contemporary actions within and with respect to the
region?

PA418 Pacific Epistemology: Knowing and Being in Oceania

I&II
O
L&SC

Prerequisites:Admission to PGDA or Equivalent
Fundamental in examining the unique ways of knowing in Oceania are questions such as:
Do Pacific people have knowledge? What is knowledge in Pacific cultures? Where does this
knowledge come from? Who is capable of 'knowing' in Oceania? Do men and women 'know'
in the same way in Pacific cultures? Course readings will be drawn from the existing literature
on Pacific ways of knowing, doing and being.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

257

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Code
Title
Semester
Mode
Location

PA419 Contemporary Issues in the Pacific
II
O
L&SC

Prerequisites:Admission to PGDA or Equivalent
This course aims to enhance understanding of the challenges and prospects facing the
contemporary Pacific. It will explore issues of mobility and cultural identity; changing patterns
of health and disease; and environmental changes that impact human welfare and sustainable
livelihoods using an interdisciplinary approach that prioritises indigenous experiences, voices
and perspectives.

PA423 Contemporary Pacific Arts
II
F
L

Prerequisites:Admission to PGDA or Equivalent
What is 'art' in the Pacific and how can we examine it as expressions of Pacific ways of
thinking and being? This course critically examines the concept 'art' and provides a social
analysis of Pacific art over time as expression of Pacific cosmology, religion, migration,
politics etc. Throughout the course students are introduced to the diversity and complexity
of creative forms of expression in the Pacific as well as the contemporary arts that are made,
stored and exhibited at the Oceania Centre for Arts, Culture and Pacific Studies.

PA600F Pacific Studies SRP (Full-Time)

PA600P Pacific Major SRP (Part-Time)

PA700F Pacific Studies Master's Thesis (Full-Time)

PA700P Pacific Studies Master's Thesis (Part-Time)

PA800F Pacific Studies PhD Thesis (Full-Time)

PA800P Pacific Studies PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

PP101 Contemporary Issues in Pacific Policing I
P
C

Prerequisites:None
The primary objective of this course is to introduce participants to and raise their awareness of
government and socio-political issues having an impact on policing operations and the policy
process that informs police management within individual countries. Issues will include the
political and legal relationship between police agencies and other government departments,
relationships and responsibilities with youth and vulnerable groups, community policing and
the increasing need and demand for the effective management and deployment of human
and material resources in a limited or resource constrained environment. Participants will also
be introduced to emerging global issues such as terrorism, transnational and cross-border
crime and how these can impact on regional security and governance. Importantly, the
course will provide an opportunity for participants to begin to consider the shape and nature
of future developments in policing for the region, including an introduction to standards of
police professionalism and ethics in investigative processes and management and care of
persons in custody. It is anticipated that participants, coming from a vocational perspective

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

258

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

that has been primarily shaped through operational experience will complete the course with
a wider organisational and societal perspective upon policing, the expectations government
and the community have of it and its place within a broader law and justice operational and
policy context.

PP201 Comparative and International Policing I
P
C

Prerequisites:PP101
The objective of this course is to expose participants to international models of policing and
issues that police organisations and their commanders are required to deal with. Models
of Structure, Strategy and Intervention will be introduced to provide students with an
understanding of the organisational, managerial and tactical options for policing which have
been developed and employed internationally and regionally, allowing them to consider these
qualities and attributes relative to their own organisation and its resources and positioning
within their own national framework. The course does not seek to encourage participants to
adopt or copy the policies, initiatives, strategies or structures of other police organisations,
rather to provide them with a framework of knowledge and information about which informed
and comparative decisions about policing within the Pacific Region can be made.

PP202 Police and Society in the Pacific
II
P
C

Prerequisites:PP201
This course will seek to examine the various existing relationships between police and
societies in the Pacific region and how these have evolved and developed over time and
in particular the transition from colonial policing models to those of the current postindependence organisations. It will consider some historical, but mainly social and cultural
issues in Melanesian, Polynesian and Micronesian societies and how police can best work in
partnership with Pacific communities in an effort to find balance between traditional methods
or forms of justice and those exercised by contemporary democracies within the region. The
course will closely examine community policing and its adaptation in various Pacific cultural
contexts. Participants will be asked to evaluate Western models and concepts of community
policing with a view to contributing to the development of an appropriate and evolving
regional model.

PP300 Action Research in a Police Context
I
P
C

Prerequisites:PP202
This course provides an overview of the research process and research methods available
to practitioners to undertake research as a means of solving problems they face in their
police work. In particular, the course explores the key issues relating to action research.
Students will be provided with the opportunity to develop a research question relating to
their own work environment, undertake a literature review related to their research problem
and develop an action research proposal for the problem they have identified. This course
does not require students to complete their research project. Students with strong proposals
will be encouraged to take SO300 Research Project in Sociology as a 300-level elective
course.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PP301 Police Leadership and Command Management

II
P
C

Prerequisites:PP202
This course examines the critical aspects of tactical, operational and strategic leadership
in policing contexts. Police are the coercive arm of executive government and are the only
such force in a democratic society with standing access to the lawful use of deadly force.
This coupled with their structure and organisation as a uniformed, disciplined, hierarchical,
emergency service and their primary work as community problem solvers points to a
number of specific issues in relationship to leadership generally and command management
particularly. This course examines the tensions here and posits a situational/functional
approach for police leaders. Senior police do not know everything and cannot be everywhere.
For these reasons tight command tight control strategies, often used by police managers, are
subjected to critical analysis and participative leadership styles, more suitable to an emerging
profession, are examined.

PP302 Ethical Dimensions in Policing
II
P
C

Prerequisites:PP202
This course will provide students with a critical and professional focus on ethical practice
within policing. Building upon introductory principles examined in PP101, students will
develop and be able to demonstrate a sound understanding of international, national and
community expectations and standards in relation to police professionalism, codes of
conduct and ethical practice. The course will closely explore the nuances of public policing
in a democracy. The ideas of the public sector, justice, democracy, the state, and pluralism
will be closely examined. The five main schools of ethical reasoning will be discussed and
contrasted to legal, cultural and theological reasoning.

PS101 Introduction to Psychology
I/II
O
L/SC

Prerequisites:None
This course introduces students to the science of behaviour, what people do and why. It also
looks at major approaches within the discipline of psychology ranging from how we perceive
our surroundings and persons within it, to how we learn to think, feel and act. The course
also aims to foster an appreciation of how the study of psychology may be useful to you in
day-to-day situations.

PS102 Developmental Psychology
II
F/P
L/SC

Prerequisites:None
This is a core course for a major in psychology. It covers life-span development from
conception to end-of-life and aims to facilitate a better-informed understanding of oneself
and those around us by drawing on Pacific and Euro-Western perspectives. The course
is relevant for those wishing to undertake a wide range of professions: from teaching and
counselling, to human resource management, law, social welfare and the helping professions
in general.

259

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

260

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

PS103 Research Methods in the Social Sciences I

I
O
L/SC

Prerequisites:None
This course introduces students to the basics of conducting research in the social sciences.
Emphasis is on understanding the main concepts of research and gaining basic research
knowledge and skills. The course offers an overview of research design, methods and tools
and is a core course for all psychology students.

PS203 Research Methods in the Social Sciences II

I
F/O
L/SC

Prerequisites:PS103, PS102 and PS101 for those majoring in Psychology, non-Psychology
majors require only PS103
This course builds on previous knowledge and skills introduced in PS103 by providing a
greater theoretical understanding and practical experience of both quantitative and qualitative
research methods. The course recognises the need for expanding the choices that we have
in conducting research as a major development in psychology and stresses that adopting
a combination of the two research strategies will enable us to reach more meaningful and
applicable outcomes. Hence the course will focus on further developing students' research
skills using a mixed methods research strategy by applying these skills to a topic relevant to
the Pacific.

PS205 Cognitive Psychology
II
O
C

Prerequisites:PS103 and either PS101 or PS102
Cognitive processes are at the core of all psychological functioning. The course offers an
overview of the various topics and main themes in cognitive psychology. Historical and
philosophical antecedents of constructs and issues will be discussed, as well as practical
implications of cognitive psychology theory and research.

PS206 Cross-cultural Psychology
II
F/B
L/SC

Prerequisites:PS103 and either PS101 or PS102
Cross-cultural psychology is the study of human behaviour across cultural groups. It considers
the limitations of traditional mainstream psychological knowledge and covers a wide range of
topics in psychology. The course considers both etic (universal principles) and emic (culturespecific) psychological knowledge and seeks to develop a better understanding of the main
issues typically examined in cross-cultural psychological theory and research.

PS304 Psychology of Personality and Abnormal Behaviour

I
F/P
L/SC

Prerequisites:PS203 and either PS205 or PS206
The course examines the construct of personality, provides an overview of the major
paradigms used in personality theory and research, and considers their practical implications.
Historical background and ideological issues are also discussed including notions of normality
and abnormality and personality assessment techniques.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PS305 Psychology of Community Health
I
F/P
L/SC

Prerequisites:PS203 and either PS205 or PS206
The course draws on the three sub-disciplines: health psychology (emphasising
biopsychosocial causes of health and illness, epidemiology and risk factors; ideas about
illness prevention, education, models of health behaviour and health promotion including
implications for health care policy development and delivery); community psychology
(focusing on ecological perspectives, empowerment and the social environment); and crosscultural psychology (cultural influences on health beliefs and behaviours). The Psychology of
Individual and Community Health as taught in this course emphasises the importance of the
psychosocial ecology of people living in communities and the factors that typically influence
physical and psychological health and illness. The course also includes important issues like
how health behaviours might be changed (community health education), illness prevention
strategies, and the application of non-clinical treatment approaches.

PS307 Social Psychology
II
O
C

Prerequisites:PS203 and either PS205 or PS206
This course considers the psychological rationale and strategies commonly associated with
community mobilisation, preventive and educational measures and empowerment. It applies
psychological insights to an examination of selected social problems and relates these to
community development in the context of South Pacific island nations.

PS312 Counselling Theory and Practice
II
F/P
L/SC

Prerequisites:PS102
This course aims to develop knowledge, skills and attitudes in counselling, by exploring
relevant theoretical, philosophical and practical aspects. Consideration is given to various
contemporary approaches including their strengths and weaknesses, with an emphasis on
the development of an appreciation of cultural appropriateness to Pacific notions of status
and power and interpersonal communication.

PS402 Advanced Cross-cultural Psychology
II
F
L

Prerequisites:Admission to PGDA
This course utilises USP`s unique position in the South Pacific to generate a better
understanding of theoretical and practical issues relating to cross-cultural psychology. It
reviews major similarities and differences in behaviour across cultures, examines selected
strategies relevant to cross-cultural research, and then considers research findings relevant
to four areas: (i) organisation and work;(ii) communication and training; (iii) health behaviour;
and (iv) national development and indigenous psychologies.

PS407 Clinical and Counselling Assessment I
F
L

Prerequisites:Admission to PGDA
This course covers the topic of Clinical Assessment. Valid and reliable assessments are the
cornerstone of good practice for any psychologist working in an applied setting. The focus

261

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

262

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

of this course is on both basic and advanced psychological assessment techniques and
will be taught on the basis of the Scientist-Practitioner approach to Psychology research
and practice. The Scientist-Practitioner model is an integrative approach to science and
practice in which each domain (both science and practice) continually informs the other.
Psychologists working with this model demonstrate a research orientation in their practice,
and conversely a practice relevant in their research.

PS408 Clinical and Counselling Intervention
II
F
L

Prerequisites:Admission to PGDA
Students will be taught the core principles of Evidence Based Practice as it applies to
clinical psychology intervention. Topics related to psychological intervention in clinical
and counselling psychology practice will be covered. The following topics will be covered:
systems and theories of psychotherapy, issues in psychological practice, and issues in
research on psychological interventions. Subsequently, this course will cover several
approaches to psychological intervention with different clinical diagnoses. There will be a
strong emphasis on evidence-based practice and as a consequence the course will focus
primarily on behavioural and cognitive approaches to treatment.

PS600F Psychology SRP (Full-Time)

PS600P Psychology SRP (Part-Time)

PS700F Psychology Master's Thesis (Full-Time)

PS700P Psychology Master's Thesis (Part-Time)

PS800F Psychology PhD Thesis (Full-Time)

PS800P Psychology PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

SO100 Themes and Perspectives in Sociology I
B
L&SC

Prerequisites:None
In this course students will gain some initial understanding of the development and structure
of society as viewed by sociologists, together with a preliminary understanding of sociological
approaches and concepts (to be built on further in SO110 and SO200). There will be special,
but not exclusive, attention to Pacific societies.

SO110 Globalisation and Contemporary Pacific Societies

II
F/P
L/SC

Prerequisites:None
The course examines some significant sociological issues relating to the changes and
adaptations of contemporary Pacific societies in the face of globalisation. Some of these
issues relate to socio-cultural transformation, cyberspace culture, workplace relations, social
mobility, international crime and good governance. How do these issues manifest themselves

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

and how do Pacific societies respond to them? What are some of their impacts on people`s
behaviour and perception? The course is geared towards helping students to develop
analytical skills to analyse the issues critically. The pertinence and relevance of the issues
dealt with makes the course appropriate not only for sociology students but also for those
from other disciplines and faculties.

SO200 Modern Social Theory
I
B
L&SC

Prerequisites:SO100 or approval of Head or Nominee
The course expands on the theoretical concepts and themes covered in SO100 and gives
special emphasis to the examination of the concept of modernity and its implications for
social analysis and research. It traces the attempts made by 20th (and 21st)-century social
thinkers to expand, refine and further develop the legacies of classical social theories and
assesses their relevance in the contexts of the Pacific Island societies.

SO201 Society, Culture and Change in the Pacific

I
F/P
L/SC

Prerequisites:SO100 or approval of Head or nominee
This course examines the social, cultural, economic and political transformations that are
taking place in Pacific Island societies and their impact on local identities. The course begins
by providing an overview of the region followed by a discussion of the impact of missionaries,
colonialism, and the emergence of nation states. Following on from this, the course discusses
the incorporation of the Pacific Islands into the world system, which includes an analysis of
the social and cultural impact of transnational corporations such as mining, garment factories,
and tourism. Other aspects of socio-cultural transformation examined include migration and
the emerging religious movements in the Pacific. As notions of the modern and the traditional
shift in these various contexts, the students will be asked to analyse such terms in relation to
these changes.

SO206 Comparative Industrial Law Systems
II
F
L

Prerequisites:SO100 or SO110 or any other relevant 100-level course with approval by HOD
or course coordinator
This course examines in detail employment relations systems in selected developed, newly
industrialised and South Pacific island states. The emphasis will be on equipping learners
with the necessary analytical tools to draw cross country comparisons, understand global
socio-economic transformations and the relevance of employment relations theories towards
making sense of current workplace practice and outcomes.

SO207 Families, Sexuality and Change
II
F/P
L/SC

Prerequisites:SO100 and PS103 or approval of HOS or Nominee
In this course, students will explore case studies in the Pacific and across the world in order
to analyse the relationship between different forms and structures of marriage and family
with different kinship, economic, moral, and legal systems. Students will examine the way in
which social change impacts on and reshapes the family through changing ideas on: the role

263

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

264

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

of children, women and work, violence in the family, marriage and divorce legislation, intermarriage between ethnicities, alternate sexualities, and state family planning programmes.
The course will also engage with the tensions between customary law and statutory
provisions on marriage, particularly as they manifest in Pacific Island countries.

SO300 Research Project or Fieldwork Placement in Sociology

I/II
B
L/SC

Prerequisites:SO201 or SO206 or SO207 (B average in two 200-level Sociology courses or
approval of HOS or nominee)
This course is organised as a student`s own self-directed research project or fieldwork practice
placement with a government, civil society/NGO, private sector or international development
organisation. With supervision from a member of the sociology staff, the student can identify
a social issue or problem of interest and then design and carry out a reading-based research
project. Alternatively the student, in consultation with the course coordinator may select an
organisation in which she or he will do a 15-day fieldwork practice placement. Interested
students must consult with the lecturer(s) well beforehand about eligibility, what is involved,
research proposal, etc.

SO301 Sociology of Public Policy and Administration

I
B
L/SC

Prerequisites:SO100 and SO200
This course examines the social dynamics and pressures that influence public policy and
its administration. A theoretical introduction will deal with the role of the state in articulating
and implementing public policies and their administration. It encourages students to select
contemporary public policy issues and its administration in poverty, education, health, social
welfare, economic development, gender, civil societies, and environment in line with the
Declaration of the Millennium Development Goals (MDG).

SO303 Advanced Sociological Theory
II
B
L

Prerequisites:SO200
What are the moral, political and ideological implications of sociological theories? How are
they linked to our social world? How can we use sociological theory to explain and improve
the world we live in? Building on key theories examined in S0100 and S0200, this course
will attempt to "liberate" sociological theory from its specialised, exclusivist and isolated
tendencies and provide it a central place in public debates in relation to political, social,
economic and ethical issues of our time. Students will explore in depth interventions made in
such theoretical domains as Postmodernism, Postcolonial Theory, Jurgen Habermas, Critical
Race Theory, Feminism, Queer Theory and the contributions made by Pacific sociologists.

SO304 Religion and Politics in Contemporary Society

II
F
L

Prerequisites:SO100 or SO201
The intention of this course is to analyse the impact of religion on politics in contemporary
societies around the world in order to understand the global context of contemporary

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

religious movements in the Pacific. This is achieved by examining Christianity in the Americas,
Hinduism in India, and Islam as both a local and global religion, before moving back to religious
movements in the Pacific. The course compares and contrasts the notion of fundamentalism
with religious resistance movements that emerge in response to social oppression.

SO310 Emerging Issues in Industrial Law Practices

I
F
L

Prerequisites:SO100 or SO110 or MG105
The main objectives of the course are to examine in detail current issues within the
employment relations (ER) context at international and regional levels, and to equip students
with basic proposal writing and research skills. One of the key areas to be examined is the
impact of globalisation on the world of work and emerging practices. The first half of the
course will be discussion-based, providing a background to student research projects in
emerging ER themes of interest. Students will be required to make seminar presentations,
write a proposal and research report.

SO401 Sociological Theory
I
F
L

Prerequisites:Admission to PGDA
The course will delve into the philosophical basis of the main currents in sociological theory
and critically explore their relevance in providing an understanding of contemporary society
and social problems. Additionally, the emergence of critical theory and its relationship to
important aspects of the dominant sociological theories will be examined, together with a
critical appraisal of postmodernism in current social thought.

SO407 Theoretical Issues in Social Administration

II
F
L

Prerequisites:Admission to PGDA
Social administration is about the work of those who administer and perform social and
welfare services and the discipline of study concerned with the analysis of social policies and
the ways in which these are administered. The course will introduce students step by step
into the various theoretical perspectives of social services delivery areas, examine the ways
in which social problems have come to be defined and measured, the ways in which society
has responded to these social problems, and how these responses have been prioritised
and administered. This will include a review of laws that relate to social services such as child
legislation and family legislation. A review of government departments with a social service
mandate, such as the Department of Social Welfare and the Ministry of Health and a review
of non-governmental organisations, community development organisations, world bodies
and private sector welfare programmes, will be included.

SO408 Issues in Social and Public Policy
I
F
L

Prerequisites:Admission to PGDA
This course examines, studies and discusses policies, their formulation, implementation and
outcome relative to social advantages and disadvantages. The study process enables the
student to identify and to appreciate in depth the social dimensions that encouraged the

265

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

266

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

formulation of policies, their planning as projects/programmes, and their implementation,

monitoring and evaluation. To carry out all of this, the course will delve into the works of
sociologists, economists, political scientists, philosophers, historians, geographers and
psychologists in the process of economic development. These disciplines are integrated in
the process of development the world over. Other disciplines such as management and
administration, information systems and the physical sciences such as ecology, environment,
physics, chemistry and so on, may also be influential in social issues of public policy. In this
sense, the course is interdisciplinary.

SO409 Social Development
II
O
L

Prerequisites:Admission to PGDA
Provision of human well-being and social needs is usually seen as a desirable goal of
development. However, in many countries, contestations over the purposes, priorities and
sequencing of development, have resulted in subordination of social development to economic
growth imperatives. This course looks at competing paradigms, histories, and practices of
development. It further critically analyses the causes, manifestations and effects of poverty
and inequality, and their intersections with diversity, especially gender and ethnicity. It also
considers appropriate action that various social sectors take in conjunction with larger global
efforts to arrest the crises spawned by economic growth oriented development practices.

SO600F Sociology SRP (Full-Time)

SO600P Sociology SRP (Part-Time)

SO700F Sociology Master's Thesis (Full-Time)

SO700P Sociology Master's Thesis (Part-Time)

SO800F Sociology PhD Thesis (Full-Time)

SO800P Sociology PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

SW100 Introduction to Fieldwork Practice
I
B
L&SC

Prerequisites:None
Students are introduced to the forms and nature of professional social and community work
practice. Course participants will analyse the methodologies used in government, private
sector, and non-government and civil society organisations through readings, workshops,
and field visits. Students will complete and document 40 hours of voluntary work in an
approved social and community work practice environment.

SW101 Social Policy: An Introduction
II
B
L&SC

Prerequisites:None
An analysis of the nature of social policy practice in social and community work organisations
and issues that these agencies deal with will be undertaken. The course engages the major
social issues such as HIV/AIDS, poverty, and women empowerment, challenging the Pacific

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Island countries. The focus will be on the practical application of the policies of local, national,
regional and global organisations as they relate to the UN Millennium Development Goals
and the Pacific Plan.

SW200 Fieldwork Practice I
II
B
L&SC

Prerequisites:SW100
As a requirement of the social and community work practice component of the Social
Work Major, students will work in an approved social and community work environment.
The course aims to equip students with the practical skills and competencies required of
professional social and community workers. Students will spend the equivalent of 35 days in
a social/community work organisation supported by a field educator.

SW201 Social and Community Work Practice I I
B
L&SC

Prerequisites:SW100
The course critically analyses the skills and models of working with individuals, families and
communities. An emphasis is placed on contextual and culturally appropriate ways of working
with people in a variety of social and community work settings in Pacific Island countries.

SW300 Fieldwork Practice II
II
B
L&SC

Prerequisites:SW200
This professional course is taken as a requirement of the social and community work
practice component of the Social Work Major. Students will normally take this course in the
final semester of the BASW degree programme. With the support of a field educator in an
approved social and community work environment students will be expected to complete 65
days of fieldwork.

SW301 Social and Community Work Practice II I
B
L&SC

Prerequisites:SW201 or approval of Head or nominee
This course introduces students to issues of supervision and organisational management
and governance in professional social and community work practice. Part of the course
will deal with Pacific law as it relates to professional practice with individuals, families and
communities.

TE113
Food, Society and Development
II
P
L&SC

Prerequisites:Form 7 or Equivalent
This course provides an interdisciplinary approach to food, nutrition, health and development
in the South Pacific. The focus is on understanding the relationship of food to the physical
and emotional needs of the individual as well as the economic and sociological framework
of food production and consumption. The role of food in health and national development,
food availability and distribution, storage and preservation will be examined. Strategies
for nutritional improvements and food systems development in the South Pacific will be
identified.

267

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

268

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

TE151
Introduction to Design and Computer Aided Design

(CAD)
I
B
C

Prerequisites:None
This is an introductory course covering basic techniques, processes and practice in design.
Concepts and topics offer comparative studies in the fine arts, graphic arts and industrial
design, with particular applications to the Fashion, Foods, and Technology industries. This
course adopts an interdisciplinary team-based approach, which promotes consideration
of issues in the identified disciplines, providing for a broad-based learning experience. It
encourages students to explore design as a systematic process of problem formulation,
conceptual design, detailed design, prototyping, to the final design implementation.

TE155
Introduction to Technology Materials II
B
C

Prerequisites:None
This is an introductory course on technology materials education. This course is designed
to cover all necessary aspects concerning technology materials. The course aims at further
development of knowledge and skills necessary in working with engineering materials.

TE156
Industrial Lab Practice I
I
O
C

Prerequisites:TEF02 or TEF03
This is an introductory course covering the basic techniques, processes and practice in: (i)
Apparel and Textiles, (ii) Food and Nutrition and (iii) Wood and Metals Technology. The
contexts that influence the emphasis for each concept/topic to be explored are in the three
(i, ii, iii) subject areas above and the following five categories: (a) Trade/craft skills, (b)
Materials Technology, (c) Product Design, (d) Good Practice and for trainee teachers, (e)
Teaching Methodology.

TE213
Nutrient Requirements and Lifestyle
II
B
L&SC

Prerequisites:FT113 or TE113 and any 100-level Chemistry course
This course provides a working knowledge of the metabolism of energy, both the major and
the micro nutrients in the diet, their digestion, absorption, use and excretion, as well as the
interrelationships among them. Nutritional requirements of the different human physiological
conditions and the basis on which recommended dietary allowances are derived will be
examined. Concepts of nutritional status, its assessment as well as the major nutritional
disorders resulting from or related to nutrient metabolism imbalance are also included.

TE251
Production Development
II
O
C

Prerequisites:TE151
TE251 introduces students to 'new product development' (NPD) process, comprising two
parallel but distinct focus areas. One involves idea generation, concept development, detail
design and technical implementation (as explored in TE151); the other concerns business
analysis and commercialisation. TE251 offers comparative studies in the Fashion, Foods and
Technology industries through an interdisciplinary approach that helps consolidate learning
through various broad-based experiences.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

TE256
Industrial Laboratory Practice II
II
B
L&SC

Prerequisites:TE156
This course is designed to meet the demands and needs of OHS and safety regulations
required in industrial workshops and labs, with emphasis on the correct usage, handling,
storage, skills and application of portable power tools and equipment, material processes
and practice. Technology Education covers, among other subjects (i) Apparel and Textiles,(ii)
Food and Nutrition, and (iii) Wood and Metals Technology, which all require proficiency.
Since these subjects are skill-based, the mastery of the skills through hands-on experience
and practice is necessary.

TE313
Applied Nutrition in the South Pacific I
O
C

Prerequisites:TE213
This course aims to identify and explain the significance of the inter-relationships of the
social, economic, political, technological and health sciences relevant to community and
national nutrition. The course will also explore current nutrition concerns based on individual,
community and national issues. Special emphasis will be placed on nutrition epidemiology
and assessing nutrition problems in communities. The planning, implemention, monitoring
and evaluation of nutrition-related programmes and projects to improve nutrition at micro and
macro levels will be included. Fieldwork will be a requirement. A mini-survey and assessment
of a community`s nutritional status will form a major part of the fieldwork.

TE351
Design and CADD Project
I
B
C

Prerequisites:TE251
This course builds on the knowledge and skills in TE151 and TE251, with emphasis on
CADD skills and drafting techniques as applied to: (i) project drawings in architecture, civil,
mechanical and electrical engineering, (ii) fashion and foods products. It also aims to develop
the skills necessary to select, interpret and apply appropriate knowledge, concepts and
techniques to bring project drawings and product presentations to successful completion.

TE356
Industrial Laboratory Project
I
B
L&SC

Prerequisites:TE256
This course adds to knowledge and skills covered in TE156 and TE256, on basic techniques,
processes and practice in a typical industrial Lab. Each concept/topic is influenced by the
context explored-craft or trade, technology, product design and good practice. This is a
design-and-build course where students get the opportunity to exhibit their proficiency in the
application of particular knowledge and skills acquired in other TE courses. This course aims
to further develop the skills necessary to select, interpret and apply appropriate knowledge,
concepts and techniques to complete a design-and-build project successfully.

269

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

270

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

UU114 English for Academic Purposes
I/II
F/O/P
L/C/C

Prerequisites:None
By the end of this course students will be expected to have achieved a proficiency in
academic writing, reading and speaking sufficient to support their language needs in courses
in the humanities, social science or sciences and in future professional tasks. The course is
designed with sufficient flexibility to cater for the practical language requirements of students
studying in all of the above areas. UU114 is one of the core courses for undergraduate
students admitted to studies from 2010 and is to be taken in the first year of full-time study
and before enrolling in 200-and 300-level courses.

UU204 Pacific Worlds
I/II
O
C

Prerequisites:UU100 and UU114
In this course you will be introduced to the places, histories, cultures, arts, and politics of
Oceania. Our interdisciplinary approach weaves together first-hand information from people
of the areas, supplemented with historical writings, contemporary documents, and visual
representations as they relate to the region. To draw upon such a range of diverse knowledge
requires a navigational concept and in this class we engage the model of the waka or canoe
to steer our course through five thematic areas of learning and knowing.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

Note: UU100 and UU114 must be passed, in addition to prerequisite requirements, before students
progress to the 200-level courses. UU200 and UU204 must be passed, in addition to prerequisite
requirements, before students progress to the 300-level courses. Only approved programmes may be
exempt from this requirement.

AF100

Introduction to Accounting and Financial Management for the

Non-Specialist
II/I
F/P
L/SC

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

271

Prerequisites: None
This course cannot be credited to any programme in conjunction with AF101 or AF102. This
course covers the principles of compilation of standard financial reports and their use in
assessing an organisation`s financial strengths and weaknesses. It considers the contribution
that accounting can make to the good management of an organisation as a tool for planning,
control and decision making. It also considers the nature of, and the markets for, organisation
finance.

L/SC

Prerequisites: None
This course cannot be credited to any programme in conjunction with AF100. The
accounting system as a formal information system. Accounting conventions. An introduction
to the analysis of the concepts of accounting, especially revenue, expenses, income,
assets, depreciation, valuation, liabilities and proprietorship. Introduction to accounting for
partnerships and companies. A study of the accounting process from data collection to
report preparation, presentation and analysis and interpretation.
AF102 Introduction to Accounting and Financial Management II

I/II
P&F/P

L/SC

Prerequisites: AF101
This course cannot be credited to any programme in conjunction with AF100. This course
provides an introduction to the processing of accounting data for reporting to management.
Budgets, cost concepts, classifications and accumulation, and accounting information systems
will be introduced in the context of the management planning and control functions in the
private sector and government, government agencies, and non-profit making organisations.
AF108

Introduction to Law for Commerce

I/II

F/P

L/SC

Prerequisites: None
This course explores the source of law, development of parliamentary law and Common law,
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

AF101 Introduction to Accounting and Financial Management I

I/II
F&P/P

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

272

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

the role of English law in the Pacific, law of contract, law of sale of goods, law of principal and
agent. The topics of substantive law studied in this course are not only useful and important
in themselves in the commercial/business area but also provide a sound base for further legal
studies, as well as demonstrate the various sources of law, legal method and the process of
change and development of the law.
AF121 Introduction to Accounting Information Systems

I/II
F/P

Prerequisites: None
The course exposes and explores the depth of using MYOB accounting software currently
adopted in many business environment for recording, analysing and interpreting accounting
data in the modern business environments. This course is specially designed for financial
accounting data to be analysed and reported to the users such as the management and the
stakeholders. In doing so, particular emphasis will be placed on using practical examples,
integrating and disseminating accounting modules to suit the needs of the business. This
course will provide an initiative for mainstream practical accounting knowledge within the
Region.
AF201

Managerial Accounting

II/I

F/P

L/SC

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: AF101 & AF102

This course utilises the cost accounting data studied in AF102. It includes analysis of
the management accounting information for managing and creating value using various
approaches. Students will be exposed to applying these approaches and techniques that will
facilitate the decision making process.
AF 205 Law of Associations

II

Prerequisites: AF108
This course introduces the basic principles of partnership law and company law. Brief
reference is made to the use of the trust in business contexts. Statutory material for the
course is taken from Fiji. Occasional reference for comparative purposes is made to the
statute law of other South Pacific island nations. Case law is drawn from a variety of common
law jurisdictions.
AF208

Financial Management

II/I

F/P

L/SC

Prerequisites: FM101
This course studies the development of a framework for investment and financing decisions
both short and long term for private enterprises and government bodies; the factors
influencing the allocation of funds to competing alternatives; risk analysis models for financial
decision making; the financial system; the theory of capital structure; and, financial strategies
for growth.

Code

Title

AF209

Electronic Commerce

Semester

Mode

Location

TBA

This course constitutes an introduction to electronic commerce, a term which means the
sharing of business information, maintaining business relationships, and conducting business
transactions by means of telecommunication networks. The course explains electronic
commerce, associated security issues, business strategies and management issues, and
examines pertinent technology standards and protocols.
Financial Accounting

I/II

F/P

L/SC

Prerequisites: AF102

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: AF121 or IS121

AF210

273

This course is designed to provide an understanding of the regulatory framework that

governs financial reporting practice, a sine qua non for any professional in the discipline of
accounting. The course considers the justification for the regulation of accounting practice,
the need for ongoing critical review of accounting regulations and consequent changes.
The course will expose students to the current state of financial reporting practice and offer
explanations as to why regulators have seen fit to establish such practices. Students will be
encouraged to demonstrate competency in applying financial reporting practices, and to
consider how such practices may continue to evolve.
Research Project in Accounting

I/II

Prerequisites: AF201 & AF210

Detailed proposals of a research project will be considered from students of proven ability.
The course requires some research skills.
AF301

Accounting Theory and Applications

I/II

P/F

L/SC

Prerequisites: AF201 & AF210

This course aims to provide an understanding of the construction of theories that explain and
frame the frameworks of accounting regulation and practice and predict developments in
accounting practice, consistent with societys needs for financial reporting. Students will be
encouraged to evaluate critically a range of accounting theories and to evaluate their impact
on accounting practice.
AF302

Information Systems

I/II

F/TBA

Prerequisites: AF121 or CS121 or IS121

This course examines information systems incorporating accounting systems; systems
analysis including the design, evaluation, and implementation of business systems in general
and accounting systems in particular; internal control and control systems; computer-based
information systems; and the uses and potential of information systems.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

AF300

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

274

Code

Title

AF304

Auditing

Semester
I/II

Mode

Location

P/F

Prerequisites: AF210
This course examines the audit function and the role of the auditor; the audit process as
related to the audit of resources, commitments, revenue, and expenses; and, the internal
audit, the audit report, and the changing status of the audit function.
AF307

Public Sector Accounting

TBA

Prerequisites: AF201
This course provides a description and evaluation of government accounting and financial
management and control systems in the public sector, with particular reference to countries
in the region.
AF308

Taxation Law

Prerequisites: AF108 & AF205

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

This course is concerned almost exclusively with income tax. It considers each of the major
issues that must be dealt with by any system of income tax. The Fiji Income Tax Act is
examined in detail as an example of a particular income tax.
AF309

Insolvency Law and Practice

II

Prerequisites: None
This course introduces the legal principles and procedures governing the bankruptcy
of individuals and the winding up of insolvent corporations, the law governing receivers,
alternatives to bankruptcy and liquidation and related matters. Fiji statutory materials are
used and case law is primarily from Fiji.
AF313

Accounting for Management Control

TBA

Prerequisites: None
This course incorporates theoretical and practical issues in management accounting and
control systems. The aim of this course is to go beyond the technical aspects of management
accounting and control systems, into wider issues and context within which organisations,
accounting and controls are embedded. In this way the choice, design and implementation
(practice) of accounting and control systems can be better understood. It complements the
technical components and the conventional wisdom on management accounting and control
by including wider issues in historical and inter-disciplinary contexts, thereby enhancing
analytical skills, self-awareness and critical thinking among course participants.

Code

Title

AF314

Corporate Accounting

Semester
II

Mode

Location

The aim of this course is to provide the student with an understanding of the regulatory
framework that governs the accounting for companies, to such an extent that on successful
completion of the course the student will be able to undertake such accounting practices.
The course will introduce students to accounting entries to report company formation; apply
and explain appropriate accounting standards generated by the International Accounting
Standards Board (IASB), that relate to corporate reporting; construct financial reports, that
comply with regulatory requirements for companies and groups of companies; undertake the
financial accounting processes required to report corporate restructures; and undertake the
financial accounting processes pertaining to a corporate liquidation.
AF401

Forensic Accounting: Field and Practice I

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: AF210

275

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate diploma programme

AF402

Legal Elements of Fraud

Not offered in 2016

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate diploma program

The Legal Elements of Fraud is emerging as a significant area in forensic accounting and
there is a high demand from the profession for expertise in such areas. This course will be
a core unit for the forensic accounting programme. The course exposes, and explores, the
various types, methods and approaches to the fundamental issue involved in fraud. In doing
so, particular emphasis will be placed on how fraud occurs, how it can be combated, the
legal implications, the methods and resorts used and of course the extent of damage it can
cause.
AF405

Fraud Accounting and Fraud Investigation in Financial

Reports
I
F

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme

This course is designed to introduce students to the general principles and processes of
Fraud Accounting and Fraud Investigation in Financial Reports. In this course the practice
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Students will be required to display that they have some knowledge of the principles
and methodologies of forensic accounting. These students have to demonstrate that as
accountants they are able to collect evidence, reconstruct financial trails and prove how fraud
occurred and who was responsible. All these will be done by following forensic principles
and established methodologies. The learning of this course will follow a different approach
from undergraduate studies and will focus on both the field and practical approaches to
forensic accounting. Using forensic accounting theories and methodologies, this course will
discuss the tactics to tackle the ever-increasing fraudulent financial activities in the corporate
world. This course will also discuss issues and controversies faced by the current accounting
and auditing environment. This course will make use of case studies based on the corporate
fraud in the practical environment.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

276

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

of Fraud Accounting is explained in the context of fraud occurrence, fraud prevention, fraud
detection, fraud examination and fraud investigation in the business financial statements.
AF411 Current Developments in Accounting Research - Financial

I
F

Prerequisites: GPA of 3.0 or better in Accounting major courses

This course aims to provide students with an understanding of the issues involved in the
regulation of financial reporting. It investigates the regulatory approaches employed and the
rationales for regulation. The regulatory perspective provides a framework for the analysis of
specific contemporary issues in financial reporting. Consideration of these issues illustrates
the political nature of the regulatory process and provides the basis for an alternative
explanation of the objectives of financial reporting and the use of particular accounting
methods in financial statements.
AF412 Current Developments in Accounting Research - Managerial

II
F
L

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: GPA of 3.0 or better in Accounting major courses

The primary focus of this course is to study how management accounting information
systems should be designed so as to provide adequate information for planning, decisionmaking, and control of organisational activities with specific reference to the South Pacific
economic scene. The accounting information systems will be discussed in conjunction with
how people in organisations are likely to use and react to the information. The course will also
address current developments in management accounting practice and research.
AF413

Advanced Accounting Theory

Prerequisites: GPA of 3.0 or better in Accounting major courses.

This course is structured to examine theoretical aspects of accounting and adequacy of
conceptual accounting doctrines in providing relevant, reliable, and objective accounting
information. The theoretical issues covered will be of special relevance to the South Pacific
Island economies.
AF415

Reading Courses in Accounting

II

Prerequisites: GPA of 3.0 or better in Accounting major courses

This course provides flexibility to students who wish to have an understanding of the literature
in specific topics in accounting and financial management. The special topics available in any
semester will depend on staff research and teaching interests. Students` research interests
will be accommodated wherever possible.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

AF418

Introduction to Research Methodology Not offered F

Location
L

The course aims to give students a general understanding of different types of accounting
research and the range of research methodologies that are available, and to equip students
with practical research skills and knowledge to be applied to their dissertation projects.
The course exposes, and explores, the variety of research methodologies and research
methods adopted in (financial, management and auditing) accounting research. In doing so,
particular emphasis will be placed on comparing and contrasting positivistic and interpretivist
approaches, and on the differences between (and/or potential convergence of) mainstream
accounting research within the region.
Financial Statement Analysis

TII

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: GPA of 3.0 or better in Accounting major courses

AF420

277

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme

AF431

Advanced Management Accounting

TII

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme

An examination of planning and control processes in organisations, and the involvement
of management and management support personnel with them. The following topics will
be considered. `Formal` and `organisational` perspectives on management planning and
control. Planning and decision-making in organisations: some alternative perspectives
and descriptions. Planning and budgeting: theoretical perspectives and organisational
descriptions. Organisation structures and structuration. Control processes in organisations:
some alternative perspectives. Participation as a mode of organisational control. Accounting
control systems: some alternative perspectives. Designing management accounting
systems; prescription or organisational choice. Categorising and evaluating the literatures on
management planning and control.
AF432

Information Systems Control and Audit TI

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme

Analysis of internal control and auditing procedures in an EDP environment, use and limitations
of common procedures, test desks, audit packages, etc., problems associated with differing
applications, use of standard packages, mini and micro-computer based systems, distributed
data processing, database applications.
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Money is the life blood of any business. How an organisation obtains and uses that money
is of critical importance to the long term viability of that organisation. The financial health
of the firm is presented in the four basic financial statements, the proper interpretation of
which is critical for investors, creditors and internal management. This course is designed
to help those involved in financial analysis make informed judgements as to the health of
the organisation and provide guidance for improvement. This course is designed to help the
student understand and interpret financial statements. The course will include information
on how to read and understand financial statements and how to apply this knowledge to
determine the health and current status of a business.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

278

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

AF433 Advanced Studies in Financial Accounting

TIII
F

Location

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme

A critical review of conceptual framework programmes for financial accounting and reporting.
Issues with the traditional financial reporting structure. The impact of the fair value model
of accounting on issues related to revenue and expense recognition, and the identification
and measurement of assets and liabilities. Evaluation and application of the solvency test.
Examination of accounting issues and techniques associated with specific industries and
complex business structures. Topics may include accounting in the construction, real
estate development, finance and extractive industries; group accounts; segment reports;
accounting for unincorporated associations; trading trusts; reporting problems arising from
off-balance-sheet financing; pension accounting; foreign currency translation. Accounting
for heritage assets, accountability beyond the traditional accounting model. Accountability
through the directors` and chief executives' reports. Corporate social responsibility. Social
and environmental accounting.
AF434

Business Information Systems

TII

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme

Nature and functions of computer-based information systems used to support management
of a business; business databases and reporting; practical experience with business
applications software.
AF435

Business Research Methods

TIII

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme

This course will introduce students to the basics of business research methods. Topics include
probability theories and concepts, hypothesis formulation and testing, linear regression,
multiple regression techniques, non-parametric methods, variance analysis, queuing theory
and linear programming.
AF436

Accounting for Management Control

TII

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme

This course aims to develop in students the ability to appreciate critically the principles of
the operations of any management control systems (MCSs) they are likely to encounter
in their (future) careers, with a view to both operating effectively within them and, where
appropriate, helping to improve them. Accounting control systems (e.g. budgets) are a very
important part of MCSs, both in profit oriented and for non-profit organisations. Indeed,
the chief accounting officer in a large company is often called the The Controller. One
aim of the course is therefore, to enable accounting and finance students to recognise how
accounting controls should best be designed and operated in order to try to ensure that a
particular organisation and its units remain in control.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme

The aim of this course is to expose the students to the need to develop and employ an
advanced sense of moral reasoning in accounting practice, notwithstanding the regulatory
framework that directs practice. To this end, this course will address ethical issues pertaining
to the practice of accounting auditing and accountability, such that students will be able to
undertake such practices applying reasoning as identified by Kolberg as being consistent
with post-conventional moral development.
AF438 Current Developments in Accounting Research - Auditing

TII
F

279

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

AF437 Issues of Governance and Ethics Accounting

TI
F

Location

Prerequisites: GPA of 3.0 or better in Accounting major courses

An examination of current areas of research in auditing and substantive studies in each
area. The following topics will be considered: theory about auditing; overview of audit
research; research areas; nature of audit work; agency theory and the existence of the audit
function; human information processing in auditing; audit teams and the review process;
statistical auditing; effects of the audit report; job satisfaction and performance in audit firms;
performance criteria and evaluation. Future development in audit theory and research.

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme

The structure of the tax base: income, capital, consumption. Assessment of the existing
base and alternatives. Desirable characteristics of a tax system: equity, neutrality, simplicity,
acceptability, administrative efficiency, fiscal flexibility, ability to meet revenue needs. Specific
forms of taxation. Official inquiries into taxation. Economic and social issues concerning
taxation: taxation and social welfare. Tax reform: needs, problems, approaches. Tax other
than income tax: capital taxes, sales tax, land tax, payroll tax, stamp duty. Selected issues.
AF440

Structure of International Taxation

TI

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme

This course aims to assist you to formulate an appreciation of international tax structures,
double tax agreements, and tax avoidance and evasions schemes. The course will use case
studies based on actual schemes that have eventuated, rather than being based purely on
theory. Some case studies that will be used during the semester will be constructed based
on current and potential new developments in this area. The course will draw on various
materials, which address current issues and controversies surrounding the subject.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

AF439 Advanced Taxation Contemporary Issues

TII
F

280

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

AF600F Accounting and Financial Management SRP (Full-Time)

AF600P Accounting and Financial Management SRP (Part-Time)
AF700F Accounting and Financial Management Masters Thesis (Full-Time)
AF700P Accounting and Financial Management Masters Thesis (Part-Time)
AF800F Accounting and Financial Management PhD Thesis (Full-Time)
AF800P Accounting and Financial Management PhD Thesis (Part-Time)
AG111

Introduction to Agricultural Economics II

F/P

A/SC

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: None
This course aims to introduce students, particularly those studying farm management
and agricultural production, to economics within an agricultural context. This will provide
students with a good grasp of basic economics and the economic concepts most used by
agriculturalists.
AG124

Fundamentals of Soil Science

F/P

A/SC

Prerequisites: None
This course is designed to introduce students to the fundamentals of soil science by providing
a basic knowledge of soil formation, the physical, chemical and biological properties of soil,
soil fertility and fertilizers, soil survey and classification, soil erosion and soil management in
relation to crop production.
AG134

Agricultural Mechanisation

II

F/P

A/SC

Prerequisites: None
The course will give the student a basic but important understanding of the internal
combustion engine and its maintenance given its crucial contribution as a source of power
in the production of agricultural products. It exposes students to the important range of
machines and equipment available for use in agriculture and to provide some hands-on
training in their operations and maintenance with special emphasis on tractors and some
cultivation implements.

Code

Title

AG164

Introductory Agricultural Biology

Semester
I

Mode

Location

F/P

A/SC

On completion of this course the student, through practical and written assignments and
examinations, should be able to demonstrate knowledge and an understanding of the
biology of cells and crop plants.
AG165

Field and Plantation Crops Production

II

F/P

A/SC

Prerequisites: None
This course will provide detailed studies of production aspects of the most important field,
plantation, and horticulture crops in the South Pacific region. Each crop will be assessed for
its place, economic significance and potential in the region and possible improvements in
production and quality. Coverage will include production environment, husbandry practices,
harvesting, utilisation and post-harvest handling.
AG172

Principles of Animal Nutrition

F/P

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: None

281

A/SC

Prerequisites: None

AG211

Agricultural Development

Prerequisites: None
Many students entering government employment need to understand the wider issues
involved in development beyond those taught in other courses. This course enables
specialist agricultural students to learn how the agricultural sector of economies fits into and
can contribute towards overall national development.
AG212

Farm Management Principles

F/P

A/SC

Prerequisites: None
The subject matter integrates the basic economics that students learned in their first year
with the technical husbandry skills and topics taught in other courses.
AG213

Statistics for Agriculture

II

F/P

A/SC

Prerequisites: None
By the end of this course, students will understand biological variation and the different types
of data normally encountered in agricultural studies and statistical methods used for their
analysis. They will also be able to produce summary statistics, design simple experiments and
analyse the relationship between two variables.
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

This course aims to provide students with knowledge of the basic concepts in nutrition and
how to apply them in the practical feeding of farm animals to meet the various physiological
body functions.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

282

Code

Title

AG221

Soil Fertility and Plant Nutrition

Semester
II

Mode

Location

F/P

A/SC

Prerequisites: AG124
This course is designed to help students understand soil fertility parameters governing crop
growth, especially in the South Pacific and to carry out appropriate practices to improve and
maintain the productivity of agricultural land.
AG251

Agricultural Extension

F/P

A/SC

Prerequisites: None
This course aims to provide students with the knowledge and skills used in communications
and agricultural extension. It will develop knowledge of models of extension, communication
and learning, as well as the effects of culture on extension programmes and their application
to choosing suitable extension teaching methods.
AG266

Horticultural Crops Production

II

F&P

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: None
This is a course to be taken by undergraduate students of agriculture specialising in Applied
Sciences. The course is designed to provide students with proper training in the selection and
preparation of land for crop production, learning in the theory and practice of propagation
of crops using both seed and vegetative methods, knowledge and skills in nursery making
and management, principles and skills in cropping systems of vegetables, seeding rate
calculations and making planning calendars, knowledge and skills in production of important
horticultural food and high value ornamental crops of the South Pacific region.
AG268

Pathogens and Pests of Crops

Prerequisites: None
This course is designed to introduce students to the various agents that induce diseases and
cause damage in crop plants and/or their produce. Emphasis will be placed on identification
of the various organisms; understanding their biology and ecology, and the nature of
damage they cause. The course provides students with the background needed to study
crop protection.
AG273

Monogastric Livestock Production

II

F&P

Prerequisites: AG172
The aim of this course is to provide students with an understanding of theory and practice of
scientific techniques essential in pig and poultry production.
AG311

Agricultural Project Management

Prerequisites: None
This course covers in greater depth some of the topics previously studied in AG212 and

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

AG312

Agricultural Marketing

II

Prerequisites: AG111
The course aims to develop students understanding of marketing concepts and their
applications for less develop countries and in particular for the Pacific Island Countries
(PICs); to understand the problems of marketing agricultural commodities and the special
marketing problems facing PICs.
AG351 Agricultural Extension Programmes Planning

II
F

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

introduces additional advanced topics, such as farm mechanisation polices. It follows the
already familiar headings of financial, personnel and production planning and control.
Students study project management for the first time.

283

Prerequisites: AG251

AG363

Pest and Disease Management

II

F/P

A/C

Prerequisites: AG165
This is a multi-discipline course integrating husbandry and pesticide information together
with biological and other useful means of control to give an integrated crop pest and disease
management approach. Such an approach will assist students to apply the more theoretical
content from previous courses to practical situations.
AG364 Sustainable Crop Production Technologies

I
F

Prerequisites: AG165 & AG266

On completion of this course, the student through practical, written assignments and
examination, should be able to demonstrate knowledge and an understanding of advanced
techniques of sustainable crop production and associated technologies in the region.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

This course is designed to help students acquire knowledge of selected agricultural extension
models, extension organisation and management within the Pacific island countries, the
process for developing agricultural extension programmes, and developing their ability to
design agricultural extension programmes. Topics to be covered include comparison of
agricultural extension models, extension organisation and management within the Pacific
island countries, planning non-formal education programmes for farmers, needs assessment
techniques, situational analysis, priority setting, identifying major programmes, writing
programme objectives, designing major programmes, instructional plans, action plans and
evaluation techniques. The practical component of the course requires students to plan an
agricultural extension programme relating to an assigned locality.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

284

Code

Title

AG373

Ruminant Livestock Production

Semester
II

Mode

Location

F/P

L/SC

Prerequisites: AG273
This course aims at providing degree students with more in-depth theoretical and technical
knowledge of ruminant livestock production systems in the South Pacific region upon which
successful beef and dairy cattle, goat, sheep farming can be accomplished.
AG383

Research Project Management Skills

Prerequisites: AG213
This course is designed to provide students with understanding of theoretical and applied
aspects of agricultural research methods so that they are able to choose appropriate research
methods and analytical tools for managing research projects for specific types of research
problems. Students are required (individually or in a team) to conduct research experiments/
field surveys on specific topics of their choice in any particular sub-discipline of agriculture,
and then analyse the data, interpret results, draw conclusions and communicate them in
project reports and seminars.
AG384

Vocational Practical Training

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: None
This course requires the student to obtain an accumulated period of 20 weeks of practical
skills in the major identified agricultural enterprises at the Alafua Campus IRETA Farm and
SAFT in the following units: poultry, piggery, cattle, sheep, goats, soils, root crops, fruit
trees, vegetables, extension, economics, plant protection, tissue culture, engineering and
agroforestry and other approved units. The student may also accumulate time in SAFT
approved appropriate institutions in the students home country by special arrangement
and supervision, especially during the end-of-year break. This will allow for work placement
opportunities as well as the beneficial use of advanced agricultural enterprises as student
laboratories.
AG401 Advanced Design and Analysis of Experiment

I
F

Prerequisites: AG213
This course examines experimental design (sampling in theory and practice; estimation of
numbers required); covariance analysis and use of regression to reduce error; linear models
and advanced analysis of variance; treatment contrasts in analysis of variance; and the use of
computer packages for statistical analysis.
AG411 Agricultural Production and Managerial Economics

I
F

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme

This course provides students with applied economic techniques for analysing farm

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

AG412

Advanced Agricultural Marketing

II

Prerequisites: Entry to postgraduate programme

This course is concerned with a more advanced treatment of topics covered in AG312.
The emphasis will be on the economics of marketing, with some attention given to market
management. Micro-economic theory is the basic tool so materials from AG111 will also be
used.
AG415 Agricultural and Rural Development Policy

II
F

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

production systems. Topics include critical analysis of principles of production economics and
decision theory, estimation and interpretation of agricultural production and cost functions,
evaluation of farm resource use allocation and efficiency, and agricultural production analysis
under uncertainty.

285

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme

AG461

Crop Physiology

II

Prerequisites: AG164
This course is intended primarily to provide details, principles, and techniques of measurement
of the physiological processes in crops. In particular, the relationship of crop yield to radiation,
light interception, efficiency of photosynthesis and partitioning of dry matter will be examined.
AG464

Advanced Pest Management

Prerequisites: AG363
This course is designed to enable postgraduate diploma students to learn various techniques
for analysing insect pest situations as mandatory processes to good pest management
decisions.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

This course is designed to provide students with a wide-ranging thorough understanding

of the theories, policies, and practices aimed at increasing agricultural production and
rural development. It will critically analyse the issues, objectives, conceptual foundations,
and instruments of various agricultural development policies and approaches. The focus of
discussion will be on policies related to rural financial markets, cooperatives, land reform,
agricultural research and extension, and a range of issues and options in agricultural
trade liberalisation (market access, domestic support, export competition, food security,
biotechnology, and intellectual property rights) from the perspectives of developing
countries with special reference to PICs. Recent progress in the agricultural sector, sources
of accelerated agricultural growth through biochemical and mechanical technologies and
improved agricultural institutions, and agricultural strategy for adaptation to climate change
will also be discussed.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

286

Code

Title

AG465

Mixed Cropping

Semester
I

Mode

Location

Prerequisites: AG364
This course examines the reasons for yield advantages of mixed cropping compared with
mono-cropping, especially inflow-input input cropping systems under various environmental
and management conditions. It also investigates the factors affecting the competitive ability
of different species in mixtures and imparts an understanding of the underlying ecological
processes affecting both the yield advantage of mixtures and the competitive ability of the
component species, giving special attention to the relative magnitude of above ground and
below ground interactions. The various experimental designs useful in the study of mixed
cropping (plant competition) will also be examined.
AG471

Advanced Poultry and Swine Production

II

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: Entry into the Postgraduate Programme

This course is designed to equip students with understanding of the importance of the
poultry and pig industries in the Pacific economy and modern trends in poultry and swine
production. The course will equip them with practical knowledge of the production systems,
the breeds and breeding programmes of poultry and pigs, their housing, feeding, common
diseases and management, processing and marketing of pigs and poultry with emphasise
on the South Pacific region. The course will also prepare students in the management of
secondary species of poultry (turkeys, ducks etc.) and the integration of poultry and pigs
with other farming systems in the region.
AG472

Advanced Ruminant Livestock Production I

Prerequisites: Entry into the Postgraduate Diploma programme

This course is intended to prepare and equip students with the recent trends in ruminant
livestock production. This will enable them to better understand the pressing needs of
ruminant livestock in terms of housing, breeding, nutrition, behaviour, welfare, waste
management, and disease prevention. This implantation of these practices in the Pacific
Island Countries will be one of the main focuses of this course.
AG473 Advanced Animal Products and By-products Processing

II
F

Prerequisites: Entry into the Postgraduate Programme

The course is designed to heighten students awareness of the principles, practices and
problems that are involved in ruminant livestock production in the Region. Students will
acquire knowledge and practical skills with respect to research and problem solving in
ruminant livestock production. Strong emphasis will be placed on the South Pacific region
but some attention will also be paid to the world in general.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Prerequisites: Entry into the postgraduate diploma programme

Animal breeding programmes are too often abundant or regarded as unimportant in most
developing countries. In fact, animal breeding is one of the enabling factors in improving
livestock production around the world today. This course is designed to to make students
familiar with the recent trend in animal breeding. Students will be able to address the lack of
interest and knowledge in animal breeding in the Pacific Island Countries (PICs) and develop
practical and sustainable breeding programmes that will address the low performance of
livestock in the PICs.

287

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

AG474 Improving Livestock Production Through Breeding

I
F

Location

AG600F Agriculture SRP (Full-Time)

AG600P Agriculture SRP (Part-Time)
AG700F Agriculture Masters Thesis (Full-Time)
AG700P Agriculture Masters Thesis (Part-Time)
AG800F Agriculture PhD Thesis (Full-Time)

BF101
Introduction to Financial Institutions and Markets

II
F

Prerequisites: None
This course introduces students to the theoretical framework of financial markets and
reviews the organisation and operations of financial institutions. It is designed to provide an
understanding of the financial system and the functioning of institutions that operate in it. It
will also give students an understanding of the fundamentals of business finance, including
the sourcing of finance and its management by enterprises. Special reference will be made
to the business environment in the Pacific
BF201

Banking Management

Prerequisites: AF101 recommended

The main objectives of this course are to enable students to understand the major issues
in the area of banking management; to familiarise themselves with fundamental financial
models relevant to management of liabilities, credit, liquidity and profitability in banking firms;
and to be able to use the various financial analysis techniques in understanding the typical
banking management problems and taking managerial decisions. The course is designed to
lay a strong foundation for all higher level courses in the area of banking management.
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

AG800P Agriculture PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

288

Code

Title

BF202

Banking Law

Semester
I

Mode

Location

Prerequisites: AF108 or AF205

This course covers the principal legal instruments, relationships and dealings commonly
arising in the day to day business of a banker. Topics are canvassed at a depth appropriate
to a person needing to be an accomplished and competent actor within a legal environment,
yet not claiming the expertise of a legal professional. Domestic banking topics focus on Fiji
law with reference to the law of other South Pacific jurisdictions for comparative purposes
where library facilities permit. Throughout the course emphasis is placed upon standard form
banking documentation in use locally.
BF302

Advanced Banking Management

II

Prerequisites: BF201
This course builds upon BF201 and reviews such topics as the marketing of financial services,
organisation and management of financial institutions, international banking transactions,
subordination and priority agreements, contract bonds and guarantees, syndicated loans
and international capital raising.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

BF401
Advances in Financial Institutions and Markets

I
F

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme

The main objectives of this course are to enable participants to capture the advances in
the organisation and methods of financial markets, such as money markets and capital
markets, as well as the various institutions and instruments constituting these markets, in
both domestic and global contexts. The course design will include theoretical foundations,
descriptive understanding and skill development, enabling participants to acquire the
management capabilities required by the institutions which utilise such systems.
BF402

Special Topic in Banking and Finance

TBA

Prerequisites: Entry into the Postgraduate programme

The topic of this course will be decided in consultation with the department and will normally
be designed to fit in with the student`s research interests.
BF600F Banking and Finance SRP ( Full-Time)
BF600P Banking and Finance SRP (Part-Time)
BF700F Banking and Finance Masters Thesis (Full-Time)
BF700P Banking and Finance Masters Thesis (Part-Time)
BF800F Banking and Finance PhD Thesis (Full-Time)

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

289

BF800P Banking and Finance PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

Prerequisites: None
The course explores how modern concepts of leadership and governance differ from
traditional South Pacific notions. It asks what is expected of modern leaders, what is meant
by good governance, and what are human rights and where do they come from? The course
explores the links between leadership, governance and human rights on the one hand,
and development on the other. The course introduces the use of a gender lens as an
analytical tool.
DG101 Principles of Good Leadership and Governance

I
B&P

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

DG100 Introduction to Leadership, Governance and Human Rights

I&II
B&P
C

Prerequisites: None

DG102 Laws, Legal Systems and Access to Justice

II
B&P

Prerequisites: None
In this course, students will learn how to navigate legal systems and how to assist others
to do so. The course will consider the sources of modern theories of law and justice and
the role of laws. It will analyse how laws are made and how out-dated or deficient laws can
be improved. The role of formal and informal courts will be examined. The functions of the
police, legal aid, judiciary, lawyers, prosecution, and the corrections services will be analysed.
Analysis of case studies of litigants and victims of crime.
DG200

Human Rights at Local, National, Regional and International

Levels
II
B&P
C

Prerequisites: DG100
This course considers, from the perspective of a Pacific Island person, the extent to which
that persons human rights are protected and promoted. The course analyses the strengths
and limitations of human rights protections at local, national, regional and international levels.
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

This course explores several themes regarding leadership and governance introduced in
DG100. In particular, it analyses principles of ethical leadership and examines two important
theories of leadership: transformational leadership and adaptive leadership. The course
considers how negotiation and dispute resolution skills expand a persons leadership
capacity. It analyses patterns of leadership in the South Pacific. Regarding governance, the
course examines transparency and accountability, two key aspects of good governance.
It also considers how corruption undermines good governance and looks at causes and
cures. The components of a good governance regime are proposed whether for a small
organisation, a business or a national government.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

290

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

Particular attention is given to United Nations human rights mechanisms, and several UN
treaties are examined to assess their relevance for Pacific Islanders. Topics considered
include womens rights, the rights of those with disabilities and childrens rights. Also
considered are human rights and education, HIV AIDS, and climate change. The course asks
whether a human rights culture exists in the South Pacific.
DG301 Leadership, Governance and Human Rights Internship

II
B&P

Prerequisites: DG100, DG101 & PS103

This course is a structured and supervised course that provides students with opportunities
to apply, in real-life situations, the knowledge, skills and perspectives gained from studying
other Diploma courses. Students will be expected to carry out a project in a workplace of
their choice, such as an NGO, faith-based organisation, school, local government authority
or agency. The course lecturer may assist students to seek for placement. Through practical
work or project experience, students will apply knowledge and skills gained from other
Diploma courses to broaden their work capacity and experience.
DG400

Advanced Research Methodology

II

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: Approval of Director or nominee

This course introduces participants to the rationale of and different approaches to research.
Students acquire the necessary basic technical skills to conduct independent research and
also gain practical experience in the use of these skills. The main content of the course is a
practical approach to the conduct of social science research projects. A major portion of the
course assessment will be the practical research including data collection and analysis, and
research proposals write up. It provides students with the knowledge and skill to conduct
surveys and in-depth studies. Students will be taught basic statistics and will also gain handson experience with computer software and statistical packages.
DG403

Public Financial Management

F/O

L/C

Prerequisites: Approval of Director or nominee

Management of the financial activities of governments, whether with respect to the
management of budgets, management of government business enterprises, prudent
supervision of government financial enterprises, or management of provident funds or other
trust funds held on behalf of the public, is a key area needing improvement in governance.
Instances of grand corruption usually take place through these avenues. Students will be
taught the principles of good budgeting systems and public financial management. They will
also examine the issues involved in budgetary and financial management reform, and what is
involved in the effective prudential supervision of financial institutions including the banking
system, provident funds and stabilisation and other trust funds.

Code

Title

DG404

Ethics of Governance

Semester
II

Mode

Location

This course introduces basic ethics concepts and relates themes to the challenges of
governance. Accordingly the course will look at the concept of ethics, ethics in relation to
morality, ethics in relation to law, and ethics as expressed in concepts of justice, fairness,
rights and social contract.
DG405

Special Topic in Governance in the Pacific II

Prerequisites: Approval of Director or nominee

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: Approval of Director or nominee

291

This course is offered to cater for the academic needs and development interests of individual
students. Course content will vary with individual circumstances, for example a course a)
relate to intended thesis work, b) comprising components from more than one course, c)
offered by more than one discipline, d) with a significant experimental component, or e)
taken at the discretion of another department or school, in each a student covers topics for
which he/she does not have the normal prerequisites.
DG406

Theories of Governance

Prerequisites: Approval of Director or nominee

DG407

Conflict and Justice

Prerequisites: None
In the contemporary world there are numerous conflicts including openly violent conflicts which
generally have negative consequences for the people in these very difficult circumstances.
In addition to gross violation of human rights including loss of lives, livelihoods and property,
there is displacement of large numbers of people who may end up as refugees. Conflict is
often seen as emerging from the failure of the state and its institutions to address perceived
and real issues regarding unfair treatment and injustices. These may arise out of social
exclusion, differential treatment based on ethnicity (`race, culture, and religion), competition
over natural resources and/or the distribution of the earnings from such resources as well
as the environmental and social consequences of the exploitation of such resources, and
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

The course introduces graduate students to the major current theories of governance and
explores the relationships between these theories and actual practice. On the basis of
this sound conceptual framework students will be better equipped to assess governance
practices in the real world. The course has two sections, the first looking at the possibility
of governance theory, the second looking at current governance themes. The first section
examines current theories of governance, governance and the state (institution building),
governance and society (deliberative policy networks and the possibilities of self-governance
and co-governance), and governance as communication. The second part of the course,
on current themes, examines the ideas of governance for human development, digital
governance, multi-level governance, governance and dispute resolution; governance of small
states, and the measurement of governance using indicators.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

292

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

competition over political power. This course will examine a range of conflict situations, their
causes and consequences with a particular reference to conflicts in Oceania, and will assess
the processes adopted to resolve conflicts in the short and longer terms, and their outcomes
and ask the question if social justice has been achieved. Institutional arrangements for peace
building, reconciliation and long term stability will be examined.
DG408 Public Policy Implementation and Appraisal

II
F

Prerequisites: Approval of Director or nominee

This course examines processes of policy planning, implementation, and evaluation. Given the
importance of successful policy implementation in the Pacific region, it is highly desirable that
graduates of the governance programme have a thorough understanding of the processes
of policy development, the challenges of successful policy implementation, and techniques
of policy implementation evaluation.
DG410

Development Theories and Alternatives I

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: Approval of Director or nominee

This course examines issues related to development and change within the context of a
group of diverse societies often referred to as the Third World. In it we will research the
impact of colonialism and its legacies on these societies, the changing character and meaning
of development, and the nature of relationships between class and race as well as between
tradition and modernity. We will also examine the politics of identity and indigenousness, the
significance of democracy for developing civil society and human rights, and the role of state
institutions in fostering development and change to help draw together these themes and
to ensure that we grasp the connections between them. We will derive some of our early
examples from Fiji. Its relatively small size will make our study more manageable, although the
issues raised remain international in their scope and complex in their depth.
DG411 Governance and Governments in the South Pacific

II
F/O

L/C

Prerequisites: Approval of Director or nominee

A state can be defined in various ways and the broadest definition includes the regime in
power and public institutions including three branches of a government: judiciary; executive;
and parliament. Structures and quality of these three public institutions are crucial to
determine the governance of the state. Of course, structure and quality of other institutions
such as local governments, political parties, civil society organisations and private corporate
sectors as well as traditional institutions (e.g. chiefly system) and informal systems (e.g. social
capital) are also important in determining the characteristics of governance of a state.
DG413

Special Topic in Development Studies I I

Prerequisites: Approval of Director or nominee.

This course is offered to cater for the academic needs and development interests of individual

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

DG414

Special Topic in Development Studies II

TBA

Prerequisites: Approval of Director or nominee

This course is offered to cater for the academic needs and development interests of individual
students. Course content will vary with individual circumstances, for example a course a)
relating to intended thesis work, b) comprising components from more than one course, c)
offered by more than one discipline, d) with a significant experiential component, or e) taken
at the discretion of another department or school, in which a student covers topics for which
he or she does not have the normal prerequisites.
DG415 Urbanisation, Development and Urban Planning

II
F

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

students. Course content will vary with individual circumstances, for example a course a)
relating to intended thesis work, b) comprising components from more than one course, c)
offered by more than one discipline, d) with a significant experiential component, or e) taken
at the discretion of another department or school, in which a student covers topics for which
he or she does not have the normal prerequisites.

293

Prerequisites: Approval of Director or nominee

DG416

Development Internship

I&II

Prerequisites: Approval of Director or nominee

Development Internship is a structured supervised educational course that provides students
practical experience working in selected international and regional organisations, government
ministries and departments, parliaments, NGOs and civil society organisations. The course
is designed to enable students both to demonstrate and to enhance their development
knowledge and skills through placement experience and project work.
DG417

NGOs, Civil Society and Development

Prerequisites: Approval of Director or nominee

People-centred development, incorporating greater popular participation, is now recognised
as an important development strategy. Civil society organisations (CSOs) and nongovernmental organisations (NGOs) with their participatory approaches and grassroots
connections have emerged as important catalysts for change and development. This course
examines the nature of and processes involved in the deepening of democracy through civil
society organisations.
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

This course is based on an interdisciplinary approach to theoretical development issues

concerning urbanisation, and the dynamics of Third World urban development. It is designed to
help students undertake scientific inquiry and research on emerging urban issues particularly
in the context of Pacific Islands. The course deals with contemporary urban development
issues including urban infrastructure and basic services, and issues of urban employment
and the environment. Considerable attention is also given to urban planning/development
policies and strategies within the broader framework of sustainable development.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

294

Code

Title

Semester

DG420

Regionalism and Policy Development

II

Mode

Location

Prerequisites: Approval of Director or nominee

Regionalism and Policy Development is a structured educational course designed for
students from various development agencies, government ministries and departments,
parliaments, NGOs and civil society organisations. Its goal is to investigate the dynamics
of regional cooperation and its value for national development, and to enhance the skills
and competencies of senior and middle management needed to engage more effectively
with regional cooperation. The topics cover both global and regional issues but a particular
emphasis is on the Pacific Plan.
DG422 Environmental Change and Green Development

I
F

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: Approval of Director or nominee

This course is multidisciplinary in nature. It is designed to provide students with knowledge
about contemporary debates on environment-development and climate change. The course
focuses on environmental and climate change and their impacts at different levels: global,
regional, national and local. Greenhouse gases, global warming, sea level rise, and their
consequences will be critically examined. Responses to environmental challenges with a
mix of more sustainable development initiatives such as renewable energy resources and
green technologies will be discussed. The course will also cover green-politics/eco-politics,
environmental movements, green development and environmental migration. The course will
have special focus on the Small Islands Developing States (SIDS) and Pacific Island Countries
(PICs).
DG600F Development Studies and Governance SRP (Full-Time)
A Supervised Research Project (SRP) is a small thesis of 30,000 words, taken as part of a
Masters degree along with two Development Studies/Governance 400-level courses.
DG600P Development Studies and Governance SRP (Part-Time)
A Supervised Research Project (SRP) is a small thesis of 30,000 words, taken as part of a
Master`s degree along with two Development Studies/Governance 400-level courses.
DG700F Development Studies and Governance Masters Thesis (Full-Time)
A Master`s thesis is a major study of 50,000 words on a subject developed in conjunction
with the supervisor. In it the student will need to demonstrate mastery of research skills and
ability to present and argue a thesis.
DG700P Development Studies and Governance Masters Thesis (Part-Time)
A Master`s thesis is a major study of 50,000 words on a subject developed in conjunction
with the supervisor. In it the student will demonstrate mastery of research skills and the ability
to present and argue a thesis.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

295

DG800F Development Studies and Governance PhD Thesis (Full-Time)

EC100

Introduction to Economics

II/I

F/P

L/C

Prerequisites: Form 7 or Foundation level Mathematics.

This course may not be credited towards a major, minor or Diploma in Economics, nor may it
be credited together with a pass in EC101 or EC102. The course provides a self-contained,
one-semester introduction to economics and is designed specifically for students who wish
to familiarise themselves with the basics of economics, but who do not intend to study it to
a higher level. This course begins with a discussion of the nature and scope of economics
and then proceeds to examine in detail key aspects of microeconomic and macroeconomic
theory. Applications of economic theory are discussed in relation to current economic issues
in the Pacific Island economies and in the world economy as a whole.
EC101

Principles of Macroeconomics

II/I

F/P

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

DG800P Development Studies and Governance PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

L/C

Prerequisites: Form 7 or Foundation level Economics or Mathematics

EC102

Principles of Microeconomics

I/II

F/P

L/SC

Prerequisites: Form 7 or Foundation level Economics or Mathematics

This course introduces students to microeconomics, the other branch of economics, which
examines the behaviour of individuals, households, firms, and specific firms. The main
emphasis in this introductory course is on the development of a sound understanding of
theories of consumption and production. The course also provides the insight that individual
decision makers, acting rationally and independently to maximise individual welfare,
contribute to the overall welfare of all the market participants.
EC201

Intermediate Macroeconomics

I/II

F/P

L/C

Prerequisites: EC101
This course has three major objectives. The first is a deepening of the understanding of how
an economy works as a system, with complex interactions among variables and economic
factors. The second is the explanation of how exogenous factors, especially government
policies, can affect the system, together with the fostering of a capacity to evaluate realworld policies, including those pursued by governments in the South Pacific region. The third
objective is the delineation of competing macroeconomic theories and the ways in which
they have evolved; attention centres on the expanded Keynesian system, Monetarism and
the Classical system.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Macroeconomics deals with the behaviour of the whole economy. This course is designed
primarily to familiarise students with the basic theory of income determination - what
determines the level of national income and output in modern economies.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

296

Code

Title

EC202

Intermediate Microeconomics

Semester
I/II

Mode

Location

P/F

C/L

Prerequisites: EC102
This is an intermediate level neoclassical microeconomics course which presents theories
that try to explain how South Pacific societies allocate scarce resources amongst competing
ends. The course covers the usual theories of consumer behaviour, firms production and
costs, market structures, theories of income distribution, general equilibrium and welfare
economics. Given the small size of Pacific economies, there will be greater emphasis
on monopoly and oligopoly theory. There will be an introduction to applications of
microeconomics to international economics, public finance, environment, welfare economics
and gender economics.
EC203

Economic Statistics

I/II

F/P

L/C

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: EC101 or EC102

This course gives you the basic theoretical and practical hands-on experience on statistical
methods in economics. Students are taught how to do basic statistical calculations and
analysis using Microsoft Excel. The course starts with an introduction of basic concepts in
statistics, including techniques for presenting data, describing statistics, probability theory,
and discrete and continuous distributions. By the middle of the semester issues such as
sampling distributions and estimation methods are introduced and finally hypothesis tests
and the theory of ordinary least squares and time series analysis are introduced.
EC301

Macroeconomics Analysis

I/II

P/O&F

L&SC/L

Prerequisites: EC201 and EC203 or equivalent

This course builds on macroeconomic and microeconomic courses offered by the School of
Economics at 100- and 200-levels. It uses theoretical analysis to develop policy prescriptions
in a highly controversial field which is of great practical significance to present-day policymakers.
EC302

Microeconomics Analysis

I/II

F/P

L/SC

Prerequisites: EC202 and EC203 or equivalent

The course builds a sound micro-foundation to understand key issues in economic analysis.
The subject provides a theoretical framework to understand welfare economics, uncertainty
and risk, economics of strategy, economics of regulation, asymmetric information, costbenefit analysis, provision of public goods, income re-distribution and government spending
and taxation. Both graphical and calculus based derivations are used to construct examples
to analyse complicated economic problems.

Code

Title

EC303

Econometrics

Semester
II

Mode

Location

This course is an introductory one that teaches students the fundamental concepts and
methods of estimation in Econometrics. It also introduces basic applied econometrics. The
theory covered in this course includes Ordinary Least Squares estimation procedure and
hypothesis tests on parametric estimates. The students are taught how to interpret the
estimated parameters and use such estimates to predict or forecast economic or social
events. The Excel software is extensively used for data management and GRETL and EViews
are taught for econometric estimations.
EC304

Development Economics

I/II

F/P

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: EC201 and EC203 or equivalent

297

L/C

Prerequisites: EC201 and EC203 or equivalent

EC306

International Economics

II/I

F/P

L/C

Prerequisites: EC202 and EC203 or equivalent

This course provides the theoretical base required to understand the key issues in the field
of international economics. Key topics include: the theory of international trade, trade policy,
Pacific Island countries trading structures and the role of the World Trade Organisation in
facilitating international trade.
EC307

Resource and Environmental Economics II/I

F/P

L/SC

Prerequisites: EC102
This course provides detailed coverage of theoretical and applied issues in the interlocking
fields of natural resource economics and environmental economics, both in general terms
and with special reference to the South Pacific. While aimed primarily at students majoring
in economics, the course is designed to be of interest to all students with a basic (100-level)
grounding in microeconomics.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

This course gives students a systematic introduction to the characteristics and problems
of developing countries. It also: surveys the main theories and models of growth and
development; and examines a range of policy-related issues bearing on industrial and
agricultural development, international trade, transport, technology, gender, the environment,
structural `adjustment`, foreign aid, foreign investment, and demography. In all cases, the
general significance of these issues is established first, and then possible relevance to the
circumstances of the Pacific Islands is identified and discussed. In addition, certain topics of
particular importance in the islands are examined in especial detail, notably environmental
problems, population growth and migration, trade and aid issues in an era of deregulation,
and the consequences of `smallness` for development in general and policy formulation in
particular.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

298

Code

Title

EC308

Economics of Tourism

Semester
I

Mode

Location

Prerequisites: EC100 or EC102, together with mandatory special tutorials or approval of

Head or nominee
This course is designed to appeal primarily to students majoring in economics and/or tourism
studies. It introduces students to the economic logic underlying the development, structure
and performance of the tourism industry and analyses the impact of tourism on a wide range
of economic and other variables, particularly in the Pacific Island context.
EC311

Labour Economics

I/II

F/P

L/C

Prerequisites: EC102
This course provides a sound understanding of the labour market and equips students
with the basic tools necessary to analyse contemporary labour market issues such as the
functioning of labour markets, affirmative action policies, labour mobility, information and job
search, unemployment, minimum wages and wage/income inequality.
EC401

Advanced Macroeconomic Analysis

II

L&SC

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme

This course addresses issues such as inflation, unemployment, economic growth,
consumption, central banking and exchange rates using an open economy macroeconomic
framework. It is assumed that students will have background knowledge in the areas of ADAS model and IS-LM analysis.
EC402

Advanced Microeconomic Analysis

L&SC

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme

This course examines current issues in microeconomics including the mathematics of
optimisation, consumer theory, choice under uncertainty, production theory, the behaviour
of firms in different market situations and the limits of markets as an allocation mechanism.
EC403

Applied Econometrics

L&SC

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme

This course aims at deepening the understanding of modern econometric analysis. The course
will cover a variety of topics ranging from econometric theory to econometric applications.
The theoretical aspects will cover maximum likelihood method, generalised methods of
moments, maximum simulated likelihood method and their asymptotic justifications. In terms
of applications, time series, cross-sectional and panel data will be used within the theoretical
framework with emphasis on theoretical interpretation.

Code

Title

EC404

Economic Growth and Development

Semester
II

Mode

Location

L&SC

This course examines the theories of economic development in recent times. It will cover
specific economic development related issues such as foreign aid, trade, human resource,
privatisation, technological advancement, investment and human welfare.
EC405

Agricultural Economics

Prerequisites: Postgraduate Diploma in Economics

This course will use theory and techniques learnt in EC402 and apply it to Food Economics
and Marketing, and Agricultural Industries. Students will acquire skills that would enable
them to work as a professional agricultural economist in an industry or government, or to
proceed to a career in agricultural economics research. Students will use a combination of
parametric and non-parametric statistics to solve farm management problems. Estimation of
frontier production/cost function(s), data envelopment analysis and linear programming will
be covered.
EC406

International Economics and Trade

II

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme

299

Prerequisites: Postgraduate Diploma in Economics

EC407

Policy Analysis

Prerequisites: Postgraduate Diploma in Economics

This is an introduction to a range of economic policy issues and applications that are current
for most Pacific Island Countries (PICs). The topics include: population projections and policy
implications for education financing and labour market analysis, quantitative poverty analysis
and poverty alleviation policies, cost benefit analysis and applications, issues in privatisation,
monopoly regulation, and trade integration. These topics may be added to, as and when
resource persons become available. The course is a hands-on approach that takes students
through practical data analysis, the derivation of sound statistical results, and the formulation
of policy advice given through clear easy to read reports.
EC408

International Finance and Development I

Prerequisites: Postgraduate Diploma in Economics

This course will focus on international finance with an emphasis on developing countries.
The course will be both, theoretical and applied in nature. It will address several core issues
pertaining to international finance in developing countries. Some of the core areas of focus
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

This course examines the microeconomic theory and policy issues of international trade. It
will examine the gains from trade, the determinants of patterns of international trade and the
effects of trade on income distribution. It will then turn to policy and analyse a number of
arguments for effective trade and industrial policies. It will also look at preferential trading
areas using Pacific Island and Asia Pacific economy case studies.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

300

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

are: international finance in a global context, finance and development in Pacific Island
countries, the financial sector in developing countries, the link between the financial sector
and economic growth, market failures and governance in the financial sector, long-term
financing and debt, foreign direct investment, capital outflows, micro-finance and money
laundering.
EC410

Monetary Economics

Prerequisites: Postgraduate Diploma in Economics

This course will discuss theoretical issues relating to exchange rate behaviour and
management; current account; capital mobility; purchasing power and international prices;
role of international institutions (IMF and The World Bank) and the global economy; fiscal
and monetary policy effectiveness in open economies.
EC412 Economics of Governance and Institutions

II
F

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: Postgraduate Diploma in Economics

A course in economics of governance and institutions accomplishes a series of courses
that constitute the basic training for economists. In this course students study the impact
of institutions on the incentives of economic agents and as a result on the wealth of the
society. Institutional structure of the economy determines the incentives of the participants
of economic activity, the range of their possibilities and the transaction costs they bear.
Institutions have proven important for economic and social development. Much discussion
nevertheless revolves around which types of institutions matter, and to what extent these
institutions change over time. This course introduces the main categories that describe the
institutional structure of the society and help to understand that institutions matter both in
theory and in practice.
EC414

Special Topic

I&II

Prerequisites: Postgraduate Diploma in Economics

This is a Special topic, which shall be offered if resources are available. The title of this course
will be Special Topic and not tagged for any particular subject. Any subject of interest can
be offered under this title. Special topics are offered from time to time. Thus course serves
the purpose.
EC415

Environmental and Resource Economics II

Prerequisites: Postgraduate Diploma in Economics

This course in environmental and resource economics will address selected issues such
as market failures; common property issues; institutions; global environment and natural
resources; economic tools of environmental assessment; public policy issues relating to
environment and natural resource conservation.

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

EC416

World Trade Organisation and Trade Liberalisation in

Development
I
F
L

Prerequisites: Entry into the Postgraduate Diploma in Diplomacy International Affairs

This course is specific to WTO and trade liberalisation. It covers trade related issues for
developing and more specifically for small and vulnerable economies. The course provides
deeper insights into international trade affairs and draws heavily from the WTO and related
libraries to explain the role and patterns of world trade within the context of WTO rules and
agreements. In addition, it provides an assessment of regional and bilateral trade agreements
and development implications with specific references to Pacific Island states.
EC417

Growth Theory and Empirics

II

301

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Code

Prerequisites: Postgraduate Diploma in Economics

EC600F Economics SRP (Full-Time)

EC600P Economics SRP (Part-Time)
EC700F Economics Masters Thesis (Full-Time)
EC700P Economics Masters Thesis (Part-Time)
EC800F Economics PhD Thesis (Full-Time)
EC800P Economics PhD Thesis (Part-Time)
FM101

Financial Mathematics

I/II

F/P

Prerequisites: None
This course will introduce students to the application of mathematics to financial calculations.
Skills acquired in this course are relevant to the comprehension of sophisticated financial
modelling in advanced courses. Topics include simple and compound interest, time value
of money, continuous compounding, fixed and growing annuities, probabilities in a financial
context, regression and multivariate analysis, and portfolio optimisation. The course will
assume familiarity with the mathematics covered in MA101. Topics will be chosen only for
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

This course is specific to the theory and empirics of economic growth. It is built on the analysis
of theoretical growth models, especially after the classic works of Solow (1956), Romer
(1986) and Barro and Sala-i-Martin (1992). It also addresses the recent developments in
the theory and empirics of growth. Students are exposed to practical computer lab sessions
to apply the latest econometric methods with country specific time series and cross-country
panel data sets to explain (i) the sources of growth, (ii) the effects of plausible determinants
of growth; and (iii) simulate growth models for policy. The course is expected to be innovative
as new ideas, econometric software and theoretical insights become apparent.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

302

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

their relevance to future needs in a course on finance, and all will be illustrated with practical
financial examples.
FM102

Personal Financial Planning

II

Prerequisites: AF101
This course fills a two-fold need in a finance major programme. Firstly it introduces students
to basic financial concepts and decisions and the fundamental elements of financial planning.
These concepts will be revisited in following courses in a variety of more conventional
contexts, for example, corporate and small business financial management. Secondly such
a course introduces students to a rapidly growing area of financial management seen as
playing an important role in developing, increasingly affluent and also ageing societies.
Fulfilling the latter need is of particular importance in Pacific societies where knowledge of
appropriate personal financial management is crucial to improving living standards.
FM201

Financial Institutions and Markets

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: FM101
This course is designed to introduce the mechanics of financial markets and institutions. Its
focus, whilst primarily descriptive, provides a basis for determining an appropriate financial
markets structure for the individual countries of the region and for the region as an economic
bloc. The emphasis is on describing the structure of financial markets in general, how those
markets function, how they relate to various economic and political structures and how they
facilitate the effective and efficient transfer of financial resources.
FM202

Small Business Finance

II

Prerequisites: FM101
This course concerns the financial management of small business enterprises. The course
is designed to achieve dual but related aims. First, it is designed to apply theories concepts
and models studied in earlier finance courses to the unique environment of small business
management. Second, it focuses on the application of small business finance management
models and techniques to small business management as it operates in the South Pacific
region where this business form is prevalent. The course also explores current and relevant
past research done in the area of small business finance.
FM301

Portfolio Analysis and Investment

Prerequisites: FM201 or FM202 or AF208

This course focuses on the essential considerations required in the process of the formation,
analysis and management of investment portfolios. Portfolio theory, markets efficiency
and asset pricing models such as CAPM and single-index models introduced in previous
courses are critically evaluated in full. Techniques and practices used in security selection
for institutional investment portfolios and coverage of derivative securities as it is pertinent to
investment choice and portfolio formation is provided.

Title

Semester

Mode

FM302

Financial Management in the Pacific

Region
II
F

Location

Prerequisites: FM201 or FM202 or AF208

The focus of this course is to explore the challenges and problems of adapting some of the
techniques, models and practices studied in earlier courses to the local region. Students will
study how effective financial markets structures and management practices currently absent
from the region might be introduced and employed and the problems of doing so. This
course will utilise input from local and regional industry practitioners.
FM303

International Finance

303

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Code

Prerequisites: FM201 or FM202 or AF208

This course focuses on aspects of investing and financing across borders in an increasingly
global business environment. It explores the process and risks of investing across borders and
financing internationally. Aspects such as foreign exchange, taxation and regulatory issues
will be investigated. International diversification as a business strategy will be evaluated. The
impact of increasing globalisation will be explored. A particular emphasis will be on managing
the various risks associated with operating in an international business environment.
Financial Risk Management

II

Prerequisites: FM201 or FM202 or AF208

This course extends the material covered in earlier courses such as FM202. It focuses on
providing a thorough understanding of derivatives markets and techniques for managing
asset risk. The nature and role of derivative securities in this process is explored. Topics
covered include the use of derivative securities, forward and futures contracts on stock
indices, investments and consumptive assets, options on stocks, stock indices and futures,
swaps, hedging positions/strategies, binomial option pricing, numerical techniques in option
pricing, exotic options and options on non-traded assets.
FM401

Corporate Finance

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme

Using corporate finance theories and models, this course will discuss current topics, issues
and also controversies faced by the capital market participants in their day-to-day operations.
The course will make use of case studies based on the actual corporate events, for example,
changing corporate structures and processes, relevancy or irrelevancy of financial models,
mergers and acquisitions, corporate failures and the impact of financial crisis. Some cases
may be constructed during the semester as new developments unfold. Student participation
in the teaching and learning process will be encouraged.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

FM305

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

304

Code

Title

Semester

LM112

Principles and Problems in Land Tenure I

Mode

Location

F&P

Prerequisites: None
This course will provide a broad foundation for future study in land management and
development. Students will absorb critical knowledge about land terminology, principles and
practices. The course will allow students to compare their own experiences in land issues
with those in other countries and in other times, exploring a range of solutions to land tenure
problems. The course is intended to provide students with an opportunity to develop critical
thinking on a range of issues affecting sustainable land management and development in the
Pacific Region.
LM113

Introduction to Geomatics

II

Prerequisites: LM112

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

This course will introduce students to the role of GIS in land resource management together
with appropriate computation and data management using modern computer technology. The
purpose and use of cadastral survey techniques including aerial photography interpretation
will be discussed. Students will also be introduced to the potential use of satellite technology
such as GPS, remote sensing and satellite imagery. The role of mapping in land management
and development will be examined.
LM211

Property Investment Analysis

Prerequisites: LM112 & LM113

The course introduces the physical, legal and financial aspects of property (residential,
industrial, commercial, rural, etc.). It leads to a better understanding of individual decision
making (house purchase or rental) and to investment decisions based on modern financial
analysis. The course also introduces to the Investment approach to property valuation.
LM213

Land and Building Economics

II

Prerequisites: LM211, LM215

The course is presenting the major concepts in urban and building economics. Urban
economic concepts will be mostly related to location theory and analysis. Building economics
concepts are related to life cycle costing, cost and benefit ratio analysis, and control of cost
and depreciation. Cost estimating, including determination of material, labour, equipment,
overhead, profit, and other construction costs. Special attention will be given to Pacific
Islands specific residential and non-residential modes of construction, maintenance and
costing (formal and informal).
LM214

Property Management

II

Prerequisites: LM211, LM215

This course is designed to develop knowledge of procedures and skills required in the
management and brokerage of real estate. Property agents act on behalf of clients for

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

LM215

Town and Country Planning

Prerequisites: LM112, LM113

This course is intended to provide a basic understanding of the activities that determine
environments, the inter-relationships between these activities, planning theories and
principles, and planning processes with particular reference to developing countries.
The course attempts to integrate three fields of study: (a) physical, economic and social
environments and activities; (b) planning theories, methods and principles, and planning
processes and practices; and, (c) consideration of the compensation/ betterment problem.
LM216

Planning and Environmental Law

II

F/P

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

the process of acquiring, selling or managing real estate. Property management is the
management of real estate. A property manager provides a comprehensive, orderly and
ongoing programme that analyses all investment aspects of a property to ensure a
financially successful operation. This includes the collection of rents, marketing, budgeting,
maintenance, record keeping and tenant relations. Special emphasis will be placed on the
client trust relationship and the importance of ethical conduct.

305

L/SC

Prerequisites: None

LM311

Property Valuation Methodology

Prerequisites: LM211, LM213, LM214, LM215 and LM216

This course is built on some of the theoretical and practical issues evolved in earlier courses,
RE101 or LM111 and RE205 or LM211 incorporating contemporary international theory
and practice. The subject is very practically oriented to prepare students for a career in the
property industry. The lectures, assignments and field visits reflect this essential industry/
practice component.
LM312

Property Development

Prerequisites: LM211, LM213, LM214, LM215 and LM216

The principle objective of land management is the allocation of scarce resources with respect
to land, whether they are physical resources, legal interests, commercial gain, equitable
rights, cultural traditions, or other. In externally influenced infant Pacific Island economies
the role of land management primarily relies on technical quantitative and qualitative skills
in order to begin the process of definition, evaluation, and control of land and its related
rights and interests. In an evolving economy the land management (or property) profession
plays a critical role in advising relevant parties to achieve their respective goals within the
development process. These goals are often financial and short-term, but ideally should
be strategic and longer term. Property development entrepreneurs are the innovators who
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

The course looks closely at the Planning Law in USP member countries and land use
controls. In addition, the environmental laws governing planning activities will be introduced
to students. Covenants restricting land use and easements relating to land will be discussed.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

306

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

develop, renovate, and manage new and existing real estate products in ways that minimise
expenditure and maximise returns (however quantified) thus better satisfying the market.
Property developers are primarily facilitators who can look at bare land or an obsolete
building and envision a finished product with a demand from prospective users.
LM313

Specialised Valuation

II

Prerequisites: LM211, LM213, LM214, LM215, LM216 & LM311

This course continues from RE302 (now LM311) with methods, case studies and application
of valuation procedures to value licensed properties, plant and machinery, service stations,
valuation for insurance purposes, asset valuation and statutory (rating and compulsory
acquisition) valuation. Special attention is given to the application of the advanced methods
and all valuation approaches studied in previous courses will apply where appropriate.
Various aspects of valuation are brought together and their application to a cross section
of property types taking into account the limitations and problems associated with each
approach. Other issues to be reviewed and studied include duties and liabilities of a valuer;
presentation of case in a court and arbitration proceedings.
LM315

Land Management Synthetic Project

II

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: LM211, LM213, LM214, LM215, LM216, LM311 and LM314

The purpose of this course is to give students the opportunity to carry out a major synthetic
project in the general area of land development, planning and management. The course is
based on a studio formula and it should bring together all the different components of the
land management programme.
LM317

Land Law

Prerequisites: Approval by head or nominee

The course introduces the students to the general principles of land and real estate law.
Topics to be covered will include ownership interests, land titling and registration, law of
mortgages and real estate financing, leases and licenses and landlord and tenant rights and
duties.
LM318

Industry Internship

Prerequisites: LM211, LM213, LM214, LM215, LM216 & agreement with SLMD approved
sponsor
This course is a two week block course introduction to industry workplace expectations,
followed by a 200 hour industry internship placement, which will give final year students
a practical introduction to the vocational environment. The block course will provide
professional skills, such as writing a CV and preparing for an interview, it will flesh out the
USP generic courses by drawing on experiences of staff and stakeholders, on private and
public sector employment issues. The 200 hour internship will allow students to experience
the workplace before taking up full time employment and will allow students and prospective
employers to establish post-graduation employment opportunities.

Code

Title

LM401

Land Economics

Semester
I

Mode

Location

The aim of this course is to bring students to a comprehension of the economics of urban land
and to an understanding of the economically rooted problems of cities and the development
of remedies. The topics covered include the essential characteristics of land as a natural
resource and as a universal economic good, the evolutionary and functional nature of human
settlement as a prime land use from which are derived special qualities of productivity and to
understand and appreciate certain unique features of urban land economics as an organised
discipline.
LM402 Property Investment and Development Analysis

II
F

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme or approval of head or nominee

307

Prerequisites: Entry into postgraduate programme or approval of head or nominee

LM420

Special Studies in Land Management

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgrad programme or approval of Head or nominee

LM600F Land Management SRP (Full-Time)
LM600P Land Management SRP (Part-Time)
LM700F Land Management Masters Thesis (Full-Time)
LM700P Land Management Masters Thesis (Part-Time)
LM800F Land Management PhD Thesis (Full-Time)
LM800P Land Management PhD Thesis (Part-time)
MBA421 Entrepreneurship and Innovation

TI&TII&TIII

L&SC

Prerequisites: None
This course explores the entrepreneurial process through which new business ventures are
created. Case studies are used with an interactive discussion-based teaching approach,
supplemented with presentations by local and regional entrepreneurs. Students learn how to
write a complete business plan and present it to the class.
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

This course will examine methods of investment appraisal and their comparison, the cost
of sources of capital, project analysis, risk analysis and optimal financing. The study of
project evaluation will cover the theory of property pricing, investment analysis and property
portfolio performance with particular reference to the problems of measuring performance
in the region. Market research and the effects of fiscal policy on property investment and
development will be discussed. Decision and benefit cost analysis together with traditional
valuation methods will be considered in relation to project appraisal.

308

Code

Title

Semester

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MBA422 Financial Institutions and Markets

Mode

Location

TBA

Prerequisites: None
Financial markets facilitate allocation of financial resources to productive activities for the
benefit of society. Financial institutions provide the institutional framework for markets by
performing essential intermediation and distribution functions. The main objectives of this
course are to enable participants to understand the organisation and methods of financial
markets, such as money markets and capital markets, as well as the various institutions and
instruments constituting these markets.
MBA423 Human Resource Management

TI&TII&TIII

L&SC

Prerequisites: None

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

The effective management of people has an important bearing on organisational success. The
importance of personnel policies and procedures has created opportunities for managers
and administrators with expertise in this field. The course provides conceptual and practical
skills in areas such as the strategic aspects of human resource management, people-power
planning, recruitment and selection, performance appraisal, training and development, salary
administration and employee benefits. Industrial relations in the context of the South Pacific
region is an important theme.
MBA425 Independent Study

TBA

Prerequisites: None
The independent study course will require the student to negotiate a learning contract
with a lecturer or researching in an area relevant to the student`s interest. A programme of
readings, activities, research and assessments will be prepared for review by the Head of
School at course commencement.
MBA430 Special Topic in Business Administration

TI&TII&TIII
F

L&SC

Prerequisites: None
This course is designed to provide access to important topics which may not fit well into the
confines of the traditional trimester-length course format. Some such topics represent recent
breakthroughs in knowledge; they will be taught by USP and distinguished visiting staff from
overseas.
MBA431 Quantitative Business Analysis

TI&TII&TIII

L&SC

Prerequisites: None
Quantitative Business Analysis provides the student with a basic understanding of statistical
concepts and their application to the business environment. The emphasis is on inferential
statistics. However, the approach is applied with numerous examples from business. Students
learn hypothesis testing and use statistical methods such as one-sample and two-sample
tests for means and proportions, chi-square, one-way and two-way analysis of variance, and
simple and multiple regression analysis.

Code

Title

Semester

MBA432 Accounting for Decision-making TI&TII&TIII

Mode

Location

L&SC

This course develops the basic concepts and procedures underlying financial statements and
introduces tools for analysing profitability, risk and other financial considerations underlying
business decision-making. The accounting data inputs into an organisation`s Accounting
Information System (AIS) will be evaluated. Such data includes both traditional financial
reports and specialist reports prepared by the AIS.
MBA433 Management of Information Systems

TI&TII&TIII
F

L&SC

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: None

309

Prerequisites: None
Through the use of a range of software packages, the course examines the manner in
which information is used for business-decision making. Methodologies and approaches for
making the most effective use of information and information technology are presented and
practised. As decision support systems (DSS) are becoming a major management tool, two
such systems, knowledge based DSS and expert systems, are evaluated.

L&SC

Prerequisites: MBA439
The course covers key issues relating to the South Pacific business environment. Corporate
social responsibility, regionalism, utilisation of natural resources, impacts of culture on
business problems, labour relations, government support for business privatisation and the
consequences of foreign investment will be considered. The relationships of business, culture
and the natural environment, commercial law, as well as the ethics of various viewpoints and
practices constitute major themes.
MBA435 Organisational Behaviour

TI&TII&TIII

L&SC

Prerequisites: None
The study of organisational behaviour is concerned with the causes of behaviour and the
application of this knowledge to understanding the human aspects of organisational systems
and their management. The focus is on individuals, on groups, and on organisations as a
whole.
MBA436 Finance

TI&TII&TIII

L&SC

Prerequisites: MBA432
The focus of this course is the role of finance, as a function of management, in maximising the
value of the firm. Course participants will be expected to acquire the necessary conceptual
insights, and analytical skills to perform the finance function in rapidly changing business
environments, within and across countries. The course will be designed to strike a balance
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

MBA434 South Pacific Business Environment

TI&TII&TIII
F

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

310

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

among three interrelated areas, viz., macro finance, investments, focusing on decisionmaking for choosing securities for the portfolio; and managerial or business finance, involving
the management of the finance function at the level of a firm. Thus, the course will cover such
topics as the essential concepts in finance, financial analysis, working capital management,
short-term financing decisions and strategic long-term financing decisions including mergers,
divestitures and leveraged buy-out.
MBA437 Marketing

TI&TII&TIII

L&SC

Prerequisites: MBA439
Principles of marketing are discussed with reference to South Pacific products and services.
Topics include: the role of marketing in the organisation and society; the marketing
environment; customer markets and buyer behaviour; marketing research; market
segmentation and positioning; the marketing-mix; product life cycle; marketing planning and
implementation; and the ethical consequences of marketing actions. The marketing function
is regarded as a key ingredient in management and strategic planning. Continuous reference
is made to both the domestic and international marketplace.
MBA438 Operations and Quality Management

TI&TII&TIII
F

L&SC

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: MBA431
While operations management originally developed in manufacturing organisation, theory
and method have been expanded to cover operations in service organisations. Key business
functions include product design, resource allocation, location and layout of facilities,
scheduling activities, materials and inventory management, process integration, technology
selection, capacity planning and work force improvement. Quality management and the
philosophy underlying this commitment receive particular emphasis.
MBA439 Business Economics

TI&TII&TIII

L&SC

Prerequisites: None
This course provides an overview of the main principles, theories and techniques of
economics and their relevance to the management of enterprises in market economies. It
includes a review of the fundamentals of business economics, how markets work in a free
enterprise economy, the role of governments in regulating and managing the economy,
the economics of government/business/consumer relations, the economics of firms and
industries, enterprise economics and economic techniques to assist management decisionmaking including the basics of cost-benefit analysis. The course also introduces students to
the study of financial markets and the role of stock exchanges and the different equity and
borrowing sources of funds for firms.
MBA440 Strategic Management

TI&TII&TIII

L&SC

Prerequisites: MBA431, MBA432, MBA433, MBA435, MBA437, MBA438, MBA439

This course commences with a review of the available models in strategic management.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

MBA441 International Marketing

TI&TII&TIII

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Then students choose a specific organisation in the Pacific Region and analyse each and
every step of the strategic management process of the organisation on a group basis under
the guidance of the concerned faculty member. Students will analyse the political, economic,
social, and technological environments in the Region and their impact. They will examine
the direction of the organisation, its vision and mission, goals and objective in the context,
organisational strengths and weaknesses and the changing external environment. They will
critically examine the past, present and possible future strategies, at corporate as well as at
different functional levels, and evaluate their effectiveness. Then they will cross-examine the
structure of the organisation to ensure successful implementation of the planned strategies
to achieve the set objectives. In-depth analysis of the live case and stage-wise presentation
for continuous improvement are the hall marks of this course.

311

L&SC

Prerequisites: MBA437

MBA442 Services Marketing and Management

TI&TII&TIII
F

L&SC

Prerequisites: None
This course is for MBA students interested in a senior management career in the services
sector. It integrates many different functions of management (operations, marketing, HRM
and strategic planning) with an orientation towards practical application. The course will be
service business case and practical exercise oriented with strong emphasis on application of
theory and principles to real life situations. It will combine group work with individual work
and provide an opportunity to analyse and study local organisations, with a view to improving
the quality of service provided. This course should be appropriate for people in almost any
sector of the economy: private, public or not-for-profit. Quality service should be integral to
virtually any successful commercial, governmental or charitable organisation.
MBA443 E-Marketing for Managers

TBA

Prerequisites: None
This course will review and evaluate e-business and e-marketing theory and practice.
Students will apply the theory through the development of a website for the prime purpose
of marketing a product or service or idea online. Although students are not expected to have
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

While drawing on the basic knowledge acquired by students through MBA437, this
course examines major issues related to analysing international markets and developing
international marketing strategies. The focus is hands-on learning of how companies
interested in entering the global marketplace: (a) analyse, identify and assess marketing
opportunities abroad, (b) decide whether to go international, (c) decide which particular
market, (d) decide how to enter the chosen market(s), (e) develop a marketing programme
for the target market(s), and design an effective organisational structure and control system
for successful implementation of the international marketing programme. Course material is
applicable to the whole spectrum of firms` situations - from the beginning internationalists
through to multinational corporations.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

312

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

background in website creation, the final outcome is contingent upon the technical skills
each student will acquire and bring to their team project of building an E-commerce website.
The student will learn the basic technical skills necessary to design and create a website.
MG101

Introduction to Management

I&II

F/P

L/SC

Prerequisites: None
This course aims to help students understand important management concepts and theories,
covering the basic management functions and other important issues from a practical
perspective. It provides a comprehensive and integrated introduction to the process of
management in both functional and behavioural aspects. In particular, the course targets the
development of human skills, personal, interpersonal and group skills by using a wide range
of teaching methods that encourage student participation during tutorials. It is therefore
imperative for students to read the prescribed text and other relevant materials from the
library and the internet, in order to be able to participate effectively.
MG106 Introduction to Human Resource Management

I/II
F/P

L/SC

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: None
MG106 replaced MG105 from 2010. This course introduces students to the basic concepts
of human resource management, employment relations, the emerging HRM trends as well
as management of human resources in the public sector. It is important to remember that
there is no single right way to manage people. As such, the major aim of this course is to
stimulate students to think about vital issues relating to human resource management and
how it should be organised at workplace. The topics covered in this course are organised
around four themes: the human resource management and environment, acquiring and
preparing human resources, developing employees, and compensating and managing
human resources. All these issues will be examined in the context of global changes taking
place in the field of human resource management and the impact of such changes on the
public and private sectors in the South Pacific Region.
MG201

Organisational Behaviour

II/I

F/P

L/SC

Prerequisites: MG101
MG201 introduces fundamental concepts in the field of organisational behaviour (OB).
Managers worldwide fully appreciate the significance of OB and how, as a field of study, it
assists them in dealing with the challenges facing 21st century organisations through a solid
understanding of human behaviour at work-both of self and others. It is also true that OB
is a very interesting and relevant subject because almost all of us are interested in human
behaviour and expect to work in some organisation at least part of our adult lives. Organisations
fail or succeed, decline or prosper because of people, i.e. because of what people do or do
not do every day on the job. Therefore, OB is concerned with the study of what people do
in an organisation and how that behaviour affects the performance of the organisation. It
is now also recognised that effective organisational behaviour is the foundation, and the
effective management and leadership of organisations requires thoughtful application of
competencies related to the behaviour of people at work.

Code

Title

MG202

Operations Management

Semester
I/II

Mode

Location

F/P

L/SC

This course is intended to introduce students to the field of Operations Management (OM)
and create an appreciation of the significance of OM decisions. Some of these decision areas
include workforce, process, capacity, quality and inventory. Students will learn to examine the
effectiveness of operations systems in both manufacturing and services, identify operations
problems and propose solutions for improvements.
MG204

Management of Industrial Relations

I/II

F/P

L/SC

Prerequisites: MG101 or MG106

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: MG101

313

At the core of industrial relations are different views on how to manage relationships between
an organisation, its employees and their representatives as well as parallel arguments on
how governments should frame laws and policies to best encourage efficient and equitable
industrial relations within organisations. The many controversies about industrial relations
demonstrate its great strength as an academic subject. Thus this course provides students
with a robust introduction to the study and operation of industrial relations. It is designed to
provide students with a body of knowledge on industrial relations theory, an understanding
of the relationships between the major actors in an industrial relations system, processes and
an introduction to outcomes, issues and trends in industrial relations.
Marketing Principles and Strategies

II/I

F/P

L/C

Prerequisites: MG101
This course is an in depth survey of the principles of marketing. The course is based on an
understanding of the importance of marketing to the success of any business endeavour.
While strategy and planning considerations are covered, the emphasis is on buyer behaviour
and the use of the marketing mix to reach that buyer successfully. Students will receive a
working understanding of the concepts and procedures of marketing in todays environment,
and its inter-relationship with other business functions. Students whose primary interests lie
in other fields will go away with the foundation to understand how marketing relates to their
primary area of interest.
MG214

Principles of Public Sector Management I

Prerequisites: MG101 or MG106

MG214 familiarizes students with the key theories underpinning public sector management
and the role of government. In particular, it focuses on the contents of Traditional Public
Administration theory and the New Public Management (NPM) model. The course deliberates
on how both ideologies influence the design of a wider range of management systems and
practices in the public sector such as strategic planning, human resource management and
public policy making. Central to such deliberations is a delineation of how the NPM approach
ascends to central stage and with a detailed evaluation of its relevance to the management
of public services in the region.
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

MG206

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

314

Code

Title

MG301

Management of Service Operations

Semester
II

Mode

Location

Prerequisites: Two 200-level MG Courses or TS106 and TS207 or TS106 and TS213 or
TS106 and SO201
This course explores the strategic, operational, marketing and financial issues related to the
provision of a service that leads to a high level of customer satisfaction. It examines the ways
by which human resources can be managed effectively to achieve this. The methodologies
available for measuring, analysing and designing service systems are evaluated, along with
the role that marketing has in attracting customers and shaping their expectations. The
financial implications of providing a quality service are examined.
MG302

Human Resource Management

II/I

F/P

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: MG204
This course introduces the functional area of human resource management. It focuses on
employer/employee strategies, policies and techniques. Topics cover the role of human
resource function, employee planning and forecasting, recruitment and selection, employee
development and employer employee relations, human resources information systems,
performance management, career planning and development, compensation and benefits,
employee health and safety, international human resource management and other important
aspects in this field. Students are expected to gain broad knowledge of the theory and
practice of human resource management. Emphasis is given to the acquisition of skills that
have direct application to any sector, public, private or voluntary.
MG303

International Marketing

F&B

L&SC

Prerequisites: MG206 and other 200 level MG courses

The course introduces the multiple dimensions, environments, and strategies of international
marketing. General topics include the changing character of the world economy, the
globalisation of markets, regional regulatory agencies, the international financial system, and
the variable impacts of politics and culture on contracts and trade agreements. Strategic
topics include foreign market assessment, foreign market entry, responding to competition,
product modification, pricing decisions, channel selection, and cross-cultural promotion.
Case studies and the preparation of a product/service export plan integrate the general
understanding with concrete and practical experience.
MG305

New Venture Creation

F&B

L&SC

Prerequisites: 2 x 200-level MG courses

This course, which explores the skills, attitudes and knowledge needed to create and
manage new ventures, focuses on finding and developing opportunities for promising
new enterprises with growth potential. It will also focus on the design and management of
enterprise support services for nurturing new and existing businesses. Key objectives are
to equip students with the knowledge and skills they need to assess their own potential as
entrepreneurs; assess the viability of new venture opportunities; and, prepare a detailed
business plan (or project proposal).

Code

Title

MG309

Strategic Management

Semester
I/II

Mode

Location

F/P

L/SC

The subject of Strategic Management primarily deals with the problems and processes of
appropriately matching an organisation with its environment. It offers knowledge and tools
for manoeuvring the environment for the strategic advantage of the organisation. Given
such background this course intends to impart basic knowledge and skills in formulating,
implementing and evaluating business strategies in the existing or potentially emergent
environmental context. The overall objective of this course is to enable students to identify
the problems confronting an organisation and make appropriate strategic decisions for
improving its overall performance in order to enable the organisation to survive and compete
in the global environment.
MG311

Total Quality Management

II

F&B

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: 2 x 200-level MG courses

315

L&SC

Prerequisites: MG202 and One 200-level Management course

MG312

Organisation Development

I/II

F/B

L/SC

Prerequisites: MG201 and one other 200-level MG course

Organisation development is a planned change process to meet individual and organisational
needs using behavioural and organisational science theories and techniques. The objective
of this course is to provide students with the knowledge and tools to help organisations
develop a vision, to conduct a diagnosis of individual, team, and organisational problems, to
make an intervention plan, and to evaluate an intervention. In order to meet this objective
we will explore the nature of the planned change process and we will have an in-depth look
at behavioural and organisational theories and techniques which can be used to stimulate
individual, group and organisational development.
MG315

Industrial Relations Theory and Policy

I/II

P/F

L/SC

Prerequisites: MG204 or MG105 or approval by head or nominee

This course examines the relationship between theory research and policy as operative in
the field of industrial relations. Further analysis of the policy dimension focuses on structure,
processes and technical aspects of the development, implementation and evaluation of
industrial relations policy by unions, employer organisations, corporations and government.
Specific attention is paid to practice in the region, but this is put in the comparative context
of international best practice.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

The importance of quality in managerial decision-making, especially in an increasingly

competitive global environment, cannot be overemphasised. In this course we will examine
quality problems from the perspective of the modern day manager in both public and private
sector organisations. The main part of the course introduces the concept of Total Quality
Management (TQM). Both the managerial and the statistical aspects of quality will be
covered.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

316

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

MG316 Comparative Employment and Industrial Relations

I
P

Location

L&SC

Prerequisites: MG105 or MG106 or MG204

This course will provide a background and review of issues and themes in industrial
relations. It will explore the role, aims, history, and goals of unions, employer organisations
and governments in the field of industrial relations. The materials will be drawn from around
the world, but special attention will be given to issues and developments of relevance in the
South Pacific.
MG318

Managing Change in the Public Service II

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: MG214 and one other 200-level MG course

MG318 is about managing changes in the public sector and in particular its core component,
which is largely known as the public service. It begins with an analysis of key theories in the
literature of change management and proceeds to conduct an in-depth examination of the
details of each stage of the process of change management, including: the need for change
and the roles of change actors, strategies for change, approving changes and political and
stakeholder feasibility, implementing change and overcoming resistance, evaluating change
and taking corrective action, sustaining change through capacity building and leadership. In
essence this course implicitly provides a practical dimension to the conceptual framework
of change management by examining the changes that are integral to public sector reforms
undertaken by several countries in the region recently that largely drew on the New Public
Management (NPM) model.
MG319 Ethics and Professionalism in Public Service

I
F

L&SC

Prerequisites: MG214 or MG314 or MG318 one other 200-level MG course

This course provides a balanced approach to the study of ethics and professionalism in the
Public Service by initially discussing key traditional and contemporary theoretical insights on
ethics and professionalism. This is followed by an in-depth discussion of ethical responsibilities
of public managers, tools for ethical behaviour, ethical decision making and how to build an
ethical and professional organisation. In essence, the course provides discussions on issues
central to ethics like corruption, accountability and transparency in relation to the Pacific
region.
MG321

International Business

II

Prerequisites: Two 200-level MG courses

This course provides a broad introduction to international business in the contemporary
world. Accordingly, the course covers a wide range of material touching on the international
environment and on the operational issues encountered by firms doing business within that
environment. It will seek to integrate and expand on the principles learned in core courses
throughout the BCom programme. It will also focus on ethical issues in the international

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

MG401

Industrial Relations

Prerequisites: MG201 or MG206 or MG204 or MG315 or MG316 or MG317 or MG318 or

MG319 or a 200 or 300-level MG course
This course is intended for graduates with an interest in the management of industrial
relations. Some management experience, particularly in the human resource management/
industrial relations area, would be desirable.
MG402 Administration of Industrial Disputes in Fiji

II
F

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

environment, seeking to show students how Multi National Corporation (MNC) actions
impact on the rest of the world. Key objectives of this course are to equip with a systematic
understanding of the fundamental aspects of the global business environment that influence
business decisions and also have an advanced understanding of the different theories of
international business.

317

L&SC

Prerequisites: Any 200- or 300-level industrial relations unit orapproval by head or nominee
This course is designed for graduates intending to pursue a career in personnel or industrial
relations management, or those employed in this area.
Management Development in Small Business

TBA

Prerequisites: MG305 or approval of head or nominee

This course addresses the problem of how to improve managerial skills in small businesses
as one approach to increasing the viability of small businesses.
.
MG404 Human Behaviour in the Context of Work and Organisations

I
F
L
Prerequisites: MG201 and MG302 and B average in Management major or approval of head
or nominee
This course analyses the determinants, consequences and implications of human behaviour
within organisations, examining in particular the place of the individual in the workplace,
interpersonal relations, group structures and processes, inter-group relations and the
impact of technology and organisation structures. The emphasis at the 400-level will be on
understanding conceptual frameworks that attempt to integrate the distinct components of
organisational behaviour into a whole entity of interrelated activities. It is hoped that through
the process of conceptualisation and concept application in the area of human behaviour in
the work place, a greater appreciation of the interrelationships of work behaviour and the
work environment will develop in due course.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

MG403

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

318

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

MG405 Management in the Context of Development

I
F

Location

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme or approval of head or nominee

The course is designed to provide a theoretical framework for the analysis of organisation
systems in the public sector in societies undergoing rapid change. It also highlights recent
changes in the role of government and public management towards a market orientation in
developing countries, including those in the South Pacific.
MG406

Special Topic in Management

I&II

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme or approval of head or nominee

This will be offerred as demand and resources allow.
MG409 Commercialisation, Corporatisation and Privatisation

II
F

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: B average in Management major or approval of head or nominee

This course is designed to introduce the concepts associated with deregulation in the
region with particular emphasis on commercialisation, corporatisation and privatisation.
It will consider the various steps and options in the privatisation process including
commercialisation, corporatisation, liquidation, divestiture and the eventual privatisation in Fiji
and the rest of the South Pacific region. There are three main phases in this process, the first
being commercialisation, which is concerned with making an organisation or operation more
commercially oriented but still operated under the government structure. The second phase
is corporatisation, which is the creation of a separate entity with its own board of directors
and management structure outside the civil service. The government is the sole or majority
shareholder. Privatisation, the third phase, is the process of selling majority ownership to the
private sector.
MG410

Consumer Behaviour

II

Prerequisites: B average in Management major or approval of head or nominee

The main objective of this course is to train and prepare students with what they, as
a marketer, need to know to understand the role of meeting the consumer`s needs and
wants in the development of marketing strategy. This will also make them understand what
it means to be a consumers in a market-oriented society. This course is suggested for any
business and non-business majors who may at some point of their career find themselves in
a marketing related position. One goal of this course is to inform students of what is expected
of them upon entering the working world and how to move up within the ranks. Students
may expect to leave with a limited set of experiences directly related to customers and a fairly
good knowledge of the commonalties shared by all customers.

Code

Title

MG411

Project Management

Semester

Mode

Location

TBA

The course involves the concepts, tools and techniques of project management from its
planning to scheduling to implementation to commissioning and finally to reviewing. Each
stage will demonstrate the importance of human resources, finance, materials and equipment
etc. to complete a project in due time and within allocated budget. Clashing of time and
cost will be part of discussion as time - cost trade-off is a very important issue in project
management. Due importance will be given to project management information systems,
reporting systems and computerisation as they emerge as the latest issues in project
management. Features of software packages such as MS Project and Primavera, and how
these packages help in controlling and scheduling of complex projects, will be discussed.
Supply Chain Management

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: B average in Management major or approval of head or nominee

MG412

319

Prerequisites: B average in Management major or approval of head or nominee

MG413

Decision Making

TBA

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme or approval of head or nominee

This is a course for anyone faced with the task of managing in this millennium when the
impact of globalisation on businesses, both small and large, is challenging the problem solving
skills of managers. Today`s business students are learning the latest tools for analysing their
specialised fields of study. These techniques and the frantic pace of work have created
a dynamic, constantly changing work environment that challenges individuals to adapt
continually and learn new methods of accomplishing objectives. But the business landscape
painted by the changing workplace does not absolve managers of the need to acquire,
practice, and utilise a set of managerial skills as the mantle of leadership and decision-making
is passed from one team member to another.
MG451

Governance and Public Sector Management II

L&SC

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme or approval of head or nominee

This course offers relevant concepts and issues on governance, civil society, public sector
reform areas, and public management practices and techniques. It also scrutinises ongoing
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

This course covers the concepts, principles and practices of the developing field of supply
chain management. This includes the arrangement of information, goods, services, funds and
business relationships within and between organisations. Strategic management thinking in
supply chain terms has moved away from optimising the purchasing of goods and services to
focusing on how a company can manage all aspects of supply activity to create a sustainable
competitive advantage. This includes management of information flows; effective inventory
policies; alliances and cooperative arrangements; configuration of logistics networks;
optimising the transportation cost and the coordination of product and supply chain design.
Latest software to help the effective management of supply chain will also be part of the
course.

320

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

reform processes in Fiji and the South Pacific as well as in the contemporary world to evaluate
institutional and systemic reform frameworks from local, regional and global perspectives.
.
MG452 Human Resource Management and Public Service Delivery

I
F
L&SC
Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme or approval of head or nominee
This course offers approaches and strategies of human resource management and service
delivery provisions in the public sector, examines the relationship between better governance
and resources planning, and conceptualises various practical models and toolkits on public
resource management and service delivery. The course also reviews strategic human
resource management and service delivery challenges including change leadership, quality
management and employment relations as a way to manage public offices effectively.
MG453

Public Policy and Public Sector Leadership I

L&SC

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme or approval of head or nominee

MG600F Management SRP (Full-Time)

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

This course is equivalent to two management postgraduate units.

MG600P Management SRP (Part-Time)
This course is equivalent to two management postgraduate units.
MG700F Management Masters Thesis (Full-Time)
This thesis allows students with ability to undertake original research and interest in a specific
area of management to undertake the research and complete the thesis.
MG700P Management Masters Thesis (Part-Time)
This thesis allows students with ability to undertake original research and interest in a specific
area of management to undertake the research and complete the thesis.
MG800F Management PhD Thesis (Full-Time)
This thesis allows students with ability to undertake original research and interest in a specific
area of management to undertake the research and complete the thesis at a PhD level.
MG800P Management PhD Thesis (Part-Time)
This thesis allows students with ability to undertake original research and interest in a specific
area of management to undertake the research and complete the thesis at a PhD level.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

C/L

Prerequisites: Form 7 mathematics or economics or approval of Head or nominee

This course introduces students to an ordered characterisation of official statistics as a subject
or branch of knowledge. It introduces the articulately constructed theoretical underpinning
of official statistics. Based on the `approach perspective`, this theory of official statistics is
constituted of a set of articulated premises that is capable of vigorously driving a process of
searching for new and reliable knowledge through measurement and reasoning. The course
also discusses the nature of the system (national statistical system) that houses appropriate
processes, stakeholders, and institutional arrangements implied by the presented theory of
Official Statistics. Towards the end it focuses on a powerful revelation of the said theory of
official statistics.
OS102

Introduction to Statistical Frameworks I/II

F/P

321

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

OS101 Official Statistics and National Statistical Systems

I/II
P/F

Location

L/C

Prerequisites: Form 7/Foundation Mathematics, OSF01, Foundation Official Statistics or

equivalent work exp.

OS201 Official Statistics and National Statistics Systems II

I/II
F/P

L/C

Prerequisites: OS101
OS202

National Accounts and Allied Statistics II/I

F/P

L/C

Prerequisites: OS102 and EC101

This course builds on its introductory counterpart offered in the first year. The learning
objectives are sound understanding of the principles, conventions and methodology of
the SNA93 and its accounts. The course would go into details of preparing national and
allied statistics including national accounts, GDP calculation, government statistics, trade
statistics, prices and financial statistics based on international conventions. Towards the end
of the course, some important structural macroeconomic specifications are introduced and
estimated using MS Excel.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

OS102 is an introductory course to statistical frameworks. Students will be introduced to

key statistical integration tools and to the International Standards and their role in Official
Statistics with specific focus on some of the important standards. Topics include an overview
of the tools, statistical integration to support cohesion across statistical outputs, international
standards and their role in Official Statistics, classification systems, frameworks for supporting
data collection, geography as an integrating tool, techniques for maintaining consistency
over time, the key statistical frameworks relevant to the Pacific.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

322

Code

Title

Semester

OS203

Statistical Methods for Official Statistics

II

Mode

Location

L&SC

Prerequisites: ST130, ST131, EC203 or appropriate experience

The course will cover the statistical methods most commonly used in official statistics. These
include the (1) design of statistical frameworks, (2) survey design, (3) sample design, (4)
methods for managing non-sampling errors, (5) quality management, (6) index numbers,
(7) time series and (8) analysis and presentation of official statistics. Some degree of
mathematical statistics knowledge will be important for this course. These skills are sought
after by Pacific Islands governments, especially the national statistical offices.
OS301 Introduction to Census Survey Data Analysis

I
F/O

L/SC

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: None
This course is designed to provide students with specialist skills and practical knowledge that
are central to survey and census data analysis. The skills such as data imports, management
for computer analysis, data entry, transformation, analysis, graphical presentation of data and
report writing, will be taught in this course. The course provides an overview of data sets and
subsets, management of large data sets, and most importantly of data entry, and analysis
using the social science data analysis software such as SPSS (the Statistical Package for Social
Sciences) and CSPro (Census Survey Data Processing System). Emphasis will be placed
on data entry, editing, transformation and management. It will emphasise statistical data
analysis: summarise frequencies, cross tabulations, tabulation of data, test of associations,
Chi sq tests. Advanced statistical analysis will include correlation and regressions.
OS302 Analytical Models and Data Accounting Framework

I
F

Prerequisites: OS202
The course introduces students to two crucial junctures in the Fundamental Translation
Process of Official Statistics, namely, analytical models and data accounting frameworks. In
doing this, the course first, revisits the generalised knowledge search process that drives
Official Statistics as a branch of knowledge; and re-emphasises the role of the Fundamental
Translation Process of Official Statistics in endowing knowledge expressed in abstract form
with knowledge expressed in empirical/measured form.
OS303 ICT and Information Management for Official Statistics

II
F

Prerequisites: Practical experience in IT including knowledge of Excel.

This course will start by providing some understanding of what are the attributes of a good
IT environment for an official statistical office. This will include some analysis of how you
govern and manage it to ensure this is the case. The course will then move on to consider
the statistical functions and understand the IT and Information Management methods used
in collecting, processing and disseminating census and survey data. The Generic Statistical
Business Process Model (GSBPM) should provide the underlying framework for this part

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

PD101

Introduction to Population Studies

F&P

Prerequisites: None

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

of the course. Applications of IT cannot stand still. There will be opportunities to use new
technologies to change the way of doing things to improve outputs, their qualities or
productivity. The course will cover some of the key tools to support this such as Business
Process Analysis and IT Project Management. The course will finish with some discussion of
recent developments in IT and Information Management that are relevant to official statistics.
The main learning outcomes will be a better understanding of the principles, practices and
techniques of IT and Information Management including what is involved in the management
and governance of the IT environment.

323

The course provides an introduction to the field of population studies and demography. It
begins by examining the population dynamics. Then it focuses on the causes of population
growth through the analysis of fertility, mortality, migration and the demographic transition.
Later it shifts to the consequences of population growth and examines the Malthusian and
anti-Malthusian perspectives. The relationship between population growth or lack thereof
and issues of youthful populations, population ageing, economic development, food supply
and the environment are also assessed. Other related topics that will be discussed include
morbidity and the epidemiological transition, urbanisation and international migration.
Introduction to Analytical Demography II

F/B

L/C

Prerequisites: PD101
This introductory course in the more quantitative aspects of demography will be concerned
with the elementary concepts, methods and techniques of analytical demography. This
course involves direct measurement of demographic indices from data collected in censuses,
vital statistics and surveys. It is assumed that basic data used in the measurement are of
sufficient quality and that it is possible to derive reasonable demographic indices from these
data sources.
PD301

Pacific Population and Urban Issues

II

Prerequisites: PD200 and completion of 100- and 200-level courses in any major or minor
This course will be concerned with the relationships between population and development,
and their integration in development planning. In the first part of the course, relationships
between population and development will be viewed from a historical point of view.
Different models or theoretical approaches to population and development relationships will
be considered. The second part of the course will explore current themes on population
growth and development interactions. Major emphasis will be given to understanding
population growth and its implications for economic growth, social development, migration
and development, reproductive health and environment. Gender issues will be addressed
in relation to current themes in population and development. The integration of population
variables in development planning and policy making and programmes in the Pacific will
be discussed. Throughout the course the emphasis will be placed on population and
development issues in the South Pacific.
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

PD200

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

324

Code

Title

PD303

Applied Demography

Semester
I

Mode

Location

Prerequisites: PD101
The population processes of fertility, mortality and migration and their implications for decisionmaking and planning will be examined in this course. Demographic, social and economic
data are crucial to strategic decision-making for public policies, businesses, industries and
public enterprises. Future planning in business, employment and all other aspects of socioeconomic development depend on the forecasts and projections of demographic data and
their trends and patterns of change. The course will examine demographic and social data
and statistics, local area demographic and business profiles, sources of demographic and
socio-economic data, their usefulness and quality, data for planning needs by local authorities
and the state. Further, it will use techniques of population projections and projection software
to project population and labour force. Local and regional databases will be accessed in
order to give students indications of the type and use of socio-demographic, economic and
business data.
PD401 Demographic Data Collection and Analysis Techniques

II
F

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme or approval of Head or nominee

This course aims to provide students with an in-depth understanding of the problems
connected with the collection, processing, and adjustment of population and population
related data in general and in the South Pacific region in particular. During the second part
of the course a number of demographic techniques and models will be discussed necessary
for an understanding of the topics taught in PD402.
PD402

Advanced Demographic Methodology for Stat. Und.

Count.
I
F

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme or approval of Head or nominee

In countries where basic demographic information is incomplete and/or defective, as in most
countries in the South Pacific region, demographic parameters must be estimated using
indirect analysis techniques. During the estimation procedure extensive use must be made
of models, computer processing and demographic computer packages. It is imperative that
students from countries in the South Pacific region doing an MA in Population Studies and
Demography have a detailed understanding of these estimation procedures. During this
course they will be asked to apply these procedures using data from their own country and
other countries in the South Pacific region.
PD700F Population Studies and Demography Masters Thesis (Full-Time)
PD700P Population Studies and Demography Masters Thesis (Part-Time)
PD800F Population Studies and Demography PhD Thesis (Full-Time)
PD800P Population Studies and Demography PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

Code

Title

PL100

Politics and Government

Semester
I

Mode

Location

F/B

L/C

The course is designed to introduce students to the study of politics and government. Students
will be encouraged to consider why politics has been so central to the lives and passions
of humanity since the beginning of time. Understanding the main theories, ideologies and
methodologies of politics and political science will allow students to understand contemporary
politics. In addition, students will gain useful background information and techniques, which
can be applied throughout the social sciences. Students will be strongly encouraged to
research political systems, governments and political events in the South Pacific region.
PL101

Politics of Development

II

F/B&O

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: Approval of head or nominee

325

L/C

Prerequisites: Approval of head or nominee

PL200

Pacific in a Changing World Order

F/O

L/C

Prerequisites: PL100 and PL101 or approval of head or nominee

This course explores the relationship between the Pacific island states and the wider world.
It looks at how changes in that wider world, both material and conceptual, have influenced
developments in the region from the period of European exploration to the present. It
discusses the political impact of the two waves of globalisation and examines the experience
of Pacific island peoples and governments in asserting their interests globally and regionally.
PL201

International Politics

Prerequisites: PL100 and PL101 or approval of head or nominee

This course explores issues and debates in contemporary international politics. It introduces
students to some fundamental concepts and ideas of international politics, including the
nation state, sovereignty, diplomacy and international law. The course also examines key
theoretical approaches to studying international politics and how these may help explain
some contemporary global problems and processes - namely conflict, cooperation and
globalisation. Issues examined in this course include terrorism, humanitarian intervention and
nuclear proliferation.
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

The course introduces students to development, both as a contested idea, and as a way
forward to a more humane society. It examines the origins and dimensions of economic
inequalities between and within states, competing theories of development and the
influences they have had in shaping thinking and policy making at national, regional and
global levels, and the interplay of internal and external actors and interests in the politics
of development. Using case studies that include development success stories, the course
examines a number of specific development challenges, including: poverty and ethnic, class
and gender inequalities; identity politics; authoritarianism and military rule; democratisation
and human rights; population growth and health crises; and the politics of environmental and
natural resource management.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

326

Code

Title

PL202

Political Ideologies

Semester

Mode

Location

II

Prerequisites: PL100 and PL101 or approval of head or nominee

A study of political ideologies is essential in analysing the content of political thought and
practice. Political ideologies provide a framework for understanding various ideas, doctrines,
and theories advanced by political theorists as well as their impact on political parties and their
policies. Current political ideologies emerged out of economic, social and political struggles
that came to define the contours of the modern world. Although most ideologies originated in
the west, opinions as to their impact and relevance to the rest of the world have been divided.
This is an introductory level course on the historical development and the impact of traditional
and contemporary ideologies on political movements, parties and governments.
PL203
Governance and Development in the Pacific

II
F/P

L/C

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: PL100 and PL101 or approval of head or nominee

Governance and development in the Pacific introduces students to current political thinking,
developments and practice in the Melanesian sub-region while also highlighting similar
trends and practice in Polynesia and Micronesia. As one of the political hotspots and volatile
regions of the world, the Pacific presents a fascinating case for understanding the forces
of politics, regional cooperation and development in third world and small islands contexts.
Although the course concentrates on issues predominantly experienced by Melanesian
countries, comparative analysis and case studies from the three subregions will be used
to contextualise contemporary governance and development issues in the Pacific more
generally.
PL300
Parties, Electoral Politics and Democracy: Case Studies

II
F&B

Prerequisites: Two 200-level PL courses or approval of head or nominee

This course begins by looking at political parties and electoral systems in the context of
different political systems globally. How did the idea behind party and electoral politics
emerge? The course also focuses on overall factors that influence party and electoral politics
in different political systems. A crucial and interesting component of the course is the study of
party and electoral politics in the Pacific region. Although party politics and elections were not
part of the indigenous political systems in the Pacific, through colonisation they have become
a crucial aspect of determining political leadership in the modern systems of government.
While party politics was adopted prior to independence in Fiji, Vanuatu and the Cook Islands,
other countries such as Solomon Islands, Papua New Guinea and Samoa have also adopted
party politics and elections because of the parliamentary nature of their government systems.
The course also focuses on: how the notion of party politics and elections as a means of
strengthening democracy have been localised to suit the realities in each island country in
the Pacific; the nature of party formation and electoral politics in the Pacific; strengths and
weaknesses of party and electoral politics in the Pacific; and an analysis of the future of party
and electoral politics in the Pacific.

Code

Title

PL302

International Politics of Asia-Pacific

Semester
II

Mode

Location

F/O

L/C

This course examines the international politics of Asia and the Pacific Rim (North East Asia,
South East Asia and the South Pacific). Among other things, this course examines the impact
of US hegemony in Asia and the Pacific, the rise of China as a regional and global power,
the prospects for peaceful reconciliation on the Korean Peninsula, Japans role in the region,
the future of Taiwan, the threat of nuclear proliferation and the role of regional cooperation.
PL305

Politics of Human Rights

F&O

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: Two 200-level PL courses or approval of head or nominee

327

Prerequisites: Two 200-level PL courses or approval of head or nominee

PL307

Political Leadership

F&O

Prerequisites: Two 200-level PL courses or approval of head or nominee

Political leadership, which is part of the world politics programme, is specifically designed to
introduce students to current thinking, research and practice in a number of areas of political
leadership in both industrialised countries and Pacific Island states. In this course, our view of
leadership is filtered through leadership theories, which will be used to explain the behaviour
of leaders in contemporary society. In addition, students will come to understand how
leaders operate within their governments, and will gain an appreciation of how leaders deal
with patronage, responsibility, and accountability. Throughout the course students will be
strongly encouraged to research leaders and leadership systems in the South Pacific region.
PL400
Regional Diplomacy in the Pacific Islands

II
F

Prerequisites: Approval of Director or nominee

The Pacific Islands region has one of the worlds most extensive networks of regional
organisations and regional regimes. These promote regional cooperation between Pacific
Island countries, and shape the regions relations with the outside world. The first half of this
course examines developments in regional cooperation in the Pacific Islands from its colonial
origins to the Pacific Plan. The second part applies several key theoretical perspectives
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Human Rights continue to be a contested and debated phenomenon in the international

arena. This course introduces students to some of the key political debates relating to human
rights (primarily focusing on universalism and cultural relativism) while also addressing key
concerns regarding the applicability of human rights norms in regions such as Asia, the
Middle East, Africa, Latin America, Europe and the Pacific. Aspects of international law
regarding the acceptance of international instruments in an era of an increasing tension
between realist and liberal internationalist approaches to world affairs will be discussed in
relation to Pacific Island states as will the proposed development of a regional mechanism
for human rights. Human rights as a concept and practical reality will be deconstructed
as students are encouraged to explore the various generations of rights and assess their
applicability and relevance to individuals, groups, states and regions.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

328

Code

Semester

Mode

Location

to analysing regionalism in the Pacific. These include regionalism as collective diplomacy,

regionalism as a response to globalisation; and regionalism as an approach to building
security and order.
PL401

Pacific Islands Foreign Policy

TBA

Prerequisites: Approval of Director or nominee

Foreign policy analysis is a specialised field of study that overlaps with the study of
international politics and domestic political systems. This course analyses the foreign policy
focus of Pacific islands states including Papua New Guinea in the post-colonial period. The
course analyses the internal as well as external factors that contribute to the formulation of
foreign policy in the Pacific Island states, Australia and New Zealand, as major neighbours
of most Pacific Island countries play a major role in shaping Pacific Islands foreign policy this is a major focus of the course. Also studied are the roles of global powers such as the
United States of America, China, India and Japan. Taiwan is also welcomed by a number
of Pacific Island countries such as the Solomon Islands and Kiribati and this is also a focus
of this course. Guest lecturers who are diplomats from the various High Commissions and
Embassies in Fiji contribute important and interesting perspectives to this course.
PL402

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Title

Intervention and Peace Building

II

Prerequisites: Approval of Director or nominee

This course will provide students with an advanced understanding of the politics, norms, and
challenges of intervention and peace-building at the global and regional levels. It will explore
the effects of these twin practices on intervening and intervened-in states and societies,
and on international peace and stability. It will discuss the key debates about the impact
of intervention and peace-building on sovereignty and international relations and examine
the utility of externally led peace-building, with reference to such experiences as Solomon
Islands and Iraq.
PL403

Pacific Politics

TBA

Prerequisites: Approval of Director or nominee

The content of this course varies from year to year. Eligibility and restrictions for the course
will depend on the content of the course offered.
PL409

Diplomacy, Negotiations and Statecraft II

Prerequisites: Approval of head or nominee

This course is in three parts. The first part is a general exploration of diplomacy and diplomatic
practice as an institution of international society. It examines such questions as what is
diplomacy. What is its changing role and significance in the international system? What are
the challenges posed for diplomacy by the changing world order of globalisation, terrorism,
new media, and changing power relationships within and between the great powers? The
second part explores the experience and challenges for Pacific diplomacy in this changing

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

PL410
World Politics and International Relations:

I
F

Prerequisites: Approval of head or nominee

This course aims to identify key issues, institutions and ideas that shape the environment in
which diplomacy and international relations are conducted. It will assess some of the key
trends and transformations in contemporary world politics, such as the impact of economic
globalisation, the role of global and regional institutions (the United Nations, the European
Union), the rise of China and other emerging economies, and the impact of new global issues
and challenges (such as environmental issues and human rights). The course will explore
some major debates such as the future of sovereignty and the sovereign state system, and
assess the prospects for peaceful cooperation or inter-state rivalry and conflict. Although this
will be a generic course in world politics, it will seek to focus on those global themes that
are most relevant to the Pacific.

Prerequisites: Approval of Director or nominee

This course is a 100 per cent research-based course. It is a core course for students pursuing
a masters degree in Diplomacy and International Affairs.
PL600F

Politics and International Affairs SRP (Full-Time)

PL600P Politics and International Affairs SRP (Part-Time)

PL700F

Politics, Diplomacy and International

Affairs Master of Arts (Full-Time)

PL700P Politics, Diplomacy and International

Affairs Master of Arts (Part-Time)
PL800F

Politics, Diplomacy and International Affairs PhD Thesis (Full-Time)

PL800P Politics, Diplomacy and International

Affairs PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

PL411
Research Essay in Diplomacy and International Affairs

II
F

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

world order. It begins with an exploration of small state diplomacy more generally. It then
moves to a consideration of Pacific diplomacy in key engagements such as the Pacific at
the United Nations, collective diplomacy in relation to security, development, sovereignty
and resource management. It asks whether and how Pacific diplomacy is effective and
what resources and strategies it can best employ. The third part introduces diplomatic and
negotiation skills through practical workshops on negotiation and diplomatic writing.

329

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

330

Code

Title

TS106

Introduction to Tourism

Semester
I

Mode

Location

B&P/P

L/C

Prerequisites: None
This course introduces students to basic concepts in the study of tourism and provides a
framework for an understanding of its nature, characteristics and significance in economies
and societies worldwide and in Pacific countries in particular. The course applies an
interdisciplinary approach drawing on economics and other social sciences. It provides an
integrated view of tourism, both as a self-contained subject and as a background for further
study.
TS107

Tourism in the South Pacific

II

B&P/P

L/C

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: None
This course will examine the development of tourism in the South Pacific region, particularly
after the Second World War, and up to the present phase of moderate to mass tourism. The
aim of this course is to enable students to understand the enormous social and economic
pressure faced by South Pacific societies and by their governments and how tourism is seen
as a panacea to sustain future economic and social development. The vulnerabilities of the
South Pacific countries to the vagaries of the changes in the macro-environment will also be
discussed in the tourism context. Additionally the course will examine tourism development
plans of national governments and explore the extent to which these plans show (or do not
show) attention to social, cultural and environmental impacts of tourism.
TS108

Dimensions of Hospitality

B&P/P

L/C

Prerequisites: None
This course provides students with a liberal and reflective orientation to the study of hospitality.
To explain the field of hospitality, the course will draw from a number of disciplines and fields
of enquiry. It exposes students to insights into the study of hospitality that encompass both
the private and commercial provision of hospitality and the hospitality industry. It orients
students to the hospitality industry and management issues that confront it.
TS109
Food and Beverage Services and Cost Control

II
B&P/P

L/C

Prerequisites: TS108 or approval of head or nominee

Apart from accommodation, the food and beverage department is a large revenue earner
in a hotel. Restaurants, bars, nightclubs and other food service operations are an important
sector of the hospitality industry. This course provides students with the basic knowledge
and skills necessary for the effective management of food service operations. It presents
the basic service principles, which focus on the importance of delivering customer-oriented
services that meet or exceed the expectations of guests. It also provides an understanding
of food service costs and operating controls and a framework on which to build further
studies in food and beverage management. This is an elective course for Food and Nutritional
Science students.

Code

Title

Semester

TS207

Marketing for Tourism and Hospitality

Mode

Location

B&P/P

L/C

An introduction to the marketing of tourism and hospitality goods and services in the South
Pacific; identifying target markets and estimating demand; packaging, branding, pricing,
promoting, advertising and distribution; consumer and industrial buying behaviour; marketing
strategy and planning; marketing research and the marketing environment; implications for
society. The course examines how marketing facilitates exchange between individuals or
consumers and organisations in order to satisfy the goals of both parties within the tourism
and hospitality sector.
TS208

Operational Issues for Hospitality

II

B&P/P

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: TS106 and UU114 or LL114 or approval of head or nominee

331

L/C

Prerequisites: TS108 or approval of head or nominee

TS209 Food and Beverage Management

B&P/P

L/C

Prerequisites: TS109, UU114 or LL114 or approval of head or nominee

This course builds on the knowledge gained in first semester courses for the Hotel
Management degree. It provides a detailed introduction to the complexities of food and
beverage management. It is designed to prepare students to manage aspects of food and
beverage operations effectively to improve the profitability and productivity of their operations
and to enhance customer satisfaction. It examines different subject areas within the orbit of
operational food and beverage management and relates these to the applications applied
within the five main sectors of the catering industry: fast food and popular catering, hotels
and quality restaurants, function catering, industrial catering and welfare catering.
TS213

International Tourism

II

B&P/P

L/C

Prerequisites: TS106, TS207 and UU114 or LL114 or approval of head or nominee

This course examines international tourism with a view to providing students with knowledge
and understanding of the scope and patterns of international tourism demand. It covers
contemporary cross-cultural issues in international tourism, dimensions and trends, advanced
analysis of tourist behaviour, socio-psychological determinants of tourist motivation and
experiences, analysis of tourist-host and tourist-environment interactions. It also examines
historic, cultural, economic and tourism characteristics of major international tourism source
and destination regions.
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

This course provides students with an integrative and systems orientation approach to the
study of hospitality operations management. The course blends technical, professional and
personal development using the tools needed for effective performance in the workplace such
as Micros Opera and room Master Property Management Systems. It will also develop the
knowledge and skills needed for the effective management of the rooms division department
of a hotel or resort and will include the following: reservations, guest registration, service
quality, cashiering, revenue management, night audit and housekeeping. This course is a
recommended elective for double major tourism management and/or management students.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

332

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

TS216
Integrated Industry Learning for Tourism and Hospitality

II
B

Location

L/C

Prerequisites: TS106, TS108, UU114 or LL114 & TS207 or approval of head or nominee
The course is for BComTHM (originally BATH) and BA/BCom Tourism Management/ Tourism
Studies) double major and B.Com Hotel Management degree students only. The purpose of
this course is to provide students in the BComTHM and BComTM degree programme with
the opportunity to undertake individually, under supervision, a tourism or hospitality related
placement for a minimum of six weeks. Recommended elective for double major Tourism
Management students.
TS218

Room Division Practical

I&II

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: UU114 or LL114 and TS108, TS208 & TS216

Available for Certificate in Hotel Management, Diploma in Hotel Management and Bachelor
of Commerce in Hotel Management students only. This course builds on the knowledge
gained in TS208 by providing students with a practical internship in the Rooms Division
department of a hotel or resort. It is designed to develop the practical skills needed for
the effective management of the rooms division department of a hotel or resort, including
housekeeping, conferences and events and the use of such property management systems
as Micros Opera and room Master. This course is a practical internship and for Certificate,
Diploma and BCom Hotel Management students only.
TS302
Strategic Services Management in Hospitality

II
B&P/P

L/C

Prerequisites: LL114 or UU114, TS207, TS208, TS213, or approval of Head or nominee

This advanced course investigates the strategic issues confronting managers operating in
the hospitality and tourism industries. It aims to provide students with an integrated approach
to exploring the way hospitality businesses are managed and operated. The course evaluates
ways in which managers can link profit and growth to loyalty, satisfaction, and value in a
range of hospitality business models. NB: Suitable elective for MG, IBM and HRM majors.
TS303

Food and Beverage Operations Practical I&II

Prerequisites: UU114 or LL114, TS108, TS109, TS209 & TS216 or approval of head or
nominee
This is a practical internship of six months in a hotel approved by the Student Industry Liaison
Co-ordinator and the Course Co-ordinator. The internship entails at least 20 hours a week in
the Food and Beverage Department. During this course, students are expected to cover the
following areas of the Food and Beverage Department: Main Kitchen, Food and Beverage
Administration, Food and Beverage for Conventions and Banquets. This course is a practical
internship and for Certificate, Diploma and BCom Hotel Management students only.

Code

Title

Semester

TS304

Front Office and Sales Marketing Practical I&II

Mode

Location

This is a practical internship of six months in a hotel/resort or organisation approved by

the Student Industry Liaison Co-ordinator and the Course Co-ordinator. The internship
entails at least 20 hours a week in the Front Office and Sales and Marketing Departments.
During this course, students are expected to cover the following areas of the Front Office
and Sales and Marketing Departments: Front office-Reception, Reservations, PABX, Finance
and Administration, and Sales and Marketing. This course is a practical internship and for
Certificate, Diploma and BCom Hotel Management students only.
TS309

Tourism Business Operations

B&P/P

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: UU114 or LL114 and TS108, TS207, TS208 & TS216 or approval of head or
nominee.

333

L/C

Prerequisites: UU114 or LL114, TS207, TS213 or approval of head or nominee.

Suitable elective for MG, IBM and HRM majors

TS310

Tourism in Less Developed Countries

B&P/P

L/C

Prerequisites: TS213 & UU114 or LL114 of approval of head or nominee

This course applies students` knowledge and understanding of development and organisation
of tourism in the developing countries of the world and focuses on the opportunities, problems
and issues in tourism in those countries. It covers tourism policies, tourism`s role in economic
development, economic, social and environmental contexts in which tourism operates,
gender issues in tourism development, educational and training needs in less developed
countries, and ethics of tourism development. Tourism is examined worldwide with reference
to various less developed countries at different stages of tourism development.
TS311

Sustainable Tourism Development

II

B&P/P

L/C

Prerequisites: UU114 or LL114, TS207 & TS213 or approval of head or nominee

This course aims to provide students in their third year with an understanding of both
theory and practice in sustainable tourism development. The content includes the origins of
sustainable concepts with particular focus on planning and managing tourism enterprises.
Other areas of the course include ecotourism, visitor impact management, interpretation and
education, economics, and marketing. Students will also explore issues concerning sociocultural and environmental impacts and techniques for mitigating negative results of tourism
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

This course is structured to explore the provision of tourist attractions, facilities, and services
as business activities. The components of the course address ideas and concepts surrounding
the development of a business plan, sustainable strategies (international, regional and local),
and planning concepts in the tourism industry. The course incorporates practical applications
from different industry sectors including (but not limited to) accommodation, tour operations,
and facility management. The topics and projects will be focused on these areas with
emphasis on practical industry application.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

334

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

development. Case studies are incorporated into each topic area for a comprehensive review
of sustainable tourism projects in other areas of the world.
TS401

Current Issues in Tourism and Hospitality I

L&SC

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme or approval of Head or nominee

An advanced study of concepts of tourism and hospitality, providing a framework for the
understanding of its structure, nature, characteristics and significance; where students will
develop a critical awareness of recent trends both globally and within the Asia/Pacific region.
The course applies an interdisciplinary approach drawing on a variety of social science
perspectives. The focus is placed on sustainable tourism in an international context and in
Pacific countries in particular.
TS402

Advanced Tourism Planning and Development I

L/SC

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: TS401 or approval of head or nominee

The overall aim of the course is to equip students with an understanding of the principles
for sustainable tourism development, planning and management, especially in the context
of natural areas, based on a comprehensive, co-ordinated and managed approach. The
course comprises a critical examination of the interdisciplinary nature of tourism and of
contemporary models and methods for tourism planning and development. The need for and
scope of, tourism planning is critically reviewed, and the requirements for, and methods of,
stakeholder participation in tourism planning are analysed.
TS403

Festival and Event Management

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme or Approval of Head or Nominee

This course examines the key components of the festival, events, meetings, incentive and
conventions market. In this course students will develop conceptual and analytical skills in
strategic planning as they relate to festival and event management and critically examine how
events can be used to achieve strategic goals in destination management, image creation
and development.
TS405

Entrepreneurship and Innovation in Tourism and

Hospitality
II
B
L

Prerequisites: Entry in the postgraduate programme or approval of head or nominee

This course is designed to introduce students to the fundamentals of small business
management, the role of entrepreneurship in the tourism and hospitality industry, and
launching new ventures in the tourism, hospitality, events and sport industries, with a
focus on the Pacific context. The entrepreneur engages in a number of processes when
conceptualising, developing and operating a new business venture. An understanding of
these processes is essential to any potential entrepreneur who will be required to search
for financial sources for the venture, select a suitable location and plan for the successful
operation of the new business. The perspective is both Pacific and international.

Code

Title

TS413

Special Topic in Tourism Studies

Semester
II

Mode

Location

The topic of this course will cater for the advanced tourism interests of individual students.
Course content will vary dependent on individual circumstances. Please contact the Head of
School for further information.
TS600F

Tourism and Hospitality Management SRP (Full-time)

TS600P Tourism and Hospitality Management SRP (Part-time)

TS700F

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: TS401 or approval of Head or Nominee

335

Tourism and Hospitality Management Masters Thesis (Full-Time)

TS700P Tourism and Hospitality Management Masters Thesis (Part-Time)

TS800F

Tourism and Hospitality Management PhD Thesis (Full-Time)

TS800P Tourism and Hospitality Management PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

UU200

Ethics and Governance

I&II

F&B/B&O

L/SC

This generic course offers an exploratory and interdisciplinary insight into ethics and the
ethics of governance. It introduces students to ethical theories and philosophies (in terms of
virtues, consequences and duties) and links these to structures of governance, in particular,
self, political, corporate, and global governance. The theoretical framework is then used to
delve into the fascinating and controversial field of applied ethics, ranging through the law,
corporate and workplace ethics, social justice issues and controversial ethical dilemmas.
Students will be encouraged to think critically, develop self-awareness and make responsible
ethical decisions in personal, professional and applied contexts.
NB:
F and B mode is offered to Laucala students.
B mode is offered to Alafua, Emalus, Labasa, Lautoka, Kiribati, Tonga and Solomon Islands.
O mode is offered to Tokelau,Tuvalu, Marshall Is, Cook Is and Remote campuses.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Prerequisites: UU100 and LL114 or UU114

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

336

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND

ENVIRONMENT COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Note: UU100 and UU114 must be passed, in addition to prerequisite requirements, before students
progress to the 200-level courses. UU200 and UU204 must be passed, in addition to prerequisite
requirements, before students progress to the 300-level courses. Only approved programmes may be
exempt from this requirement.

.
BI102

Plant Biology

L&A

Prerequisites: Form 7 or Foundation Biology

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

This course takes an evolutionary approach to introduce the diversity of form and function
within the plant kingdom and other photosynthesising organisms. The major events in plant
evolution will be discussed. Because of their abundance and importance, angiosperms will
be studied in greater detail, including structural, reproductive and physiological adaptations
and a review of the major plant families. The importance of plants to the biosphere and to
humans will also be discussed.
BI103

General Biology

II

Prerequisites: Basic secondary level science

The course is designed to provide students with the basic concepts of biology. It explores
the diversity in the living world, life processes, organisms and the environment, ecosystems
and sustainable environments. It concludes by tackling applied issues relating to topics such
as conservation and bioindicators of environmental status.
BI108

Animal Biology

II

L&A

Prerequisites: Form 7 or Foundation Biology

This course introduces students to the diversity, functional morphology, and evolution of the
major groups of animals, and protozoans. The objective of this course is to provide a broad
understanding of animal diversity, morphology, and life processes of animals so as to build a
solid foundation for more advanced courses in animal biology.
BI201

General Ecology

Prerequisites: BI102 and BI108

This course provides students an introduction to general ecology, the science concerned with
the complex interactions of organisms with each other and with their physical environment.
In this course we study ecology at the scale of the individual organism up to the scale of
whole ecosystems and global processes. We include the study of those processes that
influence the distribution, abundance and productivity of organisms and biological systems
and consider how human activities alter these patterns and processes.

Code

Title

BI202

Invertebrate Biology

Semester
I

Mode

Location

Equivalent to MS202. Invertebrates play key roles in all ecosystems and exhibit huge diversity.
This course involves the study of invertebrate classification, identification, anatomy, functional
biology and evolutionary adaptation to environmental change. A habitat-based approach is
used to cover invertebrates living in terrestrial, marine and freshwater environments while
using case studies to examine the economic and ecological importance of invertebrates in a
local, regional and international context. The course also provides a link between 100-level
and animal-oriented 300-level degree courses in biology, particularly BI305.
BI205

Genetics and Evolution

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: BI108

337

Prerequisites: BI102 and BI108

BI206

Quantitative Biology

II

Prerequisites: One 100-level Biology course

This course is designed to give all students intending to major in biology a knowledge of
data collection and exploratory data analysis, graphical representation of data, experimental
design, hypothesis testing and the use of a range of statistical tests (including descriptive
statistics, correlation, regression, analysis of frequency data, analysis of variance and nonparametric tests).
BI207

Tropical Plant Biology

II

Prerequisites: BI102
The course will focus on broad concepts and ideas in tropical plant biology and provide an
in-depth study of the morphology, physiology, reproductive biology and community structure
of higher tropical plants. Tropical plant diversity, adaptations to tropical environments,
ecological interactions, human uses and impacts on tropical ecosystems will be discussed.
BI302

Plant Physiology

Prerequisites: BI207
This course will emphasise the processes and functions at whole plant level, responses of
plants to changes in the environment, and the growth and development that results from
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

The main topics are: history of genetics and evolution, relevant statistical tests, Mendelian
genetics, chromosomal theory of inheritance, linkage of genes, evolution of sex, autosomal
and sex linked, sex limited and sex influenced characters. Gene interaction, maternal and
cytoplasmic inheritance. RNA and DNA structure and function, transcription, translation
and gene expression in eukaryotes. Biotechnology and genetic engineering, quantitative
and population genetics, processes of organic and biological evolution, speciation and
classification, biological and cultural evolution in man.

338

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

the responses. Students will be required to carry out a research project in an area of plant
physiology that interests them.
BI304

Conservation Biology

II

Prerequisites: BI201 and BI206 or approval from Dean or Nominee

This course examines conservation biology as a discipline and its role in the ecological
understanding of environmental issues. Patterns and reasons for losses of biodiversity
such as habitat destruction, fragmentation and introduced species will be examined using
case studies from islands of the Pacific and the wider world. The course will emphasise the
underlying science used to set priorities, plan, monitor, and detect conservation problems. The
course will also explore the ecological inter-relationships between humans and threatened
species, including how to increase public awareness and to integrate development and
conservation.
BI305

Marine Biology

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Prerequisites: (BI202 or MS202) or approval from Dean or Nominee

Equivalent to MS305. The emphasis in this course is placed on tropical marine biology from
an ecological perspective. The main primary producers in the oceans are examined from
the plankton to the larger benthic marine autotrophs. The ecology of coral reefs, mangrove
communities, seagrass beds, intertidal and shallow water sub-tidal benthic communities will
equally be examined. A short presentation of deep-sea organisms will be given. The shallowwater ecosystems will be studied using a variety of survey methods and thus field work will
be a major component of this course.
BI307

Fish and Fisheries Biology

II

Prerequisites: (BI201 or BI202 or MS202) or approval from Dean or Nominee

Equivalent to MS307. This is the only vertebrate biology course on offer and is designed to
teach components of fish biology, population dynamics and management. Topics include
fish classification, anatomy, bioenergetics, physiology and aspects of their ecology. Basic
principles of aquaculture and their application to Pacific Island countries are discussed
and aspects of fish population dynamics are covered such as stock abundance, age,
growth, recruitment, yield and mortality. Both traditional and conventional fishing methods,
management strategies and regulations are examined. The tuna fishery, which is the largest
commercial fishery in the South Pacific, is also studied.
BI308 Environmental and Marine Microbiology

II
F

Prerequisites: One 200-level BI course or one 200-level MS course

Equivalent to MS308. This course gives advanced consideration to the full range of microorganisms which occur in the seas. Particular emphasis will be given to their structural,
physiological and behavioural adaptations to the marine environment, including their

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

BI309

Comparative Animal Physiology

Prerequisites: BI108 and one 200-level BI course

Physiology is concerned with the functioning of tissues and organs. Physiology reveals how
and why the different functions in the animal body are brought about and also how they
are integrated to bring about the maximum benefit to the individual. It also elaborates on
the various mechanisms in the animal body that come into play to cope with changes in
the external and internal environments. The adaptations and variations in the physiological
functioning in animals including ruminants, birds and humans are also taught in this course.
BI408

Advanced Environment Microbiology

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

interaction with other microbes and with higher organisms, marine microbial ecology, and
the importance of microbes to the productivity of the seas and their contribution to marine
biomass.

339

TBA

Prerequisites: BI308 or approval from Dean or Nominee

BI409

Advanced Physiology

II

Prerequisites: BI309 or approval from Dean or Nominee

The interest in animal biology is further nurtured in the advancing field of physiology.
This involves integrated approaches to understand further functional mechanisms of
pharmacology, toxicology and pathology in the areas of nervous, endocrine, cardiovascular,
reproductive and the inflammatory responses. The main topics include: advances in signal
transduction, pain physiology and bone physiology. Extensive examples and web resources
will be indicated. The interaction between receptor and messenger is applied in the project
works.
BI420

Research Project in Biology

I&II

Prerequisites: Approval from Associate Dean, Research and Graduate Affairs

This course allows each student to develop a research project in biology consulting his/her
supervisor. The project should run for at least 10-12 weeks and data should be collected
for analysis. By teaching week 12 collected data in the research project should be analysed.
Student(s) should prepare research reports(s), which must include Introduction, Literature
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

The field of environmental microbiology offers great potential for developing new and
innovative strategies for management and protection of the environment. The course covers
areas of microbial ecology and evolution, population interactions, microbial communities and
ecosystems and the biotechnological aspects of microbial ecology. In this course students
learn of the vital role of microbes in marine, freshwater and terrestrial ecosystems by exploring
the dynamic interactions that take place between microbial communities, the surroundings
and higher organisms. They also study the role of microorganisms in the origin of mineral
resources, microorganisms and pollution, bioremediation and current developments on
energy flow through microbial communities.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

340

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

Survey, Results, Discussion and Summary of findings. Students should prepare and present a
seminar, which is assessed as one of the assessment items. Course results are based entirely
(100%) on project work.
BI436

Molecular Biology

II

Prerequisites: BI205 or approval from Dean or Nominee

This course exposes students to advanced theoretical and practical knowledge using
molecular and biotechnological techniques/facilities available in the Molecular Biology
Laboratory. The main topics include DNA structure, function and replication; transcription
and translation; gene expression and its control in prokaryotes and eukaryotes; genetics
and basic processes of gene recombination in bacteria; understanding and use of microbial,
animal, plant, marine and medical biotechnology including DNA cloning and its uses in
genetic engineering; transgenic organisms; and ethical issues and society.
BI439

Advances in Food Science

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Prerequisites: Entry into PGDip or approval from Dean or Nominee

In the South Pacific, there has been minimal launching of new local food products into the
market place, a deficiency compounded by the inferior quality of products locally produced
in comparison to their imported counterparts. These may be some reasons why the food
market in the South Pacific region is saturated with imported foods. This course encourages
innovations of food processing techniques that are favourable to our food of the Pacific
region that could help develop import substitutes and ensure food security in the region.
Collaboration with relevant food industries through students industrial placement will be an
integral component of the course.
BI442

Biodiversity and Conservation

L&SC

Prerequisites: Entry into PGDip or approval from Dean or Nominee

This multidisciplinary course aims to increase knowledge, facilitate learning and strengthen
the generic and applied skills necessary for a career in the biodiversity and conservation
sector. The course considers the international, regional and national biodiversity conservation
frameworks plus concepts and principles of how to design, manage and implement
conservation strategies for threatened species and ecosystems. The course is specifically
designed for students wishing to do a Masters Degree but is also suitable for those that
are interested in climate change or furthering their general biodiversity conservation/
environmental science knowledge.
BI600F Biology SRP (Full-Time)
BI600P Biology SRP (Part-Time)
BI700F Biology Masters Thesis (Full-Time)

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

341

BI700P Biology Masters Thesis (Part-Time)

BI800P Biology PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

CH101

Chemical Principles

F/O

SC/SC

Prerequisites: Form 7 or Foundation Chemistry

CH101 is a compulsory course for the completion of a major or minor in chemistry. This
course aims to impart adequate knowledge with factual, theoretical and experimental
background concerning introductory general chemistry. Lectures will selectively cover topics
from analytical chemistry, atomic structure and chemical bonding and introductory physical
chemistry.

Prerequisites: Form 7 or Foundation Chemistry

This course is designed to introduce and develop the fundamental concepts and methods
employed in organic chemistry, the branch of chemistry that deals with compounds of carbon.
The course covers a core area of the discipline, studying the functional groups of organic
compounds (reactions and formations), and how to draw and name their structures. A good
understanding of organic chemistry is important for students intending to become chemists
(major or minor), and for those involved in cross-discipline studies. The course is designed
to demonstrate that the subject is an integral part of modern technological development in
diverse fields ranging from biology to material science and that it is still evolving.
CH105

Chemistry for Applied Science

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: Form 6 Chemistry or equivalent

This course is not available to those taking a major or minor in chemistry and may not be
used as a prerequisite for any other chemistry course. This course presents a broad-based
introduction to modern chemistry for students not majoring in chemistry but requiring a
background in chemistry for other sciences. The topics covered include sections on physical
chemistry (thermodynamics, kinetics, electrochemistry and the properties); inorganic
chemistry (atomic structure, periodicity, main group and transition metal chemistry) and
organic chemistry (reactions and uses of important aliphatic and aromatic compounds).
Wherever possible examples from applied sections will be used in this course.
CH201

Organic Chemistry

Prerequisites: CH102
The course builds upon the fundamental concepts in organic chemistry that were introduced
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

CH102 Reactions and Principles of Organic Chemistry

II
F/O
SC/SC

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

BI800F Biology PhD Thesis (Full-Time)

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

342

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

at the 100-level, and develops these for a better understanding and interpretation of the
chemical behaviour of selected groups of organic compounds. The course includes a
problem-based unit on the application of spectroscopic methods to organic structure
elucidation, focusing on nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy. The concepts of
reactivity and behaviour of aromatic and biologically relevant molecules, such as amino acids
and sugars, are given a predominant treatment. Interleaved throughout the course will be the
mechanistic interpretation of selected chemical transformations.
CH203

Physical Chemistry

II

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: CH101
This course is compulsory for the completion of a major or minor in Chemistry. It provides
coverage of modern aspects of physical chemistry building on and complementing the
material presented in CH101 and CH102. It is intended to provide students with the necessary
background to study the applications of physical and chemical principles in industry and
the environment which are taught in the 300-level chemistry courses. Such knowledge is
essential for a complete understanding of the application of physical measurements to the
elucidation of chemical structure and the mechanics of reactions.
CH204

Inorganic Chemistry

II

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: CH101
This course is required for the completion of a major or minor in chemistry. The major
objective of this course is to provide adequate theory and sufficient facts concerning modern
inorganic chemistry in a mutually complementary manner. The reactions of s, p and the
d block elements and their compounds together with a knowledge of their structure
and bonding will be emphasised. Modern ideas of inorganic reaction mechanism will be
introduced and discussed. This course will provide sufficient background to pursue higher
studies in inorganic chemistry.
CH301 Application and Methods of Instrumental Analysis

I
F

Prerequisites: CH201 and CH203

The quantitative analysis of inorganic compounds and the structure and configuration
determination of organic compounds form the basis of the course, which will also examine
the role of analysis in chemistry and related fields. The aim of this course is to introduce
students to the most commonly used instrumental methods of qualitative and quantitative
analyses in both organic and inorganic chemistry. Emphasis will be placed on the uses of
the analytical methods, their limitations and their advantages. Discussions of theory will be
minimal and non-mathematical but use of chemical literature will be included.
CH303

Applied Chemistry

Prerequisites: CH201 and CH203 or CH204

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

CH306

Special Topics in Chemistry

II

Prerequisites: Two 200-level CH courses

This course consists of four special topics chosen from subject areas in the general fields
of organic chemistry, physical chemistry, inorganic chemistry, analytical chemistry and
geochemistry. The actual topics offered may vary from year to year, depending upon
availability of resources, staff, and expertise.
CH311

Marine Chemistry

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

This course is designed to give students an insight into the applied aspects of chemistry:
physical, inorganic and organic. The emphasis is on chemicals and chemical processes that
play an important role in modern life. This course consists of three topics, which are: 1.
Applied Organic Chemistry 2. Applied Inorganic Chemistry and 3.Corrosion of Metals, Power
Storage and Fuel Cells.

343

Prerequisites: CH203 and CH204

CH312

Environmental Chemistry

II

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: CH204
This course is designed to provide adequate understanding of environmental chemistry,
which is emerging as a mature, viable discipline. A clear understanding of the sources,
reactions, transport and the fate of chemical entities in air, water and soil will be presented
in sufficient pedagogical detail to develop an appreciation of current environmental pollution
and management issues of global and regional concern. The practical component will include
set experiments, which will be done by students on an individual basis. This approach should
build confidence in students in carrying out scientific analyses of various pollutants while at
the same time, it enables them to improve their practical analytical skills.
CH405

Biochemistry

II

Prerequisites: CH306 or approval from Dean or Nominee

This course assumes a good background knowledge in organic chemistry at the degree
level. It deals with the study of the chemical processes and transformations in living
organisms. It also deals with the structure and function of cellular components, such as
proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids, and other bio-molecules. It will be taught as a
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

This course is designed to give students an understanding of the functioning of the marine
environment as a chemical system. Chemical principles from first and second year courses
are used to investigate processes controlling the geochemical balance of the oceans. The
emphasis will be on inorganic as well as organic constituents. The laboratory component
consisting of set experiments, with a small number of students per lab session, enables the
students to do individual work. This approach helps build up the students confidence and
skills, which no doubt will equip them with the basic practical skills necessary for chemical
investigations in the marine environment.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

344

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

chemistry emphasis biochemistry course mostly by the chemistry staff with some help from
the Biology staff. This course not only deals with the theoretical aspects of biochemistry, but
also emphasises the importance of the applications of the various biochemical techniques in
postgraduate research.
CH413

Chemistry of Natural Products

Prerequisites: Two 300-level CH courses

This course will review the steps involved in the biosynthesis of secondary metabolites.
The chemistry and biological activity of the following classes of natural products will be
discussed: steroids, terpenoids, saponins, alkaloids, prostaglandins, polyacetylenes,
quinones, pheromones and oxygen heterocyclic compounds.
CH414

Instrumental Analysis

II

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Prerequisites: CH301
This is one of the core chemistry courses for the postgraduate chemistry programmes at
USP. Students wishing to proceed with postgraduate studies at USP in any area of chemistry
should be proficient in the use of modern instruments used in research in their selected
research area. The course deals with advanced aspects of instrumentation such as infrared
spectroscopy, Raman spectroscopy, ultraviolet spectroscopy, proton and carbon nuclear
magnetic resonance spectroscopy, mass spectrometry and thermal techniques. It also deals
with the applications of chromatographic techniques in separation science.
CH420

Research Project in Chemistry

I&II

Prerequisites: Entry into PG Diploma

This course allows the students to develop the intellectual and practical skills demanded by
special study and is suitable for students who have an appropriate interest and aptitude.
The student will formulate and investigate a problem or identify and investigate a topic, as
appropriate, in consultation with a staff member who has experience in the chosen area.
CH421

Quantitative Analysis

II

Prerequisites: Two 300-level CH courses

The course provides advanced coverage of the concepts and techniques of quantitative
analysis. It builds on the basic principles covered in undergraduate chemistry courses. The
topics to be covered include accuracy, precision, error propagation and statistical analysis
of results, gravimetric procedures, redox equilibria and applications, complexation equilibria
and applications, non-aqueous media procedure, separation processes, master variable
diagrams and some electrochemical methods used in quantitative analysis.
CH451

Advanced Environmental Chemistry

Prerequisites: Entry into PGDip

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

CH600F Chemistry SRP (Full-Time)

CH600P Chemistry SRP (Part-Time)

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

This course is designed to provide students with a clear understanding of some of the
important chemical processes that occur in nature as well as those that form the basis of
contemporary environmental issues. Topics covered include: environmental chemistry of
heavy elements; environmental chemistry of nutrients; environmental chemistry of pesticides
and other organic pollutants; and a section on the role of chemistry in understanding and
managing environmental issues significant to the South Pacific Region.

345

CH700F Chemistry Masters Thesis (Full-Time)

CH700P Chemistry Masters Thesis (Part-Time)
CH800F Chemistry PhD Thesis (Full-Time)

CS001 Foundations of Professional Practice (FPP)

I&II
B

L&SC

Prerequisites: None
This course provides students with a practical and theoretical introduction to develop them
as ICT professionals. The course will be offered from the second year to the fourth year
of the BNC and BSE programmes and will build on and utIlise ePortfolio that the students
produce at the end of their first year of studies. Students will gain a contextual understanding
of the many roles within the ICTprofession, their own particular capabilities profile, and the
additional capabilities they might require to achieve a desired professional role. Students will
be required to attend various workshops to broaden their understanding of the course. Each
student will be assigned to a mentor who will provide guidance to the students to identify and
address their individual learning and development needs.
CS111

Introduction to Computing Science

I/II

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: IS121 or at least 60% in Form 7 Mathematics or equivalent

An introduction to computing programming language hierarchy (machine assembly, highlevel) and basic computer organisation (i/o, main storage, secondary storage and CPU).
Problem solving and algorithms using a modern high level language; programme design;
structured programming concepts; debugging, testing and documentation; and applications.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

CH800P Chemistry PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

346

Code

Title

CS112

Data Structures and Algorithms

Semester

Mode

Location

II

B/F

SC/L

Prerequisites: CS111
In this course students will learn the syntax, logic and operation of fundamental data structures
like arrays, queues, stacks and trees. Some common operations include basic algorithms like
searching, sorting and recursion. It is important to develop a software in a computationally
efficient way by choosing appropriate data structures and algorithms. This course focuses
on the development of software using the object-oriented paradigm. This course follows
the introductory course CS111 (Introduction to Computing Science) targeting students who
wish to pursue vocations in industry applications. This course provides the necessary skills in
the development of software applications via C++ programming language. The knowledge
acquired can be applied to the development of a software using any programming language.
CS211

Computer Organisation

F/O

L/SC

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Prerequisites: CS111
This course provides an overview of computer systems, representation of data, digital logic,
micro-programming level, instruction set processor level, operating system level, assembly
language level.
CS214

Design and Analysis of Algorithms

II

F/B

L/SC

Prerequisites: CS112
This course on algorithms addresses topics such as appropriate choice of data structures,
sorting and searching algorithms, recursive algorithms, and complexity, and issues associated
with computability and decidability. Analysis of algorithms includes order notation, recurrence
equations, worst case and expected order statistics.
CS215 Computer Communications and Management

II
F

Prerequisites: CS111
This course is designed to introduce students to the fundamental principles of modem data
communication and networking, with a focus on the physical and media access layers of
the network protocol stack. The topics include: signal transmission, modulation, fibre optic
network components, local area networks, wide area network, DWDM (Dense Wavelength
Division Multiplexing), CWDM (Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing) wireless network
components, wireless MAC, network layers, and network security and management.
CS218

Mobile Middleware

II

Prerequisites: CS112
Mobile middleware is an important pillar in the modern-day distributed computing systems.
This course provides a comprehensive overview of mobile middleware technologies leading

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

CS240

Software Engineering

Prerequisites: CS111

CS241

Software Design and Implementation

II

Prerequisites: CS240 and CS112

Software design is concerned with issues, techniques, strategies, representations, and
patterns used to determine how to implement a component or a system. The design will
conform to functional requirements within the constraints imposed by other requirements
such as resource, performance, reliability, and security. This area also includes specification
of internal interfaces among software components, architectural design, data design, user
interface design, design tools, and the evaluation of design. Implementation is the process
of translating the detailed design into code. Most real-life products today are too large to
be implemented by one programmer within the given time constraints. Students will apply
the techniques learned in developing a system from specifications supplied. The system is
implemented by a team of students, working at the same time on different components of
the system.
CS310

Computer Networks

Prerequisites: CS211 or CS215

Students will be introduced to the fundamental concepts and underlying technologies
associated with modern computer networks. The course focuses on the Internet protocol
stack with detailed discussion of application (HTTP, SMTP, DNS, FTP), transport (TCP, UDP),
network (IP), and link layer (Ethernet) protocols. Topics include packet and circuit switched
networks, multiplexing, delay analysis, reliable data transfer, routing algorithms, wireless and
mobile networks.
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

This course presents the concepts of Software Engineering. The emphasis is on learning the
design and coding techniques that are needed in the implementation of software systems.
Design techniques include understanding design from the class level through to software
architectures, understanding how to express designs, understanding file I/O and databases,
and understanding how to integrate applications with the web. Coding techniques include
proper use of basic and advanced Java programming language, coding and programming
styles. The software engineering concepts are reinforced with a substantial final project in
order to allow students not only to practise with the software development process but
also to learn how to work as a team and to present their final products. In addition, the
students are required to produce technical documents of their systems that can be used for
maintenance.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

up to detailed treatment of core topical areas on messaging, publish/subscribe, and data

synchronisation. Standards and Research systems including current state-of-the-art systems
like Symbian, Java 2 Micro Edition, W3C technologies will be presented. Case studies related
to mobile service platforms, mobile XML processing, thin clients, rich clients, and mobile
servers would be also discussed.

347

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

348

Code

Title

CS311

Operating Systems

Semester
I

Mode

Location

Prerequisites: CS211
This course covers topics including computer and operating systems structures, resource
allocation and optimisation, process management, coordination and scheduling, virtual and
real memory management, disk schedulers and file management, deadlock and indefinite
postponement, introduction to networking and i/o device handlers. Case studies of operating
systems such as UNIX, VMS, and Windows NT.
CS317

Computer and Network Security

II

Prerequisites: CS310

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

This course provides an introduction to computer security. This course begins with a tutorial
of the basic elements of cryptography, cryptanalysis and systems security. Topics include
network security, authentication, security protocols design and analysis, trusted computing,
key management, intrusion detection, DDOS detection and mitigation, security policy,
biometrics, web security and other emerging topics.
CS318

Cloud Computing

II

Prerequisites: CS218
Cloud computing uses the global reach of the Internet to provide shared computing
resources, information, and software to users on demand, in a similar way to an electricity
grid. The course deals with building cloud networks for offering integrated web services.
Issues such as privacy, security and common standards and user accessibility in cloud
computing will be given due consideration.
CS324

Distributed Computing

II

Prerequisites: CS240
This course gives an understanding of key concepts of distributed system development, which
includes two main parts: 1. engineering distributed system, including user requirements, OO
analysis software architecture, OO design, algorithms, implementation, and evaluation. 2.DS
system development techniques: OOA and D; user interfaces; data management; algorithms.
You can also gain some practice building distributed system via doing the assignments.
This course is designed for e-commerce courses in computer information systems that aim
to prepare students for web-based application design and implementation, client-server
application development.
CS341

Software Quality Assurance and Testing I

Prerequisites: CS240
Software verification and validation uses both static and dynamic techniques of system
checking to ensure that the resulting program satisfies its specification and that the program

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

CS400

Industry Experience Project (IEP)

I&II

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

as implemented meets the expectations of the stakeholders. Static techniques are concerned
with the analysis and checking of system representations throughout all stages of the software
life cycle, while dynamic techniques involve only the implemented system. Software quality
is a pervasive concept that affects, and is affected by all aspects of software development,
support, revision, and maintenance. It encompasses the quality of work products developed
and/or modified (both intermediate and deliverable work products) and the quality of the
work processes used to develop and/or modify the work products. Quality work product
attributes include functionality, usability, reliability, safety, security, maintainability, portability,
efficiency, performance, and availability.

349

Prerequisites: Completion of all 300-level courses and two-third of CS001

CS412

Artificial Intelligence

Prerequisites: Admission into PGDip or admission into BNC or BSE

Artificial Intelligence (AI) is a broad field of study encompassing areas such as data mining,
machine learning, robotics and pattern recognition. The real applications of AI are diverse,
ranging from fuzzy-based control cooker, to filtering spam emails, to autonomous robots
exploring Martian terrain. The course will involve weekly readings of seminal and relevant
research papers, paying particular attention to the algorithms and key results. The discussions
will include but not be limited to the following topics: Evolutionary computation, Neutral
networks, Fuzzy logic, Machine learning. This being a postgraduate course the students are
expected to do independent research and present their findings.
CS415

Advanced Software Engineering

II

Prerequisites: Admission into PGDip or admission into BSE

Software measurement is essential in software engineering because it allows quality
assessment and improvement of the processes and products. By measuring various
characteristics of software and development processes, information can be obtained in order
to understand, control and improve our software and development processes. The objective
of the course is to introduce students to the theory, techniques and applications of software
measurement and metrics.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

This course provides students with a practical and theoretical introduction to develop them
as ICT professionals. The course will be offered from the second year to the fourth year
of the BNC and BSE programmes and will bulid on and utilse ePorftolio that the students
produce at the end of their first year of studies. Students will gain a contextual understanding
of the many roles within ICT professions, their own particular capabilities profile, and the
additional capabilities they might require to achieve a desired professional role. Students will
be required to attend various workshops to broaden their understanding of the course. Each
student will be assigned to a mentor who will provide guidance to the students to identify and
address their individual learning and development needs.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

350

Code

Title

CS424

Internet Computing

Semester
I

Mode

Location

Prerequisites: Admission into PGDip or admission into BNC and CS318 or admission to BSE
and CS324
This course gives an appreciation of the modern object web client/server development, the
morphing of distributed objects, databases, and the Web. A comparative study of technologies
such as RMI, CORBA, J2EE, DCOM, .NET and related design and algorithmic topics will be
presented. You will experience some practice building DS via doing the assignments.
CS427

Mobile Communications

II

Prerequisites: Admission into PGDip or Admission into BSE or BNC

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Mobile communications is a core body of knowledge in computing science studies. In today`s

world mobile communications is seen as a driver of change in scientific and business activity.
This course provides an adequate knowledge to mobile communications. It will investigate
and evaluate the applications of mobile communications. In this class we will study the
principles behind the most current developments in mobile communications.
CS600F Computing Science SRP (Full-Time)
CS600P Computing Science SRP (Part-Time)

CS700F Computing Science Masters Thesis (Full-Time)

CS700P Computing Science Masters Thesis (Part-Time)

CS800F Computing Science PhD Thesis (Full-Time)

CS800P Computing Science PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

EE102
Fundamentals for Electrical & Electronics Engineering

II
F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: Foundation Physics or Form 7 level Physics or equivalent

This course provides the basic fundamentals for electrical and electronics engineering. The
course covers: electromagnetic fields and magnetic circuits, the basic laws of circuit theory,
analysis of DC and AC circuits, two port networks, 3 phase circuits, electric energy and
power, polyphase systems, and measurements of electrical quantities.
EE211

Electrical Machines

II

Prerequisites: EE102
This is an introductory course in electrical engineering that deals with electrical to mechanical

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

EE212

Analogue Electronics I

Prerequisites: EE102
This course provides an introduction to the study of Analog Electronics. The first section of
the course is essentially devoted to Fundamentals of Analog Devices and Circuits. The next
section primarily covers operational amplifiers and their applications. Finally the students
are introduced to basic trouble shooting and measurement skills. Topics include: Diode
Applications and Special Purpose Diodes, Bipolar Junction Transistors, BJT Bias Circuits
and Amplifiers, Field-Effect Transistors, FET Amplifiers and Switching Circuits, Introduction
to Op-Amp Circuits, Introduction to Filters, Introduction to Oscillators, CAD, and Electronic
System Maintenance.
Digital Logic Design

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: EE102 or MA111

Digital electronic devices and equipment are widely used not only in industry, but also in
offices and homes. It is important that technologists and engineers not only understand the
principles of digital circuits, but also be able to design digital circuits. Indeed the best way
of learning about digital circuits is by learning to design these circuits. Thus the focus of this
course is on the design of combinational and sequential logic circuits based on MSI and LSI
devices.
EE224

Signals and Systems

II

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: EE102 and MA211

This subject covers the basic concepts and theories in the field of signals and systems. It
covers fundamental topics in signal and systems such as continuous-time signals, continuoustime systems, discrete-time signals, Fourier transformation, Laplace transformation and
introduction to filters. The laboratory component in this subject is based on the MATLAB
software.
EE225

Analog Electronics II

II

Prerequisites: EE212
This course considers advanced analog circuit analysis and design techniques. It builds upon
basic knowledge of analog electronics taught in the pre-requisite course, taking the students
through to a reasonable level of analysis and design proficiency. Circuit intuition and a systems
approach to design are emphasised. Topics to be covered include: operational amplifier
and data-converter circuits, building blocks of integrated-circuit amplifiers, differential and
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

EE222

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

energy conversion and vice-versa. Here concepts about electrical machines and their
performance in a high power system are developed. Electrical machines covered in this
course are transformers, electric motors (Induction, Synchronous and DC) and synchronous
generators. A new genre of machines, the variable reluctance machines (or stepping motors)
will also be studied. An introduction to motor controllers will also be made in this course.

351

352

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

multistage amplifiers, frequency response, feedback, output stages and power amplifiers,
filters and tuned amplifiers, signal generators and waveform-shaping circuits.
EE301

Energy Supplies

Prerequisites: Approval from Dean or Nominee

The course considers the resources and distribution of energy in the world as a whole and
the region in particular. The main energy conversion processes, chemical to thermal, thermal
to mechanical and mechanical to electrical are studied. Particular emphasis is placed on
a detailed analysis of the physical problems involved in harnessing renewable and locally
available energy sources such as solar radiation, wind, hydro-power, biomass, wave power,
and ocean thermal energy. Laboratory work on small scale devices and experiments to
harness these sources form a significant part of the course. Field trips to renewable energy
sites form an essential component of the course.
EE312

Control System Engineering

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Prerequisites: EE224
This course provides an understanding of the components used in process control, the
fundamental principles of process dynamics, and classical feedback control. The course
is structured as a first course in control systems. It will take the student through topics
such as: transducers (sensors), actuators, processes and plants, transfer functions, system
specifications, stability of feedback control systems, and the design of controllers and
compensators using root locus, Bode plot and Nyquist plot techniques.
EE313

Microprocessor Applications

Prerequisites: EE222
This course builds on the foundation provided by the course EE222 Digital Electronics and
provides the student with the knowledge of the internal organisation of microprocessors
and computer buses. The principles of operation of digital computers and the interfacing
techniques needed to use microprocessors in engineering applications involving data
acquisition are covered.
EE314

Electrical Engineering Design

II

Prerequisites: EE211 or EE225

This course will enable prospective engineers to develop engineering design skills by taking
them through a journey of identifying the problem or the need and applying scientific,
engineering and mathematical knowledge from their major, and combining them with the
knowledge of the society to devise solutions. Students will also be exposed to engineering
regulations, standards, codes of practice, and ethics and fundamentals of project planning
and management. Students will be exposed to real life situations that pertain to solving
complex engineering problems. This course will allow students to communicate their solution
to interested parties by using modern design techniques and tools such as simulations and
virtual prototyping.

Code

Title

EE321

Power Systems Analysis

Semester
I

Mode

Location

This course will develop the ability of the graduates to solve various power system problems,
e.g. Load flow analysis, Z- bus formulation, Fault analysis, power system control, stability
analysis.
EE323

Digital Control Systems

II

Prerequisites: EE312
This course covers the principles of sampled data systems and the digital implementation
of controllers and compensators. Topics to be covered include signal sampling and
reconstruction, z-transform analysis of sampled data systems, digital controller and
compensator design via classical techniques (transfer functions), state space system
analysis, and design of digital controllers and compensators using modern techniques (state
space systems).
Power Electronics and Drives

II

Prerequisites: EE224 and EE225

A detailed study of different types of power converters and their application will form the
major part of the course. Industry standard analytical techniques will be taught to provide
students with the necessary tools to assess and develop solutions for a wide range of energy
conversion related engineering problems. An introduction and use of the basic topologies of
switched mode power converters, steady state modelling and their uses will be addressed.
Dynamic modelling analysis using the state-space averaging method will also be covered.
Real life applications of switched mode converters with their control and regulatory issues will
be introduced, e.g. electromagnetic interference (EMI) and related international regulations
etc. Fundamentals of inductor, transformer, and semiconductor switch design will also be
introduced.
EE326

Embedded Systems

II

Prerequisites: EE313 and CS211

This course provides a broad introduction to topics in general and special purpose processors.
The course focuses on the techniques of quantitative analysis and evaluation of embedded
systems. Topics to be covered include: Memory technologies, bus architecture, I/O
structures, and interface design; general and special purpose microprocessors; introduction
to System-on-Chip. Students will also undertake a course design project.
EE361

Special Topics in Electrical and Electronic Engineering

TBA

Prerequisites: None
This course equips the students with an advanced knowledge of one or more of the major
areas within Electrical and Electronics Engineering. They will acquire in-depth knowledge
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

EE325

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: EE211 or EE224

353

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

354

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

and problem solving skills in one or more of the areas of power electronics, electrical drives,
electrical machines, control systems, system identification, analog and digital electronics,
electrical and electronics design, mechatronics, power systems, distributed generation,
renewable energy sources based generation and conversion, microprocessors, embedded
systems, communication systems, traction. The course will have strong theoretical,
computational and/or experimental emphasis and the students will learn complex problemsolving in the area of Electrical and Electronics Engineering.
EE362

Advanced Digital Control

TBA

Prerequisites: EE323
This course presents an advanced theory of digital control systems, sampled-data control
systems, analysis and synthesis, as well as practical implementation of the digital control
algorithms. Topics covered include a review of digital control system fundamentals and
analysis, digital compensator and filter design, discrete linear regulator problems, discrete
optimal control design, discrete Kalman filter design, introduction to discrete-time stochastic
control systems, discrete Liapunov stability analysis, microprocessor-based control systems
and introduction to intelligent and autonomous systems.
EE363

Mechatronics

TBA

Prerequisites: EE312 or EE323 or approval from Dean or Nominee

Mechatronics, unlike traditional engineering techniques, is a multi-disciplinary approach
to solving engineering problems. In its simplest form it is the intelligent control of an
electromechanical system, and as such, practitioners must be skilled in electronics,
mechanics, and software. This course gives an overview of electrical, mechanical, optical
and control technologies for system integration. Topics include: intelligent product and
processes; design methodology; system modelling; sensors and actuators; microcontrollers;
knowledge based control.
EE364

Power Electronics for Distributed Generation and Renewable

Energy Systems
I
F
L

Prerequisites: EE321 and EE325

This course introduces concepts on smaller electricity generation systems connected to
grid or simply distributed generation systems (DGS). The concept of DGS forms one of
the components of the smart grids where electricity generation, storage and consumption
are communicated to have better control of power production and flow. The decentralised
feed-in system has its own technological challenges such as noise to signal ration (SNR)
control, load flow control and safety issues. Economic issues such as feed-in tariffs also play
a major role in development of DGS. This course explores technological developments and
challenges faced in DGS and as well, economic models are explored for scalability of such
systems for profit making independent power producers (IPP).

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Prerequisites: UU114 and EN001

This course equips the students with the knowledge and appreciation of the roles and
responsibilities of professional engineers in the society. Topics that will be covered in this
course include responsibility, honesty, integrity and reliability in professional practice; safety,
risk and liability; role of engineers in addressing ecological concerns, engineering issues in
the South Pacific, role of SPEA; rights of engineers; skills of writing complex professional
documents and contract law.
EE388

Project I

355

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EE381
Professional Engineering & Project Management

I
F

Location

Prerequisites: Successful completion of all 100, 200, 300-level core engineering courses

EE391
Maintenance and Reliability Engineering

II
F

Prerequisites: MA272
This course is a blend of Maintenance Technology and Maintenance Management, taking into
consideration reliability and economics of maintenance strategies. Under the Maintenance
Technology, the student will be exposed to condition monitoring techniques, such as
vibration, acoustic monitoring and temperature, and in Maintenance Management, they will
be exposed to Reliability and Economics of Maintenance, strategies for plant inspection and
maintenance, and various other aspects.
EE392

Digital Signal Processing

II

Prerequisites: EE224 and MA272

The subject covers the basic concepts and theories in the field of digital signal processing.
The course provides a sound knowledge of the fundamentals of DSP. It covers A/D and D/A
converters, analysis of discrete time signals and systems, design of finite impulse response
(FIR) and infinite impulse response (IIR) digital filters. Various methods of implementing
digital filters are also discussed. The laboratory concentrates on the fixed-point digital
signal processor and MATLAB software. Emphasis is on implementing useful DSP systems
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

The fourth-year engineering project is an opportunity for students to conduct a definitive

piece of independent research in an environment and manner that utilises their learnt skills
and knowledge to develop further their engineering research skills. With the guidance of a
staff supervisor, students will define a research question, identify its foundation in our existing
knowledge, recognise or develop the skills/tools required to investigate the question, apply
scientific methods to explore the problem in a methodical fashion, and analyse and present
results in clear, concise and structured reports, posters, and oral presentations. Students
must be able to demonstrate satisfactory progress in Project I in order to complete their work
in Project II.

356

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

in realtime using assembly language of the Texas Instruments digital signal processor
TMS320C50. Students will also undertake a course design project.
EE399

Project II

II

Prerequisites: EE388
The fourth-year engineering project is an opportunity for students to conduct a definitive
piece of independent research in an environment and manner that utilises their learnt skills
and knowledge to develop further their engineering research skills. With the guidance of a
staff supervisor, students will define a research question, identify its foundation in our existing
knowledge, recognise or develop the skills/tools required to investigate the question, apply
scientific methods to explore the problem in a methodical fashion, and analyse and present
results in clear, concise and structured reports, posters, and oral presentations.
EM600F Environmental Science SRP (Full-Time)

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

EM600P Environmental Science SRP (Part-Time)

EM700F Environmental Science Masters Thesis (Full-Time)
EM700P Environmental Science Masters Thesis (Part-Time)
EM800F Environmental Science PhD Thesis (Full-Time)
EM800P Environmental Science PhD Thesis (Part-Time)
EN001

Industrial Work Experience (IWE)

I&II

Prerequisites: MM101, MM103 and EE102

The Industrial Work Experience (IWE) course comprises four Workshops and 800 hours of
Industrial Attachment (IA). The aim of the Module is to immerse students into a representative
working environment where they can gain practical experience alongside established and
professional industrialists. Students must complete the four preparatory workshops before
they commence with IA. The IWE Module is a vital part of the undergraduate BE programme.
Students must complete the mandatory 800 hours of Industrial Attachment before they are
allowed to progress towards graduation. Several industrial attachments, in various hosting
companies, must normally be completed for a student to gain the 800 hours of relevant work
experience, required by the degree regulations.
EN600F Engineering SRP (Full-Time)
EN600P Engineering SRP (Part-Time)

Code
Title
Semester

EN700F Engineering Masters Thesis (Full-Time)

Location

F/P

L/SC

EN700P Engineering Masters Thesis (Part-Time)
EN800F Engineering Technology PhD Thesis (Full-Time)

EN800P Engineering Technology PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

ES106
Earth Science

II

357

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Mode

Prerequisites: None

ES203

Physical Geology

II

Prerequisites: ES106
This course takes off from where you left geology in ES106. A major component of the
course is the detailed study of igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks, including
their classification, petrogenesis, distribution, mineralogical composition and field relations.
Tectonics, geological structures and orogenesis, together with coverage of basic structural
field geology (faults, folds, and unconformities) are studied in the second half of the course.
A complementary field and laboratory course places emphasis on field, hand specimen and
microscopic studies of minerals, rocks and structures. Emphasis is placed wherever possible
on examples and rock types from the Pacific Islands and similar geological environments. The
course requires attendance at a five-day field school held in Orientation week prior to the
commencement of lectures.
ES301

Mining and Mineral Resources

Prerequisites: ES203 or approval from Dean or Nominee

This course provides detailed knowledge of ore geology, and geophysical and geochemical
methods used for the exploration of mineral soil, hydrocarbon, geothermal and water
resources. Lectures, laboratory exercises, and field-based research are used to help students
develop knowledge of the subject, and improve their research and presentation skills.
Associated issues such as environment, economic feasibility and engineering requirements
will be discussed, particularly where relevant to the Pacific region. The mitigation of geoKEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

This course provides a broad introduction to the principles of physical geology, and their
application in the exploration and development of natural resources, especially within the
framework of the South Pacific region. Physical geology is that division of geology concerned
with Earth materials, changes in the surface and interior of the Earth, and the dynamic
forces that cause those changes. Practical work will include pace and traverse mapping,
identification of minerals and rocks, and interpretation of topographic and geological maps
and cross-sections. Field studies around the Suva area, Fiji will form an essential part of this
course.

358

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

hazards will also be studied. The course will include several field exercises around Viti Levu.
A major geological fieldtrip to one of the mining areas in Viti Levu will be held over 3-4 days.
ES302

Geological Mapping

II

Prerequisites: ES203
This is a field-based course designed to establish proficiency in the fundamental geological
capacities of mapping and section logging. The introductory part of the course will develop
skills in stratigraphy, fossil identification, the manufacture and interpretation of thin sections,
core logging and rock description. The bulk of the course will involve applying these skills
to the geological mapping of the landscape. Each student will be expected to spend one to
two weeks in the field producing a geological map of approximately 1-2 km2 of previously
unmapped landscape.
ES303

Hot Rocks and Humanity

TBA

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Prerequisites: TBA
This course begins by considering the large-scale tectonic context of igneous activity. It deals
with the physical, chemical and mineralogical nature of molten rocks and how they may be
classified. It considers the emplacement of magma above and beneath the Earths surface
and the consequences of this for igneous lithology and structure. The course describes the
characteristic landforms of igneous terrains. Finally, it tackles human interaction with hot
rocks from the point of view of both hazards (such as volcanoes) and of resources (such as
geothermal energy, economic minerals and soils).
ES600F

Earth Science SRP (Full-Time)

ES600P Earth Science SRP (Part-Time)

ES700F

Earth Science Masters Thesis (Full-Time)

ES700P Earth Science Masters Thesis (Part-Time)

ES800F

Earth Science PhD Thesis (Full-Time)

ES800P Earth Science PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

EV201
Environment and Society in the South Pacific

I
F

Prerequisites: GE101
This flagship environmental course considers the meaning of the environment, not only in a

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

EV301

Environmental Impact Assessment

TBA

Prerequisites: TBA

EV302

Sustainable Development

TBA

Prerequisites: TBA
This course considers the principles of sustainable development in a global context. It
assesses and rethinks the meaning of sustainable development. It considers the history of
sustainable development thought, the part played by environmental activism and grass roots
movements and the shift of sustainable development into mainstream thinking. It deals with
the problems and prospects of creating sustainable societies. It discusses the economics
of sustainable development, the role of green and blue economics and the social costs of
environmental degradation. It considers ideas of individual and corporate legal responsibility
for sustainable development. The course concludes by offering possible solutions to
problems of food production, environmental degradation, industrialisation, energy use and
population growth.
EV402

Natural Resources and Environment

II

Prerequisites: BSC Bio/Chem/Phy/Env.Sc/Earth Sc or approval from Dean or Nominee

The course will introduce students to the survey of earth resources, that subset of all resources
involved in or formed by geological processes. The main areas that will be covered are water
as a resource; soil as a resource; minerals and rocks as resources; energy resources (fossil
fuels, alternative resources); supply and demand issues. The course will consider some of
the potential adverse environmental impacts of the use of our current and possible future
resources.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

The purpose of Environmental Impact Assessments (EIA) is to determine the positive and
negative impacts that development projects may have on the environment. The potential
impacts range from physical and biological to social and economic. EIAs oblige decision
makers to consider environmental impacts in any decision about whether to proceed with a
project. The purpose of this course is to provide students with the skills necessary to write
and to process Environmental Impact Assessments and to understand their application in the
context of the South Pacific.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

physical and human sense, but within the context of philosophy and belief. It discusses how
people make choices about the environment in the face of uncertainty. It considers what
we understand by environment, and how this varies between cultures and over time. The
course deals with environmental ethics, how the environment may be considered within the
framework of economics, and how the environment may be quantified. It introduces themes
such as resource management and sustainable development, personal responsibilities and
roles in environmental and social problems, and how environmental problems and solutions
are articulated and evaluated.

359

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

360

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

EV405

Field and Laboratory Techniques in Environmental

Studies
I
F

Location
L

Prerequisites: BSc Bio/Chem/Phy/Env Sci/Earth Sci or Degree-Geo or approval from Director

of PACE-SD or Nominee
This course covers the main data gathering methods used in environmental analysis, both
in the field and in the laboratory. These include biological, chemical, geological and physical
parameters and the study of waters, soils, the biota, etc. Methods of gathering social data
are also discussed. The presentation of data in graphs and maps, the use of geographical
information systems and remote sensing are included as well as data analysis and modelling.
Students will also practise these techniques. The basic approach will be the introduction
of a topic by the instructor or the students; students will then be expected to perform the
necessary measurements or data gathering and analysis. Students projects will include an
in-depth study using different techniques and the presentation of a seminar on their findings,
at the end of the semester.
EV420

Research Project in Environment

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Prerequisites: Approval from Associate Dean, Research and Graduate Affairs

FS215

Experimental Food Studies

Prerequisites: Any 100-level CH course

This course emphasises the experimental approach to the study of the physical, chemical
and functional properties of food. Water, proteins, fats, carbohydrates and the nature of
specific food system attributes such as colour, enzymes, vitamins, minerals and toxicants are
considered in detail. The chemical reactions and behaviour of foods during processing and
storage will be examined. The methods of controlling undesirable changes in the foods will
also be discussed. The practical sessions will study the qualitative and quantitative properties
and proximate analyses of natural food components.
FS315

Food Quality

II

Prerequisites: FS215
This course identifies the recent developments in food technology and their impact on
the production of foods. A study of product formulation, sensory evaluation, processing
technologies, product development and quality control systems will be included. An
evaluation of the contribution of each area to the production of foods will be made. Quality
systems and tools used for quality assurance including: control charts: acceptance and
auditing inspections; quality standards such as ISO 9000 serious and HACCP implementation;
reliability; safety; recall and liability will be part of the course. Special emphasis will be placed
on the application of these concepts for local use.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

L/SC

Prerequisites: None
This course provides an introduction to the study of the Earths biophysical environment.
We begin by considering the Earths place in the Universe, its origins and development,
and the nature and evolution of the Earths structure. Particular stress is laid on the internal
composition and internal processes of the Earth and how these interact to produce globalscale relief. We consider the mechanisms of weathering, mass wasting and denudation that
operate to carve the global surface into the spectacular array of landforms that characterise
the Earth. We deal with the global atmospheric system and the natural and human-induced
changes to which this has been subjected. We consider the behaviour of the hydrological
system and the interactions between its groundwater, soil moisture and surface water
components. Finally, we deal with the biological world, how this has evolved over time and
the role of natural and human factors in shaping its pattern.

L/SC

Prerequisites: None
This course aims to provide a broad introduction to the wide field of human geography. This
will create a solid basis for a number of the Geography 200- and 300-level courses. The
discipline is conventionally subdivided into a number of areas including economic, social,
cultural, political, urban and rural geography. Old and new ideas and debates within these
sub-fields will be exposed. In order to pursue these debates students will be asked to explore
examples from many different parts of the world. In most cases, students will be asked
to relate what they learn to their own situations as people of the Pacific Islands. Practical
classes and field research will give the opportunity to learn various techniques that human
geographers use to research questions in their discipline.
GE201 Biogeography - Plants, Animals and the Human Environment

II
F/P
L/SC
Prerequisites: GE101 or GE102 or 1x 100 or 200-level BI course or approval from Dean or
Nominee
This course focuses on the nature and distribution of the worlds plant and animal resources,
with emphasis on the Pacific Islands. Particular attention will be paid to the importance of
plants and animals within the context of their characteristic ecosystems or biomes and the
importance of physical, biotic and human factors in shaping ecosystems. Emphasis will also
be placed on the ecological and cultural importance of plants and animals to sustainable
human habitation of the earth. In this context, the ethno-botanical, ethno-zoological and, in
particular, the economic importance of plants and animals to Pacific peoples will be examined.
Two field trips are part of this course.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

GE102 Human Geography: People, Places and Environments

II
F/O

361

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

GE101 Physical Geography: Global Biophysical Environments

I
F/P

Location

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

362

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

GE202 Agriculture, Food and Nutrition in the Developing World

I
F/P

Location

L/SC

Prerequisites: GE101 or GE102 or TE113 or approval from Dean or Nominee

This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of the importance of
agricultural and food systems and nutrition in the `developing` world. Particular emphasis is
placed on the analysis of increasing malnutrition and food system change as major obstacles
to meaningful national development, especially in the Pacific Islands. The course is of
particular relevance for students interested in careers in national planning, environmental or
resource management and food and nutrition development or home economics.
GE203 The Social and Economic Geography of the Third World

II
F

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Prerequisites: GE102 or approval from Dean or Nominee

The course focuses on social and economic issues in the Third World. Case studies and
examples are taken from Africa, Latin America, Asia and the Pacific Islands. These provide a
basis for comparative analysis. Although description plays an important role in this course,
the major emphasis is on explaining how and why the structures and situations observed
have evolved, and their impacts on peoples livelihoods. The questions discussed in class
will be observed and researched in the real world during a field laboratory, which is an
integral part of the course. The course requires attendance at a five-day field school held in
Orientation week prior to the commencement of lectures.
GE205 Physical Environments of the Wet Tropics

I
F/P

L/SC

Prerequisites: GE101 or ES106

This is a broad-based physical geography course suitable for second-year undergraduates
in Geography, Earth Science, Environmental Science/Studies and related majors. The course
has three main components: the terrestrial environment (geomorphology), the aquatic
environment (hydrology) and the atmospheric environment (meteorology and climatology).
Its particular focus is on rivers and the hydrological cycle; climate extremes in the Pacific,
especially the El Nino phenomenon and tropical cyclones; denudation processes on volcanic
islands; and the karst geomorphology of limestone islands. Examples will be drawn both from
the Pacific Islands and from other environments worldwide. The course emphasises the use
of quantitative techniques and the development of numerical skills. A four-day field trip to
a remote part of Fiji to investigate tropical island landscapes is an essential (and enjoyable)
part of this course.
GE207

Urban Well-Being

II

Prerequisites: GE102 or approval from Dean or Nominee

The course provides students with an understanding of the nature and causes of social
inequalities and uneven development in an urban context. It examines urbanisation from the
perspective of well-being and sustainable livelihoods. The topics covered include urbanisation

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

GE301 Applied Pacific Island Biogeography and Ethnobiology

I
F

Prerequisites: GE201 or 1 x 200-level BI course

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

as an historical process, migration behaviour, squatter settlements and the urban informal
sector. These issues are considered within the context of sustainable livelihood approaches
and theories of inequality and uneven development. Pacific and other Third World countries
are used as case studies to highlight the challenges of urbanisation. The course requires
attendance at a five-day field school held in Orientation week prior to the commencement
of lectures.

363

This course focuses on the biogeography of the Pacific Islands and on obtaining a better
understanding of the main trends, theories, concepts, terms and techniques of the field
of biogeography and their relevance to island biogeography. The present status and
development in the Pacific Islands will also be examined, with particular emphasis on the
role of biogeography (and related fields that employ bio-geographical theories, concepts,
knowledge and techniques) in promoting sustainable development in the Pacific Islands.

Prerequisites: GE202
A study of past, present, and future development and utilisation of rural and agricultural
landscapes and natural resources in the Pacific region. The course includes a major research
project, a three-day field trip to a rural village or area, and over 20 guest lecturers from
appropriate government departments, private industry, and other educational institutions.
GE303 The Geography of Development in the Pacific

I
F

Prerequisites: GE203 and 1 x 200-level GE course or approval from Dean or Nominee

This course explores the geography of social and economic development in the Pacific region,
with particular emphasis on peoples livelihoods. The course focusses on three geographical
components of the region (Latin America, Pacific Asia and the Pacific Islands) and describes,
explains and compares the highly differentiated patterns of development that exist within
and between these places. This form of comparative analysis will allow the experience and
prospects of the Pacific Islands to be placed within the evolving regional and global context.
GE304 Resource Conservation and Management

I
F/P

L/SC

Prerequisites: GE201 or GE202 or approval from Dean or Nominee

This course will examine the principles and problems of resource systems, environmental
conservation and resource management with particular reference to Pacific Island
ecosystems. Lectures will stress the ecological approach and include the following topics:
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

GE302 Rural and Agricultural Geography of the Pacific Islands

II
F

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

364

Code

Semester

Mode

Location

Pacific island resource systems, effects of human induced disturbances on these systems,
the role of conservation and ecological principles in the development process, the role
of geographers and the importance of the geographic perspective in resource analysis,
conservation, and management, and environmental impact assessment.
GE306

Pacific Geoscience

II

Prerequisites: GE101 or approval from Dean or Nominee

In this course the dynamic nature of the Earth`s crust, responsible for earthquakes and
volcanic activity, will be discussed with emphasis on how crustal movements affect Pacific
Islands. The causes of island uplift and sinking in relation to changes in sea level will be
outlined with respect to atolls, volcanic and limestone islands. The implications of the dynamic
Earth for life, especially on Pacific Islands, will be debated and some attention given to human
control of nature. A three-day field trip within Viti Levu will form an integral part of the course,
which includes a practical exercise and oral presentation.
GE402

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Title

Third World Development

II

Prerequisites: Approval from Dean or Nominee

This course introduces students to an area of study generally referred to as the geography
of development through an examination of major development problems confronting the
Third World. Students will obtain an understanding of the Third World as a region and an
understanding of the main issues, trends and concepts in the following areas: population,
urbanisation, industrialisation, foreign investment, international trade, and planning.
GE403

Research Methods in Geography

Prerequisites: Approval from Dean or Nominee

GE403 provides the basic research, analytical and presentation skills required for archival
and field research in Geography, Environmental Studies and related disciplines. The main
emphases are on the skills required to formulate research projects and hypotheses, to write
research and funding proposals, to gather and analyse data, and to write-up and present
the findings required for masters theses and major research projects. Particular emphasis
is placed on understanding the sensitivities, difficulties, intellectual property rights issues,
challenges, advantages of and opportunities for carrying out original applied research in the
Pacific Islands.
GE404 Selected Studies: Studies in the Geography of the Pacific

I&II
F

Prerequisites: Approval from Dean or Nominee

This course focuses on aspects of the geography of the Pacific Islands appropriate for
particular students. It is a course tailored to a particular student`s interests and/or requirements
given their planned thesis topic. This course will provide students with a detailed knowledge
of a particular aspect of Pacific Islands geography, such as land-population relationship in

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

GE406

Atoll Geoscience

II

Prerequisites: GE306 or approval from Dean or Nominee

This course is intended for MA or MSc students requiring detailed knowledge about the
geology and geomorphology of atoll environments, particularly in the Pacific. It aims to
provide students with an understanding of the variations in geology and geomorphology
found on modern atolls, particularly in the central Pacific, an understanding of the history of
ideas about atoll origins and development particularly the role of late Quaternary sea-level
change, an understanding of the various ways in which atoll islands form in different places,
experience of commonly-used methods of geoscientific field investigation and interpretation
of reef islands.

Prerequisites: Approval from Dean or nominee

This postgraduate course focuses on the biogeography of the Pacific Islands. Specific
emphasis is placed on obtaining a better understanding of the main trends, theories, concepts,
terms and techniques in the field of biogeography and the relevance of these to island and
marine biogeography. The course is designed to give students an opportunity to apply the
concepts, techniques and general geographical, biological and ecological knowledge they
have acquired in previous courses, from field work and from their own personal experience.
GE409

Environmental Change in the Pacific

II

Prerequisites: Approval from Dean or nominee

Talk of the human-enhanced greenhouse effect and the ways in which it may affect our lives
has made many people more aware of environmental change. We have come to realise that
the environment is and has always been in a state of continuous change and that lifestyles
must be adjusted accordingly. This course focuses on the Pacific Basin, a vast Region,which
can be considered a microcosm of the entire surface of the Earth and which has suffered
from being marginalised in most accounts of earth-surface processes and phenomena.
GE420

Research Project in Geography

II

Prerequisites: Approval from Associate Dean, Research and Graduate Affairs

This course focuses on a particular field of Geography selected specifically to mesh with the
interests and expertise of individual students. The course is tailored to the individual students
requirements and is designed as a pathway to work on a particular thesis topic. The course
introduces students to the acquisition of data, whether from the field or the archive, it teaches
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

GE407 Advanced Pacific Island Biogeography and Ethnobiology

I
F

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Kiribati, the home gardening potential in urban Vanuatu, or the evidence for recent coastline
changes in the Southern Cook Islands, Pacific industrialisation, produce marketing in Fiji,
an introduction to appropriate archival sources of information, knowledge of appropriate
methods of data analysis and interpretation.

365

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

366

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

appropriate methods of data analysis, and provides information on how observations and
measurements may be employed to solve geographical problems and to test geographical
hypotheses.
GE600F Geography SRP (Full-Time)
GE600P Geography SRP (Part-Time)
GE700F Geography Masters Thesis (Full-Time)
GE700P Geography Masters Thesis (Part-Time)
GE800F Geography PhD Thesis (Full-Time)

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

GE800P Geography PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

GS100

Geography Techniques and Methods

Prerequisites: None
This course introduces students to a range of geographic techniques with particular
emphasis on physical field measurements, mapping, population surveys, statistical analysis
and geographic presentation. Students are introduced to concepts in these topics, and then
work through field and classroom exercises to enhance their knowledge and skills in these
areas. A range of basic field survey equipment is used, together with maps, aerial images
and spatial data. The course provides students with a set of fundamental field and analytical
skills that they will use in later courses in geography, geospatial science and other field and
earth science related areas.
GS101

Geospatial Information Systems

II

Prerequisites: GS100
GS101 introduces geospatial science students to the fundamentals of geospatial information
systems and how we represent, manage and display geographic data in the digital environment.
Concepts are taught using the Python programming language which is widely using in the
Geospatial Industry in both free and open source software and proprietary packages such as
ArcGIS. Students are introduced to geographic data models and databases and the use of
objects and classes to represent real-world features. The course provides an introduction to
solving problems by writing simple Python scripts to manipulate geospatial data and interface
with both local and online databases. Ways of visualising data are addressed using graphics
libraries and the free and open source software Quantum GIS.

Code

Title

GS200

Quantitative Methods

Semester
I

Mode

Location

GS200 provides students with a foundation in numerical data analysis and problem-solving
specific to quantitative research in geography and related disciplines. Datasets from GS200
will be used to study geographical concepts using inferential statistical methods, including
but not limited to t-tests, chi-square tests, linear and logistic regression, and spatial statistics.
A special emphasis is placed on spatial statistical methods such as point pattern analysis,
dealing with spatial autocorrelation and spatial estimation. Also covered are data handling
and numerical methods dealing with sampling protocols, error and uncertainty, directional
data and multivariate methods. The course makes use of effective methods of quantitative
data display and graphing, and requires the use of statistical software.
GS201

Geographic Information Systems I

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: GS100

367

Prerequisites: One 100-level GE or GS course or two 100-level courses in a relevant discipline

GS211

Remote Sensing I

II

Prerequisites: GS201
This course provides students with a foundation in the basic principles of remote sensing of
the environment. This course covers a range of multi-scale remotely sensed imagery. Topics
include image histograms and image statistics, energy-matter interactions and spectral
signatures of Earth features. Traditional supervised and unsupervised image classification
as well as more advanced automated feature recognition and extraction are examined.
Enhancement indices such as band rationing, vegetation indices and geological material
indices and multivariate statistical analysis of multiband imagery using principal components
analysis will also be covered. In a multi-scale approach students will investigate global
datasets derived from satellite imagery and broad scale imagery of interest to the study of
continents and oceans.
GS231

Cartography and Geovisualisation

II

Prerequisites: GS201
The course builds on GS201 and focuses on understanding the relationship between
geospatial data and visual communication as a key to effective use of geographic information.
Topics include geographic communication of spatial data (work flows), paper and digital
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

This course introduces students to Geographic Information Systems (GIS), with particular
emphasis on spatial data structures, data entry and editing, digital cartography, spatial
queries, and introductory spatial analysis. These concepts are covered through lectures and
readings, together with a significant emphasis on practical skills using FOSS GIS software and
hardware including GPS. This course is intended to provide a foundation of GIS knowledge
and skills that will be used in later courses in geospatial science. The course is also a useful
introduction to the field of GIS for students from other disciplines who will work with spatial
information.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

368

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

environments and cartographic implications, map production technology, cartographic

animation and 3D visualisation. A significant portion of the course is dedicated to web-based
mapping technologies and applications. The role of mobile devices and crowd sourcing will
be examined in the context of social mapping.
GS301

Geographic Information Systems II

Prerequisites: GS201
This is an advanced course in Geographic Information Systems (GIS focusing on the
application and benefits of more sophisticated spatial data models and analysis techniques.
Emphasis is placed on the relational database model as a framework for spatial data
modelling. Topics include network models and analysis, linear referencing, raster data
modelling and analysis, advanced vector data analysis, geoprocessing and programming,
data quality and uncertainty, generalisation and aggregation, differential GPS, and spatial
conversion and transformation. The goal of the course is to build students' abilities to operate
independently in a GIS environment. Emphasis is placed on hands-on problem solving
activities and communicating results of spatial data modelling and analysis through written
reports and maps.
GS302

Field of Survey of Pacific Island Environments

TBA

Prerequisites: GS200, GS201 highly recommended.

Pacific Island countries are characterised by 'Small Islands: Big Ocean'. The available land
and coastal zone is home to a wealth of biodiversity and natural resources. Pacific Island
people use these natural resources to provide food, generate wealth and maintain healthy,
sustainable ecosystems for future generations. GS302 provides students with the skills,
knowledge and understanding to plan and conduct field surveys in support of mapping
and sampling for a range of environments and ecosystems encountered in Pacific Island
Countries. Students will learn to select appropriate ways to plan and layout transects and
grids using field survey methods and implement appropriate sampling strategies to measure
key environmental indicators. The course will focus on traditional surveying methods as well
as geodesy and satellite navigation, mobile GIS applications, statistical sampling design and
data analysis. Students will work in a variety of environments and ecosystems including
natural areas, the coastal zone, plantations; and the role of field survey in risk assessment
and hazard management will be discussed.
GS311

Pacific Islands Remote Sensing

TBA

Prerequisites: GS201 or GS211

Pacific Island countries are characterised by 'Small Islands: Big Ocean'. The available land
and coastal zone is home to a wealth of biodiversity and natural resources. Pacific Island
people use these natural resources to provide food, generate wealth and maintain healthy,
sustainable ecosystems for future generations. GS311 provides students with the skills,
knowledge and understanding to plan and conduct high resolution image acquisition,
enhancement and interpretation for a range of environments encountered in Pacific Island
Countries. The course will focus on aerial imagery from conventional photography, UAVs

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

GS350

Project in Geospatial Science

II

Prerequisites: GS211 and GS231 and GS301

IS104

Computing for Science and Technology I

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: None
The course covers problem solving strategies, design of algorithms for solution by the
computer, overview of computer systems and their development. Programming constitutes
a major part of the course and involves the design, implementation, debuging and testing
of programmes written in a high-level language (Python). Emphasis is placed on using
computers to solve problems of an applied scientific nature.
IS121

Information Systems I

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: None
This course introduces students to the study of the design and construction of information
systems in commercial, scientific, and governmental enterprises. The underlying technologies
that are dealt with include the physical and logical characteristics of processors and stores;
characteristics of networks; data types and their representations and the specification of
information systems. Students develop an operational understanding of available software
tools (word processing, spreadsheets, databases, the Internet, news, email).
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Using a problem based learning approach students will be challenged to solve a number
of real-world scenarios using appropriate geospatial technology and methods. Geospatial
analytics brings together multiple aspects of geospatial science with advanced integrated
methodologies. Students will investigate and implement geospatial solutions specific to their
chosen specialisation. As such the course challenges students to move to the next level as
professional geospatial scientists and bring new insight as to how geospatial technologies
can be employed to the benefit of Pacific Island Countries. Scenarios will draw from such
fields as a) risk assessment for Pacific Island Communities, b) state of the environment
monitoring and reporting, c) coastal zone management, d) conservation planning. Students
will be required to develop a spatial data infrastructure for each scenario including geospatial
database, geospatial analysis method, statistical analysis, reporting and cartographic
outputs in the form of maps and web-based delivery. This course is challenges students
as professional geospatial scientists allowing them to develop their skills, knowledge and
understanding to an advanced, multidimensional aspect of Geospatial application in their
chosen field of specialty.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

(Drones) and the new generation of high spatial resolution satellites. The course covers
image enhancement, manual 2D and 3D interpretation of imagery, softcopy photogrammetry
and finally automated feature extraction. Softcopy photogrammetry will focus on the
production of image mosaics and extraction of digital elevation models. Students will work on
a selection of environments including the coastal zone, natural areas, plantations, agricultural
landscapes and degraded environments. The role of imagery in risk assessment and hazard
management will be discussed.

369

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

370

Code

Title

IS122

Information Systems II

Semester
II

Mode

Location

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: IS121
This course provides a solid foundation in a high-level language widely used in business and
administrative data processing. The language will be taught using structured programming
principles. Topics will be chosen from: programming discipline, program documentation,
structured programming and application of the language to sequential processing, report
generation, databases, searching, sorting, sequential file processing.
IS221

Web Applications Development

F/O

L/SC

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Prerequisites: CS111 or IS122 or IS104

This course follows on from IS122 and is used to continue developing the students'
analytical, logical, and reasoning capacity while increasing their technical knowledge of web
applications, information technology, and programming. In this course, we will take an indepth look at web design concepts and techniques. We will examine theoretical concepts
that make the world of web design unique. Also, this course will adopt a practical hands-on
approach when examining web development techniques. Along with examining different
coding strategies, this course will explore the advancement of Web site implementation, as
well as timeless problem solving strategies.
IS222

Database Management Systems

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: CS111 or IS122 or IS104

Database management systems are the foundation of the business operations of the
organisation. Database management systems must effectively store, access and manipulate
data as well as provide data security, data sharing and data integrity. As the database
technology advances rapidly, information professionals must not only understand the
concepts and principles of database systems but also the associated management issues.
IS224

Advanced Database Systems

II

O/F

SC/L

Prerequisites: IS222
This course provides students with the knowledge of emerging database methodologies, a
deeper understanding of query optimisation, the technologies needed to provide access to
databases over the Internet, and the accompanying issues of access control and security.
After having implemented web enabled databases, students will study the concepts of data
warehousing and data mining, extract data from several web-enabled databases, and then
create a data warehouse (applying data mining techniques).
IS314

Computing Project

II

Prerequisites: IS323 or (CS214 plus one of IS222, IS215, IS218, CS240)

This is a project course extending the theory work undertaken in preceding courses. A

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

IS323
Information Systems Analysis and Design

I
F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: IS222
This course aims to provide students with an understanding of the concepts of analysis and
design; including methodology, processes, tools and techniques. The course explores the
body of knowledge that underpins the development of effective computer-based information
systems. It focuses on concepts and issues from both the traditional structured approach
and the object-oriented approach. There is a specific emphasis on user interface design, the
roles of a system analyst, and project management.
IS328

Data Mining

II

This course is a first introduction to the concepts and techniques of data mining, a promising
and flourishing frontier in information systems applications. Data mining, sometimes also
referred to as knowledge discovery in databases, is concerned with the convenient,
automated extraction of patterns representing knowledge implicitly stored in large databases,
data warehouses and other massive data repositories. Data mining is an interdisciplinary
field, drawing work from areas including database technology, artificial intelligence, machine
learning, statistics, pattern recognition, knowledge-based systems, knowledge acquisition,
information retrieval, high-performance computing and data visualisation. The goal of this
course is to introduce students to the data mining life cycle, to get students to appreciate the
key methods and algorithms that form the core of data mining and to give them data mining
experience using hands-on projects which they will complete using a FOSS data mining
package.
Project Management

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: Completion of Level 2 CS/IS courses

Effective project management has emerged over the last decade as one of the key
determinants of success in many areas of management, including the information systems
and information technology industries. This unit provides an understanding of the role and
challenges faced by project management, both now and into the future. This will provide
direct value to those who wish to move into a project management role, or who wish to
improve their existing project management skills, or who simply seek knowledge of the
concepts of project management. The unit contains three major modules: what you must
know for effective project management, simple tools for project planning, and how to plan
and document project management.
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Prerequisites: IS222

IS333

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

team-based project of moderate complexity from a real-world application environment is

executed through the whole semester. In the project, small teams of students carry out the
development of a software system using the software engineering techniques studied earlier.
The project deliverables will normally include a full suite of documentation as well as the
software system itself.

371

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

372

Code

Title

IS413

Advances in ICT

Semester

Mode

Location

TBA

Prerequisites: Admission into PGDip

This course provides a comprehensive view of the advances in Information and Communication
Technology (ICT). Advances in ICT can enable business services for economic, ecological
and social benefits using cloud computing and green computing. The course is suited
to graduate engineering and IS students with an interest in the application of large server
data repositories. It will examine case studies from the local and regional ICT developments
to establish a framework for exploring the strategic development, practical deployment and
evaluation of benefits from adopting network computing (NC).
IS414

Business Network Technologies

TBA

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Prerequisites: Admission into PGDip

This course introduces the student to digital telecommunications and networks from a
management viewpoint, including the theoretical and technical foundations underlying
the networks, and the issues related to the networks environment. This course will
provide students with an understanding of the business and technology issues related
to telecommunications and networks. It will also introduce students to the technical and
management framework required to plan properly for upgrade, or implement new networks
that guarantee system availability and reliability. It introduces the various media used along
with the main techniques employed to provide reliable and efficient communications. It
describes the major transmission systems and networks from Local to Wide Area Networks
along with the equipment and techniques used to interconnect them. In addition, the course
covers the TCP/IP protocol suite and a number of Internet technologies.
IS421

Knowledge Discovery in Databases

TBA

Prerequisites: Two 300-level IS Courses

This course on knowledge discovery in databases provides students with exposure to
state-of-the-art applications in data mining and is suitable in a liberal arts environment.
It incorporates mathematics especially statistics and demonstrates how data mining
foundational concepts can be built upon in new and innovative ways. The strength of this
information system discipline prepares students to understand the purpose and general
methodology of knowledge discovery and apply it to practical information research.
IS428

Data and Information Security

II

Prerequisites: Admission into PGDip

This unit covers the basic principles and techniques used to protect information. The areas
covered are: defining, identifying and classifying information as an important asset. It will also
cover access control, information risk analysis, contingency planning, threats to information
systems, data security legislation, procedures for secure information flow, classification
systems, document and record storage, industrial espionage, confidentiality and privacy
breaches associated with information security.

Code

Title

IS431

IT Project Management

Semester

Mode

Location

TBA

This unit introduces students to information technology (IT) project management. The
fundamentals of strategic and operational planning for software and IT projects are
examined. The processes associated with formulating project briefs and documenting the
needs and requirements of users are explored. The tools and techniques that could be used
for capturing and optimising user and stakeholder requests are also examined. The unit also
provides insight into how new technologies and software can be used as an aid to managing
information technology projects.
IT Project

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: Two 300-level IS Courses

IS432

373

TBA

Prerequisites: IS431

IS433

Information Management

TBA

Prerequisites: Admission into PGDip

This course introduces basic principles that help IT managers make fundamental decisions
involving the use of information systems, that is, when, where and how to apply them. Areas
covered include the role of management in Information Systems (IS), using Information
Technology (IT) for competitive advantage, taking an active role in IS development and
managing IS resources. The course focuses the latest theory and practice in data warehousing,
analytical processing, business process improvement, and e-business transformation. A local
company case work to develop the major themes of information management from enhanced
individual and organisational performance. There is an emphasis on applying insights to
practical management situations in adopting e-business solutions. Students discover that
information management concentrates on understanding and utilising the core concepts of
information, management, data management, organisational communication and behaviour.
IS434

Enterprise Systems

TBA

Prerequisites: Admission into PGDip

This course will introduce students to the theory and concepts of enterprise wide information
systems and the underlying business process thinking. It provides an overview of the issues
related to the organisation's enterprise-wide IT architecture. These issues focus on the
integrated business application, business intelligence applications that support decision
making and business process improvement for organisational effectiveness. The course
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

The course requires students to conduct an industry-based project in an area of interest and
expertise within their stream of specialisation in computer science or information systems.
An informal design and development methodology will be used in the project. Students
are expected to examine incidents of professional practice in the project and to develop
communication skills appropriate to the development and possible implementation of the
project.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

374

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

presents e-business as the key driver of enterprise integration and associated architecture
for supporting enterprise-wide improvements. The practical work focuses on the use of
business process models to document the change process for designing and implementing
new e-business solutions.
IS600F

Information Systems SRP (Full-Time)

IS600P

Information Systems SRP (Part-Time)

IS700F

Information Systems Masters Thesis (Full-Time)

IS700P

Information Systems Masters Thesis (Part-Time)

IS800F

Information Systems PhD Thesis (Full-Time)

IS800P

Information Systems PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

MA101

Mathematics for Social Sciences

SC

Prerequisites: Form 6 Mathematics or equivalent

MA101 cannot be credited with MA102. This is a service course designed to provide social
science students with a working knowledge of commonly used mathematical methods. It is
a terminating course and is not available to students intending to pursue mathematics as a
major or a minor. This course covers concepts in linear algebra, probability and statistics,
and calculus.
MA102

Mathematics for Science

II

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: Form 6 Mathematics or equivalent

This is a service course designed to provide a working knowledge of commonly used
mathematical methods. It is a terminating course and is not available to students intending
to pursue mathematics as a major or a minor and is not suitable for students of physics or
engineering. The course covers those areas of statistics and calculus, which are likely to be
demanded in the disciplines of biology, chemistry, earth science, environmental and marine
sciences and some areas of technology.
MA111

Calculus I and Linear Algebra I

I/II

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: Form 7 Mathematics or equivalent

This course examines Calculus: limits and continuity; the derivative; exponential, logarithmic
and inverse trigonometric functions; integration; and linear algebra: systems of linear
equations; Gaussian elimination; Gauss-Jordan elimination; applications of system of linear

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

MA112

Calculus II

II

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: MA111 or approval from Dean or Nominee

This course is fundamental to the study of mathematics at USP. It is also a service course for
programmes in Computing Science, Physics and Engineering. The primary goal of this course
is to look at the various applications of definite integration, study the different techniques of
integration, and provide a brief introduction to functions of two or more variables. We also
study L`Hopitals rule and discuss limits rigorously. Some applications of derivatives are also
considered and finally we look at infinite series.
MA161

Discrete Mathematics I

F/O

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

equations; matrices; determinants. Note: Mature students wishing to enter MA111 are
required to complete MAF12 if they had not studied or taught Mathematics for at least a
year during the five years prior to enrolment

375

L/SC

Prerequisites: Form 7 Mathematics, or MAF11 and MAF12, or CSF12 or equivalent

MA211

Advanced Calculus

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: MA112
This course builds on MA111 and MA112 by further studying mathematical tools for
analysing change. The calculus of functions of several variables is studied with applications
to computing arc lengths, surface integrals and volume integrals, and computing extreme
values of functions subject to certain constraints. Computing maximum and minimum values
of functions of several variables has wide applications in mathematics, computing, economics,
engineering and the physical sciences.
MA221

Linear Algebra II

II

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: MA111
A study of linear algebra and some of the associated numerical methods. Vector spaces,
bases and dimension, inner product spaces; linear transformations and matrices, rank, nullity,
change of basis; eigenvectors, eigenvalues. Applications to solutions of systems of linear
equations and differential equations.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Discrete mathematics studies structures which are not continuous or smooth, but which come
in `lumps`. Topics covered include logic, methods of proof, functions, set theory, Boolean
algebra, algorithms, elementary number theory, mathematical reasoning, mathematical
induction, recursion, counting techniques, discrete probability and generating functions. The
course MA161 is compulsory for students majoring in computer science. It is a recommended
course for students majoring in Mathematics, information systems, engineering or physics

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

376

Code

Title

MA262

Discrete Mathematics II

Semester
I

Mode

Location

Prerequisites: Any two of MA111, MA112 and MA161.

This is a course in discrete mathematics. Topics covered include logic, mathematical
reasoning, sets, cardinality, relations, algorithms and complexity, number theory, graphs and
trees. Many of the discrete structures and objects encountered in this course are used a
lot in more advanced areas of pure mathematics and computer science. The course will
concentrate on mathematical rather than computer science applications. This course is
highly recommended for students taking further study in pure mathematics with its emphasis
on mathematical reasoning and proof.
MA272

Engineering Mathematics IV

II

F/O

L/SC

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Prerequisites: MA112
This course is intended as the final 200-level subject in mathematics for the Bachelor of
Engineering programme. It is also available as a terminating mathematics course for students
majoring in other disciplines. Normally a student majoring in mathematics is not allowed
to take this course and have it counted towards his/her degree requirements. The course
will involve computer laboratory sessions using MATLAB and statistical software packages
to provide students with an introduction to mathematical and statistical software and its
application to engineering and related problems.
MA312 Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations

II
F

Prerequisites: MA211
The subject of differential equations can be described as the study of equations involving
derivatives, or more commonly, as the study of change. There is an in-depth coverage
of solutions to both the ordinary and the partial differential equations. Modelling real-life
changes and then utilising various different techniques in solving these differential equations
is the main flavour of this course. In general, the course has a strong emphasis on analytic
methods, though qualitative techniques will also be briefly considered where the general
properties of solutions are determined without concern for exact behaviour.
MA313 Real and Complex Analysis

F/B

L/SC

Prerequisites: MA211
The course has two strands. In the first strand the students learn rigorous foundations of the
concepts of limits, continuity, sequences and series already encountered by them in MA111,
MA112 and MA211. In the second strand the students are introduced to complex analysis.
Complex analysis has applications in partial differential equations, Fourier series, theoretical
physics and many other areas of pure and applied sciences.

Code

Title

Semester

MA321 Abstract Algebra

II

Mode

Location

F/O

L/SC

This course is an introduction to the theory of groups, rings and fields. It constitutes the
foundations of modern abstract algebra and is a basis for many other algebraic structures.
The part of the course on group theory, which can be seen as the abstract study of symmetry,
starts with the basic facts about groups, introduces the construction of the factor group,
and culminates with the fundamental structure theorems of finite groups. The part on ring
theory is concerned with another algebraic structure and studies its basic properties and
constructions. The course closes with applications of the theory of rings and groups to field
theory.
MA341 Numerical Analysis and Linear Programming

I
F/O

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: MA221

377

L/SC

Prerequisites: MA221 or MA211

MA411

Mathematical Analysis

Prerequisites: MA313 and one other 300-level MA course

This course examines real analysis: number systems, sets and functions, metric spaces,
topological spaces, continuity, differentiation, and integration of functions. Analysis is
the branch of mathematics that deals with inequalities and limiting processes, and is the
theoretical background to calculus. The aim of the course is to give students a good
background in the concepts and techniques of analysis with an emphasis on rigorous proof
of major calculus results. The basic definition of limits, sequences and continuity already
encountered in MA313 are used throughout the course.
MA416

Nonlinear Dynamical Systems

Prerequisites: MA211 and MA312 and one other 300-level MA course

Realistic models of the physical world are nonlinear, involving large amplitudes of motion and
thus usually several equilibria of the system concerned. This course gives the background
for the analysis and synthesis (design) of dynamic behaviour of general networks, which
represent a large class of nonlinear systems, predominantly physical and in particular
mechanical. Research projects will involve the application of nonlinear techniques to analyse
the properties of nonlinear systems. It is essential that the student is well-versed in one of the
computing languages or computer algebra systems such as Mathematica.
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

This course is optional for students doing a major (single or double) or a minor in Mathematics.
The primary goal of this course is to give a brief introduction to numerical analysis and to
expose students to some of the statistical and mathematical models used in Operations
Research. Numerical analysis involves study, development and analysis of algorithms for
obtaining numerical solutions to various mathematical solutions. Operations Research as a
tool of scientific decision making is widely used in defence establishments, modern industries
and the multinational corporate world.

378

Code

Title

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MA420 Special Studies in Mathematics

Semester

Mode

Location

TBA

Prerequisites: Approval from Associate Dean, Research and Graduate Affairs

This course provides students with an opportunity to study an area of mathematics not
available in the current postgraduate programme. The topic offered will depend on staff
availability. Further details are available from the School of Computing, Information and
Mathematical Sciences.
MA441

Advanced Numerical Analysis

II

Prerequisites: Approval from Dean or Nominee

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

There are two strands to this course: approximation theory and numerical integration. The
course covers polynomial interpolation, orthogonal polynomials, least squares approximation
by polynomials, approximation by trigonometric polynomials, Fast Fourier Transforms, and
piecewise polynomial approximation. The last part of the course gives a thorough coverage
of derivation and error analysis of trapezoidal rule, Simpsons rule, midpoint rule, Gaussian
quadrature, composite rules, and Romberg integration.
MA443 Methods of Advanced Numerical Analysis II

I
F

Prerequisites: Approval from Dean or Nominee

Differential equations occupy a prominent place in the mathematics curriculum because they
are central to many topics in science and engineering. Solving differential equations using
computers is the main objective of this course. Software package MATLAB will be used in
the course. Using MATLAB, you can solve technical computing problems faster than with
traditional programming languages, such as C, C++, and Fortran, because MATLAB handles
time-consuming and error-prone aspects of programming automatically and efficiently.
MATLAB provides 2D and 3D graphics functions for presenting your results.
MA600F Mathematics SRP (Full-Time)
MA600P Mathematics SRP (Part-Time)
MA700F Mathematics Masters Thesis (Full-Time)
MA700P Mathematics Masters Thesis (Part-Time)
MA800F Mathematics PhD Thesis (Full-Time)
MA800P Mathematics PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

Code

Title

MM101 Engineering Graphics and Design

Semester
I

Mode

Location

This course provides a broad introduction to the principles of engineering graphics by

covering areas such as spatial-visualisation abilities and sketching of spatial relationships, use
of standards and conventions in engineering graphics, and computer aided drawing (CAD).
The Engineering design process will also be looked at and emphasised through student
design projects. The parametric modelling software Autodesk Inventor will be introduced
while the primitive modelling/ drawing software AutoCAD will be taught in detail.
MM103 Engineering Mechanics

II

F/O

L/SC

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: Admission to BE

379

Prerequisites: MA111 or PH102

This course aims at equipping students with the knowledge and practical skills needed for
solving every day engineering problems. The course first reviews the concepts of forces and
vectors that were introduced to the students in an earlier engineering physics course. The
course then covers topics in statics which include force systems on rigid bodies, distributed
forces, analysis of structures, forces in beams and cables along with friction.
I

Prerequisites: MA112 and MM103

This aims at equipping the students with the knowledge and skills of understanding
deformation materials undergo during externally applied forces. The course first builds up on
the topics Centroids and Centres of Gravity and then introduces students to the concepts of
stress and strain. It then concentrates on deformations during torsion and bending. Stresses
in Beams and Columns together with a topic in energy methods are covered.
MM212 Metallurgy and Material Science

Prerequisites: MM103
This course aims at equipping the students with skills required for understanding the various
properties of metals and other materials and their applications in engineering practice. This
course is intended to provide the students with a strong fundamental knowledge and some
practical skills of metallurgy and material science.
MM214 Dynamics

Prerequisites: MM103
This course aims at equipping the students with the knowledge of the different aspects
of dynamics and understanding of the basic methods required to perform kinematics and
dynamic analysis on particles and rigid body, and includes topics such as kinematics of
particles, rectilinear and curvilinear motion, kinetics of particles: force, mass, acceleration,
kinetics of systems of particles and rigid body; planar kinematics of rigid bodies, impulse and
momentum, work and energy.
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

MM211 Solid Mechanics I

380

Code

Title

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MM221 Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer

Semester
II

Mode

Location

Prerequisites: PH102 and (MA111 or MA112)

This course introduces the students to thermodynamics, which is the science dealing with
the conversion and transfer of energy. This includes all aspects of energy and energy
transformations including power production and properties of matter. Determination of the
rates of such energy transfers is also studied in this course under heat transfer.
MM222 Fluid Mechanics

II

Prerequisites: PH102 and (MA111 or MA112)

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

This course introduces the students to the sciences that deal with the behaviour of fluid in
both static and dynamic conditions. This course is designed to enable the student to analyse
any practical system in which fluid is the working medium. Fluid mechanics deals with a study
of the behaviour of fluids at rest or in motion and the interaction of fluids with solids or with
other fluids at the boundaries.
MM223 Manufacturing Processes

II

Prerequisites: MM212
This course is designed to develop an understanding of various manufacturing processes,
such as castings, metal forming, metal cutting, metal joining, surface finishing processes and
selection of manufacturing processes. In addition, this course builds the foundation for other
advanced courses in manufacturing engineering.
MM301 Energy Supplies

Prerequisites: Approval from Dean or Nominee

The course considers the resources and distribution of energy in the world as a whole and
the region in particular. The main energy conversion processes, chemical to thermal, thermal
to mechanical and mechanical to electrical are studied. Particular emphasis is placed on
a detailed analysis of the physical problems involved in harnessing renewable and locally
available energy sources such as solar radiation, wind, hydro-power, biomass, wave power,
and ocean thermal energy. Laboratory work on small scale devices and experiments to
harness these sources forms a significant part of the course. Field trips to renewable energy
sites form an essential component of the course.
MM311 Applied Thermo-Fluids

Prerequisites: MM221 and MM222

This course enables the students to apply the basic engineering concepts to practical devices
and systems. A number of engineering devices involve conversion, transfer and transport of
energy from one form to another. The students need to clearly understand the working of

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

MM312 Solid Mechanic II

Prerequisites: MM211

MM315 Mechanisms and Machines

Prerequisites: MM211
This course introduces students to the study of machines and the basic elements that
comprise them. After completing this course students will have a greater understanding and
working knowledge of how general machinery is designed, manufactured and functions.
Students will also be able to analyse basic machine elements such as gears, springs, flexible
machine elements, mechanisms and linkages, screws, bearings and lubrication and will also
study topics such as engines, power transmissions.
MM321 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning

II

Prerequisites: MM221
This course enables the students to apply the basic thermodynamics concepts to practical
refrigeration and air conditioning systems. Topics to be covered include introduction to
refrigeration, air refrigeration systems, aircraft refrigeration, vapour compression and vapour
absorption refrigeration systems, performance testing, refrigerants and their properties,
introduction to comfort air conditioning, psychrometric processes, cooling load calculations,
design of air conditioning systems, types of air conditioning systems and their applications.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

This course teaches the fundamentals of analysing stress and deformation in solids under
complex loading associated with structures/elements in mechanical engineering. At the end
of this course students will be able to understand and apply the fundamental principles of
solid mechanics and the basic methods of stress, strength, and deformation analysis of a
solid structure and/or element in relation to a design. By completing this course, students will
gain the ability to: conduct strain analysis, use compatibility equations, do elastic and plastic
analyses, describe boundary conditions for complex engineering problems, and use energy
methods for stress and deformation analysis. Students will also be introduced to: plates and
shells and how to conduct plate and shell structural analysis; stress concentration analysis
and its relation to fracture and service life of a component/structure and finally finite element
method is introduced and used for stress and deformation analysis.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

these engineering devices and analyse the energy interaction involved. They may also need
to design simple devices and test them to enhance their understanding of the subject. This
course will provide the students with an opportunity to apply the basic knowledge of thermofluids, gained in earlier courses, to practical devices and systems. Topics include internal
combustion engines, gas turbines, power cycles and plants, wind engineering and wind
tunnel testing, aerodynamics, turbo-machinery, analysis of heat transfer in heat exchangers
and fins, transient heat transfer, forced and natural convection.

381

382

Code

Title

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MM322 Metrology and Instrumentation

Semester
II

Mode

Location

Prerequisites: EE102
This course equips the students with the measurement skills, and measurement system
analysis skills, and provides them with sufficient knowledge to design and build measuring
instruments. Topics that will be covered include linear and angular measurements,
measurements of straightness, roundness and flatness, limit gauges, and gear measurements.
The measurements of displacement, temperature, pressure, and vibration, stress and strain,
including optical techniques and sensors will also be taught. They will also do laboratory
exercises involving design and building complete measurement systems. The basic controls
systems will also be taught.
MM323 Manufacturing Systems

II

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Prerequisites: MM223
The aim of the course is to teach students about the current types of discrete parts
manufacturing systems. It will help the students acquire the knowledge of principles and
types of manufacturing systems and models to appreciate materials handling systems and
storage and retrieval systems. The course also enables the students to apply modelling and
performance analysis techniques to solve manufacturing systems design and operation
problems. The students will use FlexSim software to analyse a given production line and
thereby derive suggestions for improving the designs based upon the results.
MM324 Mechanical Engineering Design

II

Prerequisites: MM312 and MM315

The design process is an exciting undertaking that calls upon many disciplines in order for
it to produce the desired result. The designers must be equipped with a variety of creative,
problem solving and analytical skills in order for them to achieve the optimal design. The
designer must be aware of materials, mechanical elements, manufacturing processes, stress
analysis techniques/methods, physics involved, ergonomics, safety requirements, standards
and costs involved and the ability to create these ideas on paper or using graphics tools.
Students will use an industrial Finite Elements Analysis (FEA) package to analyse a given
design task and thereby derive suggestions for improving the design based upon the results.
MM361 Advanced Manufacturing

TBA

Prerequisites: MM323
The course introduces some of the advanced manufacturing technologies, such as nontraditional machining techniques, rapid prototyping, nano-fabrication processes, automation
processes; computer integrated manufacturing, laser technology and plastic processing
technologies. It aims to strengthen fundamental concepts and principles in all these
manufacturing technologies, which are then applied in industrial applications.

Code

Title

MM362 Advanced Fluid Dynamics

Semester

Mode

Location

TBA

MM363 Thermo-fluid Dynamics of Renewable Energy Devices

TBA
Prerequisites: MM301 and MM311
This course enables the students to apply the knowledge gained in the undergraduate
courses in the area of thermo-fluids and energy to design and analyse practical devices.
A number of Renewable Energy extraction devices are being developed these days and a
thorough knowledge and understanding of the thermo-fluid dynamics of these devices is
required to design, analyse and test the performance of these devices. This course equips
them with the necessary skills to design and analyse the Renewable Energy systems by
applying the thermo-fluid laws to wind, solar thermal, hydro, wave, tidal current and OTEC
devices.
I

Prerequisites: MM324 or equivalent

In this course, the students will encounter some interesting topics that will be invaluable in
their mechanical engineering design career. Students will complete projects within the major
disciplines of mechanical engineering and gain an increased and detailed knowledge of their
design tools, in particular Finite Element Analysis. Other topics that will be covered include
developing a culture of safety, leadership skills, Engineering communication techniques, and
design concepts such as manufacture, fatigue, fracture, environment and sustainability, and
quality.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

This course introduces the students to advanced topics in fluid dynamics. It aims to strengthen
the fundamental concepts and principles of fluid dynamics, which are then applied to some
engineering and environmental fluid phenomena. A lot of environmental fluid flow problems
exist in this region and the students will be well equipped to solve these problems after
completing this course. Students will be able to understand the important governing
equations of fluid flows, the Navier-Stokes equations and will be able to solve them for some
specific cases. Turbulent flows are encountered everywhere in real life. Students will be
able to analyse turbulent flows along with the causes of transition to turbulence. In most
situations, the information on wind loads and effects on the structures is needed to ensure
reliable design and desirable building performance which can significantly reduce wind
induced damage and losses. Wind engineering basics will be taught to equip the students to
solve problems related to winds. The characteristics of atmospheric wind will be taught, the
wind loads on buildings will be discussed in detail. High speed flows which require a different
treatment will be covered. Wind tunnel testing of aerodynamic and bluff bodies, which is
intended to give information on wind effects on structures under particular wind conditions
i.e. particular wind speed and wind direction relative to the structure and its surroundings,
will be taught.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: MM311 or equivalent

MM365 Advanced Mechanical Design

383

384

Code

Title

Semester

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MM366 Special Topic in Mechanical Engineering

Mode

Location

TBA

Prerequisites: Approval from Dean or Nominee

This course equips the students with an advanced knowledge of one or more of the major
areas within Mechanical Engineering. They will acquire in-depth knowledge and problem
solving skills in one or more of the areas of solid mechanics, materials and manufacturing,
thermo-fluids, and machine design. The course will have strong theoretical, computational
and/or experimental emphasis and the students will learn complex problem-solving in the
area of Mechanical Engineering.
MM381 Professional Engineering & Project Management

I
F

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Prerequisites: UU114 and EN001

This course equips the students with the knowledge and appreciation of the roles and
responsibilities of professional engineers in the society. Topics that will be covered in this
course include responsibility, honesty, integrity and reliability in professional practice; safety,
risk and liability; role of engineers in addressing ecological concerns, engineering issues in
the South Pacific, role of SPEA; rights of engineers; skills of writing complex professional
documents and contract law.
MM388 Project I

Prerequisites: Successful completion of all 100, 200 and 300-level core engineering courses
The fourth year engineering project is an opportunity for students to conduct a definitive
piece of independent research in an environment and manner that utilises their learnt skills
and knowledge to develop further their engineering research skills. With the guidance of a
staff supervisor, students will define a research question, identify its foundation in our existing
knowledge, recognise or develop the skills/tools required to investigate the question, apply
scientific methods to explore the problem in a methodical fashion, and analyse and present
results in clear, concise and structured reports, posters, and oral presentations. Students
must be able to demonstrate satisfactory progress in Project I in order to complete their work
in Project II.
MM391 Maintenance and Reliability Engineering II

Prerequisites: MA272
This course is a blend of Maintenance Technology and Maintenance Management, taking into
consideration reliability and economics of maintenance strategies. Under the Maintenance
Technology, the student will be exposed to condition monitoring techniques, such as
vibration, acoustic monitoring and temperature, and in Maintenance Management, they will
be exposed to Reliability and Economics of Maintenance, strategies for plant inspection and
maintenance, and various other aspects.

Code

Title

MM392 Industrial Engineering

Semester
II

Mode

Location

This course introduces various concepts and techniques applied for production planning
and controlling activities in the manufacturing and the service industries. It basically covers
the major topics such as product design, productivity measures, forecasting, scheduling,
planning and inventory controls in operational management. The course also discusses on
work system design for organisation. In addition it gives an introduction to fundamentals of
organisation structures, role of industrial engineers and industrial psychology.
MM399 Project II

II

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: MM323

385

Prerequisites: MM388

MR600F Marine Management SRP (Full-Time)

MR600P Marine Management SRP (Part-Time)
MR700F Marine Management Masters Thesis (Full-Time)
MR700P Marine Management Masters Thesis (Part-Time)
MR800F Marine Management PhD Thesis (Full-Time)
MR800P Marine Management PhD Thesis (Part-Time)
MS101 Introduction to Marine Resources Management

I
B

L/SC

Prerequisites: None
This course introduces students to the many aspects of marine resources management
particularly the developments following the adoption of the Law of the Sea Convention. This
course stresses the importance of managing these resources wisely if the people are to
benefit from these new opportunities. Students will learn about resource management by
looking at national policies, law, regional cooperation, international treaties and conventions.
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

The fourth year engineering project is an opportunity for students to conduct a definitive
piece of independent research in an environment and manner that utilises their learnt skills
and knowledge to develop further their engineering research skills. With the guidance of a
staff supervisor, students will define a research question, identify its foundation in our existing
knowledge, recognise or develop the skills/tools required to investigate the question, apply
scientific methods to explore the problem in a methodical fashion, and analyse and present
results in clear, concise and structured reports, posters, and oral presentations.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

386

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

This course is on the global perspective of ocean resources management and introduces
many basic concepts of environmental protection, sustainable resource utilisation and
international law.
MS111 Introduction to Marine Science for Pacific Islands

II
F/P

L/SC

Prerequisites: None
This is an introductory course for all students entering Marine Studies. The course provides
an interesting introduction to the principles and application of marine science, including
physical, biological and chemical processes, living and non-living resources, human uses and
impacts, and environmental management and sustainable development. Content focuses on
the Pacific islands, but in the context of marine science on a world scale.
MS200

Marine Resource Economics

II

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Prerequisites: Any 100 level MS, EC or MA course

The course is designed to enhance students' understanding on the application of economic
concepts and models to address policy questions with respect to marine resources. The
course provides a theoretical and an applied context to the key issues and policy challenges
in marine resource use and management in general and with some specific reference to
the Pacific Islands. Economic underpinnings of issues on equity, efficiency and sustainability
are analysed by looking at activities such as fisheries, aquaculture, marine protected areas,
recreational fishery, ports and shipping and seabed mining.
MS202

Invertebrate Biology

Prerequisites: MS111 and BI108

Equivalent to BI202. Invertebrates play key roles in all ecosystems and exhibit huge diversity.
This course involves the study of invertebrate classification, identification, anatomy, functional
biology and evolutionary adaptation to environmental change. A habitat-based approach is
used to cover invertebrates living in terrestrial, marine and freshwater environments while
using case studies to examine the economic and ecological importance of invertebrates in a
local, regional and international contexts. The course also provides a link between 100-level
and animal-oriented 300-level degree courses in biology, particularly MS305.
MS204

Tropical Seafood

Prerequisites: Any 100 level course

This course provides a general introduction to seafood in Pacific Island Countries. Seafood
resources, nutrition, spoilage, poisoning, handling, processing (both traditional and modern),
preservation and quality assurance are examined. This includes a critical analysis of the role
of women in traditional and modern fish processing industries. Regional and global seafood
quality issues are examined in some detail and students are expected to design their own
seafood business using economic engineering principles. The course requires a low level of

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

MS205

International Law of the Sea

II

F/P

L/SC

Prerequisites: Any 100-level MS or EC or LW course

The course provides an introduction to the Law of the Sea Convention for non-law students
wishing to understand the international framework governing the oceans and their resources.
Topics covered include the history of the Convention, ocean zones and the associated rights
and duties of States, the rules governing the access to the oceans, the use and conservation
of her resources, the protection of the marine environment and other marine uses.
MS206

Maritime Skills and Techniques

II

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

applied science and technology; the emphasis will be on field-trips and assignments rather
than on laboratory classes.

387

Prerequisites: MS111

MS210

Marine Transport

Prerequisites: MS101 or any 200 level MS course

Marine Transport is the lifeline of Pacific Island Countries, essential at almost all levels of
society from village transport and artisanal fishing to the intra-regional and international
trade of nation states. It is also arguably the greatest technological heritage legacy of Pacific
peoples. Today the industry is characterised by a vicious cycle of old ships replaced with
old ships. Reliable and affordable marine transport is a cornerstone necessity for almost any
area of socio-economic development. The situation is compounded by the industrys current
dependency on increasingly unaffordable fossil fuels. This course covers history, legislation,
the current industry at international and domestic levels and focuses on the challenges faced
by the current industry and future options.
MS211

Marine Geology Sedimentology

Prerequisites:
This course is about the rocks and sediments in the ocean basins, their distribution,
composition and history. The South Pacific Island Nations all lie within the deep oceanic
basins but most of our activity and concern centre on are the near-shore regions. Hence this
course is geared towards understanding near-shore processes and sedimentation. Other
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Working on small vessels at sea is one of the most dangerous of all professions. This course
provides students intending to work in fisheries and marine science in the South Pacific
with a basic competence in small boat operations, safety at sea, position finding, navigation
and pilotage. This skills-based course is set in an academic framework of geography,
cartography, meteorology and oceanography. Marine survey techniques differ from those on
land. Students are introduced to a range of sampling techniques, including echo-sounders,
global positioning system, salinity and temperatures profiling, plankton nets, fishing methods,
grabs, corers and in-water sampling techniques. Students will spend 4 weeks on industrial
attachment to practise some of these skills.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

388

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

aspects of marine geology addressed in this course include ocean circulation, plate tectonics,
sea-level history, skeletal microplankton, geochemistry as a tool for paleo-climatology, and
critical events in global palaeo-oceanography.
MS213

Physical Oceanography

II

F/B

L/SC

Prerequisites: Any 100-level Science course

The course explores the physical forces that act in the oceans and describes the response
of ocean water to these forces. The course covers the physical properties of seawater and
the application of physical laws to oceanography, heat transfer, ocean currents, waves and
tides. The course emphasises the relationship of physical oceanography with ocean ecology.
MS301 Ocean Resources Management in the Pacific Islands

II
F/P

L/SC

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Prerequisites: MS101 or any 200-level MS course

This course analyses the actions taken by Pacific Island Countries individually and collectively,
in response to their rights and obligations under the 1982 Law of the Sea Convention and
after the UN Conference on Environment and Development in 1992. National and regional
policies, administrative arrangements, national laws, regional and international treaties and
regional organisations are examined. Various different uses of the sea are studied with
emphasis on case studies from the South Pacific Region.
MS302

Integrated Coastal Zone Management II

Prerequisites: One 200-level MS course

This course articulates some key issues in Integrated Coastal Management, particularly with
reference to Pacific Island Countries. The coastal zone and its biophysical characteristics
are introduced at the beginning together with the international framework for an integrated
approach. These set the stage for the various processes and methods involved in integrated
coastal management. The course outlines the principles and tools that give practical guidance
to assist in the process. The course focuses on the interrelationships and interdependence
between and among sectors, agencies, disciplines and levels of governance for
complementarities, duplication and conflicts to enable the fostering of better cooperation and
coordination to achieve the goals of integrated management and sustainable development.
MS304

Ocean Governance and Policy

Prerequisites: MS205 or approval from Dean or Nominee

This course examines ocean governance and policy at the international, regional and national
levels with an emphasis on practice in the Pacific Islands region. Emerging issues in the
maritime sector, the role of institutions in the management of marine living resources and the
principles behind the management of non-living resources are examples of topics addressed.
Students and practitioners alike will benefit and be able to develop policy and plans consistent
with laws, guide implementation and promote responsible ocean governance.

Code

Title

MS305

Marine Biology

Semester
I

Mode

Location

Equivalent to BI305. The emphasis in this course is placed on tropical marine biology from
an ecological perspective. The main primary producers in the oceans are examined from
the plankton to the larger benthic marine autotrophs. The ecology of coral reefs, mangrove
communities, seagrass beds, intertidal and shallow water sub-tidal benthic communities will
equally be examined. A short presentation of deep-sea organisms will be given. The shallowwater ecosystems will be studied using a variety of survey methods and thus field work will
be a major component of this course.
MS306

Coral Reef Ecology and Management

II

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: (BI202 or MS202) or approval from Dean or Nominee

389

Prerequisites: BI202 or one 200-level MS course

MS307

Fish and Fisheries Biology

II

Prerequisites: BI201 or MS202 or BI202 or approval from Dean or Nominee

Equivalent to BI307. This course is the only vertebrate biology course on offer and is designed
to teach components of fish biology, population dynamics and management. Topics include
fish classification, anatomy, bioenergetics, physiology and aspects of their ecology. Basic
principles of aquaculture and their application to Pacific Island countries are discussed
and aspects of fish population dynamics are covered such as stock abundance, age,
growth, recruitment, yield and mortality. Both traditional and conventional fishing methods,
management strategies and regulations are examined. The tuna fishery which is the largest
commercial fishery in the South Pacific is also studied.
MS308

Environmental and Marine Microbiology

II

Prerequisites: BI102 or BI108 and one 200-level MS and one 200-level BI course
Equivalent to BI308. This course gives advanced consideration to the full range of microorganisms that occur in the seas. Particular emphasis will be given to their structural,
physiological and behavioural adaptations to the marine environment. Major aspects of the
roles of microbes in the seas to be considered will be their interactions with other microbes
and with higher organisms, marine microbial ecology, and the importance of microbes to the
productivity of the seas and their contribution to the marine biomass.
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Coral reefs are one of the richest and most productive ecosystems in the world. Coral
reefs are under serious threat globally, not least in the Pacific region. This course examines
the origins of coral reefs (reef types and formation); the biology of corals and other reef
organisms (taxonomy, feeding, growth and reproduction); ecosystem structure and function
(particularly coral/zooxanthellae, coral/algae, and predator/prey relationships); biodiversity
values (significant and threatened species); human uses and values (especially fisheries);
major issues (especially coral bleaching, terrestrial run-off, and effects of fishing); and
environmental management and sustainable use of reef resources.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

390

Code

Title

MS309

Sustainable Fisheries

Semester
I

Mode

Location

Prerequisites: Any 200-level MS course

The course underlines the critical issues affecting management and planning in the fisheries
sector and provides tools and techniques to address them. It elaborates on the concept of
sustainable fisheries to identify the key factors that need to be addressed as part of planning
and policy on fisheries management. Students acquire analytical skills in project formulation,
assessment and management as a means to achieve sustainable fisheries by using project
planning tools such as cost-benefit analysis. Resource and environmental economic concepts
are also used to incorporate the salient features of Pacific Island environments fisheries to
mainstream the critical role of the sector in the island economies. Socio-economic survey
techniques and resource assessment methods further improve the students ability to gather
more systematic and accurate data to strengthen decision making and policy development.
MS310

Ports and Shipping

II

L/SC

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Prerequisites: MS210
Marine Transport is the lifeline of Pacific Island Countries, essential at almost all levels of
society from village transport and artisanal fishing to the intra-regional and international
trade of nation states. It is also arguably the greatest technological heritage legacy of Pacific
peoples. This course builds on groundwork covered in MS101 and MS210 and examines the
roles of ports, shipping lines and government subsidisation schemes. A case study approach
is adopted and students will be expected to adopt the same approach in course work. This
course is essential for students intending to pursue further study in this field at postgraduate
level.
MS312

Marine Pollution

Prerequisites: Any 200-level science course

This course provides an introduction to the basic science of pollution in the sea. Lectures will
cover the principles of assessment and control with particular reference to tropical systems.
Classes will also consider case histories from the tropical Pacific and elsewhere. The case
histories will be examined as predictors of various types of environmental risk, for example oil
spills, sanitary sewage disposal, factory wastes, radioactivity, etc. Students will participate in
practical assignments to develop skills in pollution assessment.
MS313

Seafood Science

II

Prerequisites: FS215 or CH101 or MS204

This course introduces students to the concept of fish and other marine organisms as food.
The scientific and technological aspects of seafood spoilage, poisoning, handling, processing
and preservation methods (both traditional and more technically advanced) and quality
assurance are examined. Students do a major Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points
(HACCP) project.

Code

Title

MS314

Tuna Fisheries of the South Pacific

Semester
II

Mode

Location

The tuna fisheries of the Pacific Islands are vital to the social, economic and political wellbeing of many Pacific Island Countries. Tuna fisheries production from the Pacific Islands
contribute 80% to total Pacific Ocean tuna production and 60% to total global tuna
production, with an annual value of US$3-5 billion. Given the importance of these fisheries,
this course will endeavour to develop appropriate knowledge, understanding and skills
that would contribute to the sustainable development and management of tuna fisheries
in the Pacific Islands. The course will review the biology of targeted tuna species and their
implications for tuna development, management and conservation; assessment of tuna stock
and fisheries using appropriate tools and models; impacts of climate change and fisheries on
tuna stocks and marine environment; current and proposed management and conservation
strategies to ensure sustainable development of tuna fisheries and resources; environmental
issues associated with tuna fisheries; and tuna economics and trades.
MS315

Marine Spatial Planning

II

This course introduces students to the principles and practice of planning for sustainable
marine and coastal management, particularly in the Pacific context. The course aims to
provide a good understanding of the policy and regulatory framework, and tools for planning
and management. It considers the ways that planning can prepare and manage for change
to ensure sustainable futures and specifically, the need to promote balance between social
and economic development and the protection of the marine and coastal environment. It
identifies, synthesises and analyses the multifarious roles of humans, extreme events and
climate change. Case studies from the Pacific region and around the world will be used to
illustrate the importance of planning in managing the multiple, often conflicting activities in
the marine and coastal zones.
Aquaculture in Pacific Island Countries I

Prerequisites: Any 200-level Biology course

This course provides an introduction to the present-day status of aquaculture in the world
and in Pacific Island countries, and provides information and necessary skills that will help
students to recognise aquaculture development constraints and plan development strategies
to implement regionally-appropriate and sustainable aquaculture projects. The course
involves lectures on theory, practical exercises in the laboratory, and excursions to various
aquaculture operations.
MS411

Special Topic in Marine Science

I&II

Prerequisites: Admission into PGDip

This course is suitable for students who want to do marine science studies at the postgraduate
level. Students are required to do an independent research project which includes a major
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Prerequisites: Any 200 level MS course or GS100 or GS201 or GS211

MS324

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: Any 200 level MS course

391

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

392

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

report and a seminar. Students may take an intensive course on a special topic (e.g. physical
oceanography, coral reef survey techniques, marine biodiversity, community-based natural
resources management. Before registering for this course, candidates must first seek out a
supervisor, obtain their agreement to provide supervision, and be assigned a research topic.
MS425

Aquaculture

II

Prerequisites: Admission into PGDip

This course is for students who want to acquire research skills for the management and
development of tropical aquaculture (raising of finfish, shellfish, various other invertebrates,
or seaweed). Students are required to carry out an independent research project, write up
their results as a draft scientific paper, write an essay on an aquaculture topic, and present a
seminar. Projects will be approved and assessed by an appropriate supervisor.
MS441 Regional Management of Marine Resources

I
F

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Prerequisites: Admission into PGDip

This course will provide an opportunity to focus on aspects of regional management of
marine resources in the South Pacific in line with the special interests of individual candidates.
Emphasis will be on the work carried out by relevant regional organisations such as the
Secretariat of the Pacific Community (SPC), Forum Fisheries Agency (FFA), Secretariat of the
Pacific Regional Environment Programme (SPREP) and the South Pacific Applied Geoscience
Commission (SOPAC).
MS442 Statutory Management of Marine Resources

II
F

Prerequisites: Admission into PGDip

This course will give students an opportunity to examine critically the laws and regulations by
which individual South Pacific countries manage their marine resources. The legal measures
in the form of treaties, conventions and agreements, etc., by which South Pacific countries
jointly develop/manage their marine resources will also be examined in depth. In addition to
these, other postgraduate courses may be selected from offerings at USP, depending on the
area of research and interest. This is a supervised reading course on demand.
MS600F Marine Science SRP (Full-Time)
MS600P Marine Science SRP (Part-Time)
MS700F Marine Science Masters Thesis (Full-Time)
MS700P Marine Science Masters Thesis (Part-Time)

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

393

MS800F Marine Science PhD Thesis (Full-Time)

PH101

Quantum and Electrical Physics

II

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: Form 7 Physics or PHF02 and PHF03 or equivalent

This introductory course establishes the principles of electricity and magnetism, optics and
modern physics to open the way for future studies in electromagnetism, electronics and other
branches of physics such as quantum mechanics and solid state physics. Laboratory work
involves experiments which reinforce lecture material. This course is suitable for students
who wish to major in disciplines other than physics, and is a requirement to those who wish
to major in physics.
PH102

Classical Physics

F/O

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MS800P Marine Science PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

L/SC

Prerequisites: Form 7 Physics or PHF02 and PHF03 or equivalent

PH106

Physics for Other Sciences

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: A science background

This is a service course for students majoring in sciences other than physics, where physical
phenomena play a role. Laboratory work involves experiments that reinforce lecture materials
on mechanics, fluids, electricity, nuclear and atomic physics. The course deals with practical
applications of these topics.
PH202

Environmental Physics

II

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: PH101 or PH102 and MA111 or MA112 or MA102

The aim of this course is to provide meteorological concepts in a visual and practical manner
while simultaneously providing students with a comprehensive background in environmental
physics. Both qualitative and quantitative treatment of climate physics including climate
sensitivity and change and climate models and predictions are covered. The Earth and its
atmosphere and the dynamics form an integral component of this course. Tropical weather,
weather forecasting techniques, thunderstorms, and climate change are examined.
PH204

Quantum Physics Essentials

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: (PH101 or PH102) and MA111 or MA112

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

This introductory course deals with mechanics, mechanical and thermal properties of
matter and wave motion, in order to prepare students for further studies in physics and
other sciences where physical phenomena play a role. Laboratory work involves experiments
that reinforce the lecture material. This course is suitable for students who wish to major in
disciplines other than physics, as well as a requirement those who wish to major in physics.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

394

Code

Semester

Mode

Location

Quantum physics is fundamental to all physical phenomena at the microscopic level. This
course provides the necessary background for understanding the many recent developments
in atomic, nuclear and molecular physics and their technological applications. This course is
intended for students majoring in physics, chemistry and technology. The laboratory course
involves experimentation in both atomic and nuclear physics.
PH206

Electromagnetism and Electronics

II

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: (PH101 or PH102) and MA111 or MA112

This course introduces topics on electrostatics, magnetostatics, electromagnetic theory, and
analog and digital electronics which serve as basis for work to be carried out in a 300-level
course PH302: Electrical Communication and Instrumentation and PH306: Measurement and
Control of Physical Systems. The laboratory component will give concrete understanding of
applications of electromagnetism and electronics. This course is one of the required courses
for a major or minor in Physics.
PH301

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Title

Energy Supplies

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: PH202
This course considers the resources and distribution of both renewable and conventional
energy. Particular emphasis is placed on the physical principles and the harnessing of
renewable energy sources, such as solar radiation, photovoltaic wind, geothermal, hydropower, biomass, bio-fuel, wave and tidal power, and ocean thermal gradients. Heat engines
and electrical machines are also dealt with. Laboratory work involves small-scale devices
to harness renewable energy. Field visits to renewable energy sites forms an essential
component of the course.
PH302 Electrical Communication and Instrumentation

I
F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: PH206
This course aims to provide students with a broad background in electrical communications,
with emphasis on the underlying physical principles. Together with PH206 Electromagnetism
and Electronics, this course provides the background knowledge and skills necessary in the
field of communications.
PH304

Solid State Physics

II

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: PH204
This course deals with the physics of crystals, metals, semiconductors and magnetic
substances. It is an important course for those wishing to specialise later in materials
technology. The concepts and foundations of solid state physics are presented and the
theoretical background is developed. The application of solid state physics to crystal growth
and the manufacturing of semiconducting, magnetic and superconducting materials are
considered. The laboratory work includes experiments on electrical, magnetic, optical and
thermal properties of solids.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

L/SC

Prerequisites: PH206 or CS211

This course deals with aspects of the measurement and control of physical systems. While
the course focuses mainly on computer-based measurement and control systems, other
electronic control systems are also considered. The study of input and output transducers
and their interfacing to measurement and control systems forms an important part of the
course.
PH402 Radio Wave Propagation and Applications

I
F

395

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PH306 Measurement and Control of Physical Systems

II
F/O

Location

Prerequisites: Admission into PGDip or approval by Dean or Nominee

PH407

Wind Power: Theory and Applications

II

Prerequisites: Admission into PGDip or approval by Dean or Nominee

This course will involve the theoretical and practical aspects of wind power generation, in
the context of small-scale wind power technology. From a basic grounding in wind power
conversion processes, students will be introduced to advanced knowledge of wind turbine
design and performance. Aspects of the course include wind-speed measurement and
analysis for power generation, energy storage, economics and safety and environmental
issues. A general knowledge of developments in this area at national, Regional and
international levels will also form a part of the course. Case studies based on an actual wind
turbine will be used to enhance knowledge gained in the theoretical part of the course.
PH414

Photovoltaic Power Generation

II

Prerequisites: Admission into PGDip or approval by Dean or Nominee

The importance of renewable energy technologies in making electricity accessible to millions
of people around the world and in mitigation of global warming cannot be overemphasised.
The direct conversion of solar energy into electricity offers attractive prospects for harnessing
this major renewable resource. This course introduces the students to the science and
technology of photovoltaic devices (solar cells). The design and simulation of RE systems
incorporating solar cells will form a major component of the course.
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

The course deals with wave generation from Hertzian dipole, linear antennas, antenna arrays,
aperture antennas. Radiation due to accelerated charge (electron), cyclotron, synchrotron
and Cerenkov process of radiation. The propagation of waves in the extended media:
dielectric and conducting media. The propagation of waves in bounded media such as
waveguides and fibre optic will be covered. Dispersion relation of electromagnetic waves
propagating in ionosphere, absorption, fading, and Faraday rotation of waves. Principles
of digital communication and modems. Introduction to mobile, satellite and fibre optic
communications.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

396

Code

Title

PH416

Biomass and Hydropower

Semester
I

Mode

Location

Prerequisites: Admission into PGDip or approval by Dean or Nominee

The aim of this course is to provide an in-depth introduction to the utilisation of two important
renewable energy resources: biomass and hydro-energy. The course also aims to provide
a broad introduction to the assessment and implementation of renewable energy projects
in general, and their relevance to sustainable development. The course considers the
processes of conversion of solid biomass through pyrolysis, gasification, fermentation and
digestion, and the use of solid biomass in thermal power generation and liquid biofuels in
transportation. It then presents an overview of the principles and technology employed in
the generation of electricity from hydrological resources. The process of commissioning
large energy projects is outlined, and a brief introduction is provided of the significance of
renewable energy policies and institutional frameworks.
PH420

Research Project in Physics

I&II

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Prerequisites: Approval from Associate Dean, Research and Graduate Affairs

This course is designed to allow students to develop their knowledge of scientific research
techniques through a supervised research project. The students will formulate and investigate
a problem in consultation with a physics staff member. The project would normally involve
background study, laboratory/field measurements and data analysis. A final report, viva-voce,
and a seminar are the integral components of assessment.
PH421

Electronics, Active Devices

TBA

Prerequisites: Admission into PGDip or approval by Dean or Nominee

This course considers electronic circuit design techniques and scientific measurements. It
builds upon a basic knowledge of electronics, taking the student through to a reasonable
level of design proficiency. Circuit intuition and a systems approach to design are emphasised.
Topics covered include circuit design, analogue ICs, A-to-D and D-to-A conversion,
interfacing, feedback, transducers and instrumentation.
PH600F Physics SRP (Full-Time)
PH600P Physics SRP (Part-Time)
PH700F Physics Masters Thesis (Full-Time)
PH700P Physics Masters Thesis - (Part-Time)
PH800F Physics PhD Thesis (Full - Time)

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

397

PH800P Physics PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

Research Skills

I&II

Prerequisites: Completion of 8 x 200-level courses

The first part of the course will provide students with an overview of the research processes.
Experimental design, sampling, data collection and analysis will be introduced. Students
will be trained on how to search and organise the literature using internal and external
databases. Students will be exposed to the ethical issues associated with scientific research.
The students will also develop a project outline selecting appropriate research designs
and objectives and hypotheses. The second part of the course will focus on a seven-week
supervised research project with appropriate reporting from the students.
SC400

Research Methods

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

SC356

Prerequisites: Approval from Associate Dean Research and Graduate Affairs

ST130

Basic Statistics

I&II

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: Form 6 Mathematics or equivalent

Cannot be credited with ST131 or EC203. This is a service course designed to introduce
students to statistics as a methodology for the collection, summarisation and interpretation
of data. It is aimed at students from science or social science who are not majoring in
Mathematics with Statistics Emphasis. Topics covered include descriptive statistics, measures
of location and dispersion, an introduction to probability concepts, the binomial and normal
distributions, sampling distributions, parameter estimation and hypothesis testing, simple and
multiple linear regression, design and analysis of experiments, elements of sampling. The
course includes the use of a statistical software package.
ST131

Introduction to Statistics

F/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: Form 7 mathematics or MAF11 and MAF12

Cannot be credited together with ST130. This course emphasises descriptive statistics and
basics of probability theory that includes descriptive statistics: collection and organisation
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Research methods is an essential component of study at the postgraduate level. This course
introduces the concepts and principles of research and is a core course for all students
studying at postgraduate level within the Faculty of Science, Technology and Environment
(FSTE). Research Methods is taught by an interdisciplinary team of academic staff drawn
from the faculty. The course includes: what it means to be a postgraduate student; the
development and application of the scientific method; USP research policy and ethics
requirements; Faculty research structure and research application procedures; FSTE research
groups; project planning, preparation and use of lab notebooks; using web of knowledge;
critical review of research papers; how to write scientific papers, posters and present talks;
subject-specific research methods. The course may be offered in second semester.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

398

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

of data; measures of positions, central tendency and dispersion; probability: probability

measures, independent events, conditional probability, random variables and their mean and
variance; binomial and normal distributions, normal approximation to binomial; hypothesis
testing: sampling distributions, sampling distribution of means, t-distribution, chi-square
distribution; tests of significance for means, proportions, goodness of fit, association of
attributes and homogeneity of proportions; correlation and regression.
ST403

Advanced Mathematical Programming II

Prerequisites: MA341 or approval from Dean or Nominee

This course emphasises various optimisation techniques to solve the problems that could be
expressed as mathematical programming problems. Topics covered: linear programming,
duality in linear programming, post-optimality (or sensitivity) analysis, integer programming,
transportation problem, transhipment problem, and linear fractional programming.
ST408

Operations Research II

TBA

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Prerequisites: MA272
This course teaches the principles and practice of operations research (OR), and its role
in human decision making. In particular, the course focuses on mathematical programming
techniques such as linear programming (the Simplex Method, concepts of duality and
sensitivity analysis) and network optimisation (including transportation problem), nonlinear
programming and integer linear programming. This course will also cover queuing theory,
dynamic programming and simulation (LINGO software).
ST420

Special Studies in Statistics

TBA

Prerequisites: Approval from Associate Dean, Research and Graduate Affairs

This course provides students with an opportunity to study an area of mathematics not
available in the current postgraduate programme. The topic offered will depend on staff
availability. Further details are available from the School of Computing, Information and
Mathematical Sciences.
UU100 Communications and Information Literacy

I&II
B/O

L/SC

Prerequisites: None
UU100 is one of the four compulsory generic courses being offered by USP and is to be taken
in the first year of full-time study and before enrolling in 200- and 300-level courses. The aim
of this course is to ensure that all incoming students develop knowledge and competence in
the use of computers and information resources. The course covers fundamental concepts
of computers and their applications and addresses the broader imperative for students to
develop the capacity to effectively locate, access, evaluate and use information effectively.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

SC

Prerequisites: None
This course is designed to address the broader imperative for students to develop their
capacity to locate, access, evaluate and use information efficiently and effectively. These
facets are closely aligned with the Research Skills Development (RSD) framework.

399

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

UU100A Communications and Information Literacy

I&II
O

Location

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

400

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

COLLEGE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
AFF01

Basic Accounting A

F&P/P

L/C

Prerequisites: 60% in Form 6 English and Mathematics essential.

The fundamental structure, theories, rules, concepts and principles necessary for a good
foundation in accounting and a means of recording and reporting financial events. The course
focuses on financial reporting based on the conceptual framework of the IASB. The emphasis
is from data collection to report preparation, presentation, analysis and interpretation. This
course also introduces you to accounting for partnership and companies.
AFF02

Basic Accounting B

II

F&P/P

L/C

Prerequisites: Passed Form 6 or Equivalent Accounting Studies with minimum of 60%

passing mark

COLLEGE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES

The skills learnt in AFF01 and the internal control system facilitates the achievement of the
accounting entity's goals. The course focuses on accounting information systems, budgeting,
cost accounting and incremental analysis as part of an introduction to management
accounting. The emphasis is on using information to help make decisions related to the
operations of the business.
AFP01

Preliminary Accounting I

Prerequisites: Pass in Form 5 Mathematics recommended

This course introduces the students to the basic rules, concepts and theories required for a
good base in Accounting. The course focuses on the Accounting Cycle and particularly that
of a sole trader entity from data collection to financial report preparation, presentation and
analysis and interpretation of the financial reports.
AFP02

Preliminary Accounting II

II

Prerequisites: Pass in Form 5 Mathematics recommended

This course focuses on the internal controls and Accounting procedures associated with
various subsystems in an Accounting system. With the knowledge and skills acquired, a
simple Accounting system for a small entity can be designed incorporating the internal
controls for receivables, assets, inventory valuation and payroll in building a successful
business.
AGF01

Foundation Agriculture

Prerequisites: A satisfactory standard in Form 6 agricultural science

AGF01 is designed to provide basic knowledge and skills in agriculture necessary for
preparing Form 6 agricultural science students who intend to do further studies in agriculture
at a higher education level.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

Prerequisites: Form 5 General Science, and Form 6 Biology and English an advantage.
BIF02 together with BIF03 is designed to provide the student with a broad appreciation
of some of the fundamental concepts of biology. It moves from the evolution of early life,
through basic genetics as applied to individuals and populations; to the consideration of form
and function in a diversity of plants and animals.
BIF03
Foundation Biology B: The Maintenance of Life

II
F&P/P
L/C

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

BIF02
Foundation Biology A: Evolutionary Patterns

I
F&P/P
L/C

401

Prerequisites: Form 5 General Science, and Form 6 Biology and English an advantage.
BIF03 together with BIF02 is designed to provide the student with a broad appreciation of
some of the fundamental concepts of biology. Some of the basic physiological processes in
plants and animals are covered in this course. Special emphasis is placed on the relationship
between structure and function. Behaviour and biogeography are introduced together with
a discussion of the cultural evolution of man and his impact on the environment.
BIP02

Preliminary Biology A

Prerequisites: Form 5 General Science and Mathematics an advantage.

BIP03

Preliminary Biology B

II

Prerequisites: Form 5 General Science and Mathematics an advantage.

BIP03 is designed to provide the student with a broad appreciation of some of the
fundamental concepts of biology. The emphasis of this course is on cellular organisation of
plants and animals; living processes; classification; functional morphology and diversity of
higher organisms including invertebrates and vertebrates. Form and function of a selected
mammal (with reference to man) is discussed here as well.
CHF02

Foundation Chemistry A

F&P/P

L/C

Prerequisites: Form 6 Chemistry or equivalent

CHF02 introduces the fundamental principles of general chemistry and shows how they are
applied to a variety of themes and topics. The unit subsequently develops the major concepts
in physical and inorganic chemistry that are required for studying higher level chemistry.
The major focus of this course is on stoichiometry, measurements and uncertainty, electron
configuration and the periodic table, chemical bonding and intermolecular force, trends and
properties of selected groups and periods in the periodic table.
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

COLLEGE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES

BIP02 is designed to provide the student with a broad appreciation of some of the fundamental
concepts of biology. The emphasis of this course is on ecology, cell and molecular biology
and Genetics and heredity. It moves from classification of organisms to their adaptations and
biological communities. From cell structure and function we discuss the roles of DNA and
RNA and sex determination in humans.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

402

Code

Title

CHF03

Foundation Chemistry B

Semester
II

Mode
F&P/P

Location
L/C

Prerequisites: Form 6 Chemistry or equivalent

CHF03 introduces the fundamental principles of general chemistry and shows how they
are applied to a variety of themes and topics. The unit subsequently develops the major
concepts in physical, inorganic and organic chemistry that are required for studying higher
level chemistry. But some important topics are treated in more depth. The major focus of this
course is thermochemistry and chemical equilibrium, acids and bases (equilibria in solutions
of weak acids and bases) and organic chemistry.
CHP02 Preliminary Chemistry A

Prerequisites: Form 5 General Science

CHP02 provides simple but detailed concepts of basic chemistry with the major area of
focus divided into three main topics, including the introduction to basic ideas; the study of
the behaviour of gases; solids, liquids and solutions. These topics are further divided into
smaller units to help students grasp each of the relevant concepts step by step. The course is
also laboratory oriented and tailored to maximise student success in foundation and degree
courses in chemistry.

COLLEGE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES

CHP03 Preliminary Chemistry B

II

Prerequisites: Form 5 General Science. CHP02 an advantage.

Using the principles studied in Form 5 general science and/or CHP02, this course concentrates
on the specific chemical topics of energy and chemical change, reaction kinetics, oxidation
and reduction principles and application and a basic introduction to carbon chemistry. The
course is also laboratory oriented and tailored to maximise student success in foundation
and degree courses in chemistry. Topics covered in this course include energy and chemical
change, chemistry of carbon and oxidation and reduction.
CSF12

Foundation Computer Science

II

B/O

L/C

Prerequisites: A pass in ISF21 or good software and problem solving skills

Students planning to do a major in Computer Science/Information systems at degree level
must do CSF12. It is also recommended for those who wish to do Mathematics, Physics and
Engineering. CSF12 enables students to solve problems in a logical way, using simple to
medium level if, else selection/control structures, simple to medium level while and for loop
repetition structures.
ECF04

Foundation Economics

I&II

B/P

SC/C

Prerequisites: Completion of Form 6 or Year 12 mathematics

This course ECF04, introduces students to more in depth discussion of general
microeconomics and macroeconomics concepts and principles covered in ECP01. The
course is aimed to prepare students for further studies in degree levels in the field of

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

ECP01

Preliminary Economics

I&II

Prerequisites: Pass in Form 5 Mathematics recommended

ECP01 is an introductory economics course that enables students with prior or no prior
economic knowledge to learn relevant basic micro and macro economics concepts and
skills before taking up economics at Foundation level. The course presents 12 units, placing
emphasis on developing to understand basic micro and macro economic concepts, draw
basic graphical illustrations and perform basic economic calculations
GEF01

Pacific Islands Geography I

B&P/P

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Economics and other related fields. Topics covered include the economic problem, scarcity
and opportunity cost, price mechanism and government intervention, market structures,
perfect and imperfect markets, bank and monetary policy, fiscal policy, economic growth,
inflation and unemployment, economic policies, globalisation, exchange rate and free trade.

403

L/C

Prerequisites: Competence in the English language essential

GEF01 is primarily focused on physical geography. It covers studies in geography skills,
physical geography, biogeography and biodiversity conservation. It also includes special
applications of physical geography in the South Pacific Islands. The course includes a
practical field exercise that requires students to participate in field work.
Pacific Islands Geography II

II

B&P/P

L/C

Prerequisites: None
GEF02 is primarily a human geography course that examines the interrelationships between
people and the socio-economic environment. It includes applications to the Pacific Islands. It
concludes with the look at how humans have affected the physical environment. The course
also includes a practical field exercise or project that requires students to participate in field
work. The prime objective of the course is to develop in the students general understanding
of the applications of human geography in community development and daily life. A factory
and farm visit will supplement students' appreciation of the importance of their study.
GEP01 Preliminary Geography A: Physical Geography

I
P

Prerequisites: Some knowledge of map interpretation and graphs an advantage

GEP01 focuses on maps and skills of mapping. It looks at the natural world and the ways
geographers have studied landscapes and the forces responsible for them. In addition, we
study climate and weather patterns, vegetation and soil types, water and land formations,
and the distribution of earth`s resources.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

COLLEGE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES

GEF02

404

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

GEP02 Preliminary Geography B: Human Geography

II
P

Prerequisites: Some knowledge of map interpretation and graphs an advantage

GEP02 focuses on the human environment, its characteristics, distribution patterns, formative
processes and interactions with the physical environment. This course does not make
students experts in human geography. It only helps give you an overview of the concepts
and components in the study of human geography.
HYF01

Introduction to Pacific History

B&P/P

L/C

Prerequisites: Competence in the English language and essay writing essential.

The course is made up of four Modules that cover the periods of Pacific history from origins
of Pacific islanders to the colonial era. It is a full research course that builds on research
skills at foundation level. It examines the past of Pacific people using these research skills.
The analysis emphasises the continuity of historical processes, beginning with traditions
and looking at the situation that existed immediately before contact with the Europeans.
The course focuses on the islands, their people and examining their past to gain better
understanding of the present.
HYP01

The Pacific and World War II

COLLEGE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES

Prerequisites: Competence in the English language and essay writing essential.

HYP01 introduces students to Pacific history as well as global history. One of the main
objectives of this course is to focus on an event that involved nations both in the Pacific and
around the world: the Second World War. The course is designed to provide students with
an understanding of how the war spread into the Pacific, the involvement of Pacific Islanders
and the effects of the war on the people and the islands. The course is also designed to teach
students skills necessary for studying history.
ISF21

Foundation Information Systems

I/II

B&O/B&O

L&C/L&C

Prerequisites: None
ISF21 is aimed at enriching students with the fundamental concepts of Internet, Web,
E-Commerce, Communications and Networks, Information Systems, Database Management
Systems, System Analysis and Design, Programming step, planning and languages and
Privacy and Security issues. This course will also prepare students with fundamental skills in
word processing, spreadsheet calculations, and HTML coding. It will prepare students for
higher level Information System courses.
ISP21 Introduction to Information CommunicationsTechnology

I&II
O

Prerequisites: None
This course will offer students the fundamentals of computer hardware and software
functionalities. Students will develop understanding of the difference between input, output

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

LLF11

Communication and Study Skills

I&II

F&P/P

L/C

Prerequisites: Some background in essay writing and familiarity with different levels of
English usage.
This course will help students increase their proficiency in various study skills and aspects
of communication in preparation for studies at post-Foundation level. Topics include note
taking, summary, paragraph structure, essay writing, comprehension, intensive and extensive
reading, use of the dictionary, effective use of the library, critical examination of written texts,
and oral expression.
LLF14

Foundation English A

I&II

F&P/P

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

and storage devices, and the difference between application and system software. It will
also expose students to understanding the fundamentals of e-learning (Moodle and SOLS)
at USP and basic level of research using the internet. Students will also begin to explore the
basic features of MS Word, Excel, PowerPoint and Publisher.

405

L/C

Prerequisites: Form 6 English

LLF21

Communication and Language

I&II

Prerequisites: Ability to read and write essays competently in English.

LLF21 gives students an overview of the basic nature of communication and human language.
It focuses on the languages of the Pacific and some important issues relating to language
and communication within this region. It also aims to enhance student sensitivity to common
prejudice and biases concerning language in general and Pacific languages in particular.
LLF22

Foundation Hindi Studies

I&II

Prerequisites: None
LLF22 gives students an overview of the basic nature of communication and is a study and
practice of the basic Hindi language emphasizing on all of four essential skills; reading, writing,
listening, and speaking through topics or situations that must be used in daily life, including a
study of language devices: vocabulary, grammar, and pronunciation that encourage students
to communicate in Hindi accurately and effectively. It is primarily aimed at students preparing
to enter the degree programme.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

COLLEGE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES

This course will introduce students to a variety of text types with the intention of improving
writing, grammar and language skills, in general. Each unit is designed around a style of
writing selected to appeal to readers at Foundation or Form 7 level or Year 13. These include
fiction and non-fiction stories, poetry, comic strips, play scripts and movies. Each unit allows
students to explore in context those aspects of English language vocabulary, speaking and
writing.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

406

Code

Title

LLF23

Foundation Fijian Studies

Semester
I&II

Mode

Location

Prerequisites: None
LLF23 introduces students to aspects of the scientific study of Fijian linguistics in its
foundation stage. Topics include issues in spoken and written dialects and Standard Fijian,
the structure of Fijian, its use in different contexts and the relationships among languages in
Fiji as well as in the Pacific.
LLP13

Pre-Tertiary English

I&II

Prerequisites: Form 4 English

The aim of this course is to increase confidence, accuracy and fluency in the use of
spoken and written English. Examinations will be designed to test both course content and
proficiency in written and spoken English. This course offers programmed instruction in
English comprehension and expression at the equivalent of Form 6. The course leads directly
into Foundation English courses.
LLP14

Preliminary English A

I&II

COLLEGE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES

Prerequisites: Form 4 English

This preliminary English course will adequately introduce the form, function and use of
English grammar. These will be taught in conjunction with the four academic skills: speaking,
listening, comprehension and writing at a lower intermediate level. This is particularly in the
areas of parts of speech and word combinations for basic sentence structures. The expected
learning outcomes are independent study skills, basic knowledge of English parts of speech,
using English confidently in an academic context, and basic skills in sentence construction.
These will be taught in a thematic context.
MAF11 Foundation Mathematics A

F&P/P

L/C

Prerequisites: A pass in Form 6 or year 12 Mathematics or MAP12 and MAP13.

The course is designed for students who want to study all sciences, engineering, accounting
or economics. It focuses on the concepts of Algebra, Functions and Graphs, Trigonometry
and Complex numbers. MAF11 and MAF12 prepare students for study of mathematics at
degree 1 level.
MAF12 Foundation Mathematics B

II

F&P/P

L/C

Prerequisites: A pass in Form 6 or year 12 level Mathematics or MAP12 and MAP13

MAF12 is required for students who want to study all sciences, engineering, accounting or
economics. MAF12 and MAF11 prepare students for study of mathematics at degree 1 level.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

Prerequisites: Attempted Form 6 Mathematics

MAF21 is designed for students who do not want to do a mathematics major. It does not
meet the mathematics requirement for degree studies that require mathematics background.
It is designed for those who intend to study in the social sciences other than Accounting and
Economics.
MAP11 Preliminary Mathematics for Social Science

I&II
P

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MAF21 Basic Mathematics for Foundation Social Science

I/II
F&P/P
L/C

407

Prerequisites: None
MAP11 assumes that students have some basic knowledge of arithmetic and operations
with whole numbers. It is designed for Social Science disciplines except for Accounting and
Economics.
MAP12 Preliminary Mathematics A

I&II

Prerequisites: MAP11 or recent study of Form 5 Mathematics

MAP13 Preliminary Mathematics B

I&II

Prerequisites: MAP12 or recent study of Form 5 Mathematics

MAP13 in conjunction with MAP12 is designed to help students understand and apply
mathematical principles in different areas and to provide a foundation for further study in
these areas. This course is meant for students who want to study all sciences, engineering,
accounting or economics.
OSF01

Introduction to Official Statistics

I&II

B/P

SC/C

Prerequisites: Completion of Form 6 or Year 12 Mathematics and Economics

OSF01 is an introductory course in Official Statistics (OS) at Foundation level. Successful
completion of prelim or sixth form economics and mathematics is required for entry to the
course. This course aims to prepare students for further studies at degree level in the field
of Economics, Official statistics, Population studies and other related fields. Topics include
statistics and statistical systems, data collection, compilation of economics and social
statistics and information dissemination.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

COLLEGE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES

MAP12 in conjunction with MAP13 is designed to help students understand and apply
mathematical principles in different areas and to provide a foundation for further study in
these areas. This course is meant for students who want to study all sciences, engineering,
accounting or economics.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

408

Code

Title

PHF02

Foundation Physics A

Semester
I

Mode
F&P/P

Location
L/C

Prerequisites: A good pass in PHP02 or equivalent.

PHF02 is designed to establish the physical concepts necessary to study science at the
degree level. The course builds on the preliminary work completed in PHP02 or equivalent
(form six physics). The major focus of this course is mechanics and thermal physics,
preparing students for further studies in physics, engineering and other sciences where
physical phenomena play a role. Laboratory work involves experiments that reinforce the
lecture material.
PHF03

Foundation Physics B

II

F&P/P

L/C

Prerequisites: A good pass in PHP03 or equivalent.

PHF03 is designed to establish the physical concepts necessary to study science at the
degree level. Scientific method and principles are emphasised. The major focus of PHF03
light and optics, vibrations and waves, electricity and magnetism and modern physics. The
course builds on the preliminary work completed in PHP03 or equivalent (form six physics).
Laboratory work involves experiments that reinforce lecture material.
PHP02

Preliminary Physics A

COLLEGE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES

Prerequisites: Form 5 General Science and Mathematics

PHP02 is designed to teach the basic concepts of physics, develop an understanding
of experimental procedures, and prepare students for physics courses and to develop
laboratory skills.
PHP03

Preliminary Physics B

II

Prerequisites: Form 5 General Science and Mathematics or attempted PHP02

PHP03 is designed to teach the basic concepts of physics, develop an understanding
of experimental procedures, and prepare students for physics courses and to develop
laboratory skills.
PLF01

Issues in Pacific Politics

II

F&P/P

L/C

Prerequisites: Competence in the English language and essay writing essential

PLF01 introduces students to the politics of the Pacific region and focuses on issues important
to contemporary Pacific politics. Students will be introduced to a number of important
concepts such as imperialism, sovereignty, neo-colonialism, globalisation and regionalism.
The course is particularly concerned with the interaction between outside powers, regional
bodies and island states in the Pacific.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Prerequisites: Competence in the English language and essay writing essential

PLP01 introduces students to Pacific politics. It focuses on traditional leadership systems,
the forces that impacted upon these systems such as imperialism and colonialism, the Pacific
war, achievement of independence, the adoption of new government systems and regional
cooperation. It examines a number of Pacific Island countries as case studies of the different
paths taken to independence, the different Westminster-based systems that are in place and
addresses the involvement of women in government.
SOF01

The Study of Society and Culture

O/P

L/C

409

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PLP01 Preliminary Politics: New Forces in the Pacific

II
P

Location

Prerequisites: Competence in English, particularly in essay writing, an advantage

SOF01 is a beginner's course in Sociology, one of the liberal arts that prepares students for
a lifetime of change. This course will help students to develop their appreciation for diversity,
learning, writing skills, knowledge base about human behaviour, social organisation and
culture. Socialisation, Crime and Deviance, and Religion are some of the topics that students
will begin to examine in this course.
SOF02

Foundation Sociology

II

B&P/B

L/C

SOFO2 introduces students to basic concepts of sociology: society, groups, microsociology,

social issues like bullying and others. The eight selected topics examine major theories and
theorists, basic research tools, urban inequalities, health and illness, aging, sports and the
process of social change. Apart from interactive learning based on tutorial exercises and
assignments, students explore new ways of learning through hands on activities on Mahara.
This course is only offered in semester 2 every year.
SOP01 Preliminary Cultural Anthropology in the Pacific

I&II
P
C
Prerequisites: None
SOP01 is designed as an introduction to anthropology that will equip students to pursue areas
in specialised fields in sociology or anthropology and other social sciences. Oceania with its
cultural diversity will be too broad to study, as a whole; however, selected groups can help
students understand their unique experiences and struggles. Through examination of events
and experiences of selected societies, students will be reminded of the interconnectedness
of Pacific societies and global events contributing to the alterations of peoples' lives and
cultural practices.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

COLLEGE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES

Prerequisites: Competence in English, particularly in essay writing an advantage

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

410

Code

Title

Semester

TEF02

Introduction to Technology A

Mode
F&P/P

Location
L/C

Prerequisites: TEP02 or Form 6 Technology pass

TEF02 provides the necessary background for a good understanding of basic engineering
drawing. The prescribed exercises in engineering drawing will enable the students to
develop the skills required for the production and interpretation of engineering drawings.
Topics include tangency and ellipse, conic sections, loci, descriptive geometry, vectors, truss
analysis, pictorial views, survey, architectural, and orthogonal drawing. Emphasis is placed on
developing students' ability to recognise, apply and manipulate the principles of descriptive
geometry and mechanics to solve engineering problems.
TEF03

Introduction to Technology B

II

F&P/P

L/C

Prerequisites: Form 6 Mathematics and Physics

The two components of this course are Materials science and Engineering mechanics.
Materials science includes the study of structure, properties, inspection and testing,
manufacturing processes and the utilisation of common engineering materials such as
ferrous and non-ferrous metals and their alloys, plastics, wood, concrete and composite
materials. Engineering mechanics covers the fundamental concepts of statics as a foundation
for applied mechanics. Topics include basic trigonometry, force systems and moments.

COLLEGE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES

TEP02

Preliminary Technology

I&II

Prerequisites: None
TEP02 is designed to provide basic engineering drawing skills to those with limited or no
engineering drawing skills. Topics in this course include: basic engineering drawing skills,
important constructions, tangency, helix, oblique drawing, isometric drawing, orthographic
drawing, interpenetration and engineering drawing applications. Emphasis will be placed on
the development of the students' capability to recognise, apply and manipulate the principles
of descriptive geometry to solve engineering problems.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

CEA41 Financial Reports for Non-Reporting Entities

I&II
B

SC

Prerequisites: None
This course describes the functions involved in preparation and processing of routine financial
documents, preparing journals entries, posting journals to ledgers, preparing, banking and
reconciling financial receipts, and extracting a trial balance and interim reports. The course
also describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to record general
journal adjustment entries and to prepare end of period financial reports for non-reporting
entities.
Business Documents

I&II

SC

Prerequisites: None
This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to
design and produce various business documents and publications and make decisions in
legal context. The course also identifies industry professional approaches to procedures,
guidelines, policies and standards, including ethical requirements and how to meet these
expectations in all aspects of work.
CEA43

Computerised Accounting System

SC

Prerequisites: None
This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to modify
and operate an integrated computerised accounting system. The course also incorporates
the process of business taxation requirements related to Business Activity Statements [BAS]
and Instalment Activity Statements [IAS] including the completion of Activity Statements.
CEA44

Cost Management Technique

SC

Prerequisites: None
This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to prepare
and document operational budgets for business. The course also includes how to prepare
forecasts and projections of the organisation and how to produce a project budget to monitor
project expenditure and to contribute to cost finalisation processes

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

CEA42

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER

EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

411

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

412

Code

Title

Semester

CEA45

Accounting for Inventory and Payment II

Mode

Location

SC

Prerequisites: None
This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to comply
with organisational inventory procedures, reconcile inventory records to general ledgers,
record inventory flows, prepare schedules and produce ad hoc reports. The course also
comprises of the payroll process and the verification and authorisation of payments.
CEA51 Financial Reporting for Corporate Entities

I&II
B

SC

Prerequisites: Any four from CEA41, CEA42, CEA43, CEA44, CEA45, CEO44

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to identify
statutory reporting requirements for preparing financial reports. The course also includes
how corporate entities prepare financial reports to meet statutory reporting requirements.
CEA52

Manage Budget and Forecasts

SC

Prerequisites: Any four from CEA41, CEA42, CEA43, CEA44, CEA45, CEO44
This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to prepare,
document and manage budgets and forecasts, and encompasses forecasting estimates and
monitoring budgeted outcomes in line with the financial objectives of the work team and the
organisation.
CEA53

Tax Returns

SC

Prerequisites: CEA41, CEA42, CEA43, CEA44, CEA45, CEO44

The course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to maintain
taxation accounting records and process lodgements and returns in accordance with FRCA
requirements, excluding income tax. The course also includes how to identify taxation
requirements for complex lodgements and returns, gather, analyse and process taxation
related data to prepare taxation returns and lodgements, and review compliance.
CEA54

Introduction to Internal Control

I&II

SC

Prerequisites: CEA41, CEA42, CEA43, CEA44, CEA45, CEO44

This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to analyse
corporate governance standards and the implementation of processes and procedures to
meet corporate governance obligations. The course also includes the process of implementing
effective internal controls procedures.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

SC

Prerequisites: CEA41, CEA42, CEA43, CEA44, CEA45, CEO44, CEA53

This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to analyse
and report on a broad range of financial and business performance information for advisory
purposes. The course also includes how to evaluate an organisation's financial position and
performance.
CEA56

Management Accounting Information I&II

SC

Prerequisites: CEA41, CEA42, CEA43, CEA44, CEA45, CEO44

413

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CEA55 Financial and Business Performance Information

I&II
B

Location

This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to gather,
record and analyse operating costs and data, prepare cost reports and budgets, and
calculate the cost of products, services and other organisational activities.
Accounting Workplace Practicum

I&II

SC

Prerequisites: CEA41, CEA42, CEA43, CEA44, CEA45, CEO44, CEA51, CEA52, CEA53,
CEA54, CEA55, CEA56
Students will have to undergo six months' work place assessed practicum to complete the
mandatory 400 hours direct service work with clients appropriate to their programme of
study. The programme coordinator and workplace supervisor will assess demonstrated
employability skills developed from the programme.
CEB61

Business Ethics and Leadership

SC

Prerequisites: None
The issue of ethics (especially in business) gained prominence in the 1980s and 1990s
largely in the wake of "deregulation" initiatives pursued by governments worldwide. This
arose at a time when shortcomings were increasingly becoming obvious in the market as a
regulator of organisational conduct. Focus thus moved to managers/leaders as a key focus
of control in decision making. The range and quantity of business ethical issues reflects the
interaction of profit-maximising behaviour with non-economic concerns. What exactly makes
a decision ethical? The problem with ethics is that what may seem morally right (or ethical)
to one person may seem appalling to another. This course will firstly, centralise the role of
the leader/manager in decision-making. It then helps define ethical frameworks to make
solving ethical dilemmas easier. A number of selected case studies are used to explore the
challenges and dilemmas involved in leading an organisation in an ethical manner.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

CEA57

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

414

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

CEB62 Strategic Planning and Risk Management

I
B

Location

SC

Prerequisites: None
Planning is one of the most critical means of fostering the success of an institution and the
achievement of its strategic goals. Strategic planning has been defined as "the process of
developing and maintaining a strategic fit between the organisation and its changing marketing
opportunities" (Kotler and Murphy 1981, p. 471) This definition suggests environmental and
resource analyses that allow goals to be set, followed by strategy formulation and systems
improvements that lead to better performance at the strategic, tactical and operational
levels. There are many external and internal risk factors that, if not carefully managed, can
impede the successful accomplishment of an institution's strategic goals, including changing
demographics, developments in the general economy, shifting priorities in government
policies, natural disasters, and poor planning and management. Further, failure to strategically
manage an institution's risk can actually compromise its continued financial viability. This
course thus focuses on strategic planning and risk management.
CEB63

Total Quality and Change Management II

SC

Prerequisites: None
In light of globalisation and emerging competitive scenarios, it is the quality factor that
has emerged in the forefront of companies/organisations' agenda to enhance their
competitiveness and public/market presence. Every public/private sector organisation needs
to prepare a roadmap for a journey towards quality- a journey that is continuous and never
ending. At the core of total quality management (TQM) lie three basic ideas: (1) striving for
quality improvements, (2) a continuous effort based on scientific principles, and (3) maximum
possible participation of customers, employees, supplies, etc. Quality management thus
involves all of the challenges of change management - a new organisational culture. This
course is all about Total Quality Management and how to implement it in order to gain total
organisation support. It explores contextualised proposals to bring about worker support,
commitment and involvement in the change process. It discusses the strategic aspects/
considerations in formulating and implementing a quality programme; it describes tools and
techniques of TQM; and it highlights the organisational and leadership aspects in TQM.
CEB64

Business Communication

II

SC

Prerequisites: None
Business communication spans key organisational functions including marketing, brand
management, customer relations, consumer behaviour, advertising, public relations,
corporate communication, community engagement, reputation management, interpersonal
communication, employee engagement and event management. This course focuses briefly
on each of these areas, but the bulk of the work context reflects current correct word usage
and up-to-date formats: writing letters of analysis, analysis, recommendation, persuasion,
action or refusal. You can also become more skilled at writing business cases, proposals, and
reports, and learn a bit more about e-mail etiquette.

Code

Title

CEB65

People Management

Semester
I

Mode

Location

SC

In today's fast-moving world, managers and supervisors are expected to deal with a number
of human resource issues. They may be asked to take part in human resource planning,
recruitment, development of job descriptions, sit on interviews, conduct performance
evaluations, or take responsibility for discipline. In addition to this, people management also
involves dealing with conflict, which is very much a part of organisational life. Thus this course
also covers conflict management. What is critical for resolving conflict is developing an
understanding of, and trust in, shared goals. It requires openness, discipline, and creativity.
There are no magical phrases or simple procedures for managing conflict. However, there are
several strategies for coping with conflict. Knowing when and how to use these techniques
can make you more effective leader. This course thus takes you through a range of key
people management challenges in the contemporary work environment.
CEB66

Managing Projects

SC

Project management is no longer a matter just for construction and military logistics. In
todays globalised world, in addition to the regular duties of your job, you are often expected
to take on extra assignments and to get that additional set of tasks done well, done under
budget, and done on time. This course is not intended to take participants from a supervisory
or administrative position to that of a project manager. However, it will familiarize participants
with the most common terms, the most current thinking, and the most current challenges
involved in managing projects.
Marketing and Sales Management

II

SC

Prerequisites: None
Marketing management is a business discipline which is focused on the practical application
of marketing techniques and the management of a firm's marketing resources and activities.
To create an effective, cost-efficient marketing management strategy, firms must possess a
detailed, objective understanding of their own business and the market in which they operate
in. At the tactical and operational levels the focus is on how to position the organisation and
its products in order to maintain or improve sales. Sales management, on the other hand,
focuses on the practical application of sales techniques and the management of a firm's
sales operations, This course thus provides participants with a general as well as focused
understanding of the intricacies and challenges of developing/sourcing and positioning of a
product/service in order to get the best results from the initiative.
CEB68

Financial Management

II

SC

Prerequisites: None
The focus in this course is on understanding and interpreting accounting facts and figures
as drafted by accountants and using this knowledge base in the participants' respective
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

Prerequisites: None

CEB67

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: None

415

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

416

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

functional areas in order to improve managerial decision making. Managers from different
functional areas would initially be exposed to financial and cost accounting concepts and
practices so that they can understand and interpret the accounting facts and figures, as well
as the periodic management accounts and financial reports. Tools and techniques of financial
and cost analysis with hands-on exercises will also be part of this course. Managers will be
exposed to financial management techniques for effective decision-making in the various
functional areas of management.
CEC31 Basic Concepts of Community Development

I&II
B

Prerequisites: None
This course introduces students to the basic elements of community development and the
range of features that make up the community. It enables them to look at social, economic,
political and governance, traditional and environmental factors (including resources) that
characterise communities and play a role in their development as well as look at cross
cutting issues facing communities (such as gender and climate change) that also affect their
development.
CEC32

Community Development Process

I&II

Prerequisites: None
In this course, the focus is on the various essential processes and skills to enable and facilitate
effective community development. These processes and skills enable communities and those
working in communities to determine the kind of development they want for their community
and how to go about it. It reviews some of the issues raised in the first course, especially
development challenges. Development skills such as planning, scoping, decision making,
leadership, governance and conflict mediation in community development are introduced
to address some of these development challenges. Other important areas covered include
advocacy and mobilising resources for the community.
CEC33 Community Project Development

I&II

Prerequisites: None
This course introduces learners to the different elements that make up a project and
different phases of developing a project. Students will be able to demonstrate their ability
to understand how these elements in a project relate and work together for a community
development initiative. In addition, they will demonstrate their understanding of the project
development processes particularly the planning phase and the development of the project
to meet donor funding requirements.
CECC41 Pacific Rim Cuisine

I&II

Prerequisites: CETH31, CETH32, CETH33, CETH34, CETH35

This course promotes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and cook meat, poultry,

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

CECC42 International Cuisine

I&II

Prerequisites: CETH31, CETH32, CETH33, CETH34, CETH35

This course focuses on classic menu items such as gateaux, terrines, pates and tortes to
be produced to new menu standards and match the discerning modern day customer and
competitive market. Together with CECC 41, this course will draw from the participants'
industry experience and promote the fusion of Pacific flavours and the application of unique
Pacific techniques in the preparation and presentation of menu items benchmarked to
industry/international standard.
CECC43 Kitchen Menus and Budgets

I&II

This course addresses key business processes in the commercial kitchen such as basic
information research, events planning, monitoring work teams, team leadership, assessing
the safety of the work environment, planning budgets and the preparation of reports.
I&II

Prerequisites: CETH31, CETH32, CETH33, CETH34, CETH35.

This course looks at kitchen team and leadership techniques for the professional chef
working in a diverse and multicultural food business environment. The training promotes
operational productivity, addressing conflict, leadership and environmental sustainability.
Here are a range of business challenges for the 21" century chef who must adapt, innovate
and manage these everyday issues that impact on food quality and productivity in the fast
paced work environment of the Pacific commercial kitchen.
CEE31

Exploring Early Childhood Education

I&II

Prerequisites: None
This course introduces students to what early childhood education is all about, and the
tasks and responsibilities of an early childhood teacher. Through observations and practical
exercises students learn to understand the early childhood curriculum and how to develop
programmes appropriate to children`s interests, culture, and developmental needs. There are
also opportunities throughout this course to reflect on how perceptions and expectations of
children affect their development.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

Prerequisites: CETH31, CETH32, CETH33, CETH34, CETH35

CECC44 Kitchen Teams and Leadership

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

seafood and vegetable dishes of Pacific and Asian cuisines. The training will incorporate
Pacific ingredients and cooking techniques to produce menu items of international standard
for the hotel and restaurant sectors.

417

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

418

Code

Title

CEE32

Growing Up in a Pacific Family

Semester
I&II

Mode

Location

Prerequisites: None
This course will help students understand how children grow and develop during their first
six years of life. The course discusses the characteristics and skills of children in various age
groups as well as the way environment influences the growth and development of children.
It is viewed from the perspective of the child, the family, and the community and the nation.
CEE33

Skills in Managing an Early Childhood Centre with Family and

Community
I&II
B
C

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

Prerequisites: CEE31, CEE32

This course is a practical one in which students gain personal and professional skills for
managing an early childhood centre. It covers the administration of an early childhood centre
and how to work together with teachers, other professionals and parents. In the practical part
of the course students have the chance to set up indoor and outdoor learning environments,
plan programmes for children, reflect on children`s growth over time, and consider their own
personal growth as a teacher
CEE41 Child Development and Care for Special Needs

I&II
B

SC

Prerequisites: None
This course describes child development from zero (0) to eight (8) years. It will address
factors such as disabilities that influence development and offer suggestions that enhance
development in diverse environments within communities. Students will be encouraged
to monitor growth through detailed observation that leads to planning developmentally
appropriate programmes that support holistic development.
CEE42

Children and Childhood

SC

Prerequisites: None
This course introduces students to perspectives and theories of children and childhood.
Understanding their personal perspectives, and the differing and changing perspectives
across historical periods and cultures, and how these are influenced by political and
economic contexts, is important to understanding current early childhood education and
care (ECEC) practices. The course employs strategies to promote critical self-reflection and
the examination of theoretical perspectives, and how both influence policies and practices
in ECEC settings.

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

CEE43

Understanding and Supporting Young Children's

Behaviour
I
B
SC

Prerequisites: None
The course explores behavioural theories that are related to traditional and modern
perspectives. It addresses issues on challenging behaviour theories and prepares students
on skills and responses that support positive behaviour and safeguard young children's
development. Students will be expected to identify behaviour that is common to that can be
introduced to families in diverse communities.
CEE44

Young Children's Health and Wellbeing I&II

SC

419

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Code

Prerequisites: None

CEE45 Practices and Skills of a Child Care Professional

II
B

SC

Prerequisites: None
This course prepares students to be a professional child care giver as well as being a
professional preschool teacher. It addresses the international framework and legal documents
that guide practices in both professions. It examines the management and administration
aspects of care and learning centres as well as enhancing students' programme planning
skills that are compulsory practice requirements. Students will explore the diverse settings on
care and learning from a non-formal environment to a formal environment. As professionals,
students are expected to demonstrate and adhere to ethical attitudes when encountering
challenging experiences in such settings.
CEE46

The Workplace Attachment

I&II

SC

Prerequisites: CEE41, CEE42, CEE43, CEE44, CEE45

This is structured course with set tasks for each week of practicum. Students must seek
consent and secure a practicum venue before the professional practice. They are expected
to complete a maximum of fourteen (14) weeks of practicum in a child centre and pre-school
within their community.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

This course is designed to engage students on practices related to young children's health,
wellbeing and safety. Caring and monitoring young children's hygiene, immunisation,
nutrition, oral health and sleeping patterns will be explored widely. Students will be expected
to create a well-child chart, a first aid kit and demonstrate indoor and outdoor safety practices
that are child friendly.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

420

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

CEFC41 Introduction to Fisheries, Governance and Legal

Frameworks
TBA
Prerequisites: None
This course describes the performance criteria, learning outcomes, skills and knowledge
required to follow appropriate social principles and practice good governance procedures
when undertaking MCS activities. It also requires an MCS Officer to apply knowledge of
legal frameworks, the Western and Central Pacific Ocean fisheries and MCS concepts to
work effectively.
CEFC42 Introduction to Fisheries Management TBA

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

Prerequisites: None
This course describes the performance criteria, learning outcomes, skills and knowledge
required to apply Monitoring, Control and Surveillance (MCS) fisheries management
concepts and Western and Central Pacific Ocean (WCPO) fishery knowledge into day to day
MCS activities. This includes demonstrating knowledge of offshore and near shore fisheries,
common fishing methods, main commercial fishing methods, main pelagic oceanic fish
caught, major fleets operating in the WCPO, the challenges, benefits and interests relating to
fisheries sustainability and domestication plus fisheries management principles.
CEFC43 Operational Planning and Enforcement Processes TBA
Prerequisites: None
This course describes the performance criteria, learning outcomes, skills and knowledge
required for a Monitoring, Control and Surveillance (MCS) Officer to contribute to effective
operational planning and coordination, including use of operational orders and the effective
use of national and regional surveillance assets. Inherent in operational planning and
coordination are the importance and advantages of regional cooperation in MCS processes
and activities. This includes contributing to effective MCS activities such as participating in
inspection activities, conducting interviews and interventions, producing written statements,
documenting an investigation and participating in prosecution processes.
CEFC44 MCS Role and Monitoring Tools

TBA

Prerequisites: one
This course describes the performance criteria, learning outcomes, skills and knowledge
required of MCS Officers for the application of Occupational Health and Safety (OHS)
requirements relating to personal and workplace safety. The course provides introduction to
MCS concepts, the ability to explain the role of MCS in fisheries management, understanding
general fisheries compliance theory and applying risk management to integrated fisheries
management. In addition, it also incorporates MCS tools, licensing, access mechanisms,
referencing IUU lists, participation in port state measures, knowledge of the operational role
of fisheries observers and the use of data systems that support MCS processes and activities.

Code

Title

CEH41

Human Resource Functions

Semester
I&II

Mode

Location

SC

The course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to execute
tasks associated with the recruitment cycle. This is a foundation course for any person wishing
to pursue competency in human resources and provides a sound basis for working across
various human resources functional areas. Further, this course describes the performance
outcomes, skills and knowledge required to conduct individual and group instruction and
demonstrate work skills, using existing learning resources in a safe and comfortable learning
environment.
CEH42

Basics of Industrial Relations

I&II

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: None

421

SC

Prerequisites: None
The course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to work
with employee an industrial relations policies and procedures.

SC

Prerequisites: None
This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to assist in
the effective implementation of performance management system and to facilitate employee
performance.
CEH44

Health and Safety Requirements

SC

Prerequisites: None
The course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to implement
and monitor the organisation's work health and safety (WHS) policies, procedures, and
programmes in the relevant work area in order to meet legislative requirements.
CEH45 Institutional Research on Human Resource

II
B

SC

Prerequisites: None
This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to gather,
organise and present workplace information using available systems.
CEH46

Team Building

II

SC

Prerequisites: None
The course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to collect,
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

CEH43 Support Performance Management Process

I
B

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

422

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

analyse and communicate information to develop and maintain effective working relationships
and networks, with particular emphasis on the individual's role within the team and for the
organisation
CEH51

Human Resource Services

I&II

SC

Prerequisites: Any four from CEH41, CEH42, CEH43, CEH44, CEH45 & CEH46
This course describes the skills and knowledge required to plan, manage and evaluate
delivery of human resource services, integrating business ethics. It applies to individuals with
responsibility for coordinating a range of human resource services across an organisation.
They may have staff reporting to them.
CEH52 Manage Recruitment, Selection and Induction Process

I&II
B

SC

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

Prerequisites: Any four from CEH41, CEH42, CEH43, CEH44, CEH45 & CEH46
This course is relevant to human resources personnel who take responsibility for managing all
aspects of selecting new staff and orientating them to their new positions. It is not assumed
that the personnel will be directly involved in the selection processes themselves, although
this may well be the case. In small organisations this role may belong to someone is not a
dedicated human resources professional; the course, however, will still be applicable.
CEH53

Performance Management Processes I&II

SC

Prerequisites: Any four from CEH41, CEH42, CEH43, CEH44, CEH45 & CEH46
This course addresses the skills and knowledge required to develop and facilitate
implementation of performance management processes. In addition it looks into coordination
of individual or group learning and development to encourage effective employee
performance. It applies to individuals who are authorised to establish effective performance
management processes in an organisation and who may have staff reporting to them.
CEH54

Workforce Planning

I&II

SC

Prerequisites: Any four from CEH41, CEH42, CEH43, CEH44, CEH45 & CEH46
This course describes the skills and knowledge required to manage planning in relation
to an organisation's workforce including researching requirements, developing objectives
and strategies, implementing initiatives and monitoring and evaluating trends. It applies to
individuals who are human resource managers or staff members with a role in a policy or
planning unit that focuses on workforce planning.
CEH55

Manage Employee Relations

I&II

SC

Prerequisites: Any four from CEH41, CEH42, CEH43, CEH44, CEH45 & CEH46
This course describes the skills and knowledge required to manage employee and industrial

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

CEH56

OHS and Risk Management

I&II

SC

Prerequisites: Any four from CEH41, CEH42, CEH43, CEH44, CEH45 & CEH46

CEH57

Workplace Attachment

I&II

SC

Prerequisites: CEH41, CEH42, CEH43, CEH44, CEH45, CEH46 CEH51, CEH52, CEH53,
CEH54, CEH55 & CEH56
Students will have to undergo six months of workplace assessed attachment to complete
the mandatory 400 hours of direct work experience with an organisation and environment
appropriate to the programme of study. The programme coordinator and workplace
supervisor will assess works skills, knowledge and practices demonstrated by the student
that were taught in the programme.
CEI41

IT Fundamentals

I&II

Prerequisites: None
This course describes the fundamentals of hardware, software, internet and the use of emails.
It will also describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to design
and develop text based documents using advanced features of word processing software,
keyboard skills with speed and accuracy using touch typing techniques. Also it describes
how to develop spreadsheets through the use of spreadsheet software as well as to design
and produce electronic presentations for speakers, for self-access and for online access.
CEI42

Software Analysis

I&II

Prerequisites: None
This course defines the competency required to record and prioritise client support activities,
determine the required resources, solve client IT problems or escalate as necessary. It
describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to identify and solve
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

This course describes the skills and knowledge required to contribute to the development
implementation and maintenance of elements of an occupational health and safety
management system (OHSMS). It applies to individuals with organisational responsibilities
for contributing to tasks in relation to elements of an OHSMS appropriate to the nature and
scale of the organisation and its health and safety (OHS) risks. Further, this course describes
skills and knowledge required to manage risks in a range of contexts across an organisation
or for a specific business unit or area in any industry setting.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

relations matters in an organisation. It involves developing and implementing employee

and industrial relations policies and plans and managing conflict resolution negotiations. It
applies to those who are authorised to oversee industrial relations and manage conflict and
grievances in an organisation. They will have a sound theoretical knowledge base in human
resources management and industrial relations as well as current knowledge of industrial
relations trends and legislation.

423

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

424

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

common database problems to improve performance while also instructing on an individual

basis. Furthermore this also allows students to configure and support a desktop or workstation
operating system in a network environment.
CEI43

IT Work Practices

Prerequisites: None
This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required in the
workplace by communicating, influencing and consulting as part of a systematic approach to
managing occupational health and safety (OHS). It also effectively analyses the workplace in
relation to environmentally sustainable work practices and to implement improvements and
monitor their effectiveness. Also to maintain professional and ethical conduct to ensure that
personal information of stakeholders is handled in a confidential and professional manner.
Further, students develop and implement a workplace sustainability policy, including the
modification of the policy to suit changed circumstances.
CEI44

Service Desk

Prerequisites: None
This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to install,
configure and maintain personal computer devices, including mobile devices according to
client and user requirements. It provides an understanding of different types of available
hardware components and peripherals. It also evaluates the status of a running system,
covering both hardware and software aspects to determine system performance and
reliability in a corporate or home environment. Students also learn to configure, maintain and
troubleshoot operating systems (OS) software to ensure organisational requirements while
also applying systematic processes to fault finding across a wide range of (ICT) disciplines
CEI45

Network Communications

II

Prerequisites: None
This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to
determine client business requirements, verify the accuracy of the information gathered
and create technical and network documentation that is clear to the target audience and
easy to navigate. It also requires students to articulate, present and debate ideas as well as
participate in WHS communication and consultation processes. It applies to individuals with
good task management and competent information and communications technology (ICT)
skills, who are working as network administrators, technicians and support personnel.
CEI46

Database Support and User Services

II

Prerequisites: None
This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to back up,
restore a database, manage, monitor and administer a database. It will also require students
to build and implement a database using an established design. Furthermore the students

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

CEI51 Networking and Enterprise Management

I&II
B

SC

Prerequisites: CEI41 and any 3 of level 4 courses (CEI42, CEI43, CEI44, CEI45, CEI46)
This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to connect
network hardware devices, mainly personal computers (PCs) to an internet gateway. It further
underlines troubleshooting of the local area network (LAN), wide area network (WAN)
and wireless networks. This also applies to installation, operation and troubleshooting of
medium enterprise networks. Additional emphasis is made on the use of appropriate tools,
equipment, software and protocols to install, operate, and troubleshoot medium enterprise
routers and switches.
Web Design and Development

I&II

SC

Prerequisites: CEI41 and any 3 of level 4 courses (CEI42,CEI43, CEI44, CEI45, CEI46)
This course applies to web designers and developers responsible for the creation of web
pages using a mark-up language. It is also effectively responsible for creating dynamic pages
to provide interaction between the user and the website. It also focuses on the design and
creation of web page layouts to an advanced level. It is focused on web designers and web
developers who are involved in the layout and appearance of web pages, as well as providing
performance outcomes, knowledge and skills for web developers and designers responsible
for the navigation and hierarchy of website.
CEI53

Computer Programming

SC

Prerequisites: CEI41, CEI42, CEI43, CEI44, CEI45, CEI46

This course describes the skills and knowledge needed to implement effective complex
user interfaces including advanced layout and style techniques, interactions, navigations,
rich components, client-side validation, graphic, multimedia and templates. Programming
languages form the underpinning software infrastructure of all computer data processing. It
is important that the stages of the development methodology are followed within the scope
of any project or scenario, and the relevant supporting documentation produced. System
designers who are required to develop object designs are part of the systems design process.
CEI54 Graphic Design and Digital Media Technologies

I
B

SC

Prerequisites: CEI41, CEI42, CEI43, CEI44, CEI45 & CEI46

This course applies to individuals who require the skills to plan and produce a body of two
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

CEI52

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

are required to use a structured query language (SQL) to define, create and manipulate
database structures and associated data in a relational database. Students will also learn
to formulate and implement service level agreements (SLAs). In addition, students use the
knowledge required to receive, review and carry out change requests, while using a changemanagement system according to client requirements.

425

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

426

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

dimensional (2-D) and three dimensional (3-D) graphic design work. Also the students will
be able to produce professional typography for a wide range of communications needs. In
particular, students will be creating and manipulating graphics by using a combination of
creative design skills and technical software proficiency. The skills and knowledge outlined
are applied by people working in education or training organisations, or in media production
companies that specialise in the development of e-learning resources.
CEI55

Network Security and Support

I&II

SC

Prerequisites: CEI41, CEI42, CEI43, CEI44, CEI45, CEI46

This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to develop
and implement a workplace sustainability policy, including its modification to suit changed
circumstances. It emphasises on what is required to establish, maintain and evaluate the
organisation's work health and safety (WHS) policies, procedures and programmes.
Correspondingly, it touches on how to manage enterprise continuity, incidents, networks, data,
telecommunications, systems and application security. It evaluates IT security requirements
for a new system and plan for controls and contingencies, how to fit a physical mode into the
design phase of the methodology and implement and manage security functions throughout
a network.
CEI56

Project Management

I&II

SC

Prerequisites: CEI41, CEI42, CEI43, CEI44, CEI45, CEI46

This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to manage
information technology (IT) projects within a medium to large organisation. It highlights the
use of software-management tools to manage a project from initiation to completion. It also
describes the performance outcomes to link people, ideas and information at all stages in the
project life cycle. Project communication management ensures the timely and appropriate
generation, collection, dissemination, storage and disposal of project information through
formal structures and processes. Moreover, it touches aspects on how to identify, analyse
and document business requirements. It ensures information technology (IT) services meet
current and future internal operational enterprise requirements.
CEI57

IT Workplace Attachment

I&II

Prerequisites: CEI41, CEI42, CEI43, CEI44, CEI45, CEI46, CEI51, CEI52, CEI53, CEI54, CEI55,
CEI56
This is a structured course with set of tasks. Students are required to do the on job training
for at least 10 weeks or 400 hours during this last semester of their programme. Specific
guidelines as to the nature and scope of work experience will be provided in the student
log book.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Prerequisites: None
This course introduces students to the purpose and function of libraries. It examines different
types of libraries, types of materials and services offered, and the impact of information
technology. Students will look at time management and planning library work and study.
They examine library materials, including the physical parts of a book, consider the role of
library associations and the introduction of writing, books and libraries into the Pacific Islands.
The course concludes with library systems and processes, including who does what work in
libraries, and the physical organisation of libraries.
CEL42

Building our Library Resources

427

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CEL41 Introduction to Library Systems and Services

I
B

Location

Prerequisites: None

CEL43 Supporting the Information Needs of Our Users

I
B

Prerequisites: None
Students will learn how to find out what people need, and plan an appropriate information
search using basic ready-reference sources. They will learn techniques to educate users on
effective use of resources to fulfill their needs. Students learn basic techniques to disseminate
information, and bibliographic style. The course also covers presenting search results in the
form of bibliographies and within information files.
CEL44 Lending and Promotion of Library Collections

II
B

Prerequisites: None
Students in CEL 44 learn about the operations of manual and automated circulation systems,
and basic processes for interlibrary loans. Students plan library programming activities for
adults and children, and learn to create vibrant library displays. Storytelling techniques are
covered, as well as other activities to encourage a love of reading. Marketing techniques are
examined, including effective communication and improving relationships with users.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

This course looks at the selection of library materials, including basic ordering procedures, as
well as processes to receive new items for the collection. The course covers acquisition tools
for books, negotiating donations for Pacific Island libraries, and book exchange schemes.
Students also learn how to order, receive and file serials. Basic processing of books,
maintenance and repair of materials are included, as well as simple book conservation. The
course concludes with sections on stocktaking and weeding of library collections. Access to
the Internet is essential, as students are expected to access online selection tools.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

428

Code

Title

CEL45

Organising our Library Resources

Semester
II

Mode

Location

Prerequisites: None
This course teaches students how to provide access to materials in a library collection. It
covers basic skills in descriptive cataloguing of books, and how to assign subject headings
and classification numbers, following accepted international standards. It also examines use
of Cataloguing in Publication details and computerised cataloguing. Filing rules are also
taught.
CEO41

Office Finance

I&II

SC

Prerequisites: None

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

This course develops performance skills and knowledge of finance functions such as the
preparation and processing of routine financial documents, preparing journal entries, posting
journals to ledgers, preparing, banking and reconciling financial receipts, and extracting a
trial balance and interim reports
CEO42

Organisational Skills

SC

Prerequisites: None
This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to record
general journal adjustment entries and to prepare end of period financial reports.
CEO43

IT Use

I&II

SC

Prerequisites: None
This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to use
spreadsheet software to complete business tasks and to produce complex documents. Also
included is knowledge to design and develop business documents using complex technical
features of word processing software and produce complex desktop published documents.
CEO44

Customer Service

II

SC

Prerequisites: None
This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to manage
the ongoing relationship with a customer, which includes assisting the customer to articulate
their needs, meeting customer needs and managing networks to ensure customer needs
are addressed. The customer relationship would typically involve direct interaction a number
of times over an extended period. Moreover, this course is appropriate to workers who are
expected to have detailed product knowledge in order to recommend customised solutions.
They would be expected to apply organisational procedures and be aware of, and apply as
appropriate.

Code

Title

CEO45

Business Writing

Semester
II

Mode

Location

SC

This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to plan
documents, draft text, prepare final text and produce documents of some complexity.
CEO46

Office Resource Coordination

I&II

SC

Prerequisites: None
This course applies to individuals with a broad knowledge of business resources who
contribute well developed skills and knowledge to ensure adequate resources are available
to perform the work of the organisation. They may have responsibility to provide guidance or
to delegate aspects of these tasks to others.
CEO51

Basic Marketing Skills

I&II

SC

This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required in
developing marketing activities that match organisational objectives. It requires students to
implement marketing activities described in a marketing plan, to monitor their effectiveness
in meeting organisational and marketing objectives, and take actions to improve marketing
performance.

SC

Prerequisites: Completion of any 4 courses at level 4

This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to manage
own performance and professional development. Particular emphasis is placed on students
setting and meeting priorities, anaylsing information and using a range of strategies to
develop further competence as well as skills and knowledge required to facilitate all aspects
of teamwork within the organisation. It involves taking a leadership role in the development
of team plans, leading and facilitating teamwork and actively engaging with the management
of the organisation.
CEO53

Managing Projects

I&II

SC

Prerequisites: Completion of any 4 courses at level 4

This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to
undertake a project or a section of a larger project in the workplace.

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

Prerequisites: CEO41, CEO42, CEO43, CEO44, CEO45, CEO46)

CEO52 Personal Development and Teamwork Skills

I&II
B

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: None

429

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

430

Code

Title

CEO54

Creating Print Media Advertising

Semester
I&II

Mode

Location

SC

Prerequisites: Completion of any 4 courses at level 4

This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to develop
and implement a print mass media advertising plan within a given budget.
CEO55 Human Resource Management Services

II
B

SC

Prerequisites: Completion of any 4 courses at level 4

This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to plan and
deliver ethical human resource services, health and well being.
CEO56

Public Relations Skills

II

SC

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

Prerequisites: Completion of any 4 courses at level 4

This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to design,
implement and evaluate public relations and crisis management.
CEO57 Office Management Workplace Practicum

I&II
B

SC

Prerequisites: CEO41, CEO42, CEO43, CEO44, CEO45, CEO46, CEO51, CEO52, CEO53,
CEO54, CEO55, CEO56
Students will have to undergo six months of workplace assessed practicum to complete
the mandatory 400 hours of direct work with clients and colleagues appropriate to their
programme of study. The programme coordinator and workplace supervisor will assess
demonstrated employability skills developed from the programme.
CEP41 Project Scope, Time and Quality Management I

I
B

SC

Prerequisites: None
The scope unit of competency describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge
required to contribute to the control of a project's scope by assisting with identifying its
objectives, deliverables, constraints, assumptions and outcomes; and by applying controls
once the project has commenced. Application of project time management describes the
performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to assist with project scheduling
activities, apply and monitor the agreed project schedule, and evaluate the effectiveness of
time management for the project. Project quality management describes the performance
outcomes, skills and knowledge required to enhance project outcomes through contributing
to quality planning, applying quality policies and procedures, and contributing to continuous
improvement in projects.

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

CEP42 Project Cost and Human Resources Management

I
B

Location
SC

Cost Management in projects describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge
required to assist in producing a project budget, to monitor project expenditure and to
contribute to cost finalisation processes. Project human resources describes the performance
outcomes, skills and knowledge required to assist with aspects of human resource
management of a project. It involves establishing human resource requirements, identifying
the learning and development needs of people working on the project, facilitating the meeting
of these needs, and resolving conflict in the team. This course describes the performance
outcomes, skills and knowledge required to assist in producing a project budget, to monitor
project expenditure and to contribute to cost finalisation processes, and also has generic
application to a range of industries and organisations and a range of projects, from simple
to complex.

Prerequisites: None
This course describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to assist
with procurement for a project. It involves identifying procurement requirements, assisting
with supplier selection, conducting procurement activities, and assisting with procurement
finalisation activities for the project. Stakeholder management techniques describe the
performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to assist in managing stakeholder
relationships during a project. It involves ensuring the timely and appropriate involvement of
key individuals, organisations and groups throughout the project.
CEP44 Project Communication and Risk Management

II
B

SC

Prerequisites: None
This course focuses on the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge aspects of risk
management in projects. It specifically involves planning for, controlling and reviewing
risks associated with the project and assisting in this area where required. Information and
communication in project management describes the performance outcomes, skills and
knowledge required to provide a critical link between people, ideas and information at all
stages in the project life cycle. It involves assisting the project team to plan communications,
communicating information related to the project, and reviewing communications.
CEP51 Project Scope, Time and Quality Management II

I
B

SC

Prerequisites: CEP41 & CEP42

This course describes the skills and knowledge required to determine and manage
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

SC

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Prerequisites: None

CEP43 Project Procurement and Stakeholder Management

II
B

431

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

432

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

project scope plus time and quality in projects. Project Scope involves obtaining project
authorisation, developing a scope-management plan, and managing the application of project
scope controls. Project Time involves determining and implementing the project schedule,
and assessing time-management outcomes. Project Quality involves determining quality
requirements, implementing quality control and assurance processes, and using review and
evaluation to make quality improvements in current and future projects.
CEP52 Project Integration, Cost and Human Resources Management

I
B
SC
Prerequisites: CEP41 & CEP42
This course describes the skills and knowledge required to integrate and balance the
overall project management functions of scope, time, cost, quality, human resources,
communications, risk and procurement across the project life cycle; and to align and track
the project objectives to comply with organisational goals, strategies and objectives. Project
Cost describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, analyse and refine project costs,
to produce a budget, and to use this budget as the principal mechanism to control project
costs. Project Human Resources involves planning for human resources, implementing
personnel training and development, and managing the project team.
CEP53

Project Procurement Management, Stakeholder Engagement and

ICT
II
B
SC

Prerequisites: CEP41, CEP42, CEP43

This course describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake procurement in projects,
manage stakeholder relationships and match ICT needs. Project Procurement involves
determining procurement requirements, establishing agreed procurement processes,
conducting contracting and procurement activities, and managing finalisation processes.
Stakeholder Engagement involves ensuring the timely and appropriate involvement of key
individuals, organisations and groups throughout the project. It applies to individuals whose
responsibilities may include maintaining and supporting critical infrastructure for objectives
in small-to-medium sized organisations.
CEP54

Project Information and Communication, Risk and

Governance
II
B
SC

Prerequisites: CEP41, CEP42 & CEP44

This course describes the skills and knowledge required to manage project life cycle
communication, project risk, establish and implement project governance.
CET41 Introduction to Adult Education and Training

I
B

Prerequisites: None
This course introduces students to the various important concepts about adults as learners
and the strategies they can use to maximise learning in training adults. Participants are

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

433

introduced to the factors that contribute to adult learning and how they will need to apply
principles and theories of adult learning to their advantage.

Prerequisites: None
This course develops the students' understanding of adult training. The course will enable
trainees to acquire the skills to be effective in identifying training processes and methods
of instruction and to apply them in designing new training programmes. The course will
take participants through a number of important pre-requisite areas such as effective
communication, which is vital for any training programme. Some classic examples of processes
and methods of instruction are provided from which participants may gain experience and
develop their skills.
CET43

Developing and Delivering Training

II

This course focuses on and promotes the development and delivery of competency based
training in the given context. The course addresses the skills and knowledge needed to
identify the parameters of a learning design, outline the content and review its effectiveness.
Students gain relevant and emerging techniques of delivering effective training in any adult
learning environment.
Assessment and Evaluation of Training II

Prerequisites: None
This course introduces students to the concepts of assessment and evaluation as two
important areas of training. These are two important tools for monitoring the effectiveness
and suitability of training programmes that are conducted in any organisation/institution.
CETH31 Kitchen Ergonomics

I&II

Prerequisites: None
This course introduces the standards and processes of work in a commercial kitchen. It
covers the fundamentals of communication, teams and work and food safety. The course
promotes professional operating procedures and standards such as work processes, the
correct use of equipment, personal hygiene practices and food preparation and service for
the commercial kitchen.

CETH32 Cookery Methods and Skill I

I&II

Prerequisites: None
This course introduces participants to the professional operating standards of food
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

Prerequisites: None

CET44

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CET42 Processes and Methodologies of Training

I
B

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

434

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

preparation in a commercial setting. From the safe and correct use of equipment to the
selection, preparation and service of menu items categorised as stock, soups, sauces,
vegetables, fruits, eggs, rice, pasta, poultry and fish and shellfish. The course also introduces
the student to the standard operating procedures of commencing and closing services in a
commercial kitchen.
CETH33 Cookery Methods and Skills II

I&II

Prerequisites: None
Complementing CETH32, this course introduces students to the operating standards of
food preparation in a commercial setting. From the safe and correct use of equipment to
the selection, preparation and service of menu items categorised as appetisers, salads,
dressing, pastry products, bakery goods and desserts and local ingredients and cuisine. The
course further emphasises to the student the importance of maintaining standard operating
procedures of commencing and closing services in a commercial kitchen.
CETH34 Technology, Menu Planning and Stock Control

I&II
F

Prerequisites: None
Communications and documentation are important aspects of business in the commercial
kitchen today. This course covers the use of selected computer applications for
documentation, communication, costing inventory management and menu development.
The course promotes local ingredients and cuisines and the use of local business products
in menu development, costing and analysis.
CETH35 Commercial Cookery Practicum

I&II

Prerequisites: Successful completion of CETH31,CETH32, CETH33, & CETH34

Students will have to undergo six months of workplace assessed practicum to complete
the mandatory 400 hours of direct service work with clients and colleagues appropriate to
their programme of study. The programme coordinator and workplace supervisor will assess
demonstrable and displayed employability skills intended from the programme.
CETH41 Food and Beverage I

Prerequisites: None
This course develops the skills and knowledge in the preparation of an operation bar for
service. The training also incorporates the procedures and standards of providing quality
food and beverage services in a restaurant setting.
CETH42 Events I

Prerequisites: None
Events create business opportunities. This is the first of the two courses about skills and
knowledge of events information, processes delivery coordination. The course also

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

435

incorporates health and safety practice skills for workers, customers and the business.
I

Prerequisites: None
The front office operation uses information to plan, coordinate and manage the guest
experience. This course develops skills and knowledge in the use of computerised
reservations, and the information processes in the 'guest cycle' of hotel operations.
CETH44 Sales and Marketing

I&II

Prerequisites: None

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CETH43 Front Office Operations I

Sales and Marketing connects business with customers. This course develops skills and
knowledge in market assessment and coordination of online marketing activities, and the
measurement of sales results for products and services development and planning.
II

Prerequisites: None
This course complements CETH41 emphasising the core role of food and beverage products
in generating revenue and influencing the guest experience. The course develops skills and
knowledge in service delivery and beverage products.
CETH46 Front Office Operations II

II

Prerequisites: None
This course develops skills and knowledge in guest reservations, processing, presentations
to audience, cashiering, reconciling finance and coordinating environmentally sustainable
practices.
CETH47 Events II

II

Prerequisites: None
This course develops skills and knowledge in events planning, staging, set ups and delivery.
The training also incorporates events, resource purchasing, storage control and first aid skills
for guest and team safety.
CETH48 Hospitality Workplace Practicum

I&II

Prerequisites: CETH41, CETH42, CETH43, CETH44, CETH45, CETH46, CETH47

Students will have to undergo six months of workplace assessed practicum to complete
the mandatory 400 hours of direct service work with clients and colleagues appropriate to
their programme of study. The programme coordinator and workplace supervisor will assess
demonstrated employability skills developed from the programme.
KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES
Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

PACIFIC TECHNICAL AND FURTHER EDUCATION (PACIFIC TAFE)

CETH45 Food and Beverage II

PACIFIC CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT (PaCE-SD)

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

436

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

PACIFIC CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENT AND

SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT (PaCE-SD)
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PC414 Climate Change: Impacts, Vulnerability and Adaptation

I
O

SC

Prerequisites: None
This postgraduate course examines the range of impacts and types and degree of vulnerability
posed to Pacific Islands by Climate Change, and critically reviews the adaptation strategies
to address the vulnerabilities, at both national and community levels. The course is intended
for people in the Pacific islands involved with medium-to-long term planning for natural
resources, economic and social development, and/or the natural environment, especially
graduates working in governments or NGOs who are not yet familiar with climate related
issues but do need to be.
PC415

Climate Science

II

SC

Prerequisites: None
This course explores the rapidly changing world of climate science. The course material is
based on the Intergovernmental Panel for Climate Change (IPCC) reports and navigates
through the new scientific evidence to understand the observational evidence for climate
change as well as earth and climate system model projections. Students will walk away with
an understanding of the climate and earth system science, the data and models that describe
the increase in temperature, changes in rainfall, sea-level rise and ocean acidification and
their impact on the Pacific.
PC424

Disaster Risk Management

SC

Prerequisites: Admission to postgraduate programme

This course is designed to familiarise the learners with a broad understanding of the causes
and impacts of disasters in the context of PICs and provides comprehensive knowledge
on hazards, disaster preparedness, mitigation, rehabilitation and reconstruction. Tools and
policy frameworks to guide and support DRM actions are also presented and discussed.
The links between natural hazards and climate change and between disaster risk reduction
and climate change adaptation are analysed. Students will develop better communication
skills for disaster preparedness and disaster response in emergency situations with a better
understanding of the importance of incorporating gender-sensitive and inclusive approaches
in disaster risk management.
PC425

Environmental Impact Assessment and Strategic Environmental

Assessment
II
O
SC

Prerequisites: PC414

Code

Title

Semester

Mode

Location

PC426

Ecosystem-Based Management of Climate Resilience in the

Pacific Islands
II
O
SC

Prerequisites: New Graduates or PC414

PC428

Tropical Meteorology

SC

Prerequisites: MA111 or MA112, PH202 and a Bachelors Degree

The course provides an in-depth study of tropical atmospheric dynamics and processes.
The course will cover atmospheric general circulation, the structure and behaviour of
weather systems, development, displacement and intensification of weather systems, key
characteristics of the tropical atmosphere including convection, boundary layer processes,
local and diurnal weather phenomena, mesoscale tropical systems, tropical storm structure
and energetics, and tropical cyclone development. The course is designed to provide a
quantitative in-depth understanding of key atmospheric processes and dynamics central
to climate change in the region. It is an ideal course for students studying climate change
science or interested in weather forecasting.
PC700F Climate Change Masters Thesis (Full-Time)
PC700P Climate Change Masters Thesis (Part-Time)
PC800F Climate Change PhD Thesis (Full-Time)
PC800P Climate Change PhD Thesis (Part-Time)

KEY TO SEMESTER AND MODE CODES

Semester I = offered in the first semester, II = offered in the second semester, I&II = offered in Semester I and Semester II as a single semester course, I/II =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester I and by DFL in Semester II, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, II/I =
generally means offered on-campus in Semester II and by DFL in Semester I, but it depends on the values to the left and right of the slash in other columns, F = Courses
offered in the Face to face mode, P= Courses offered in the Print mode, B = Courses offered in the blended mode, O = Courses offered in the online mode, TI =
Trimester I, TII = Trimester II, TIII = Trimester III.

PACIFIC CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT (PaCE-SD)

This course discusses the physical and biological science behind climate change and
ecology, and examines the challenges in the context of future climate scenarios and their
effects on biological species in the Pacific region. The course modules include lectures,
scientific papers; student presentations and written reports. The course will also provide
a comprehensive knowledge of insular terrestrial and marine ecosystems, highlighting the
importance of conservation and sustainable management of biodiversity. It will provide the
skills to evaluate inter-linkages between climate change and ecology and evaluate ecosystem
based adaptation for climate change, and will assist with determining the importance of
incorporating traditional and cultural approaches in adaptation measures.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

The object of this course is to teach students the principles and methodology of Environmental
Impact Assessment (EIA) and Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) of development
proposals including social impact assessment process. This will add research skills and
understanding of methodological issues to the specialist environmental skills developed
in our undergraduate science, arts, business and law programmes. Students will acquire
a comprehensive knowledge of the best practice assessment processes for achieving
sustainable development whereby specialist skills can be effectively applied to ensure that
development throughout the Pacific region is sustainable.

437

438

REGULATIONS

ADMISSION, REGISTRATION, WITHDRAWAL

AND AUDITING REGULATIONS
Notes:
(i)




(ii)


(iii)


(iv)

Programmes in the Graduate School of Business (GSB) operate on a three-

trimester academic year, rather than a two-semester year, and have different dates
and deadlines from those mentioned in these regulations. The dates and deadlines for
GSB Programmes and courses can be found in the Principal Dates at the front of the
Handbook and Calendar.
Some other programmes also have non-standard length courses. Special dates and
deadlines for those programmes can be found in the Principal Dates at the front of the
Handbook and Calendar.
Students can be admitted to a thesis-only programme such as a Masters degree
(normally after completion of the postgraduate diploma) or a PhD at any time of the
year, and at admission will be informed of deadlines for fee payment, withdrawal etc.
The Ministry of Education, Fiji, removed the scaling of F6 /Y12 and F7/ Y13 marks
in 2015 and as a consequence, USP lowered its admission marks from 250 to 200
marks out of 400. For persons who sat the F6 /Y12 or F7/ Y13 Examination prior to
2015, the applicable admission marks and associated admission requirements will apply.

1.0

DEFINITIONS

Admission:
the assessment of the eligibility of an applicant to study at The

University of the South Pacific (USP).

Enrolment:
the completion of the processes of admission to a programme,

registration of courses and payment of fees.

Registration: the process of electronic or manual approval of a students chosen

course(s).

Non-standard course: a course that does not conform to the semester-long

structure. This includes 30 week courses, yearlong project courses

and industry attachment programmes lasting beyond one semester.

2.0

ADMISSION CRITERIA

2.1
To be admitted to a programme offered by The University of the South Pacific a person

shall have:

(a) met the admission requirements of the University; and

(b) any additional admission requirements of particular programmes.
2.2
To be admitted to The University of the South Pacific a person shall have:

(a) passed a Senate-recognised Form 7 or equivalent examination as outlined in Clause
2.3; or

(b) completed a diploma or a degree at a recognised tertiary institution; or

(c) met the criteria outlined in Clause 2.5 for admission with standing; or

(d) met the criteria outlined in Clause 2.6 for mature student admission; or

(e) met the criteria outlined in Clause 2.7 for pre-degree student admission (for
admission to pre-degree studies only).

2.3

Form 7 Equivalent Examinations

A person seeking admission under Clause 2.2 (a) shall have:

(a) in the Fiji Y13 Certificate Examination in 2015 and thereafter, achieved
(i) an aggregate of not less than 200 marks out of 400; and
(ii) at least 50% in each of the four subjects, one of which is English; or

439

2.4

Failure to Meet USP Requirements

Fiji Y13 Certificate Examination

Persons who wish to be admitted to a Bachelor's degree but fail to meet the

requirements below must first comply with the following requirements:

(a) Persons Scoring 200 or More But Passed Less Than Four Fiji Y13
Subject(s)
Persons who have taken the Senate-recognised Fiji Y13 Examination in 2015 and
thereafter and obtained 200 or above but failed to obtain:

50% or more in one or more of the Fiji Y13 subject(s) and or

the required subject minimum mark(s)

REGULATIONS

(b) in the South Pacific Board for Educational Assessment (SPBEA) South Pacific Form
7 Certificate,
(i) ACHIEVED or better in English plus three other subjects as the general
admission requirements;
(ii) ACHIEVED or better in English plus 2 other subjects and MERIT
in mathematics for the Bachelor of Netcentric Computing, Bachelor of Software
Engineering, and majors in CS, Mathematics, Accounting and Economics;
(iii) MERIT in English; and ACHIEVED or better in 3 other subjects for admission to
the Law programmes;
(iv) MERIT in Physics and Mathematics; and ACHIEVED or better in English, plus
one other subject for admission to the physics major and to the Bachelor of
Engineering
Where a student has a YET TO ACHIEVE in one of the four subjects included in
the proposed course of study, the student must take the Foundation course for that
subject.
The above provision is based on the assumption that the student has successfully
completed the Foundation course.

(c) in the New Zealand National Certificate of Educational Achievement (NCEA),
achieved:
(i) Minimum of 62 credits to be as follows:

Minimum of 42 credits from three Level 3 subjects comprising English with
minimum of 14 credits and two other Level 3 subjects each with a minimum
of 14 credits subject to (ii) below
plus

Minimum of 20 credits from Level 2 subjects or above to be made up of 2
subjects with a minimum of 10 credits each.
(ii) For admission to the following programmes and majors the admission
requirements will be as follows:

Bachelor of Science - The Level 3 subjects will be English, Maths and one
other Science subject

Bachelor of Engineering - The Level 3 subjects will be English, Physics and
Mathematics

Bachelor of Agriculture - The Level 3 subjects will be English, Chemistry
and Biology

For majors in Accounting, Economics and Computing Science - The Level 3
subjects will be English, Mathematics and one other subject

(d) been awarded a National University of Samoa Foundation Certificate; or

(e) completed the requirements for a USP Certificate in Foundation Studies; or

(f) completed studies at Form 7 level deemed equivalent by Senate or its delegate at
2.3 (a) to (e) above.

REGULATIONS

440
shall be admitted to Unclassified Foundation Studies.
Such persons will be required to register for the Foundation course(s) equivalent to
the Fiji Y13 subject(s):

failed and or

that they failed to attain the required subject minimum mark(s) for degree studies
may be eligible to register for Degree course(s) equivalent to the Y13 subjects
passed provided their semester registration does not exceed four courses.

(b) Persons scoring less than 200 and passed less than Four Fiji Y13
Subject(s)
(i) Persons scoring between 180 and 199 in the Fiji Y13 Certificate
Examination
Persons who have taken the Senate-recognised Fiji Y13 Examination in 2015
and thereafter and obtained between 180 and 199 but failed to obtain:

50% or more in one or more of the Fiji Y13 subject(s) and/or

the required subject minimum mark(s)
shall be admitted into Unclassified Foundation Studies.
Such persons will be required to register for the equivalent Foundation year-
long course(s) of the Y13 subject(s):

failed and or

that they failed to attain the required subject minimum mark(s) for
degree studies
may be eligible to register for Degree course(s) equivalent to the Y13 subjects
passed provided their semester registration does not exceed four courses.

(c) In addition to the above, subject to:
(i) Persons scoring in Fiji Y13 English:

between (40 and 49)% will be required to do LLF11

less than 40% will be required to take LLF11 and LLF14
(ii) Special Admission Requirements, persons may apply to specific major(s) and or
minor(s) where applicable such as Economics, Law, Science and programmes
such as Bachelor of Netcentric Computing, etc. as listed under the faculty in
which they are offered.
(iii) Persons applying for a major(s) and or minor(s) where applicable in Literature,
Linguistics and Journalism and Literature & Language as a teaching subject
major will be required to score 60% in Fiji Y13 English.
2.5 Criteria for Admission with Standing

A person seeking admission under Clause 2.2 (c) shall normally have completed a

tertiary qualification for which USP credit transfers are allowable.
2.6 Mature Student Admission

(a) A person who does not meet the requirements in clauses 2.2 (a), (b), (c) or (e)
may be admitted as a mature student to a specific programme if in the opinion
of Senate or its delegate, they are considered likely to be able to complete the
programme successfully.

(b) The decision of Senate or its delegate shall take into account the persons
academic background, and nature of their employment and experience.

(c) A mature applicant may be required to pass a course or courses that Senate may
prescribe as a prerequisite for admission to a specific programme.
2.7 Pre-degree Student Admission

(a) To be admitted as a pre-degree student a person shall have:

441

REGULATIONS

(i) passed a Form 6 or equivalent examination as outlined in Clause 2.8; or

(ii) having not passed a Form 6 or equivalent examination must proceed as
prescribed in Clause 2.9 below.

(b) A person admitted to the University under Clause 2.2 (e) shall be eligible to register
only for courses at the pre-degree level until they have met the criteria required in
any other section of Clause 2.2.
2.8 Fiji Y12 Certificate Examination

A person seeking admission under Clause 2.7 (a) (i) shall have:

(a) in the Fiji Y12 Certificate Examination in 2015 and thereafter, achieved
(i) an aggregate of not less than 200 marks out of 400; and
(ii) at least 50% in each of the four subjects, one of which is English; or

(b) in the SPBEA Pacific Senior Secondary Certificate, achieved
(i) an aggregate of not more than 12 in English plus three other subjects, and
(ii) not more than 4 in any of the four subjects; or

(c) completed studies at Form 6 level deemed equivalent by Senate or its delegate to
2.8 (a) to (b) above.
2.9 Alternative Pathway to Foundation Studies from Y12

Fiji Y12 Certificate Examination

Persons who wish to be admitted to a Foundation programme but fail to meet the

admission requirements in 2.8 (a) above must first comply with the following requirements:

(a) Persons Scoring 200 or More But Passed Less Than Four Fiji Y12
Subject(s)
Persons who have taken the Senate-recognised Fiji Y12 Examination in 2015
and thereafter attain a score of 200 or more but pass fewer than four subjects,
being 50% or more in one or more of the Fiji Y12 subject(s) shall be admitted to
Unclassified Preliminary Studies.
Such persons will be required to register for the Preliminary course(s) equivalent
to the Fiji Y12 subject(s) they failed and may be eligible to register for Foundation
course(s) equivalent to the Y12 subjects passed provided their semester
registration does not exceed four courses.

(b) Persons Scoring Less Than 200 But Passed Less Than Four Fiji Y12
Subject(s)
(i) Persons Scoring Between 180 and 199 in the Fiji Y12 Certificate Examination
Persons who have taken the Senate-recognised Fiji Y12 Examination in 2015
and thereafter and obtained between 180 and 199 but failed to obtain 50%
or more in one or more of the Fiji Y12 subject(s) shall be admitted into
Unclassified Preliminary Studies.
Such persons will be required to register for the equivalent Preliminary year-
long course(s) of the Y12 subject(s):

failed and or

that they failed to attain the required subject pass mark(s) for foundation
studies
may be eligible to register for Foundation course(s) equivalent to the Y12
subjects passed provided their semester registration does not exceed four
courses.

(c) In addition to the above, subject to:
Persons scoring in Fiji Y12 English:

between (40 and 49)% will be required to do LLP13

less than 40% will be required to take LLP13 and LLP14

REGULATIONS

442
3.0 ADMISSION PROCEDURES
3.1
Persons seeking admission to the University for the purpose of pursuing a programme

of study shall apply on the Application for Admission Form which may be obtained from

Universitys campuses or the USP website www.usp.ac.fj
3.2
An applicant shall provide the following documents with a signed copy of the

Application for Admission Form:

(a) a certified copy of their birth certificate or passport or other legal document
showing their names, date of birth, and citizenship (and if their current name is
different from that on this document, their marriage certificate or other legal
document concerning their change of name);

(b) certified copies of educational qualifications and transcripts; and

(c) other documents that may be required by the Vice-Chancellor or delegate or by
individual Programme Admission Regulations.
3.3
The applicants signature on the Application for Admission Form indicates a declaration

that the information on the form is complete and accurate.
3.4
All applications shall be received at University campuses by the following dates:

(a) for admission in Semester I, 31 December of the preceding year;

(b) for admission in Semester II, 31 May of the year in which admission is sought;

(c) or at a date specified by the University.
3.5
Late applicants shall be charged a Late Admission Application fee.
3.6
No person shall be admitted to more than one programme concurrently.
3.7
The University may, in any semester, decline to enrol any person in any programme of

study, or register in any courses on the grounds of:

(a) insufficient resources; or

(b) insufficient academic progress by the person at this or any other University or
tertiary institution.
4.0
CANCELLATION OF ADMISSION OR REGISTRATION
4.1
Senate or its delegate may, at any time decline or cancel any students admission to any

programme or any students registration for any course if it is satisfied that evidence

supplied in support of the application was untrue or misleading.
4.2
In the event that the admission is declined or cancelled subject to 4.1, the student

may reapply after one (1) semester and that application shall be considered as a new

application.
4.3
For existing students, the matter shall be referred to the Student Discipline Committee.
5.0 REGISTRATION
5.1
Registration for courses shall take place prior to the beginning of each semester.
5.2
Late registration shall be permitted

(a) until the first Friday of the semester; or

(b) until a date specified by the University.
5.3
Each student shall ensure, before they pay their fees, that:

(a) their proposed courses comply with the regulations for their programme;

(b) they are aware of possible lecture or laboratory timetable clashes.
5.4
Students shall notify the Student Administrative Services as soon as possible of any

subsequent change in the information given at registration relating to name, address or

other personal details.
5.5
Persons shall not be permitted to attend lectures, tutorials or laboratories or to use

the University Library or any other facilities of the University until they have properly

registered as students
5.6
The applicants signature on a Registration Form or electronic consent at registration

indicates a declaration that the information they have provided is complete and accurate

443

REGULATIONS

and a promise that as a registered student they will abide by the statutes ordinances

regulations and rules of the University.
6.0
RESTRICTIONS ON ENROLMENT
6.1
English Language Skills Assessment

(a) All new students shall sit the English Language Skills Assessment (ELSA) Test
except students admitted to the following programmes:

Centre for Vocation and Continuing Education courses

Preliminary Programmes

Foundation Programmes

Postgraduate Programmes

(b) Students who have not achieved an ELSA score of 3.0 or better shall register for
and pass EL001 before they register for any 200- or 300-level course.

(c) Students who have passed UU114 are not required to undertake ELSA or EL001
and may proceed to 200-level courses in addition to Clause 1.3(c) of the Bachelor
Programme Requirements.

(d) All students admitted to degree programmes (with the exception of LLB) are
required to at least pass 75% of their Programme course requirement at each level,
including university courses, to progress to the next level. i.e. 75% of the 100-level
courses required for the programme must be passed before progressing to the
200-level courses; 75% of 200 level courses required for the programme must be
passed before progressing to 300-level.
6.2
Students who fail a course

(a) Students who fail a course at the pre-degree or 100-level (other than 100-level
Accounting courses) on three occasions, or at the 200- or 300-level or 100-level
Accounting on two occasions, shall not normally be permitted to re-register for that
course.

(b) Where the failed course is a core course for a major or minor or programme, the
student will be excluded from the major or minor or from the programme.
6.3
A student may register for a course previously passed in which case they may repeat

the course once only and may count it for credit only once.
7.0 REGISTRATION FOR FLEXI-SCHOOL COURSES
7.1
To register for a flexi-school course a student shall be required to meet the

requirements for admission to USP and to the relevant programme.
7.2
The deadline for registration and the payment of fees for a flexi-school course shall be

(a) the last working day prior to the first week of lectures for the course; or

(b) a date specified by the University.
7.3
Late registration for flexi-school courses shall not be permitted.
7.4
The registration of a student who has not paid their fees by the date specified in clause

7.2 shall be cancelled but may be revalidated if within five working days of the first

lecture for the flexi-school course the student has paid in full:

(a) the tuition fee for the flexi-school course; and

(b) the fee for revalidation of their registration.
7.5
Students who withdraw after the first lecture of the flexi-school course shall be liable for

the full fees and an assessment.
8.0 CHANGE OF COURSES
8.1
Students wishing to change their courses after registration shall apply to Student

Administrative Services or the Campus Director on the prescribed form or through the

online registration system.
8.2
A student shall not normally be permitted to change courses after the first Friday of the

semester.

REGULATIONS

444
9.0 CHANGE OF PROGRAMME OR MAJOR
9.1
Students wishing to change their programme of study or major shall apply to Student

Administrative Services or the Campus Director on the prescribed form or through the

online registration system.
9.2
Students on scholarships shall have the written approval of their sponsor to change their

programme or major.
9.3
A student shall not normally be permitted to change programme or major after the first

Friday of the semester.
10.0 WITHDRAWAL FROM COURSES
10.1 For the purposes of this regulation and the Ordinance on the Payment of Fees,

Residential Charges and other Debts, the deadline for payment of fees means:

(a) Friday Week 6 of each semester; or

(b) a date specified by the University.
10.2 Students shall withdraw with no financial penalties as follows:

(a) in the case of students registered at Laucala, Emalus and Alafua Campuses by the
second Friday of the semester;

(b) students who are registered at all other campuses by the deadline for the payment
of fees for that semester.
10.3 Students who wish to withdraw from a course for which they do not wish to be

assessed shall inform the Vice-Chancellor or delegate or nominee by Friday of week

nine of the semester.
10.4 Students who comply with the requirements of Clauses 10.2 or 10.3 shall be

recorded as having withdrawn from that course and their names shall be removed from

the course lists.
10.5 Students who withdraw from a course without complying with either Clause 10.2 and

10.3 shall be recorded as having failed the course.
10.6 All students who withdraw after the deadlines stated in Clause10.2 shall be

charged full fees.
10.7 A student may be exempted from the requirements of 10.2 and 10.3 on the

recommendation of the Head of School for the reason of ill health or other extenuating

circumstances.
11.0 CANCELLATION OF REGISTRATION
11.1 Immediately after the deadline for the payment of fees the University shall cancel the

registration of students who have failed to pay their tuition fees in full.
11.2 Students whose registration has been cancelled in accordance with Clause 11.1 shall

not without the written authority of the Vice-Chancellor or delegate or nominee

enter the campus or use any of the facilities of the University or attend lectures tutorials

or laboratories from the date of cancellation of their registration.
11.3 Students may have their registration revalidated if within one month of the cancellation

of the registration in accordance with Clause 11.1. they pay in full:

(a) the tuition fees owed to the University; and

(b) the fee for revalidation of their registration.
11.4 Students whose registration has been cancelled in accordance with Clause 11.1. and

who do not pay the fees in clause 11.3 within one month of the cancellation of their

registration shall not be assessed for the course(s) nor allowed to attend lectures,

tutorials or laboratories nor to submit coursework for assessment, nor to sit the final

examination(s) in that semester.
11.5 Students whose registration has been cancelled in accordance with clause 11.1. and

who do not pay the fees in clause 11.3 within one month of the cancellation of their

registration shall not be permitted to register in a subsequent semester until they have

paid the fees in clause 11.3 (a).

445
WITHDRAWAL FROM THE UNIVERSITY
A student who wishes to withdraw from the University shall complete the withdrawal
procedure, which includes withdrawing from all courses for which the student has
preregistered or registered, using the prescribed forms available from Student
Administrative Services or the Campus Director.
RESUMING STUDIES
Students who withdraw from studies without completing their programme may request
to resume studies at the University. Such students will submit their requests by email to
the Student Administrative Services, or through the Student Online System, access to
which they will have during their absence from studies, subject to 14.2 below. Such
students may resume studies in the programme they were last registered, prior to their
withdrawal.
Students who are absent for 3 cumulative years will no longer have access to the
Universitys Student Online System.
Students in 12.0 above will apply by completing the necessary form if they wish to
resume studies; their application will be treated as a new application and they will be
required to provide information that was not previously provided to USP.
Such students will if they wish, be admitted to the programme in which they were
previously enrolled but they will follow the most current programme structure. Credit
for any course completed previously and deemed relevant to the new structure may be
transferred.
AUDITING OF COURSES
The University may permit a limited number of persons to audit its courses where
resources permit.
Auditing of courses shall be limited to attendance at lectures and there shall be no
entitlement to attend tutorials, to take tests, to have assignments marked or graded or to
use library facilities. (Persons who have been accepted to audit a course may however
apply to become external borrowers under the normal Library Regulations).
Persons wishing to audit a course shall apply in writing on the prescribed form to the
relevant Head of School stating their qualifications and the reasons for wishing to audit.
A decision to accept an applicant to audit a course shall only be made after the end of
the first week of the semester.
Students whose applications are approved shall, on payment of the fees be issued with
a letter (which shall be produced on demand) authorising them to attend lectures for
the course(s) named therein.
A certificate of attendance may be issued at the end of the course on application in
writing.
The fee will be determined based on the credit accrued in the course.
UNCLASSIFIED STUDIES
A student may apply to the University to take courses under Unclassified Studies that do
not lead to the award of a certificate, diploma or degree.
Students enrolling for unclassified studies must meet normal admission requirements
and prerequisites as appropriate, except where it is provided as a bridging programme
for admission from Form 6 or Form 7
A person who is not eligible to be admitted under Clause 14.2 may nevertheless be
granted permission by the Dean or nominee to enrol as a student for Unclassified
Studies taking into account the applicants previous academic history and relevant work
experience.
Students for Unclassified Studies shall pay fees as if they were proceeding to the
relevant degree, diploma or certificate.

REGULATIONS

12.0




13.0
13.1





13.2

13.3


13.4



14.0
14.1

14.2



14.3

14.4

14.5


14.6

14.7
15.0
15.1

15.2


15.3



15.4

REGULATIONS

446
15.5
15.6

15.7

The normal regulations for assessing and crediting of courses shall apply.
A student who has passed a course under Unclassified Studies may at a later date have
this course credited towards a degree, diploma, or certificate.
Qualifying courses taken under Unclassified Studies as a pre-requisite to a particular
programme will not be credited towards a qualification.

ORDINANCE ON THE PAYMENT OF FEES,

RESIDENTIAL CHARGES AND OTHER DEBTS
1.0
PAYMENT DEADLINES
1.1
A student shall pay:

(a) tuition fees per semester no later than the deadline date for that semester
prescribed in the Admission, Registration, Withdrawal and Auditing Regulations
Clause10.1;

(b) half of any annual fee associated with enrolment (including the General Services fee
and Health Services fee where applicable) per semester no later than the deadline
date for the payment of tuition fees for that semester;

(c) any accommodation charges no later than the day his/her occupation begins;

(d) any other charge to the University by the due date specified on the invoice or other
notifying document, or in the absence of such a date, on the day on which the debt
is incurred.
1.2
No student who is in debt to the University or who has in his/her possession

any property of the University shall receive a degree, diploma, certificate or other

qualification of the University, nor shall they receive examination results for the

current semester in which holds have been applied to his/her student account.
1.3
No student who is in debt to the University or who has in his/her possession any

property of the University shall be permitted to register in a subsequent semester.
2.0 FEE PAYMENT BY INSTALLMENT
2.1
All students studying at the Laucala Campus through any mode of study are

ineligible for this scheme. This scheme of arrangement is only applicable to students

studying in other campuses except for those campuses which currently adopt the

upfront fee payment schemes.
2.2
A student who is unable to pay the tuition and/or associated enrolment fees

by that semesters fee deadline may apply to the Executive Director of Finance

to pay by instalment. The students application must include supporting

evidence and such written undertaking as required by the Director. Where a

student is under 21 years of age such undertaking shall be given by the students

parent, guardian or spouse.
2.3
A student granted permission to pay by instalment shall pay half the fees due for

that semester by the prescribed fees deadline for that semester and the remainder

in not more than two instalments, the final payment being made not later than four

weeks prior to the beginning of the end-of-semester examinations.
2.4
A student who has failed to pay their fees in full by the deadline for the final instalment:

(a) shall have their registration cancelled;

(b) shall not be eligible to have their registration revalidated;

(c) shall not be assessed for the course(s) nor allowed to attend lectures, tutorials
or laboratories nor to submit coursework for assessment, nor to sit the final
examination(s) in that semester.

447

ASSESSMENT AND ASSOCIATED

REGULATIONS
COURSEWORK
Allocation of Marks between Coursework and Final Examination

The award of a grade shall take into account performance in coursework and
examination, or coursework only without any final examination for a course approved
by Senate to be assessed in that manner. The final examination and the work assessed
during the semester shall each constitute not less than 40% and not more than 60% of
the allocation of marks upon which the final grade is based.

1.2

Deadline for the Submission of Student Coursework

(a) Students shall submit for marking the requirements of a course that form part of the
continuous assessment process according to deadlines prescribed by the Course
Coordinator not later than the last day of lectures for that semester.

(b) This deadline shall also apply to courses that are assessed entirely by coursework.

(c) In no circumstance, students to submit any coursework after the last day of lectures
for that semester, but may, in exceptional cases, be granted by the Head of School
until up to the following extended deadlines:
(i) Pre-degree and Undergraduate Coursework Elements by the Director of
the College of Foundation Studies or Head of School until the day before the
published date of that semester's Assessment meeting
(ii) Postgraduate Coursework Elements by Head of School until the end of week
before the enrolment week for the following semester.

1.3

Minimum Requirement for Courses

(a) Students may be required to attain a specified minimum standard of performance
and participation (that shall be communicated to each student at the beginning of
each course) in the continuous assessment and/or at the final examination.

(b) A student who fails to attain the specified minimum standard of performance
and participation mentioned in Clause 1. 3(a) shall be awarded a fail grade
mentioned in Clause 7.1, not withstanding the fact that that student may have total
marks for the continuous assessment and final examination which are equal to or
greater than the pass mark.

(c) A student who fails to attain the specified minimum standard of performance and
participation mentioned in Clause 1.3(a) shall not be considered for a Restricted
Pass under Assessment Regulation 7.

(d) Science Laboratory Attendance
Attendance at laboratory classes is compulsory. Students who fail to complete at
least 75% of the practical requirements (including laboratory work) of a course shall
be awarded a fail grade notwithstanding the fact that the student may have total
marks for the continuous assessment and final examination which are equal to or
greater than the pass mark.

REGULATIONS

ASSESSMENT REGULATIONS
1
1.1

REGULATIONS

448

(e) Attendance in Tutorial and Computer Laboratories
(i) To pass any course where tutorials and/or computer laboratories are required,
students must attend at least 60% of these to be eligible to pass the course.
Students who do not meet the 60% minimum requirement will fail the course
under Clause 1.3 (b).
(ii) Students with valid extenuating circumstances for non-compliance must receive
written approval from the Head of School for exemption from this regulation.
(iii) This regulation normally applies to face-to-face students.
(iv) Attendance in satellite tutorials and online discussion will be encouraged and
monitored separately.

1.4

Publication of Coursework Marks

Total and itemised continuous assessment marks shall be published after Friday of Week
14 and before the beginning of the examination week so that students can check that
the marks for each item have been correctly included and that the lecturer has
calculated the total coursework mark correctly.

1.5

Conduct of Tests for Print Courses

(a) Tests for Print courses shall:
(i) be not less than one hour and not more than two hours in duration
(ii) be conducted no earlier than week five and no later than week eleven of the
semester
(iii) start at 4pm Tuesdays to Fridays (Fiji time)
(iv) be provided to Student Administrative Services at least four full weeks before
the scheduled test date

(b) A Print course shall not have more than two tests per semester.

ORGANISATION OF EXAMINATIONS

2.1


2.2


2.3


2.4

2.5
2.6



2.7

The examinations conducted by the University shall comprise such written, oral and
practical examinations as the examiners, with the approval of Senate, may determine. All
examination papers shall be moderated.
Teaching staff shall meet in their disciplines to assess the final examination papers
(including those for special examinations and for flexi-school courses) for standards and
coverage before they are sent to Student Administrative Services.
The examinations shall be held at the places and times specified in the examination
timetables published by the authority of Senate, provided that no examinations shall be
held on religious public holidays.
No student shall be examined in any course or part of a course at any time other than
that set down in the timetable except with the permission of the Deans.
Students shall take the examination in the presence of a duly appointed supervisor.
An open book examination is a final examination in which students may bring into and
use in the examination room specified textbooks and/or other course materials with the
approval of the Dean. The approval of the Dean shall normally be obtained before a
course that is partly assessed by an open book examination is taught.
The examination scripts shall be marked by the examiners who, after taking into
consideration work done in the course by the student during the semester, shall report

449

MODERATION OF EXAMINATION PAPERS

2.8

(a) The examination paper will undergo the moderation process.
The Heads of Schools/ Unit will moderate the paper and processes to ensure that
the questions are fair, at an appropriate level and test the specific required learning
outcomes of the course.
During this process course coordinators are expected to produce the following:
1. Exam papers;
2. Course outline;
3. Detailed solutions for the questions; and
4. Detailed marking scheme.
The School/ Unit Board is required to ensure that the following occur:

Look at a sample of papers from the mean, top and bottom marks against the
marking scheme to ensure that marking was fair;

Find out from the markers if there were questions that majority of students did
poorly in and see why this might have been so;

Discuss possible reasons for either high or low failure rates;

Any extra assistance provided by the course coordinators and the effectiveness
of this;

A brief report of this for each course be brought to the Assessment meeting
with the results; and

Consider all borderline cases in adherence to clause 7.2 of these Regulations.

EXAMINATION OF STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES

4.1
Students with a profound visual impairment:

(a) shall sit their examinations in rooms separate from other students, and

(b) may use Braille typewriters or other approved enabling technologies and

(c) shall be allowed an additional 30 minutes writing time for each one hour
examination time, and

(d) may be provided assistance to complete parts of answer sheets that they cannot fill
in unassisted, such as multiple choice questions.
4.2
The guidelines for the preparation of an examination question paper for a course in

which a reader of Braille is registered are that:

(a) a secure electronic copy of the examination question paper shall be provided to the
Vice-Chancellor or delegate or nominee, who shall arrange for its translation into
Braille.

(b) University staff approved by the Vice-Chancellor or delegate or nominee shall
supervise the translation of the examination question paper into Braille.

REGULATIONS

the percentage mark and grade for the course as a whole for approval by the Faculty
Assessment Board.
The scripts of students shall be stored securely by the examiners for a period of nine
months.

REGULATIONS

450

(c) the examination question paper that has been translated into Braille shall be kept in
safe custody by Student Administrative Services Assessment Section until the time
of the examination.
4.3
Answering of examination questions by a reader of Braille shall be as follows:

(a) Where the examiner requires the answers to be written on the question paper or on
special stationery such as a multiple choice answer sheet, an amanuensis shall write
the answers given by the student.

(b) Where the examiner requires the answers to be written in a standard answer
booklet, the student shall instead use a Braille typewriter or computer to do so.
4.4
The Braille answer scripts shall be handled as follows:

(a) The student's answer script shall be collected by the examination supervisor and
forwarded to Student Administrative Services.

(b) The answers shall be translated into ordinary print by a person under the

supervision of University staff approved by the Vice-Chancellor or delegate or nominee.
4.5
A student with profound visual impairment or other disability may use an amanuensis

(writer) with the permission of the Vice Chancellor or delegate or nominee.
4.6
For a student with any other type of physical impairment that may adversely affect his/

her performance under ordinary examination conditions, examination procedures shall

be determined by the Vice-Chancellor or delegate or nominee.
5
CONDUCT IN EXAMINATION ROOMS
5.1
Students shall obey all written examination instructions issued prior to or during an

examination, and shall immediately obey all oral instructions of an examination supervisor.
5.2
No student shall have in an examination venue any written or printed material, any

electronic or computing device capable of storing material, or any device that is capable

of transmitting, storing or receiving messages, except:

(a) where the written or printed matter has been authorised by the examiner of the
course; and/or

(b) where the use of the electronic calculator has been authorised by an examiner.
5.3
No student shall enter the examination room later than 45 minutes after the beginning of

the examination, nor leave the room before one hour has elapsed from the beginning of

the examination, nor leave the room during the last 15 minutes of the examination.
5.4
No student shall be readmitted to an examination room after they have left it unless

during the full period of their absence they have been under approved supervision.
5.5
Students may read their examination papers for a period of not more than 10 minutes

before the examination commences but may not begin writing their answers until the

room supervisor announces that they may do so.
5.6
Students shall display their USP student identification cards or any other form of

acceptable identification on their examination desks.
5.7
No student shall communicate with any other person (apart from an examination

supervisor) in the examination room, nor copy or attempt to copy from another student's

answers. A student wishing to communicate with an examination supervisor shall raise

their hand and shall communicate as quietly as possible.
5.8
No student may, in the examination room, smoke or consume food or drink (other than

water from a non-spill container).

451

5.12

Where an examination supervisor or competent authority has taken any of the actions
in Clause 5.11, the alleged offender shall be dealt with by the Student Discipline Committee.

6
APPLICATION FOR AEGROTAT PASS, COMPASSIONATE PASS OR SPECIAL

EXAMINATION
6.1
Students who are prevented from sitting the final examination through no fault of their

own, or consider that their performance in the final examination will be or was seriously

impaired, may make application to the Dean for consideration for the award of an

Aegrotat Pass, Compassionate Pass, or to sit a special examination.
6.2 The application shall be made on the prescribed form, as soon as possible, and normally

prior to the examination or no less than one week after the examination period. The

application shall be supported by such evidence as the as the University requires.
6.3 Application for Aegrotat Pass

(a) Students who will be or were prevented by illness or injury from presenting
themselves at the final examination, or who consider that their performance in
the examination will be or was seriously impaired by illness or injury, may apply for
an Aegrotat Pass.

(b) An Aegrotat Pass shall be given with the approval of the Faculty Assessment Board
under the following conditions:
(i) that the student furnish the Faculty Assessment Board with a medical certificate
from a registered medical practitioner (at the major campuses, normally the
University Medical Officer), along with the completed application for Aegrotat
Pass form stating

the nature of the illness or injury in sufficient detail and in a form suitable for
submission in cases of doubt, to another medical referee;

REGULATIONS

5.9
No student may continue writing an answer after the exam supervisor has

announced the expiration of time. In no circumstances may any time over and above

the time allotted to any paper be allowed to a student for reading over scripts or making

any amendment or addition to scripts.
5.10 After an examination, no student shall communicate with an examiner in regard to an

examination except through the Vice-Chancellor or delegate or nominee.
5.11 Where an examination supervisor or other competent authority has reasonable grounds

to believe a student has broken any of the Assessment Regulations or examination rules

or disobeyed a lawful examination instruction or has been guilty of other dishonest

practice or misconduct with respect to an examination, that student shall be liable to:

(a) be denied admission or re-admission to the examination room: and/or

(b) have any illicit material and/or devices confiscated by the exam supervisor for the
duration of the examination: and.

(c) have their partially-completed script confiscated and be given a fresh answer
booklet; and/or

(d) be required to move to a different desk: and/or

(e) be required, at the end of the examination, to accompany the exam supervisor to
the office of the Vice-Chancellor or delegate or nominee; and

(f) be reported to the Vice-Chancellor or delegate or nominee.

REGULATIONS

452

the date that the medical practitioner examined the student; and

that in the medical practitioner's opinion the student was unable
through illness or injury to sit the examination and/or that the student's
performance in the examination was likely to have been seriously impaired
by illness or injury and that the student was not responsible for the said
disability;
(ii) that the student achieve in the coursework a mark equivalent to a grade of at
least a B; and
(iii) that the quality of any work that the student had completed in the affected
examination, plus work in examinations not affected by illness or injury, be taken
into account; and
(iv) that at major campuses, where the registered medical practitioner referred to
in (i) above was not the University Medical Officer, that Officer be consulted as
soon after as possible.

(c) The Chair of the Academic Programmes Committee may approve cases where a
student's coursework mark is lower than a grade of B (as required in (b) (ii) above)
if this is recommended by the Faculty Assessment Board.

(d) In considering applications under this regulation it shall also be permissible to take
into consideration the effect on the students' performance during the semester of
any illness or injury.
6.4
Application for Compassionate Pass

(a) Students who will be or were prevented from sitting the final examination by
exceptional circumstances beyond their control and other than their own illness
or injury, or who consider that their performance in the examination will be or was
seriously impaired by the same circumstances may apply for a Compassionate Pass.

(b) A compassionate pass shall be given with the approval of the Faculty Assessment
Board under the same conditions (with the necessary changes) as those in Clauses
6.3 (b) (ii), (iii) and (c).

(c) In considering applications for a Compassionate Pass, it shall be permissible to take
into consideration the effect on the student's performance during the semester of
any exceptional circumstances beyond the control of the student.

(d) The Chair of the Academic Programmes Committee may approve cases where a
student's coursework mark is lower than a grade of B (as required in (b) (ii) above)
if this is recommended by the Faculty Assessment Board.
6.5 Special Examination

(a) Approval may be granted by a Faculty Assessment Board for a student to sit a
special examination in the following cases:
(i) if the student applies to sit a special examination rather than be considered
for the award of an Aegrotat or Compassionate Pass, subject to compliance
with the same conditions (with necessary changes) as those in Clauses 6.3(b)
(ii), (check with previous years) (iii), 6.3(c). 6.4(b), 6.4(c); or
(ii) if the Faculty Assessment Board, on the recommendation of the
Coordinator or lecturer of the course concerned, requires the student to sit
such an examination notwithstanding the fact that the student may be eligible
for the award of an Aegrotat Pass or Compassionate Pass.

453

7
CONFIRMATION OF GRADES
7.1 Grading System

(a) The following grading system will be used by all faculties in awarding final grades
for academic performance in a course:
Pass grades
Grade Percentage (%) Description
A+ 85+ Pass with Distinction
A 78-84 Pass with Distinction
B+ 71-77 Pass with Credit
B 64-70 Pass with Credit
C+ 57-63 Pass
C 50-56 Pass
Other Pass Grades
R Restricted Pass
Aeg Aegrotat Pass
Comp
Compassionate
Pas Pass or Competent
S Satisfactory
Note: Pas and S are used in circumstances where graded passes are inappropriate such as in
postgraduate thesis and Professional Diploma in Legal Practice

REGULATIONS

(b) Where a special examination is approved for a student. the Coordinator or
lecturer of the course shall set a new examination paper ensuring that the
questions and problems in the new examination paper are different from but
comparable to those used in the scheduled final examination.

(c) Where a student sits a special examination under the provision of Clauses 6.5(a)(i)
or 6.5(a)(ii), that student shall not be considered subsequently for an Aegrotat or
Compassionate Pass in that course in that semester.

(d) Where a student sits a special examination under the provision of Clause 6.5(a)(i)
above, an examination fee shall be paid by the student before the examination is
arranged.

(e) There shall be no examination fee if the student sits a special examination
under the provision of Clause 6.5(a)(ii) above.

(f) The final assessment of students sitting a special examination shall be based on
both coursework and examination and shall be graded.

(g) If a student is permitted to sit a special examination, the Dean in consultation
with the Student Administrative Services shall decide the time and place of the
examination.

(h) Where special examinations are required for students who have acquired a
minimum of a 'B' grade in their coursework, this could be arranged either within the
semester or the next time examinations are held. Students can sit the normal
examination for any such course if it is offered in that Semester.

REGULATIONS

454

Fail Grades
Grade Percentage (%)

D
40-49




E
40 (less than)




NC

Description
Work below the standard required
for a pass. This grade will also be
awarded for failure to meet course
minimum requirement
Very weak performance or failure
to complete to the satisfaction
of the examiner such practical, field
or other work as may be prescribed
Not completed

NV

Null and Void: This is awarded for

plagiarism or dishonest practice

U

Unsatisfactory

Fail
Not Competent
Note: Fail and U correspond with Pass and S above respectively.

Provisional Results:

I
Incomplete

IP
In Progress

SE

Special Exam Granted

(b) Students shall be awarded an Aegrotat or Compassionate Pass if they satisfy the
conditions prescribed in Clauses 6.3 or 6.4 of these Regulations respectively.

(c) Students may be awarded a Restricted Pass if they satisfy the conditions prescribed
in Clause 8.

(d) Students who have been granted an extension of time past the last day of lectures
to complete work required for the final assessment of their course shall be awarded
the provisional grade of I (Incomplete) for an undergraduate or postgraduate
course assessed by coursework, or IP (In progress) for a Supervised Research
Project or thesis for a Master's degree or a thesis for a PhD degree. At the end of
the period of extension the Faculty Assessment Board shall determine a final grade.

(e) Students who have not submitted their master's or PhD thesis or Supervised
Research Project by the end of the maximum period of candidature prescribed in
the regulations shall be awarded the grade of NC (Not completed).
7.2 Double Marking of Borderline Cases

The following procedures, which shall be completed before the Faculty Assessment

Board, shall be followed in the case of students who have failed a course by not more

than 2% (borderline cases):

(a) The initial marker of the course shall review all borderline cases.

(b) If, as a result of the review by the initial marker, the student's grade has not
changed to a pass grade the Head of School shall appoint another lecturer
(appointed reviewer) from within the same school or department to review the cases.

(c) If, as a result of the review by the appointed reviewer, the student's grade has
changed the appointed reviewer shall confer with the initial marker before the Head
of School approves the change in the marks.

455

8
RESTRICTED PASS FOR A COMPLETING STUDENT
8.1
A Restricted Pass for a failed course shall be awarded to a potentially graduating

student who has passed in their final semester all but one of the courses required for

the programme, provided that:

(a) the total marks for the failed course are within 5% of the pass mark; and

(b) the student has met the specified minimum standard of performance and
participation (as mentioned in Clause 1.3 (c) of these Regulations).

REGULATIONS

(d) In a case where the Head of School is the initial marker, the next most senior person
in the school or department shall approve the final mark.
7.3 Assessment Meetings

There shall be, for each school, an Assessment Meeting which the Head of School

shall chair and which all Course Coordinators as appropriate shall attend. The

Assessment Meeting or the Chair in between meetings, shall, for all credit courses

offered by that School:

(a) consider for approval final results (coursework, cut-off points, distribution of grades,
etc.) and the award of appropriate grades, including the reconsideration of course
grades;

(b) consider for approval the award of Aegrotat and Compassionate Passes in
accordance with Clauses 6.3 and 6.4 (relating to cases where the coursework of a
student is at least a 'B' grade);

(c) consider for approval applications for special examinations in accordance with
Clause 6.5;

(d) make recommendations about the award of Restricted Passes;

(e) make recommendations about the award of Aegrotat and Compassionate Passes,
and for special examinations in accordance with Clauses 6.3, 6.4, and 6.5 of these
Regulations (relating to cases where students' coursework grades are below B
grade) to the Faculty Assessment Board.
7.4 Responsibilities of the Chair of the Faculty Assessment Board

The Chair of the Faculty Assessment Board shall:

(a) consider recommendations from the School Assessment Meeting for award
of Aegrotat and Compassionate Passes, and for special examinations in
accordance with Clauses 6.3, 6.4, and 6.5 of these Regulations (relating to cases
where students' coursework grades are below B grade);

(b) consider recommendations from the School Assessment Meeting for award of
Restricted Passes.
7.5 Responsibilities of the Chair of the Academic Programmes Committee

The Chair of the APC is responsible for overseeing the academic progress to

graduation of students undertaking award programmes.
7.6 Notification of Students' Results

Official notification of the grades as approved by the Faculty Assessment Board,

shall be issued to each student by the Student Administrative Services within three

(3) working days. Course Coordinators will also be required to submit their assessment

online in Moodle.

REGULATIONS

456
8.2


8.3

A Restricted Pass in a course shall not entitle a student:

(a) to register for any course for which that course is a prerequisite; or
(b) to be awarded a credit transfer for that course.
A student granted a Restricted Pass may re-register for the same course under a
different programme or Unclassified Studies) in an attempt to obtain a higher grade.

9
RECONSIDERATION OF COURSE GRADES
9.1
Students may have their grade for any course reconsidered, normally by a lecturer other

than the original marker, or where this is not practicable, by the Head of the relevant

School.
9.2
Applications for reconsideration of course grades shall be sent by the student on the

prescribed form to the Vice-Chancellor or delegate or nominee within four weeks of the

date of official release of the particular course result in the case of on-campus courses

and within eight weeks in the case of distance and flexible learning courses.
9.3
Applications for reconsideration of course grades shall be accompanied by the

prescribed fee. The fee for reconsideration of a course grade shall be returned to the

student if, as a result of the reconsideration, the grade for the course is raised.
9.4
Reconsideration of a course grade shall include:

(a) a careful check that the total examination mark has been accurately transcribed
within the weightings (% coursework vs %final examination) previously established
by the examiner;

(b) a careful check that each examination question and part question was read by the
marker and given an appropriate mark;

(c) a careful remarking of each examination question and part question;

(d) a careful check that the coursework mark has been accurately transcribed within
the weightings previously established by the examiner; and

(e) a careful computation of the marks awarded for all coursework.
10
10.1


10.2

10.3


10.4



10.5

COMPLETION OF PROGRAMME AND GRADUATION

Students who wish to be considered for an upcoming graduation ceremony must fill in
the Completion of Programme form and submit it to Student Administrative Services or
their Campus Administration Office by the dates stipulated by the University.
Completion of Programme forms will be assessed by Student Administrative Services
against the programme requirements listed in the relevant Handbook and Calendar.
For credit transfers awarded from an outside institute, students must provide this
information together with their Completion of Programme form to Student Administrative
Services for consideration in consultation with the Faculties.
If a student is exempt from a course requirement including a substitution by another
course, this Substitution/Exemption approval must be approved by the Faculty Dean and
given to Student Administrative Services when the student enrolls for that substituted
course. This must be done during the course of their study.
Students will be informed of the status of their application via written (or email)
communication from Student Administrative Services or their Campus Administration
Office.

457
After receiving approval to graduate, students must ensure that all fees and penal
liabilities (financial, accommodation, disciplinary, etc.) are cleared.
Graduands will receive their certificate/testamur and one free copy of their official
transcript at their approved graduation ceremony. Those who graduate in absentia can
collect their certificate and transcript within a week following the graduation ceremony.
Otherwise the certificates will be mailed to them.
The certificate/testamur will only be awarded once and is not normally reprinted if lost or
damaged after it has been presented to the graduands.

11
RELIEF OF ACADEMIC HARDSHIP REGULATIONS
11.1 Relief of Academic Hardship may be granted by the Chair of Academic Programmes

Committee where a student has shown:

(a) that an alteration or amendment of a university statute or regulation involving a
change in programme or examination requirements has caused, or will cause, the
hardship; or

(b) that because of a documented misinterpretation by an authorised member of
the University staff of a university statute or regulation relating to programme
requirements, the courses they had completed were not in accordance with the
regulations governing that programme, and hardship would be caused if the
student were compelled to comply with the full requirements of the regulations; or

(c) that because of a documented error on the part of the University (such as loss
of an examination script or assignment. the receipt of which had been recorded by
an employee or agent of the university) a student's marks did not accurately reflect
their total academic performance causing hardship.
11.2 The decisions in all cases considered under this regulation, regardless of whether relief

was granted or declined, shall be reported to Academic Programmes Committee.

REGULATIONS

10.6

10.7



10.8

458

REGULATIONS

ACADEMIC PROGRESS REGULATIONS

1.0 GRADE POINTS
1.1 The following convention shall be used for converting letter grades to numerical

values for the calculation of a student's grade point averages (GPAs), including

the cumulative grade point average, semester grade point average and annual

grade point average:

A+
4.5

A
4.0

B+
3.5

B
3.0

C+
2.5

C
2.0

R
1.5

D
1.0

E
0

Ex
0
1.2 The following final grades shall not be included in the calculation of a GPA:

(a) an aegrotat pass

(b) a compassionate pass

(c) a credit transfer

(d) the grades SE, Fail, NC, NV, Pas, S and U

(e) a grade for ELOO1.
2.0
2.1

GRADE POINT AVERAGE

The GPA shall be the sum of all grade points achieved divided by the number
of courses attempted in adherence with a Senate-approved programme.

3.0
3.1

ACADEMIC PROGRESS GRADE POINT AVERAGE (APGPA)

The APGPA shall be the sum of all grade points achieved, divided by the number
of courses attempted within a Senate-approved programme. Where a student
repeats a course, only the highest grade achieved for that course shall be included
in the calculation of the APGPA.
For those returning from academic suspension, the consideration of progress for
the APGPA shall be the sum of all grade points since resumption.

4.0
4.1


4.2

SEMESTER GRADE POINT AVERAGE

The semester grade point average (SGPA) shall be the sum of all grade points
achieved in a particular semester divided by the number of courses attempted in
that semester.
The results for 30-week courses shall be included in a SGPA calculation for
Semester II only.

3.2

459
5.0

6.0
6.1

6.2

6.3



6.4


6.5

6.6

6.7

REVIEW OF PRE-DEGREE AND UNDERGRADUATE STUDENT PROGRESS

Initially pre-degree and undergraduate student progress shall be assessed after
they have attempted at least six courses.
Subsequently student progress shall be assessed on the basis of their CGPA at the
end of each academic year.
Students whose progress is deemed to be unsatisfactory (as defined in Regulation
5 above) but have:
(a) an APGPA of at least 1.5 but below 2.0 shall be put on probation for one year
(b) an APGPA of less than 1.5 shall be suspended for one semester.
Students who at the end of their first probationary period:
(a) attain an APGPA of 2.0 or better shall cease to be on probation;
(b) fail to attain an APGPA of 2.0 or better shall be suspended for one semester;
Students who at the end of their second probationary period fail to attain CGPA of
2.0 shall be suspended for one semester.
Students whose progress again becomes unsatisfactory (as defined in Regulation 5
above) after their first suspension shall be suspended for two further semesters.
Students whose progress, after resumption following their second suspension,
again becomes unsatisfactory (as defined in Regulation 5 above) shall be excluded
from the University for a minimum of five years, after which they may apply to be
readmitted.

7.0
7.1



7.2

7.3

REVIEW OF POSTGRADUATE STUDENT PROGRESS

For students undertaking coursework towards a postgraduate certificate,
diploma or a master's, degree, progress must be evaluated at the midpoint
in the programme and then again at the end of each subsequent semester until
completion, by the relevant Faculty/ section research office.
A postgraduate student whose progress is deemed unsatisfactory may be placed
on probation for a semester.
A postgraduate student who, at the end of their first probationary period, has again
made unsatisfactory progress shall be excluded from their current postgraduate
programme indefinitely.

8.0
8.1



8.2

UNSATISFACTORY PROGRESS IN POSTGRADUATE STUDIES

Coursework
Unsatisfactory progress for students undertaking coursework leading to the award
of a postgraduate certificate, diploma or a master's degree is defined as failure to
achieve a CGPA in postgraduate taught courses of at least 2.0.
Thesis or Supervised Research Project
Unsatisfactory progress for students undertaking work for a thesis or Supervised
Research Project shall be determined by Senate or its delegate. In coming to a
decision Senate or its delegate shall take into account:

REGULATIONS

UNSATISFACTORY PROGRESS IN PRE DEGREE OR UNDERGRADUATE

STUDIES
Unsatisfactory progress in pre-degree or undergraduate studies is defined as the
achievement of an APGPA of less than 2.0.

REGULATIONS

460
(a) semester progress reports required of the student by Clause 19 of the Master's
degree Programme Regulations or of Clause 4.2 of the Programme
Regulations for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy;
(b) any special conditions attached to the student's enrolment in the degree; and
(c) whether the student was a part-time or full-time student.
9.0
9.1




9.2


9.3




9.4

APPEALS
Students who have been suspended or excluded under the Unsatisfactory
Progress Regulations may appeal on the prescribed form to the Vice-Chancellor
or nominee. Students shall appeal within two weeks of the date of the University's
letter of notification of the decision. If in his or her opinion there are exceptional
circumstances, the Vice-Chancellor may direct that a late appeal shall be considered.
Students appealing shall be entitled to make submission in writing only, setting
out clearly the reasons, with appropriate supporting documents, why they should
not be suspended or excluded.
The Academic Programmes Committee or the appropriate Committee at the Alafua
or Emalus Campus shall consider such appeals. That committee may confirm the
student's suspension or exclusion, or waive it and allow the student to continue
with their studies under such conditions as the relevant committee may consider
necessary.
The decision of the Academic Programmes Committee or the appropriate
Committee at Alafua or Emalus Campus shall be final.

10.0

10.1

10.2

RESTRICTION ON ENROLMENT DURING ACADEMIC PROBATION,

SUSPENSION OR AFTER EXCLUSION
Students on academic probation as defined by clause 5.3(a) shall be required to
take only 50% of normal fulltime load.
Students who have been excluded from a postgraduate programme under the
provisions of these regulations shall be permitted to seek admission to another
postgraduate or undergraduate programme.

11.0 RESUMPTION OF STUDIES

Persons who have been suspended under these Regulations and who wish to apply to
resume their studies shall do so using the prescribed forms by the prescribed dates. These
are available from Student Administrative Services, Campus Directors and the USP website.

461

REGULATIONS GOVERNING ACADEMIC

MISCONDUCT

1.0 What is Academic Misconduct?

Academic misconduct occurs where students use dishonest practices (such as cheating or
plagiarism) in carrying out academic work (coursework, assignments or examinations). Minor
academic offences are dealt with in the faculties. Serious cases are referred to the Student
Disciplinary Committee, which reports to Senate.
All written work submitted for a course, except for acknowledged quotations, must be expressed
in the students own words, with proper referencing of borrowed ideas. Students must not submit
coursework that has been completed dishonestly using any of the dishonest practices described
below.
Where a member of academic staff has reasonable grounds to believe that a student is guilty of
academic dishonesty in coursework, assignments, research theses or examinations one or more
of the penalties detailed in 3.0 below may be imposed.
Academic Dishonesty includes plagiarism, collusion and cheating when preparing coursework,
assignments, research theses or sitting an examination.

i)

Plagiarism

Plagiarism is the copying of another persons creative work and using it as ones own without
explicitly giving credit to the original creator. Work copied without acknowledgement from a book,
from another students work, from the internet or from any other source is plagiarism.
Plagiarism includes the following:
a)

b)
c)
d)
e)

i)

a)

Copying of the published or unpublished words of another writer without acknowledging

the source using acceptable reference citation methods.Thus, to; 'cut and paste' from
internet sources or 'lift' sentences, ideas and sections from a textual source qualifies as
plagiarism.
Lifting or cutting and pasting extracts without quotation marks or appropriate
acknowledgement of sources.
Paraphrasing of content and ideas without proper acknowledgement of the source.
The use of images, diagrams, photographs and material from blogs and social networks,
without acknowledgement.
Copying part or all, of another students assignment. In this instance, student assignment
refers to a piece of academic work submitted for assessment purposes for any course, in
past or current years at any educational institutional including USP or any other university.
Collusion
Collusion means working with someone else to deceive or mislead to gain an unfair
academic advantage. It includes;
Submission of a paper that has been written by an author other than the author credited for
that piece of writing. This includes the use of paid services of a student, or any other person
that has been solicited for that purpose.

REGULATIONS

These regulations should be read in conjunction with the University Student Discipline
Ordinance and Regulations, the Academic Honesty Policy [Policy No. 3.4.2] and the
University Copyright Compliance Guidelines [Policy No. 3.4.5).

462

REGULATIONS

b)
ii)

a)
b)

c)
d)
e)
f)
g)

Facilitating or enabling another student to plagiarise in any way.

Cheating
Cheating involves acting in any way that directly contradicts the explicit rules and guiding
principles of that form of assessment. It applies in any form of examination including short
tests, quizzes and final examinations.
Cheating includes (inter alia):
Doing anything to gain an unfair or illicit academic advantage in an examination;
Possessing, referring to or having access to any material, or to access the internet crib
notes or device containing information directly or indirectly related to the subject matter
under examination other than what is explicitly approved for examination purposes;
Using a cell phone to communicate with any other student or person inside or outside the
examination venue;
Copying from another student in a test or examination; enabling another student to cheat
in a test or examination;
Soliciting a person to sit a test or final examination in place of the student enrolled; sitting
a test or final examination in the place of another student;
Manipulation of scores in tests or examination or in any other form of assessment; and
Enabling another student in any or a combination of any of the above.

2.0 Procedures for Dealing with Academic Misconduct

i). Plagiarism or Collusion
a)
b)

c)
d)

When a marker suspects a student of plagiarism or collusion, the piece of academic work
MUST be brought to the attention of the course coordinator concerned.
The course coordinator will endeavour to locate the sources from which this student has
plagiarised. If satisfied that the student has plagiarised, the course coordinator will collate
the evidence of the breach for record purposes and submit the evidence at the earliest
opportunity to the Head of School (HOS). It will include a copy of the academic work and
a list of sources, page numbers and/or copies of the plagiarized sources.
The student will be notified by the Head of School and issued with an official letter stating
the allegations and giving him/her the opportunity to present his/her case.
If the HOS is satisfied that the student has engaged unknowingly in such behaviours, he/
she may implement a penalty according to the provisions of 3.0 below.

ii) Cheating
Every effort must be made to ensure that an acceptable test, examination and assessment
environment is provided for such tasks. This includes an uncrowded adequate seating arrangement
and test supervision during such tasks.
a)

b)

A student who is found in breach of the rules and regulations of the assessment task
assigned shall be answerable initially to the coordinator of the course. The supervisor of
the activity shall remove the student from the assessment task at the point of discovery and
make a written complaint to the coordinator of the course.
A proven case of cheating will be penalised according to the schedule in 3 below.

463
iii) Mandatory use of Turnitin plagiarism detection software
a)

c)

For more information please visit http://www.usp.ac.fj/index.php?id=2838

3.0 Penalties for Academic Misconduct

a)
b)
c)
d)

a)
b)
c)
d)

i)

A suspected case of academic misconduct will be reported in writing to the course

coordinator, Head of School, and Dean of Faculty.
ii) The penalties imposed for proven cases of misconduct vary. Based on the
seriousness of the case, the penalties include, but are not limited to:
A written reprimand of the student from the Head of School;
The requirement by the Head of School that the student complete further work, or repeat
work, for the course.
Deprivation of credit for a course, or for a component of assessment of the course, to which
the academic misconduct relates, by the Dean of Faculty;
Cancellation of any previously-credited pass in a course associated with the offence, by the
Dean of Faculty;
iii) Significant and repeat offences will be referred to the Universitys Student Discipline
Committee, which can:
Impose a fine not exceeding $500FJD
Prohibit the student from using any of the Universitys library and computing network
facilities for a period not exceeding twenty-eight days;
Recommend to the Vice-Chancellor that a students enrolment be suspended for any
period and on terms considered necessary by the committee;
Recommend to the Vice-Chancellor that the students enrolment be terminated, i.e.
expulsion from the University.

REGULATIONS

b)

Students are required to submit all written work through Turnitin via Moodle online to
check their work for originality and to ensure that appropriate referencing and citation is
used.Turnitin currently accepts the following file types for upload:
Microsoft Word (DOC and DOCX),
Corel WordPerfect,
HTML,
Adobe PostScript,
Plain text (TXT), Rich Text Format (RTF),
Portable Document Format (PDF), and
Microsoft PowerPoint (PPT, PPTX, and PPS).
Students are actively encouraged to use Turnitin to check drafts of their written work to
improve their writing and guard against unintentional plagiarism. Submitting other students
work is strictly not allowed.
All Turnitin reports will be reviewed. A score of 20% or more on Turnitin will trigger a
discussion between the course coordinator and student with consequences if plagiarism
is proven. In some cases work with a score of 20% or less can still contain significantly
plagiarised content e.g. 10-15% from one source, to which penalties will apply if proven.

464

REGULATIONS

1.0 Register of Deliberate Academic Misconduct

When a finding of misconduct is made against a student, this finding is recorded on his/her student
record AND in a Register of Deliberate Academic Misconduct
a)
A Register of Deliberate Academic Misconduct records the details of all cases
where students have been proven to have engaged in deliberate academic misconduct in
their coursework and/or examinations, and have received an academic penalty as a result;
b)
Details of each case are recorded on a paper form, which includes a student declaration,
and the student receives a copy of the completed and signed form once the case is closed.
Information from the form is then entered into the electronic Register;
c)
After a deliberate offence is confirmed, the Register will be consulted to assist in
determination of an appropriate penalty. The Register will be able to identify repeat
offenders, with the risk that these students will receive more severe penalties for repeat
offences;
d)
Use of the Register is covered by strict protocols. Staff access is limited to a small number
of authorised users, and there is no student access. The record of offence will normally
remain in the Register until one year after the student graduates.
Students are permitted to apply for a review of any academic penalty to the Student Discipline
Committee or, if the penalty has been imposed by the Student Discipline Committee itself, to an ad
hoc committee of the Academic Programmes Committee (APC) of the University.

CODE OF ACADEMIC HONESTY

The University will ensure that all students receive the University Academic Honesty Policy, before
they are required to sign online, the University Code of Academic Honesty.
Every student enrolled in any course or programme offered by USP is required to sign the
University Code of Academic Honesty prior to commencing his/her first course and comply
with the rules and regulations of the University as contained in the Official USP Handbook and
Calendar.
It is the policy of the University of the South Pacific to penalise students who are proven to use
dishonest practices in carrying out their academic coursework and examinations.

465

CODE OF ACADEMIC HONESTY

Valuing the Educational Experience: Upholding Academic Excellence

As a student, I agree to uphold the rules and regulations of the University of the South Pacific
(USP). In pledging my agreement to this Code of Academic Honesty Policy No. 3.4.2, I will strive to
uphold the highest standards of excellence in accordance with the core values of integrity, honesty
and ethics. In so doing, I embrace my position within the university community and will strive to
embody USP values. Specifically, by signing this statement;

I declare that:

I have read the USP Academic Honesty Policy (S2/11/3.1) and;

I agree to

abide fully by the USP Academic Honesty Policy (S2/11/3.1), and

accept full responsibility should it be proven that I have violated this policy.

Name: ________________________________________________________

Signature: _____________________________________________________

Student ID#: ______________

Date: ___________________

REGULATIONS

The University of the South Pacific

466

REGULATIONS

CREDIT TRANSFER REGULATIONS

Credit transfer is a process for enabling students to have their learning experiences (typically
whole courses but not necessarily) from another faculty or higher education institution recognised
as equivalent in content and, particularly, learning outcomes to those within USPs educational
offerings.

1.1 Application
Applications for credit transfer shall be processed at Student Administrative Services, but Schools
and Departments shall provide assistance at the request of Student Administrative Services to
determine particular applications.
Students applying for credit transfer for courses passed elsewhere shall provide all information
relating to previous studies such as:

a) Course outlines with readings, assessment and other critical information

b) Official copy of grade report or transcript from institution at which the course was
undertaken. The above information should be either in original format or certified
copy of the original.
The information will be submitted with an application for credit transfer to the Student Administrative
Services.

1.2 Criteria for Credit Transfer

The following criteria shall govern processes for the transfer of credits:

(a) Where the examinations passed or credits gained elsewhere or at USP for another
programme substantially correspond with, or are equivalent to, courses in a
programme of study in which the student is enrolled at USP, specified credits may
be awarded.

(b) Where examinations passed or credits gained elsewhere or for another programme
of study at USP do not correspond with, but are relevant to, courses in a programme
of study in which a student is enrolled at USP, a limited number of unspecified
credits may be awarded depending on the structure of the programme of study
concerned.

c) For MBA, 20% credit transfer of any other equivalent programme is allowed.

1.3 Approval of Credit Transfer

The transfer of specified or unspecified credits shall be made by:

(a) The Vice-Chancellor or delegate or nominee, where necessary in consultation with
appropriate Schools, up to the limit in Clause 1.4 (a) below.

(b) The Academic Programmes Committee in exceptional cases where it is deemed
necessary to exceed the limit in Clause 1.4 (a) below.

1.4 Restrictions on Number of courses to be transferred

The following restrictions shall apply when transferring credits

(a) Normally not more than 50% of the courses in the new programme may be credited,
except where internal programmes have been approved by the Senate to stair-case
from a lower to a higher programme.

(b) No course may be transferred towards vocational requirements in a programme if
the course does not have appropriate practical training elements.

(c) Credits may be transferred once only, except:

(i) Where a course is part of an internal programme that has been approved
by the Senate to stair-case to a higher programme where the course is also
required; or

(ii) Where they are non-USP courses which have been transferred as credits for
a USP programme, they may be credited again for a higher USP programme
in the same discipline if they are required courses for that higher programme.

467
1.5 Appeals

1.6 Approved credits transferred from other Qualifications

a) Fiji Institute of Technology, Fiji College of Advanced Education, Lautoka

Teachers College, Fiji College of Agricultue
Credit Transfers approved under institutional arrangements with the Fiji Institute of Technology,
Fiji College of Advanced Education, Lautoka Teachers College and Fiji College of Agriculture are
currently being reviewed.
Applications received from students who have completed programmes at the above institutions
will be considered on a case by case basis by the Faculties concerned.
Procedures for applying shall follow those in Regulations 1.1
b) Fiji National University
For holders of the Fiji National University (FNU) Advanced Diploma in Mechanical Engineering
and Advanced Diploma in Engineering (Electrical and Electronics), the following 100-level
courses comprising the first year will be transferred to the Bachelor of Engineering (Electrical and
Electronics) and the Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical):
EE102, MA111, MA112, MM101, MM103, PH102, CS111 and UU114
(c) Hango Agricultural College (HAC)
Students who have passed the HAC courses listed below and are enrolled in the BAgr programme
may be awarded the following USP credits:
HAC Courses
USP Credits
HAC3.21 Farm Business Management; plus
HAC3.22 Agriculture in Tongan Economy
AG111
HAC1.05 Soil Science; plus
HAC2.05/HAC2.06 Soil and Fertilizers
AG124
HAC1.07 Agricultural Machinery
AG134
HAC3.07 Horticultural Technology; plus
HAC3.08 Post Harvest Horticulture
AG164
HAC1.07 Horticultural Production 1; plus
HAC2.07 Horticultural Production
AG165
HAC1.13 Animal Health; plus
HAC3.13 and HAC3.14 Animal Production and Health
AG172

(d) Solomon Islands College of Higher Education (SICHE)

For a holder of the following qualifications awarded by SICHE, the credits shown shall

normally be awarded:
(i) Certificate in Business and Administration: MG101
(ii) Certificate in Business and Finance: AF101
(iii) Certificate in Tropical Agriculture: to be confirmed.
(iv) Diploma in Administration: AF101, IS121, EC101 or EC102, MG101
(v) Diploma in Finance: AF101, AF102, IS121, EC101 or EC102, MG101

(e) Tonga Institute of Higher Education (TIHE)

For a holder of the following qualifications awarded by TIHE, the credits shown shall
normally be awarded:

REGULATIONS

Students may appeal against the outcome of their applications provided that an appeal
shall be lodged in writing, addressed to the Vice-Chancellor or delegate , together with a
copy of the receipt for the appropriate fees per appeal. The appeal shall be received by
the Vice-Chancellor or delegate no later than four weeks after the result of the original
application was sent to the applicant. The appeal shall be considered by the Chair of the
Academic Programmes Committee, whose decision shall be final.

468

REGULATIONS

(i) Certificate in Computer Science

TIHE Courses
IT131 Mathematics for Science
IT133 Introductory Statistics
IT141 Information Systems
IT142 Introduction to Programming
IT151 Introduction to Programming (Java)
IT152 Data Structures and Algorithms

USP Credits
MA102
MA131
IS121
IS122
CS111
CS112

(ii) Certificate in Information Systems

TIHE Courses
IT133 Introductory Statistics
IT141 Information Systems
IT142 Introduction to Programming

USP Credits
MA131
IS121
IS122

(iii) Certificate/Diploma in Accounting

TIHE Courses
NAP721 Business Statistics
NAP722 Economics for Business
Certificate in Accounting
Diploma in Accounting
AGC00A plus AGC00B

USP Credits
EC103
EC100
AF100, AF121
AF101, AF102, AF108, AF121, FM101
Industry Based Work Experience 12 weeks
extra-mural practical work

(v) Diploma in Computer Science

TIHE Courses
IT235 Discrete Mathematics
IT244 Database Management Systems
IT253 Computer Organisation
IT254 Design and Analysis of Algorithms

USP Credits
MA161
IS222
CS211
CS214

(vi) Diploma in Information Systems

TIHE Courses
IT244 Database Management Systems
IT245 Management Information Systems
IT256 Advanced Programming (VB.Net)
IT262 Principles of Management

USP Credits
IS222
IS221
IS224
MG101

(f) Other Recognised Teachers Qualifications in the USP Region

The School of Education normally awards credits for qualifications obtained from regional
higher education institutions, towards the Bachelor of Education. Applications for credit
transfers received from students who have gained qualifications from regional higher
education institutions will be considered on a case by case basis by the School of Education,
taking into account any collaborative provission partnership agreements in place.

(g) New Zealand Certificate in Business (NCB)

For a holder of the New Zealand Certificate in Business, the following credit transfers shall

normally be awarded:
NCB Course USP Credits
101 Accounting Practices AF101 120 Economic Environment EC100 130 Organisation and
Management MG101 202 Management Accounting AF102 220 Managerial Economics
EC102

(i) University of Technology (UNITECH) in Papua New Guinea

For a holder of a UNITECH Diploma in Business Studies, the following five credits shall
normally be awarded: AF101, AF102, EC101, MA101 and MG101

469
h) UNILEARN Programmes

Course

USP Credits
IS121
LLF11

Introduction to Computing
Academic Literacy

i): Credit Transfer to the LLB

From the USP Certificate in Law: One non-Law course in Year I and one optional law course

at 300-level.
From the USP Diploma in Law: Two optional non-Law courses in Year I and two optional
law courses at 300-level.

(j) Tupou Tertiary Institute (Whitireia Community Polytechnic) TTI (WCP)

For a holder of the TTI (WCP) Diploma, the following USP Credits may be awarded:

TTI (WCP) Accounting courses

101 Accounting Practices; plus

201 Financial Accounting

202 Management Accounting

110 Introduction to Commercial Law

TTI (WCP) Economics courses

120 Economic Environment

220 Managerial Economics

TTI (WCP) Information Systems courses

IN500 Internet; plus

SO500 System Overview; plus

HF500 Hardware Fundamentals; plus

OS500 Operating System; plus

NM590 LAN Administration; plus

SP590 Word Processing and Spreadsheet

PP490 Programming Concepts and Tools; plus

PP590 Programming Concepts and Tools; plus

PP512 Programming Practice; plus

PP512 Programming [VB.NET]; plus

PR515 Programming Java; plus

PR612 Programming (interactive) VB.NET

DT500 Data Organisation; plus

DA600 Data Analysis; plus

BD600 Database Management System

SA600 System Analysis; plus

SD600 System Design; plus

SI600 System Implementation; plus

OO600 Object Oriented Analysis and Design; plus

QA600 Quality Assurance

YYI (WCP) Management Courses

130 Organisation Management

232 Operations Management

130 Organisation and Management; plus 230 Leadership
233 Human Resource Management; plus 230 Leadership

141 Marketing Principles; plus 244 Buyer Behaviour and
Communications Strategies; plus 247 Marketing
Applications; plus

248 Marketing Planning and Control

USP Credits
AF101
AF102
AF108
USP Credits
EC100
EC102
USP Credits

IS121

IS122
IS222

IS323
USP Credits
MG101
MG202
MG201
MG302

MG206

REGULATIONS

470

REGULATIONS

(k) USP Continuing and Community Education Programmes

(i) Certificate in Information Technology

(Please note that the awarding of the following credits was being reviewed at time of

publication). For a holder of a Certificate in Information Technology the following credits

shall normally be awarded:
CCE Modules
USP Credits
Fundamentals of Information Technology;
Word Processing; Electronic Spreadsheet;
Database Management;
Information Systems and Network; plus
Internet and Email
IS121

(ii) Youth in Development Certificate

1.7
1.8
(a)

(b)
(c)
1.9

Students who have successfully completed the Youth in Development Certificate shall be
eligible for the following credit transfers: EC103, SO100, SW100, SW200
Notwithstanding the provisions for transferring external credits or programmes to USP
courses or programmes identified above, every three years a report on a review of all credit
transfer arrangements shall be presented to Senate.
Accreditation of Schools in the region for USP Foundation Programmes
The University shall allow students to enrol in a USP Foundation programme at accredited
schools in the region. The scope of the arrangements shall include accreditation for the
teaching of courses leading to a Certificate in Foundation Studies or partial accreditation for
specific Foundation courses.
Accreditation shall involve evaluation of the capacity of a school to facilitate admission and
support for the organisation of University Foundation courses for students who enrol in
University Foundation programmes through such an accredited school.
The scope of the evaluation shall include school governance and management, staff,
physical and learning resources, learner information and support, assessment policy, and
development, delivery and review of programmes.
Completion of Programme from Outside the Region
Students who leave the University region to reside in a country outside that region, and
who wish to complete any programme or qualification of the University may, with the prior
approval of Senate, take appropriate examinations at another institution approved for the
purpose by Senate, and may be awarded credit for passes in any such examinations for the
purpose of their programme or qualification.

471

REGULATIONS GOVERNING COPYRIGHT

The University of the South Pacific has a legal obligation to ensure that all university staff are
copyright compliant. All USP staff are required to ensure that they are copyright compliant when
using third party copyright material. As most course materials are prepared in Fiji, these Guidelines
are based on the Fiji Copyright Act 1999. Students should follow the copyright laws of the country
in which they are domiciled.

What is Copying
Copying means reproducing or recording a work in any material form and includes storing
(literary, dramatic, musical, or artistic works) in any medium by any means (e.g. CD Rom,
DVD, computer). It does not include communicating the work or making it available online
electronically - on an intranet or through Moodle.
When copying from a copyright work it is important that it is an accurate copy of the original.
It should not be adapted or reformatted - this will infringe the rights of the author or the rights
of the publisher in the typography of the work.
Copyright material can be freely used to set and answer questions for examination purposes
and can be communicated online to candidates.
Copyright Compliance Procedures
1.

Staff should provide a full bibliographic list of all collections of readings that are copied
and provided for students at the beginning of the course book or reader in which they are
contained. This should include the title of the work, the author and publisher, the country
and year in which it was published, the ISBN (where possible), the pages copied and the
number of pages in the work. While material copied for criticism or review does not need
to be included in the bibliographic list of readings it must be only acknowledged in the
course materials.

2.

A notice should be provided indicating that the copy was made under the provisions of the
Fiji Copyright Act 1999 or under licence from rightsholders or their agents. The notice must
also state that the material may not be copied further without appropriate authority.

3.

Where the copyright owner has indicated that the material can be freely copied for noncommercial or educational purposes, this should be indicated on the bibliographic list
provided in the course pack or reader. Similarly, where specific authority has been obtained
to copy beyond the provisions of the Copyright Act, then this should be indicated here.

CC Creative Commons; CL - Copied under licence; OA Open Access;

PD Public Domain

4.

Any copying or use of copyright works beyond these procedures must be cleared through
the USP Copyright.

REGULATIONS

These regulations should be read in conjunction with the Copyright Policy and Guidelines [Policy
No. 3.4.5].

472

MISCELLANEOUS REGULATIONS
REGULATIONS

PART 1 HONORARY DEGREES

1.0 THE HONORARY DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF THE UNIVERSITY
1.1

1.2

1.3
1.4

The Council may award the Honorary degree of Doctor of Letters (DLitt), Doctor of Laws
(LLD) or Doctor of Science (DSc) according to Statute 21 (g):
On the recommendation of a Joint Committee of the Senate and the Council, to grant any
special academic distinctions, including honorary degrees;
There are six criteria against which nominations can be considered. Nominations can be
made citing one or more of the following as appropriate:
(a) academic and scholarly distinction
(b) services to subject areas offered by the University
(c) work in areas of special concern to the University according to its strategic direction
(d) exceptional contribution to the well-being of Pacific island societies
(e) public service
(f) service to the University.
The work of nominees for the award of the Honorary Doctor of the University would
normally be expected to have gained them national, regional and/or international standing
and impact.
The candidate should have a distinguished list of publications and/or long standing service
contribution to the Pacific islands.

2.0 THE HONORARY DEGREE OF MASTER OF THE UNIVERSITY

2.1

2.2

The Council may award the Honorary degree of Master of the University (MU) according
to Statute 21 (g):
On the recommendation of a Joint Committee of the Senate and the Council, to grant any
special academic distinctions, including honorary degrees;
There are four criteria against which nominations can be considered. Nominations can be
made citing one or more of the following:
(a) Outstanding service in an academic or professional area;
(b) Service in an area of special concern to the University in any one of the member
countries of the USP region;
(c) Notable contribution to the well-being of Pacific island societies; and
(d) Service to the wider community and especially work that has helped the
underprivileged.

3.0 MEMBERSHIP AND TERMS OF REFERENCE

3.1

The Honorary Degrees Committee shall be established by Council shall consist of the ProChancellor, who shall be the Chair of the Committee, the Vice-Chancellor and President, the
Deputy Vice-Chancellor (LTSS), two members of Council who are not members of Senate
to be appointed by Council and two members of Senate to be appointed by Senate.
3.2 The appointed members of the Honorary Degrees Committee shall hold office for such
period of two (2) years and are eligible for reappointment.
3.3 An appointed member shall cease to hold office on ceasing to be a member of Council or
Senate, as the case may be. Any casual vacancy shall be filled by the appointing authority.
3.4 It is the responsibility of the Committee:
(a) to consider nominations for Honorary degrees and if it agrees unanimously, to
recommend to the Council the award of the degrees;

473

4.0 PROCEDURES FOR NOMINATING CANDIDATES FOR THE HONORARY

DEGREE
4.1
4.2
4.3

4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9

Members of the Council and the Senate may nominate to the Honorary Degrees Committee
a person who has an exceptional record of achievement and integrity for an Honorary
Degree.
Nominations must be made on the standard nomination form for Honorary degrees and
submitted to the Secretary to Council. The application form can be found at: www.usp.ac.fj
A nominator shall provide the necessary biographical details and/or information relevant
to the agreed criteria for the award of the particular degree for which the nomination is
made. Supplementary information such as home address or business location, any previous
Honorary degree awards and should be included wherever possible.
Normally, a nominator can nominate only one person at any one time.
A nominator or person who writes letter(s) in support of nominees shall withdraw from the
room when the nomination is being considered.
All proceedings under these regulations, except a resolution of the Council to confer the
Honorary Degree, shall be confidential and taken in committee.
A person being nominated must not be aware that a nomination has been made or under
consideration.
If the Council approves the nomination and the nominee accepts the Honorary degree,
the conferring of the degree shall be scheduled at a time that is mutually convenient to the
University and the nominee within three years after being approved.
In view of the regional nature of the University, it would be expected that such awards be
conferred at the degree ceremony in one of the USP member countries where appropriate.

PART 2
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4

5.5

5.6
5.7

THE HONORARY TITLE OF PROFESSOR EMERITUS

The Senate may confer the honorary title of Professor Emeritus upon a Professor of the
University whom Senate deems worthy of the distinction. It is an honorary title that carries
no salary or other benefits.
The title of Professor Emeritus may be conferred normally on the retirement of the Professor
from the University after long and distinguished service.
Members of the Senate may nominate to the Vice-Chancellor and President a person who
is worthy of this distinction. The appointment is usually proposed by a fellow Professor.
The Vice-Chancellor and President or delegate shall bring the name(s) of nominees before
a Committee of Senate which shall consider whether to recommend the conferment of
the title of Professor Emeritus to Senate. A comprehensive CV is required and given to the
Committee for review.
If the Committee unanimously recommends the conferment of the title of Professor
Emeritus, the Vice-Chancellor and President or delegate shall bring the recommendation
before Senate, which shall determine whether the title shall be conferred. If the Senate were
to vote on the resolution, the decision would require a two-thirds majority of those present
and voting.
All proceedings under these regulations, except a resolution of the Senate to confer the title
of Professor Emeritus, shall be confidential and taken in committee.
A person being nominated must not be aware that a nomination has been made or under
consideration.

REGULATIONS

(b) to take active measures to identify nominees, over and above those nominated by
members of Senate and Council;
(c) to recommend to the Council changes to the criteria and qualifications for candidates
for Honorary degrees; and
(d) to make recommendations on any other matters concerning forms of recognition that
the Senate or Council may refer to the Committee.

474

REGULATIONS

PART 3

CEREMONIAL DRESS

6.0 The ceremonial dress of the University of the South Pacific was designed in lightweight
materials to be appropriate for tropical conditions. The principal colours reflect the brown of
tapa or masi found throughout the Pacific, while the blue derives from the colour of the sea
and the sky.

7.0 OFFICERS' ROBES

7.1

7.2
7.3

Chancellor: The gown is made from brown Indian silk with long sleeves lined with cream
silk. The facings are six-inch (fifteen-centimetre) wide strips of specially designed tapa
motifs representative of all the member countries of the University. The material is gathered
at the yoke. The headgear is a trencher covered with brown Indian silk, with matching braid
round the lower edge and a brown tassel.
Pro-Chancellor: The gown is as for the Chancellor, but with unlined sleeves. The
headgear is as for the Chancellor without the braid.
Vice-Chancellor: The gown is as for the Pro-Chancellor, but the facings are four-inch
(ten centimetre) wide strips of tapa. The headgear is as for the Pro Chancellor.

8.0 ACADEMIC DRESS

8.1

8.2
8.3
8.4

8.5
8.6
8.7

8.8

Doctor of the University: The gown is in dark blue Indian silk with pleats on each side at
the back. The sleeves have a horizontal lower edge and a slit in the front. Facings down the
front of the gown are in light blue Indian silk, as are the linings of the sleeves. The hood is a
simple cowl twice the size of the bachelors hood with a lining in light blue. The headgear is
a trencher in dark blue Indian silk with a light blue tassel.
Master of the University: A dark brown masters gown, with a light blue lining for the
hood and front V attaching it. The headgear is a dark brown trencher.
Doctor of Philosophy: The gown is as for the Doctor of the University but the sleeves
are unlined and the facings are in red. The hood is as for the Doctor of the University hood
but the lining is red. The headgear is a trencher in dark blue Indian silk with a red tassel.
Masters Degree: Gowns should be of cotton in the dark brown colour of the usual deep
shade of tapa cloth patterns, in a simple design with three pleats on each side at the back.
Sleeves come down to knee level. The hood is a simple cowl lined with the degree colour
(forest green for Agriculture, gold for Arts, purple for Business Administration, teal for
Commerce, cream for Education, magenta for Engineering, silver grey for Law, brick red for
Medicine and palm green for Science) and the front finished in a two-inch (five-centimetre)
wide V which is in the degree colour. The headgear, which is optional, is a trencher in a
light-weight matching brown fabric. (The colours of the hoods for Master of Commerce,
Computing and Information Systems, and Information Systems had not been determined at
time of publication).
Master of Philosophy: A dark brown gown and plain dark brown hood.
Postgraduate Diplomas and Certificates: A dark brown gown only, the same colour
and design as the masters degree.
Bachelors Degree: Gowns are of the same design as for the masters degree, but in a
lighter shade of tapa brown. The hood is lined in the discipline colours as defined by the
masters dress. The front V attaching the hood is in plain brown. The headgear, a trencher,
in the same light tapa brown of the gown, is optional.
Diplomas and Certificates: A light tapa brown gown only, the same colour and design
as the bachelors degree.

475

LIBRARY

LIBRARY REGULATIONS
1
1.1

1.3

ADMISSION AND REGISTRATION

Admission to the Libraries in the network and the use of their facilities shall be conditional
upon compliance with the regulations and rules of the Library and such directions as may
be given from time to time by the University Librarian.
The Libraries may be used by members of the University Council, registered students,
university staff, and other classes of persons as may be determined by the University
Librarian.
Staff and students leaving the University are required to obtain clearance from the Library.

BORROWING CONDITIONS

2.1

Borrowers shall observe the conditions of borrowing posted in the Library, which may be
amended from time to time by the University Librarian.

2.2

No book or other item held by the Library may be borrowed without the loan of it having
been officially recorded by the Library staff.

1.2

LIBRARY

The USP Library is made up of a network of campus and centre libraries across the USP region.
The Main Library located at Laucala Campus (Fiji) includes more than one million print volumes,
access to over 40,000 full text journal titles and more than 7,000 e-books, and seating for 950
readers. The holdings include a separate collection of material relating to the Pacific Islands, known
as the Pacific Collection. While most of the print library resources are available for loan, there are
restrictions on borrowing serials, reference works, Pacific Collection materials, and materials on
reserve. In addition to a developing Information Literacy Programme, a wide range of services is
offered including networked computers, self-service photocopying, interlibrary loans, a reference
and information desk and reprographic services. Guides and brochures are available from the
Information and Issue desks and at www.usp.ac.fj.
The Alafua Campus Library holds approximately 21,000 books and 200 journal titles. The bulk of
the collection is agriculture-related but there is also a wide range of material to support students
doing DFL courses. All books except those in the Reference, Reserve and Pacific Collections may
be borrowed, normally for a period of two weeks. Agricultural databases include TEEAL, CAB
Abstracts with Fulltext and ProQuest Agriculture Journals.
The Emalus Campus Library has a stock of 22,000 volumes, with an expanding collection
of electronic resources to meet the information needs of staff and students of law and Pacific
languages, as well as students doing DFL courses. The library has seating for 100 readers. Guides
and brochures alert users to the rules governing use of the collections.
Students registered for DFL courses are supported by the above libraries as well as USP campus
libraries or Learning Resource Centres in the following countries: Cook Islands, Fiji (Labasa,
Lautoka, Rakiraki, Savusavu and Sigatoka), Kiribati, Marshall Islands, Nauru, Niue, Samoa (Savaii),
Solomon Islands, Tokelau, Tonga (Haapai and Vavau), Tuvalu and Vanuatu (Santo and Tanna).
The collections at the Main Library and Alafua Campus Library are classified according to the
Library of Congress scheme. Emalus Campus Library uses the Dewey Decimal Classification
scheme for the general collection and the Moys Classification scheme for the law collection. All
other campus libraries use the Dewey Decimal Classification scheme. Catalogues for all libraries
are available at www.usp.ac.fj.

LIBRARY

476
2.3

The University Librarian may recall a book or item on loan at any time. It must be returned
within one week of the date of the recall notice, subject to the provision that it need not be
returned until it has been on loan for one week. If a borrower disregards the Recall Notice
it shall be treated as a disciplinary matter, and may be reported to the Student Discipline
Committee or Staff Disciplinary Committee, which may result in the loss of borrowing
privileges.

2.4

The borrowing of certain classes of books, or individual books, or other items held by the
Library may be restricted or prohibited. Such books or other items shall be clearly marked
by the Library to indicate the restrictions placed upon them.

2.5

No book or item held by the Library shall be lent privately by any borrower, and the
borrower in whose name the book or item has been issued shall be held responsible for its
safe-keeping.

2.6

At the end of each borrowing period indicated by the date stamped in the book, a borrower
shall return the book by the close of business on the due date or make a formal application
at the Library for renewal of the loan. The Library shall be under no obligation to notify a
borrower when a book or other item is overdue. Failure to return or renew an overdue book
or other item shall result in the charging of a penalty at the rate stated in the Fees section
of this Handbook and Calendar. Borrowing privileges shall cease as soon as a borrower
incurs a fine and shall not be reinstated until the fine is paid in full. Library clearance, for
examination results or withdrawal from courses, shall not be given until all Library items
have been returned and all charges paid.

2.7

Books or items on loan may be reserved by a reader, and on return to the Library will be
held for seven days after which they will be returned to the collection.

2.8

Borrowers shall be held responsible for USP Library books or other items issued to them,
and will be required to pay any fine due for late return, plus the cost of a new copy and
an administrative charge for books or items damaged (i.e. marked, defaced or mutilated)
or lost. If the cost of a new copy cannot be determined, the standard fees charged are as
stated in the Fees section of this Handbook and Calendar. If a book or item is returned after
being declared lost, an overdue fine will be levied, and the balance of any replacement
payment will be refunded within 30 days of the return.

GENERAL

3.1

Silence shall be observed in the Library except in designated talking areas (e.g. TOK Space
at Laucala). Any person who fails to observe the rules on noise control in the Library will
be fined on the first two occasions by the authority of the University Librarian, at the rate
stated in the Fees section of the USP Handbook & Calendar. Borrowing privileges shall
cease until the fine has been paid. On a third occasion, a thirty-day period of exclusion from
the Library shall be imposed by the University Librarian.

3.2

In the Library, smoking, the consumption of food or drink, and the use of matches and
lighters are prohibited.

3.3

Mobile devices (laptops, tablets, MP3 players, mobile phones, etc.) may be used in the
Library provided they cannot be heard by other users. Ringtones, speaking on the phone
and other associated sounds are treated as a noise offence and will attract a noise fine at
the rate stated in the Fees section of the USP Handbook & Calendar. This restriction does
not apply to designated talking areas.

3.4

One bag per user up to 24 x 17 x 10 is allowed under the Bags-in-Library Policy at select

477

3.5

Persons leaving the Library shall allow staff at the exit control point to examine their books,
papers and other possessions.

3.6

Books or other items taken from the shelves for consultation in the Library must not be reshelved by readers, but must be left either on the tables or in the special places reserved
for them for re-shelving by the Library staff.

INTER-LIBRARY LOANS
Readers for whom books or other items have been borrowed from other libraries shall
comply with the loan conditions imposed by the lending libraries.

HOURS OF OPENING
Hours of opening shall be approved by the University Librarian and may be amended at
his/her discretion. Notices of current opening hours shall be displayed prominently in the
Library.

NUMBER OF BOOKS THAT MAY BE BORROWED

6.1

The number of items from the general collection that a borrower may have issued out in
his or her name is determined by the category of borrower to which he or she belongs.

6.2

The number of items loaned to registered users from a special collection is governed by the
rules pertaining to that collection.

6.3

The maximum number of items loaned to a borrower may be increased in individual cases
at the discretion of the University Librarian.

EXTERNAL BORROWERS

7.1

Persons other than registered students and university staff may become External Borrowers
of the Library.

7.2

External Borrowers who are USP alumni shall pay an annual non-refundable fee at the rate
stated in the Fees section in this Handbook and Calendar.

7.3

External Borrowers who are staff members or postgraduate students of institutions with
which the University has a signed Memorandum of Agreement (MoA) or Memorandum of
Understanding (MoU) shall pay an annual non-refundable fee at the rate stated in the Fees
section in this Handbook and Calendar.

7.4

The staff of Council of Regional Organisations of the Pacific (CROP) organisations may
use the Librarys collection under a special arrangement managed by the organisations
Librarian/Representative.

7.5

External Borrowers from organisations and institutions that do not have an MoA or MoU
with the University shall pay an annual non-refundable fee at the rate stated in the Fees
section in this Handbook and Calendar.

7.6

Visitors to university schools or departments should obtain a letter signed by the Dean of
Faculty (or Campus Directors) guaranteeing that the Faculty/Campus Administration will

LIBRARY

libraries. Items not permitted into the Library include food, liquid, sharp objects, scissors,
razors, industrial tools, weapons of any kind, sports gear, wet rainwear and umbrellas. The
Library shall reserve the right to remove readers personal belongings that are left in the
Library, and shall not be held responsible in the case of loss of such belongings. Valuables
should not be left unattended as the University does not accept responsibility for the loss
of any such item.

478

LIBRARY

pay any unpaid Library fines or charges accrued.

7.7

USP students not registered at Laucala Campus who wish to use the Laucala Campus
Library collection shall pay an annual non-refundable fee at the rate stated in the Fees
section in this Handbook and Calendar.

REGISTRATION OF READERS
Presentation by a reader of a valid borrowers card shall be sufficient proof of their
entitlement to borrow from the Library. Registered students and staff shall show valid USP
identity cards, and all other borrowers shall show the cards issued to them by the Library.

BORROWING PERIODS

9.1

Most Library books or other items held by the Library shall be available for loan and
exceptions shall be specifically labeled.

9.2

Books shall be issued to different categories of Library borrowers for varying periods.

9.3

On the recommendation of University academic staff, specific items may be issued for
shorter periods.

9.4

Reserve collection books or other items shelved behind the issue desk shall be borrowed
for reading within the Library only, and for such periods as specified on their issue slips.
Some may be borrowed overnight or over weekends.

9.5

The following categories of books or other items held by the Library shall not be borrowed:
serials, items in special collections, books in the Reference section, maps, works in
microform (e.g. microfilm), and or other items held by the Library on the general shelves
specifically labelled as being for reference only.

10

ISSUE AND RETURN OF BOOKS

10.1 Readers shall borrow items held by the Library on production of a valid borrowers card.
10.2 Each item borrowed shall be stamped at the issue desk with the due date. This stamp
constitutes the official notification to the reader of the date by which the item must be
returned.
10.3 An item must be returned at the appropriate issue desk or left in one of the book return
bins.
10.4 The Library shall not be responsible for items that are returned without formal cancellation
of their issue, whether the items are returned directly to the shelves or left anywhere else
in the Library.
10.5 The loan and return of Library materials shall cease at the issue desk at a time specified by
the Library. All readers must vacate the Library by closing time.
11

AMENDMENT OF RULES

The University Librarian shall make, amend or remove any rules relating to the Library.

479

MEDALS AND PRIZES

COLLEGE OF FOUNDATION STUDIES

The Prize is awarded to the best Foundation Science and Foundation Social Science graduates.

FACULTY OF ARTS, LAW AND EDUCATION

FACULTY GOLD MEDALS
For the most outstanding Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Education graduate in the Faculty of Arts,
Law and Education:
Gold Medal and Prize
For the most outstanding Bachelor of Laws graduate:
Gold Medal and Prize

SCHOOL AND DISCIPLINE GOLD MEDALS

For the most outstanding graduate with a major in:
Psychology:
Gold Medal and Prize
Education:
Gold Medal and Prize
History:
Gold Medal and Prize
Journalism:
Gold Medal and Prize
Linguistics:
Gold Medal and Prize
Literature:
Gold Medal and Prize
Sociology:
Gold Medal and Prize
The most outstanding Graduate with a major in Social Work
Gold Medal and Prize
For the most outstanding Graduate with a major in Pacific Policing

MEDALS AND PRIZES

The criteria for the award of gold medals and prizes are as follows:
(a) Faculty Gold Medal: awarded to the most outstanding graduate, who has a cumulative
Grade Point Average of not less than 4.0 in the programme in which the student has
completed.
(b) Discipline Gold Medal: awarded to the most outstanding graduate with a cumulative
Grade Point Average of not less than 4.0 in the courses the student has completed in the
discipline, as a major or one the majors, or as part of the students programme and meets
the requirements for a major in the discipline.
(c) Where there are two or more outstanding graduates in a discipline or programme, each
shall be awarded a gold medal and the full accompanying money prize.
(d) In the calculation of the GPAs for the medals and prizes, the resultant number will be taken
to two decimal points and only USP earned credit will be used.

MEDALS AND PRIZES

480
Gold Medal and Prize
For the most outstanding Graduate with a major in Language and Literature
Gold Medal and Prize
For the most outstanding Graduate with a major in Technical and Vocational Education
Gold Medal and Prize
Storyboard Award donated by David Robie and Delia, and the ABC-Radio Australia Prize of FJ$350
to the most outstanding journalism student demonstrating the qualities and ethics in pursuit of
truth and the public interest.
The Deans Award for the most outstanding first year student:
Gold Medal and Prize

FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

FACULTY GOLD MEDALS
For the most outstanding Master of Business Administration graduate:
Gold Medal and Prize
SCHOOL AND DISCIPLINE GOLD MEDALS
For the most outstanding Bachelor of Arts in Business Studies graduate:
Gold Medal and Prize
For the most outstanding graduate with major in:
Accounting:
Gold Medal and Prize
Banking or Finance:
Gold Medal and Prize
Economics:
Gold Medal and Prize
Food and Nutritional Sciences:
Gold Medal and Prize
Industrial Relations:
Gold Medal and Prize
Management and Public Administration:
Gold Medal and Prize
For the most outstanding Master of Arts in Tourism Studies graduate:
Gold Medal and Prize
For the most outstanding Bachelor of Arts in Tourism and Hospitality graduate:
Gold Medal and Prize
For the most outstanding Masters thesis in Agriculture:
Gold Medal and cash prize
For the most outstanding Bachelor of Agriculture graduate:
Gold Medal and Prize
For the most outstanding graduate in Official Statistics
Gold Medal and Prize
For the most outstanding Bachelor of Commerce graduate
Gold Medal and Prize

OTHER PRIZES

481

FACULTY OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

FACULTY GOLD MEDALS
For the most outstanding Master of Science thesis:
Gold Medal and the Fosters Group Pacific Limited Prize
For the most outstanding Bachelor of Engineering Technology graduate majoring in Electrical/
Electronics Engineering:
Gold Medal and Prize
For the most outstanding Bachelor of Science student:
Gold Medal and Prize
For the Best Masters Theses Prize in Chemistry
The David Rohindra Prize
SCHOOL AND DISCIPLINE GOLD MEDALS
For the most outstanding graduate with a major in:
Biology:
Gold Medal and Prize
Chemistry:
Gold Medal and Prize
Computing Science:
Gold Medal and Prize
Earth Science:
Gold Medal and Prize
Environmental Studies:
Gold Medal and Prize
Geography:
Gold Medal and Prize
Information Systems:
Gold Medal and Prize
Land Use Planning:
Gold Medal and Prize
Mathematics:
Gold Medal and Prize
Marine Studies:

MEDALS AND PRIZES

For the second most outstanding graduate in the Master of Business Administration:
The Professor Nowak Prize
Animal Husbandry:
The Telefoni Retzlaff Memorial Prize
For the Bachelor of Agriculture graduate with the most outstanding results in Agricultural
Economics, Extension and Education:
The Chan Mow Prize
For the graduate with the top ranking score in EC401
The T.K. Jayaraman Prize
The Deans Award for the most outstanding first year student:
Gold Medal and Prize

MEDALS AND PRIZES

482
Gold Medal and Prize
Physics:
Gold Medal and Prize
Bachelor of Software Engineering Graduate
Gold Medal and Prize
Bachelor of Net Centric Graduate
Gold Medal and Prize
Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical) Graduate
Gold Medal and Prize
Bachelor of Engineering (Electrical/ Electronics) Graduate
OTHER PRIZES
For the most outstanding graduate in Mechanical/Manufacturing Engineering:
Prize
For the best Mechanical/Manufacturing Final Year Project:
Prize
For the most outstanding graduate in Valuation:
Prize
For the most outstanding student graduating with a major in Real Estate:
Prize
The Deans Award for the most outstanding first year student:
Gold Medal and Prize

UNIVERSITY (INTER-FACULTY) PRIZES

GOLD MEDALS
For the best Master of Arts thesis:
Gold Medal and Prize
For the most outstanding graduate in the Master of Arts in Development Studies:
Gold Medal and Prize
For the most outstanding overall results in a Postgraduate Diploma:
Gold Medal and Prize
For the most outstanding Bachelor of Arts graduate:
Gold Medal and Prize
The best PhD graduate
Gold Medal and Prize
The best Masters by Research graduate
Gold Medal and Prize
VICE-CHANCELLORS ALL-ROUNDER PRIZE
For the male graduate and female graduate with the best combined academic performance and
record of service to the community:
Gold Medal and Prize

483

2016 FEES SCHEDULE

CATEGORY OF FEES
a) Regional Fee
Students who are citizens of any of the Member Countries of the University will be charged this tuition fee rate
b) Third Country Fee Students who are citizens of any of the Member Countries of the University and are in receipt of a Third Country

Award will be charged this tuition fee rate
c) International Fee
Students who are NOT citizens of any of the Member Countries of the University will be charged this Tuition fee rate
KEY:

per course (p/c), per annum (p/a), per programme (p/p), per academic year (p/a.y)

Fiji Cook Is. Kiribati Marshall Samoa Solomon Tonga

Niue, Nauru,
Is.
Is.
Tokelau Tuvalu

FJ$
NZ$ AUS$ US$ TALA
SI$ PAANGA
100-Level

Vanuatu

VATU

General
LM 112
LM 113
TS108
TS109
Accounting
Banking
Computing Science
Economics
Education
ED184
Engineering
Finance
Information Systems
Law
Management
Science
BI102
ES106

455
465
465
555
555
635
600
635
625
480
530
530
600
635
600
610
480
490
530

445
445
445
445
445
615
580
615
605
470
470
515
580
615
580
595
470
470
470

390
390
390
390
390
535
505
535
530
410
410
450
505
535
505
520
410
410
410

290
290
290
290
290
400
375
400
395
310
310
330
375
400
375
385
310
310
310

795
795
795
795
795
1,110
1,050
1,110
1,095
840
840
920
1,050
1,110
1,050
1,065
840
840
840

1,110
1,110
1,110
1,110
1,110
1,555
1,470
1,555
1,515
1,175
1,175
1,285
1,470
1,555
1,470
1,495
1,175
1,175
1,175

390
390
390
390
390
540
510
540
530
410
410
445
510
540
510
525
410
410
410

27,630
27,630
27,630
27,630
27,630
38,430
36,295
38,430
37,730
29,255
29,255
31,710
36,295
38,430
36,295
37,030
29,255
29,255
29,255

GE102

530

470

410

310

840

1,175

410

29,255

200-Level for 2010 and earlier cohorts who are on 8/6/6 degree structure
General
LM 211
LM 213
LM 214
LM 215
SO201
TS207
TS208
TS209
TS210
TS213

610
620
620
695
630
675
810
810
810
810
810

590
590
590
590
590
590
590
590
590
590
590

515
515
515
515
515
515
515
515
515
515
515

385
385
385
385
385
385
385
385
385
385
385

1,065
1,065
1,065
1,065
1,065
1,065
1,065
1,065
1,065
1,065
1,065

1,490
1,490
1,490
1,490
1,490
1,490
1,490
1,490
1,490
1,490
1,490

515
515
515
515
515
515
515
515
515
515
515

36,840
36,840
36,840
36,840
36,840
36,840
36,840
36,840
36,840
36,840
36,840

2016 FEES

2016 UNDERGRADUATE FACE-TO-FACE & BLENDED MODE

FEES (INCLUDING FLEXI-SCHOOL)

2016 FEES

484
Accounting
Banking
Computing Science
Economics
Education
Engineering
MM223
Finance
Geospatial Science
Information Systems
Law
Management
Science
BI201
BI202
BI207
ES201
ES203
GE201
GE202
GE203
GE205
GE207
MS202
MS204
MS205
MS206
MS211
MS213

840
795
840
830
650
700
770
795
815
840
795
815
650
660
660
750
715
715
715
715
715
715
715
660
670
665
670
715
715

820
775
820
805
625
680
680
775
800
820
775
800
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625

715
675
715
705
545
595
595
675
695
715
675
695
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545

530
500
530
525
405
445
445
500
515
530
500
515
405
405
405
405
405
405
405
405
405
405
405
405
405
405
405
405
405

1,480
1,395
1,480
1,455
1,130
1,220
1,220
1,395
1,425
1,480
1,395
1,425
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130

2,070
1,955
2,070
2,020
1,575
1,715
1,715
1,955
2,000
2,070
1,955
2,000
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575

720
680
720
700
545
590
590
680
695
720
680
695
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545

51,225
48,380
51,225
50,280
39,010
42,285
42,285
48,380
49,350
51,225
48,380
49,350
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010

PH202

735

625

545

405 1,130

1,575

545

39,010

200-Level for 2011 cohorts who are on 8/8/6 and 8/8/8 degree structure
General
LM 211
LM 213
LM 214
LM 215
SO201
TS207
TS208
TS209
TS210
TS213
Accounting
Banking
Computing Science
Economics

460
470
470
545
480
525
660
660
660
660
660
685
650
685
675

450
450
450
450
450
450
450
450
450
450
450
665
625
665
650

395
395
395
395
395
395
395
395
395
395
395
580
545
580
570

290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
425
405
425
420

805
805
805
805
805
805
805
805
805
805
805
1,200
1,130
1,200
1,165

1,115
1,115
1,115
1,115
1,115
1,115
1,115
1,115
1,115
1,115
1,115
1,680
1,585
1,680
1,625

390
390
390
390
390
390
390
390
390
390
390
585
550
585
565

27,630
27,630
27,630
27,630
27,630
27,630
27,630
27,630
27,630
27,630
27,630
41,470
39,170
41,470
40,525

485
485
545
615
650
660
685
650
660
485
495
495
585
550
550
550
550
550
550
550
495
505
500
505
550
550

475
520
520
625
635
665
625
635
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475

415
455
455
545
555
580
545
555
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415

310
340
340
405
410
425
405
410
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310

855
935
935
1,130
1,140
1,200
1,130
1,140
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855

1,185
1,330
1,330
1,585
1,605
1,680
1,585
1,605
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185

410
455
455
550
560
585
550
560
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410

29,255
32,535
32,535
39,170
39,600
41,470
39,170
39,600
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255

PH202

570

475

415

310

855

1,185

410

29,255

410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410

29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255

300-Level for 2013 cohorts who are on 8/8/8 degree structure

General
BI302
BI304
BI305
BI307
BI309
CH311
ES300
ES301
GE301
GE302
GE306
HY302
LM 311
LM 312
LM 313
LM 315
MS301
MS302

485
635
535
635
535
510
585
585
585
585
585
585
585
605
605
605
495
585
585

475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475

415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415

310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310

855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855

1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185

2016 FEES

Education
Engineering
MM223
Finance
Geospatial Science
Information Systems
Law
Management
Science
BI201
BI202
BI207
ES201
ES203
GE201
GE202
GE203
GE205
GE207
MS202
MS204
MS205
MS206
MS211
MS213

2016 FEES

486
MS303
MS304
MS305
MS306
MS309
MS310
MS312
MS313
MS314
MS324
PH301
PH302
TS302
TS309
TS310
TS311
Accounting
Banking
Computing Science
Economics
Engineering
EE301
EE321
MM301
MM321
MM322
Finance
Geospatial Science
Information Systems
Law

585
505
635
585
635
505
585
520
505
550
545
510
785
785
785
785
685
685
685
675
545
605
565
605
565
595
685
660
685
685

475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
475
665
665
665
650
520
520
520
520
520
520
665
635
665
665

415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
415
580
580
580
570
455
455
455
455
455
455
580
555
580
580

310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
310
425
425
425
420
340
340
340
340
340
340
425
410
425
425

855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
855
1,200
1,200
1,200
1,165
935
935
935
935
935
935
1,200
1,140
1,200
1,200

1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,185
1,680
1,680
1,680
1,625
1,330
1,330
1,330
1,330
1,330
1,330
1,680
1,605
1,680
1,680

410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
410
585
585
585
565
455
455
455
455
455
455
585
560
585
585

29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
29,255
41,470
41,470
41,470
40,525
32,535
32,535
32,535
32,535
32,535
32,535
41,470
39,600
41,470
41,470

Management

660

635

555

410 1,140

1,605

560

39,600

545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545

39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010

300-Level cohorts who are on 8/6/6 & 8/8/6 degree structure

General
BI302
HY302
LM 311
LM 312
LM 313
LM 315
TS302
TS309
TS310
TS311
BI304
BI305
BI307
BI309

650
800
750
770
770
770
660
950
950
950
950
700
800
700
675

625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625

545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545
545

405
405
405
405
405
405
405
405
405
405
405
405
405
405
405

1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130
1,130

1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575
1,575

487
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
39,010
51,225
51,225
51,225
50,280
42,285
42,285
42,285
42,285
42,285
42,285
51,225
49,350
51,225
51,225
49,350
6,000
7,725
9,270
12,360
22,760
30,730
1,300

2016 FEES

CH311
750
625
545 405 1,130 1,575
545
ES300
750
625
545 405 1,130 1,575
545
ES301
750
625
545 405 1,130 1,575
545
GE301
750
625
545 405 1,130 1,575
545
GE302
750
625
545 405 1,130 1,575
545
GE306
750
625
545 405 1,130 1,575
545
MS301
750
625
545 405 1,130 1,575
545
MS302
750
625
545 405 1,130 1,575
545
MS303
750
625
545 405 1,130 1,575
545
MS304
670
625
545 405 1,130 1,575
545
MS305
800
625
545 405 1,130 1,575
545
MS306
750
625
545 405 1,130 1,575
545
MS309
800
625
545 405 1,130 1,575
545
MS310
670
625
545 405 1,130 1,575
545
MS312
750
625
545 405 1,130 1,575
545
MS313
685
625
545 405 1,130 1,575
545
MS314
670
625
545 405 1,130 1,575
545
MS324
715
625
545 405 1,130 1,575
545
PH301
710
625
545 405 1,130 1,575
545
PH302
675
625
545 405 1,130 1,575
545
Accounting
840
820
715 530 1,480 2,070
720
Banking
840
820
715 530 1,480 2,070
720
Computing Science 840
820
715 530 1,480 2,070
720
Economics
830
805
705 525 1,455 2,020
700
Engineering
700
680
595 445 1,220 1,715
590
EE301
760
680
595 445 1,220 1,715
590
EE321
720
680
595 445 1,220 1,715
590
MM301
760
680
595 445 1,220 1,715
590
MM321
720
680
595 445 1,220 1,715
590
MM322
750
680
595 445 1,220 1,715
590
Finance
840
820
715 530 1,480 2,070
720
Geospatial Science 815
800
695 515 1,425 2,000
695
Information Systems 840
820
715 530 1,480 2,070
720
Law
840
820
715 530 1,480 2,070
720
Management
815
800
695 515 1,425 2,000
695
General Services
Fee per annum
100
-
-
-
140
-
-
Late Payment Fees






- First 4 Weeks
125
135
118
87
175
306
107
Late Payment Fees






- Next 4 Weeks
150
163
142
104
210
367
128
Late Payment Fees






- Thereafter
200
217
189
139
280
489
171
Pre-Degree
EL001
350
340
290 220
620
875
300
Foundation &
Preliminary
485
470
415 315
860 1,195
415
Science Lab. Fee
20
20
20
15
35
55
15

2016 FEES

488
School-Based Foundation
Administration Fee
(per student)
65
70
65
40
110
145
60
4,770

Course Fee
65
70
65
40
110
150
60
4,865
(per course)
Continuing Education 255
245
225 165
465
620
225
20,350
Course Materials - (School based Foundation ONLY)


All figures are per course unless otherwise indicated:

Third Country tuition fees = three times Regional fee

International tuition fee = four times Regional fee for 2010 and prior enrolments

International undergraduate tuition fee for students enrolled from 2011 = $21,690 per year.

Course materials are issued free to students paying print mode, EL001, Continuing Education,
Preliminary and Foundation except for School-based Foundation courses.

UNDERGRADUATE FLEXIBLE LEARNING MODE

Fiji Cook Is. Kiribati Marshall Samoa Solomon Tonga

Niue, Nauru,
Is.
Is.
Tokelau Tuvalu

FJ$

NZ$

AUS$

US$ TALA

SI$ PAANGA

Vanuatu

VATU

100-Level
General
395
375
325 245
680
950
330
Accounting
545
520
465 340
945 1,325
455
Banking
515
490
440 320
895 1,250
430
Computing Science 545
520
465 340
945 1,325
455
Economics
535
515
455 335
930 1,295
450
Education
415
400
345 260
720 1,005
350
Engineering
450
425
380 285
780 1,100
380
Finance
515
490
440 320
895 1,250
430
Information Systems 545
520
465 340
945 1,325
455
Law
515
490
440 320
895 1,250
430
Management
525
520
445 325
915 1,275
445

23,495
32,650
30,835
32,650
32,060
24,880
26,980
30,835
32,650
30,835
31,480

Science

24,880

415

400

345

260

720

1,005

350

200-Level for 2010 and earlier cohorts who are on 8/6/6 degree
structure
General
Accounting
Banking
Computing Science
Economics

520
720
680
720
715

500
700
665
700
685

440
610
575
610
605

320
455
430
455
450

905
1,255
1,185
1,255
1,235

1,270
1,750
1,650
1,750
1,715

435
610
575
610
595

31,330
43,515
41,095
43,515
42,750

489
550
595
680
695
720
680
695

530
580
665
675
700
665
675

465
510
575
590
610
575
590

340
375
430
425
455
430
425

955
1,035
1,185
1,210
1,255
1,185
1,210

1,345
1,465
1,650
1,695
1,750
1,650
1,695

460
500
575
590
610
575
590

33,170
35,915
41,095
41,935
43,515
41,095
41,935

Science

550

530

465

340

955

1,345

460

33,170

200-Level for 2011 cohorts who are on 8/8/6 and 8/8/8 degree structure
General
Accounting
Banking
Computing Science
Economics
Education
Engineering
Finance
Geospatial Science
Information Systems
Law
Management

395
585
550
585
580
415
460
550
560
585
550
560

375
565
535
565
550
400
445
535
540
565
535
540

330
490
465
490
485
350
390
465
470
490
465
470

250
365
345
365
365
265
285
345
340
365
345
340

680
1,015
960
1,015
1,000
720
800
960
970
1,015
960
970

955
1,420
1,340
1,420
1,380
1,010
1,130
1,340
1,360
1,420
1,340
1,360

325
495
470
495
480
345
390
470
475
495
470
475

23,510
35,215
33,255
35,215
34,450
24,895
27,615
33,255
33,635
35,215
33,255
33,635

Science

415

400

350

265

720

1,010

345

24,895

300-Level for 2013 cohorts who are on 8/8/8 degree structure

General
415
Accounting
585
Banking
585
Computing Science 585
Economics
580
Engineering
460
Finance
585
Geospatial Science 560
Information Systems 585
Law
585
Management
560
General Services Fee

per annum
67
Late Payment Fees

- First 4 Weeks
125
Late Payment Fees

- Next 4 Weeks
150
Late Payment Fees

400
565
565
565
550
445
565
540
565
565
540

72

135

163

350
490
490
490
485
390
490
470
490
490
470

63

118

142

265
365
365
365
365
285
365
340
365
365
340

46

87

104

720
1,015
1,015
1,015
1,000
800
1,015
970
1,015
1,015
970

95

175

210

1,010
1,420
1,420
1,420
1,380
1,130
1,420
1,360
1,420
1,420
1,360

163

306

367

345
495
495
495
480
390
495
475
495
495
475

57

107

128

24,895
35,215
35,215
35,215
34,450
27,615
35,215
33,635
35,215
35,215
33,635

- Thereafter

217

189

139

280

280

171

12,360

200

4,029
7,725
9,270

2016 FEES

Education
Engineering
Finance
Geospatial Science
Information Systems
Law
Management

490

2016 FEES

300-Level cohorts who are on 8/6/6 & 8/8/6 degree structure

General
550
530
465 340
955 1,345
460
33,170
Accounting
720
700
610 455 1,255 1,750
610
43,515
Banking
720
700
610 455 1,255 1,750
610
43,515
Computing Science 720
700
610 455 1,255 1,750
610
43,515
Economics
715
685
605 450 1,235 1,715
595
42,750
Engineering
595
580
510 375 1,035 1,465
500
35,915
Finance
720
700
610 455 1,255 1,750
610
43,515
Geospatial Science 695
675
590 425 1,210 1,695
590
41,935
Information Systems 720
700
610 455 1,255 1,750
610
43,515
Law
720
700
610 455 1,255 1,750
610
43,515
Management
695
675
590 425 1,210 1,695
590
41,935
Pre-Degree
EL001
350
340
290 220
620
875
300
22,760
Preliminary
270
255
235 175
485
650
235
21,285
BIP02
290
255
235 175
485
650
235
21,285
Foundation
295
275
260 185
515
720
250
23,275
Science Lab. Fee
20
20
20
15
35
55
15
1,735

School-Based Foundation
Administration Fee
65
70
65
40
110
145
60
4,770
(per student)
Course Fee
65
70
65
40
110
150
60
4,865
(per course)
Continuing Education 255
245
225 165
465
620
225
20,350
Course Materials
60
65
60
40
105
140
55
4,545
(School based Foundation ONLY)

All figures are per course unless otherwise indicated:

Third Country tuition fees = three times Regional fee

International tuition fee = four times Regional fee for 2010 and prior enrolments

International undergraduate tuition fee for students enrolled from 2011 = $21,690 per year.

Course materials are issued free to students paying print mode, EL001, Continuing Education,
Preliminary and Foundation except for School-based Foundation courses.

491

2016 POSTGRADUATE FEES

POSTGRADUATE COURSES
ON CAMPUS (PER COURSE)

LAUCALA
FJ$

ALAFUA
TALA

75,375
75,375
75,375
75,375
75,375
75,375
75,375
75,375
75,375
75,375
75,375
75,375
75,375
75,375
75,375
75,375
75,375
-

226,115
226,115
226,115
226,115
226,115
226,115
226,115
226,115
226,115
226,115
226,115
226,115
226,115
226,115
226,115

226,115
226,115
-

2016 FEES

Regional Fee
400 - level course
p/c
1,200
2,175
BI442
p/c
1,215
2,175
CH414
p/c
1,275
2,175
GE402
p/c
1,300
2,175
GE406
p/c
1,300
2,175
GE407
p/c
1,300
2,175
GE409
p/c
1,300
2,175
GE420
p/c
1,300
2,175
HY402
p/c
1,300
2,175
LM 401
p/c
1,320
2,175
LM 402
p/c
1,320
2,175
PH414
p/c
1,220
2,175
PH416
p/c
1,270
2,175
S0408
p/c
1,300
2,175
TS402
p/c
1,600
2,175
TS403
p/c
1,600
2,175
TS405
p/c
1,600
2,175
MBA Programme
p/c
1,530
2,520

Third Country Fee
400-level course
p/c
3,590
6,540
BI442
p/c
3,605
6,540
CH414
p/c
3,665
6,540
GE402
p/c
3,690
6,540
GE406
p/c
3,690
6,540
GE407
p/c
3,690
6,540
GE409
p/c
3,690
6,540
GE420
p/c
3,690
6,540
HY402
p/c
3,690
6,540
LM 401
p/c
3,690
6,540
LM 402
p/c
3,710
6,540
PH414
p/c
3,710
6,540
PH416
p/c
3,610
6,540
S0408
p/c
3,660
6,540
TS402
p/c
3,690
6,540
TS403
p/c
3,990
6,540
TS405
p/c
3,990
6,540
MBA Programme
p/c
1,530
2,520

EMALUS
VATU

2016 FEES

492
International Fee
400-level course
p/c
BI442
p/c
CH414
p/c
GE402
p/c
GE406
p/c
GE407
p/c
GE409
p/c
GE420
p/c
HY402
p/c
LM 401
p/c
LM 402
p/c
PH414
p/c
PH416
p/c
S0408
p/c
TS402
p/c
TS403
p/c
TS405
p/c
400-level course (from 2011)
p/a
MBA Programme (from 2011)
p/a

4,785
4,800
4,860
4,885
4,885
4,885
4,885
4,885
4,885
4,905
4,905
4,805
4,855
4,885
5,185
5,185
5,185
24,115
29,455

8,715
8,715
8,715
8,715
8,715
8,715
8,715
8,715
8,715
8,715
8,715
8,715
8,715
8,715
8,715
8,715
8,715
43,900
53,630

301,485
301,485
301,485
301,485
301,485
301,485
301,485
301,485
301,485
301,485
301,485
301,485
301,485
301,485
301,485
301,485
301,485
1,518,675
1,855,070

Laucala

Alafua

Emalus

(For Degree of Master and PhD)

FJ$
Tala
Regional Fee
Full-time
p/a
4,285
7,845
Part-time
p/a
2,140
3,930
Third Country Fee
Full-time
p/a
12,850
23,490
Part-time
p/a
6,425
11,760
International Fee
Full-time
p/a
17,135
31,380
Part-time
p/a
8,590
15,695
Full-time (from 2011)
p/a
25,705
46,950

Vatu

THESIS - FACE-TO-FACE

RESEARCH on campus
(per annum)

271,175
135,590
813,530
406,765
1,084,710
542,355
1,623,005

Laucala

Alafua

Emalus

FJ$
6,210
6,210
7,455

Tala
10,205
10,205
12,235

Vatu
-

PROFESSIONAL DIPLOMA Regional

Third

Intl.

PROGRAMMES
PDLP (per programme)
p/p
8,310
PDLD (per programme)
p/p
2,795

country
16,620
5,585

20,775
6,985

(Pro-rated for student time at USP)

Regional Fee
p/a
Third Country Fee
p/a
International Fee
p/a

493
Fiji Cook Is. Kiribati Marshall Samoa Solomon Tonga Vanuatu

Niue, Nauru,
Is.
Is.
Tokelau Tuvalu

FJ$
NZ$ AUS$ US$ TALA
SI$ PAANGA VATU
EDP- Education
Certificate
p/c 750
730
620
465 1325
1870
640
48510

OTHER FEES and CHARGES

Laucala
FJ$

Alafua
Tala

Emalus
Vatu

GENERAL SERVICES FEE

Students are required to pay this fee each semester. Students on short courses pay a pro-rata
fee
All students (on campus and DFL)
p/a
100
140
Other DFL students ****
p/a
67
95
4,029
Emalus on-campus students
p/a
-
-
6,000
_______________________________________________________________________




BOOK ALLOWANCE (Recommended)
Law Programme
p/a.y
1,620
- 123,290
MBA Programme
p/c
165
255
Other
p/a.y
1,030
1,430
_______________________________________________________________________




RESIDENTIAL (per Academic year)
Single Quarters Small

1,925
12,980
627,900
Single Quarters Medium

2,385
-
Single Quarters Large

2,835
-
10th Hall

5,250
-
New Hostel - 11th Hall

5,500
-
Married Quarters - Catalina
p/a.y
5,055
-
Married Quarters - 9th Hall
p/a.y
4,645
-
Married Quarters - 6th & 8th Hall
p/a.y
4,265
-
Married Quarters - 2nd/ 4th & 5th
p/a.y
3,855
-
Married Quarters - Others

-
- 432,600
_____________________________________________________________________
Student Daily Rates for casual/temporary stay




Single Room
p/d
16
-
10th Hall Apartment Style
per person/night p/d

21
-
_______________________________________________________________________
Married Quarters




Catalina

25
-
9th Hall

20
-
8th Hall

20
-
2nd/4th/5th/Halls

20
-
_______________________________________________________________________

2016 FEES

NON-TUITION FEES AND CHARGES FOR 2016

2016 FEES

494
Visitor Group Bookings

USP organised/sponsored
Single Room - per person/night

35

Twin Room - per person/night

25
-
10th Hall Apartment Style - per person/night
45
-
Married Quarters - per night

55
-
___________________________________________________________________



Other groups
Single Room - per person/night

40
-
Twin Room - per person/night

30
-
10th Hall Apartment Style - per person/night
60
-
Married Quarters - per night

65
-
Guest Rooms - single


Guest Rooms - with bathroom



Charge for late




withdrawal + 25% overhead charge (Laucala only)
65
90
Change of room fee

20
-
Change of MQ fee

30
-
Room Retention fee


-
Lost or damaged items (Based on cost of replacement/repair
Hire of mattress to outside groups
- per mattress/night

12
-
Hire of mattress with linen set

17.5
-
Laundromat tokens - one token per wash
3
-

OTHER FEES & CHARGES continued

HEALTH SERVICE
Per Student

Laucala
FJ$

p/a.y

Alafua
Tala

120

3,000
4,500

4,640
2,060
5,150
160

Emalus
Vatu

175

17,305

_______________________________________________________________________
ENROLMENT PENALTIES




Failure to pre-enrol

Late Admission Application Fee

Late Registration Fee

Late Payment Fees

First 4 weeks from fee payment deadline

Late Payment Fees Next 4 weeks

Late Payment Fees Thereafter

****including Laucala, Lautoka, Labasa & Maritime

-
65
60

125
150
200

-
90
90

175
210
280

3,710
3,710
3,710
7,725
9,270
12,360

_______________________________________________________________________
LIBRARY



Non-Suva DFL Students

20
-
_______________________________________________________________________

495
LIBRARY EXTERNAL BORROWERS
Institutions that have MOA/MOU with USP

No formal relationship with USP

20
65

Corporation
Project Partners
Alumni - (up tp a max of 1 item)
Alumni - (up tp a max of 5 items)

-
80

Individual borrowers (no more than one item)

Individual borrowers (for two to a max of five items)
Individual borrowers
(Pacific Collection only 1-10 days)

Others

65
245

620
3,190

80
300

30

3,190
-

-
55
-
-

-
-
65
250

13,390
-

_______________________________________________________________



LIBRARY PENALTIES
Overdue items



Students - First day/item

1
1
Students - Per day/item thereafter

0.5
1
Staff - First day/item

3
1
Staff - Per day/item thereafter

1
1
No further borrowing permitted until overdue items returned and penalties paid
Lost items



Administration charges



plus cost obtained from publisher

30
40
Cost of book (obtained from publisher) is charged in addition

If cost is not available, cost is deemed to be:

Social Science and Humanities

135
200
Science

165
250

OTHER FEES & CHARGES continued

Noise penalties
First Offence
Second Offence
Inter-library loans
Students - Per request
(up to a maximum of 5 requests)
Students - Any request thereafter
(at full cost if higher)
External borrowers (full cost if higher)
Academic staff (full cost if higher)

Laucala
FJ$

50
50
50
50

2,470

8,240
10,300

Alafua
Tala

Emalus
Vatu
2,060
4,120

50
100

10

1,240

40
40
40

50
Full Cost
Full Cost

Full Cost
Full Cost

40
70

_______________________________________________________________________
REPLACEMENTS



Replacement: Staff ID Card
Replacement: Student ID Card
Replacement: Meal Book
Replacement: Receipts

15
15
-
15

20
20
10
20

1,430
1,430
620
620

_______________________________________________________________________

2016 FEES

Student - (up to a max of 5 items)

Staff - (up to a max of 5 items)

496

2016 FEES

STUDENT ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

Official Academic Transcript (stamped)
Official Academic Transcript
- second & subsequent copies
Search Fee (Course Prescription)
Issue Fee
(Course Offer Letter) Subsequent copies
Issue Fee (Other - Confirmation Letter etc.)
Issue Fee (Immigration Letter)
Issue Fee (English Letter)
Issue Fee (Result Slip)
Verification Fee
Reconsider course grades
Special exam per course
Appeal for credit transfer
Hire of academic gowns
Change of Exam Venue Fee
Application for waiver of fee
Withdrawal Fee after week
2 of lectures

5

15
65

5
5
5
5
5
65
50
55
55
60
55
55

8

25
90

8
5
5
5
5
90
75
75
75
80
75
75

310
820
3,700
620
620
620
620
620
3,700
3,250
3,190
3,190
3,510
3,190
3,190

100

140

6,180

_______________________________________________________________________



COMPLETION PENALTIES
Late Completion Application fee

100

140

6,180

_______________________________________________________________________



OTHERS
Locker Hire (p/a)
Dishonoured Cheque

60
35

70
50

Free
2,160

497

INTERNATIONAL STUDENT TUITION FEES 2016

Notes:
Any student who holds a citizenship other than that of a USP member country will pay the
International Student tuition fee.
Students not enrolled in a full programme will be charged a fee on a per course basis.

2016 FEES

Laucala Alafua
Emalus O
ther campuses

FJ$
Tala
Vatu
PRE-DEGREE AND UNDERGRADUATE

Foundation
p/a
$21,690
Certificate
p/a
$21,690
Diploma
p/a
$21,690
Bachelor
p/a
$21,690
Study Abroad
p/a
$21,690
Intensive English
Language (IEP)
p/term
$3,000
Unclassified
Studies/Foundation
p/course
$2,169
Unclassified
Studies/Undergraduate p/course $2,711.25

POSTGRADUATE
Unclassified Studies/Postgraduate
Graduate Certificate
p/a
$ 24,115 $43,900
$1,518,675
Graduate Diploma
p/a
$24,115 $43,900
$1,518,675
Postgraduate Certificate p/a
$24,115 $43,900
$1,518,675
Postgraduate Diploma
p/a
$24,115 Not Offered Not Offered
Professional Diploma
PDLP
p/p
$20,775 Not Offered Not Offered
PDLD
p/p
$6,985
MBA
Full-time
p/a
$29,455 $53,630
$1,855,070 Fiji Equivalent
Part-time
p/a
$14,725 $26,815
$927,535 Fiji Equivalent
Masters
Full-time
p/a
$25,705 $46,950
$1,623,005 Fiji Equivalent
Part-time
p/a
$12,850 $23,475
$811,500 Fiji Equivalent
PhD
Full-time
p/a
$25,705 $46,950
$1,623,005 Fiji Equivalent
Part-time
p/a
$12,850 $23,475
$811,500 Fiji Equivalent

www.usp.ac.fj

Produced by the Development, Marketing

& Communications & Alumni Office

2016 HANDBOOK & CALENDAR

Serving the needs of the Pacific States

Cook Islands
Fiji
Kiribati
Marshall Islands
Nauru
Niue
Samoa
Solomon Islands
Tokelau
Tonga
Tuvalu
Vanuatu

2016
HANDBOOK &
CALENDAR

TOWARDS EXCELLENCE IN LEARNING

AND KNOWLEDGE CREATION